PUB.

125
SAILING DIRECTIONS
(ENROUTE)
★

WEST COAST
OF
SOUTH AMERICA
★

Prepared and published by the

NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Springfield, Virginia

© COPYRIGHT 2017 BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT

NO COPYRIGHT CLAIMED UNDER TITLE 17 U.S.C.

2017

FIFTEENTH EDITION

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office

Internet: [Link] Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800
Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
II .

Preface

Pub. 125, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of South

7. Mailing address: Maritime Safety Office
0.0

America, Fifteenth Edition, 2017, is issued for use in conjunc- National Geospatial-Intelligence
tion with Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Agency
Ocean and Southeast Asia. Companion volumes are Pubs. 126
Mail Stop N64-SFH
and 127. 7500 Geoint Drive
Digital Nautical Charts 7 and 14 provide electronic chart
Springfield VA 22150-7500
0.0

coverage for the area covered by this publication.

0.0This publication has been corrected to 1 July 2017, including
Notice to Mariners No. 26 of 2017. Subsequent updates have New editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the
0.0

corrected this publication to 6 March 2021, including Notice to date of publication shown above. This publication is updated as
Mariners No. 10 of 2021. needed and made available as a downloadable corrected publi-
cation on the NGA Maritime Safety Office web site.
Explanatory Remarks
NGA Maritime Safety Office Web Site
Sailing Directions are published by the National Geospatial-
0.0

Intelligence Agency (NGA) under the authority of Department [Link]

of Defense Directive 5105.60, dated 29 July 2009, and pursu-
ant to the authority contained in U. S. Code Title 10, Chapter
0.0Courses.—Courses are true, and are expressed in the same
22, Section 451 and Title 44, Section 1336. Sailing Directions,
manner as bearings. The directives “steer” and “make good” a
covering the harbors, coasts, and waters of the world, provide
course mean, without exception, to proceed from a point of
information that cannot be shown graphically on nautical
origin along a track having the identical meridional angle as
charts and is not readily available elsewhere.
the designated course. Vessels following the directives must
Sailing Directions (Enroute) include detailed coastal and
0.0

allow for every influence tending to cause deviation from such

port approach information which supplements the largest scale
track, and navigate so that the designated course is
chart produced by the National Geospatial-Intelligence continuously being made good.
Agency. This publication is divided into geographic areas
0.0Currents.—Current directions are the true directions toward
called “Sectors.”
which currents set.
Bearings.—Bearings are true, and are expressed in degrees
Distances.—Distances are expressed in nautical miles of 1
0.0

0.0

from 000° (north) to 360°, measured clockwise. General

minute of latitude. Distances of less than 1 mile are expressed
bearings are expressed by the initial letters of the points of the
in meters, or tenths of miles.
compass (e.g. N, NNE, NE, etc.). Adjective and adverb
0.0Geographic Names.—Geographic names are generally
endings have been discarded. Wherever precise bearings are
those used by the nation having sovereignty. Names in paren-
intended, degrees are used.
theses following another name are alternate names that may
Charts.—Reference to charts made throughout this
0.0

appear on some charts. In general, alternate names are quoted

publication refer to both the paper chart and the Digital only in the principal description of the place. Diacritical marks,
Nautical Chart (DNC).
such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to
Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,
0.0

specific letters in certain foreign languages, are not used in the

additions, and comments to NGA’s Maritime Operations Desk, interest of typographical simplicity.
as follows:
0.0Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily re-
1. Toll free: 1-800-362-6289 flect recognition of the political status of an area by the United
States Government.
2. Commercial: 571-557-5455 0.0Heights.—Heights are referred to the plane of reference
used for that purpose on the charts and are expressed in meters.
3. DSN: 547-5455
0.0Internet Links.—This publication provides Internet links to
4. DNC web site: [Link] web sites concerned with maritime navigational safety, includ-
ing but not limited to, Federal government sites, foreign Hy-
5. Maritime Do- drographic Offices, and foreign public/private port facilities.
[Link] NGA makes no claims, promises, or guarantees concerning the
main web site:
accuracy, completeness, or adequacy of the contents of these
6. E-mail: navsafety@[Link] web sites and expressly disclaims any liability for errors and
omissions in the contents of these web sites.

Pub. 125
 . III

International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS)

0.0 Time.—Time is normally expressed as local time unless
0.0

Code.—The ISPS Code is a comprehensive set of measures to specifically designated as Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
enhance the security of ships and port facilities developed in Time Zone.—The Time Zone description(s), as well as in-
0.0

response to the perceived threats to ships and port facilities in formation concerning the use of Daylight Savings Time, are in-
the wake of the 9/11 attacks in the United States. Information cluded. The World Time Zone Chart is available on the Inter-
on the ISPS Code can be found at the International Maritime net at the web site given below.
Organization web site:
Standard Time Zone of the World Chart
International Maritime Organization Home Page
[Link]
[Link]
U.S. Maritime Advisory System.—The U.S. Maritime
0.0

Lights and Fog Signals.—Lights and fog signals are not

0.0
Advisory System is a streamlined inter-agency approach to
described, and light sectors are not usually defined. The Light identifying and promulgating maritime security threats. The
Lists should be consulted for complete information. system replaces Special Warnings to Mariners (State
National Ocean Claims.—Information on national ocean
0.0
Department), MARAD Advisories (Maritime Administration),
claims and maritime boundary disputes, which have been com- and Marine Safety Information Bulletins (U.S. Coast Guard)
piled from the best available sources, is provided solely in the and consists of the following items:
interest of the navigational safety of shipping and in no way 1. U.S. Maritime Alert—Provides basic information (lo-
constitutes legal recognition by the United States. These non- cation, incident, type, date/time) on reported maritime secu-
recognized claims and requirements may include, but are not rity threats to U.S. maritime industry interests. U.S.
limited to: Maritime alerts do not contain policy or recommendations
1. A requirement by a state for advance permission or for specific courses of information.
notification for innocent passage of warships in the territorial 2. U.S. Maritime Advisory—Provides more detailed in-
sea. formation, when appropriate, through a “whole-of-govern-
2. Straight baseline, internal waters, or historic waters ment” response to an identified maritime threat.
claims.
3. The establishment of a security zone, where a state Maritime Administration (MARAD)—U.S.
claims to control activity beyond its territorial sea for securi- Maritime Advisory System
ty reasons unrelated to that state’s police powers in its terri-
tory, including its territorial sea. [Link]
office-of-security/msci
0.0Radio Navigational Aids.—Radio navigational aids and ra-
dio weather services are not described in detail. Publication Winds.—Wind directions are the true directions from which
0.0

No. 117 Radio Navigational Aids and NOAA Publication, Se- winds blow.
lected Worldwide Marine Weather Broadcasts, should be con-
sulted. Reference List
0.0Soundings.—Soundings are referred to the datum of the
charts and are expressed in meters. The principal sources examined in the preparation of this
0.0

0.0Telephone and Facsimile Numbers.—Within this publica- publication were:

tion, the international telephone and facsimile numbers provid- British Hydrographic Department Sailing Directions.
0.0

ed as contact information contain the minimum digits Canadian Sailing Directions.

0.0

necessary to dial. Please note that these contact numbers do not Various port handbooks.
0.0

include additional digits or special characters, such as (0) or Reports from United States Naval and merchant vessels and
0.0

(+), which may be required when dialing. The necessity of various shipping companies.
such digits and characters depend upon numerous factors and Other U.S. Government publications, reports, and docu-
0.0

conditions, such as the user's geolocation and service provider. ments.

Mariners are advised to consult their communications equip- Charts, light lists, tide and current tables, and other docu-
0.0

ment and service provider user manuals for guidance. ments in possession of the Agency.

Date of Change: 6 March n2021

Notice to Mariners: 10/2021
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 2 Paragraphs 2.6, 2.7, 2.9, 2.30, 2.33
Sector 3 Paragraphs 3.6, 3.39
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.42

Pub. 125
IV .

Date of Change: 6 March n2021

Notice to Mariners: 10/2021
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.27, 5.28, 5.30
Sector 6 Paragraphs 6.5 and 6.38
Sector 8 Paragraph 8.35.

Date of Change: 9 November 2019

Notice to Mariners: 45/2019
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 1 Paragraphs 1.3, 1.5, and 1.24
Sector 2 Paragraphs 2.5, 2.7, 2.10, 2.12 and 2.29
Sector 3 Paragraphs 3.2, 3.6, 3.9, 3.20, 3.24, 3.27, 3.39 and 3.48
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.1,4.2, 4.9, 4.12, 4.19 and 4.24
Sector 6 Paragraph 6.16
Sector 7 Paragraph 7.82
Sector 8 Paragraphs 8.1 and 8.48

Date of Change: 30 March 2019

Notice to Mariners: 13/2019
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 2 Paragraphs 2.7, 2.10, 2.13, 2.20,2.25,2.29 and 2.30
Sector 3 Paragraphs 3.6, 3.9, 3.12, 3.16,3.20,3.27,3.29,3.31,3.35,3.38 and3.39
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.1, 4.9, 4.24, 4.29, 4.42, and 4.46
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.12, 5.14, 5.28, 5.30,5.31,5.33, 5.34, 5.38 and 5.48
Sector 7 Paragraphs 7.21, 7.22, 7.26 and 7.43
Sector 8 Paragraph 8.48
Sector 9 Paragraphs 9.27 and 9.30

Date of Change: 25 August 2018

Notice to Mariners: 34/2018
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 2 Paragraphs 2.7, 2.10, 2.13 and 2.32
Sector 3 Paragraphs 3.6, 3.20, 3.24, 3.39 and 3.59
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.2, 4.9, 4.14, 4.24, 4.36, and 4.42
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.8, 5.14, 5.17, 5.47 and 5.48
Sector 6 Paragraph 6.10
Sector 7 Paragraphs 7.21, 7.43, 7.61 and 7.82
Sector 9 Paragraph 9.27

Pub. 125
 Date of Change: 13 January 2018
Notice to Mariners: 2/2018
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 1 Paragraphs 1.3 (new photograph), 1.6 (new photograph), 1.8 (new photograph), 1.12
(new photograph), 1.13 (new photograph), and 1.14 (new photograph)
Sector 2 Paragraphs 2.7 (with new photograph), 2.10 (with new photograph), 2.13 (with new
photograph), 2.20 (new photograph), 2.23 (new photograph), 2.25, 2.26 (with new
photograph), 2.32 (new photograph), and 2.36 (with new photograph)
Sector 3 Paragraph 3.9 (with new photograph), 3.20 (new photograph), 3.24 (with new
photograph), 3.36, 3.39 (with new photograph), 3.47 (with new photograph), 3.58 (with
new photograph), 3.59 (with new photograph), and 3.62 (with new photograph)
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.1, 4.2, 4.9 (new photograph), 4.19 (with new photograph), 4.24 (new
photograph), 4.29 (with new photograph), 4.36 (new photograph), 4.42 (new
photograph), 4.56 (new photograph), 4.68 (new photograph), and 4.69 (new
photograph)
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.12 (new photograph), 5.17 (new photograph), 5.23 (new photograph),
5.26 (new photograph), 5.27 (new photograph), 5.28 (new photograph), 5.30 (new
photograph), and 5.31 (with new photograph)
Sector 6 Paragraphs 6.5 (new photograph) and 6.6 (new photograph)
Sector 7 Paragraphs 7.6 (new photograph), 7.21 (new photograph), 7.26 (new photograph), 7.34
(new photograph), 7.41 (new photograph), 7.43 (new photograph), 7.61 (new
photograph), 7.66 (new photograph), 7.77 (new photograph), 7.78 (new photograph),
and 7.79 (new photograph)
Sector 9 Paragraphs 9.30 (new photograph) and 9.34 (new photograph)

Pub. 125 V
 0.0 SECTOR LIMITS — PUB. 125

Pub. 125 VII

. Conversion Tables

Feet to Meters
Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74
10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79
20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84
30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89
40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93
50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98
60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03
70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08
80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13
90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17

Fathoms to Meters
Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46
10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75
20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03
30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32
40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61
50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90
60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19
70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47
80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76
90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05

Meters to Feet
Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53
10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34
20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14
30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95
40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76
50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57
60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38
70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19
80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99
90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80

Meters to Fathoms
Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92
10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39
20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86
30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33
40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79
50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26
60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73
70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20
80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67
90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13

VIII Pub. 125

 . IX

. Abbreviations

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

Units
°C degree(s) Centigrade km kilometer(s)
cm centimeter(s) m meter(s)
cu.m. cubic meter(s) mb millibars
dwt deadweight tons MHz megahertz
FEU forty-foot equivalent units mm millimeter(s)
gt gross tons nrt net registered tons
kHz kilohertz TEU twenty-foot equivalent units

Directions
N north S south
NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest
NE northeast SW southwest
ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest
E east W west
ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest
SE southeast NW northwest
SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest

Vessel types
LASH Lighter Aboard Ship Ro-Ro Roll-on Roll-off
LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier
LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier
OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil VLOC Very Large Ore Carrier
Floating Storage and Offloading
Lo-Lo Lift-on Lift-off FSO
Vessels (System)
NGL Natural Gas Liquids

Time
ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time
ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time

Water level
MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs
HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps
LW low water MHWS mean high water springs
MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps
MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs
HWN high water neaps HAT highest astronomical tide
HWS high water springs LAT lowest astronomical tide
LWS low water springs
LWN low water neaps

Communications
D/F direction finder MF medium frequency
R/T radiotelephone HF high frequency
GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System VHF very high frequency
LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency

Navigation
LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SBM Single Buoy Mooring
NAVSAT Navigation Satellite SPM Single Point Mooring
ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System TSS Traffic Separation Scheme
CBM Conventional Buoy Mooring System VTC Vessel Traffic Center
MBM Multi-Buoy Mooring SysteM VTS Vessel Traffic Service

Pub. 125
X .

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

Miscellaneous
Maritime Mobile Service Identity
AIS Automatic Identification System MMSI
Code
COLREGS Collision Regulations No./Nos. Number/Numbers
International Association of Lighthouse PA Position approximate
IALA
Authorities PD Position doubtful
IHO International Hydrographic Organization Pub. Publication
International Convention for
IMO International Maritime Organization SOLAS
Safety of Life at Sea
IMDG Intermational Maritime Dangerous Goods (Code)
LOA length overall St./Ste. Saint/Sainte
International Ship and Port facility
UKC Under keel clearance ISPS
Security

Pub. 125
 Contents

Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II
Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII
Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX

Sector 1
Sector 1—West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Sector 2
Sector 2—Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Sector 3
Sector 3—Coast of Peru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Sector 4
Sector 4—Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Sector 5
Sector 5—Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Sector 6
Sector 6—Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes, including the West Coast of Isla de Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos
177

Sector 7
Sector 7—Chile—Waters East of the Archipelago Chiloe and the Archipelago de los Chonos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Sector 8
Sector 8—Chile—Cabo Tres Montes to Estrecho de Magallanes, including the Patagonian Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Sector 9
Sector 9—Coasts of Chile and Argentina South of Estrecho de Magallanes and Tierra del Fuego . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Index-Gazetteer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Pub. 125 XI
 1
1. and Dangers
Sector 1—West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands

Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
1.0

SECTOR 1 — CHART INFORMATION

Pub. 125
 3

SECTOR 1
WEST COAST OF SOUTH AMERICA—OFF-LYING ISLANDS AND DANGERS

Plan.—This sector describes the off-lying islands, dangers,

1.0 1.2Area to be Avoided.—To avoid risk of damage to the envi-
and banks that are widely scattered W of the coasts of Colom- ronment and economy, all vessels greater than 500 gt and all
bia, Ecuador, and Chile. The sequence of the description is fishing vessels should avoid the area bounded by:
from N to S. a. 4°01'24''N, 81°08'00''W.
b. 4°01'24''N, 81°38'00''W.
General Remarks c. 3°32'00''N, 81°38'00''W.
d. 3°32'00''N, 81°08'00''W.
1.1 The waters W of the coasts of Colombia, Ecuador, 1.2It was reported (1992) that a vessel was detained and a se-
and Chile contain a number of off-lying islands, dangers, and vere fine imposed for approaching within 200 miles of the is-
banks, most of which are not marked by navigational aids. The lands.
islands, volcanic in origin, are in general precipitous and steep- 1.2Rivadeneyra Shoal (4°15'N., 85°10'W.), position doubtful,
to, but detached dangers lie close off many of them. Isla de was reported to lie about 215 miles W of Isla de Malpelo. The
Malpelo, about 200 miles off the Colombian coast, lies closest least depth over the shoal was 3m.
to the coast. Isla de Pascua, about 2,000 miles off the Chilean 1.2Isla del Coco (5°32'N., 87°04'W.), about 340 miles WNW
coast, is the western most of the off-lying islands described of Isla de Malpelo, is described in Pub. 153, Sailing Directions
herein. The Archipelago de Colon and the Archipelago de Juan (Enroute) West Coasts of Mexico and Central America.
Fernandez are the principal island groups; the Archipelago de
Colon is the largest group. The Archipelago de Colon
Off-lying Islands, Banks, and Dangers West of 1.3 The Archipelago de Colon (Galapagos Islands)
Columbia (0°00'N., 90°00'W.) is the group of islands and islets forming
the archipelago that lies on and near the Equator, between 500
1.2 Isla de Malpelo (3°59'N., 81°36'W.), lying about 200 and 700 miles W of the coast of Ecuador. The entire group
miles off the W coast of Columbia, consists of a sheer and bar- comprises an area of about 2,966 square miles and is a military
ren rock with three high peaks; a light is shown from the N reservation. It is reported that there are airports on Isla Baltra
peak. In clear weather the island is visible from a distance of and at the naval base on Isla San Cristobal.
30 miles and is reported to be a good radar target at 30 miles. 1.3Winds—Weather.—Although the island group lies on and
From some directions the island resembles a crown. Strong near the Equator, the climate is tempered by the cool Peru Cur-
currents in the vicinity cause the appearance of breakers, but rent.
the island is believed to be steep-to, with depths of 46 to 110m 1.3The Southeast Trade Wind is the prevailing wind in the Ar-
less than 1 mile offshore. chipelago de Colon and blows between SE and SW. From
1.2North Rocks, consisting of four above-water rocks and a April to December, the trade wind blows with great regularity
rock awash, lie close NNW of the N end of the island. South and gales are unknown. Calms are frequent from January to
Rocks, two above-water rocks, lie close S of the S end of the April, with occasional light squalls from the NW. Heavy rollers
island. A number of above-water rocks lie close off the S and occasionally break upon the N shores during the rainy season,
SE end of the island. but no wind of any consequence accompanies them.
1.2A landing place is situated on the E side of the island, about 1.3The greater part of the islands are, in general, embraced in a
0.3 mile SSW of the N extremity, but the swell makes it diffi- dry zone which rises to about 244m. The period of January to
cult. April is the rainy season for the low grounds, but even during
1.2It was reported that a meteorological station was established this period rainfall cannot be relied on. At the higher levels
on the island. light rain occurs throughout the year, and rainfall is greater
1.2Anchorage can be taken off the NE end of Isla de Malpelo, in from June to November when thick mists are prevalent.
a depth of 46m, rock, during light to moderate seas, although 1.3Thick fog has been reported at sea near the Archipelago de
anchorage is not recommended due to the presence of sub- Colon in April and September.
merged pinnacles, the rocky bottom, and a lack of soundings. 1.3In the vicinity of the islands, bioluminescence (phosphores-
1.2Caution.—The island was reported (1992) to lie 2 miles cence) has been observed.
NW of its charted position. 1.3Tides—Currents.—The currents in the vicinity of the Ar-
1.2Malpelo Nature Reserve is a circular area of radius 6 miles chipelago de Colon are strong, with rates of 1 to 2.5 knots.
centered on position 3°58.5'N, 81°34.8'W. Fishing and any oth- They generally set W and NW. There is a marked difference in
er activity identified by Colombian authorities is prohibited in the temperatures of the bodies of water moving within a few
the area. miles of each other. On one side of Isla Isabela the temperature
1.2Shoal areas have been reported (2003) between 60 and 73 of the sea 0.3m below the surface was 26°C, but on the other
miles NW of Isla de Malpelo, with the shallowest depth of 34m side it was less than 15°C. These differences are due to the cool
approximately 61 miles NW of Isla de Malpelo. Peru Current (Humboldt Current) coming from the S along the

Pub. 125
4 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers

The Archipelago de Colon—Galapagos Islands

coasts of Chile and Peru, which, at the archipelago, joins a Archipelago de Colon and its surrounding waters have been de-
warmer body of water moving from the Gulf of Panama. clared a natural and world heritage site, recognized worldwide
1.3Near Cabo Blanco, the Peru Current leaves the coast and sets for its scientific and cultural importance. In order to safeguard
WNW and W toward the archipelago, passing this group on the island marine ecosystem, a PSSA has been established sur-
both the N and S sides. The breadth of the current stream on rounding the affected waters.
the meridian of the Archipelago de Colon is 400 to 500 miles. Within the PSSA the following regulations apply:
1.3

Beyond the archipelago the current widens rapidly and is lost 1. The area should be avoided by ships of 500gt and over
in the Equatorial Current near 108°W. carrying oil and dangerous cargoes, and by ships carrying
1.3Aspect.—There are six principal islands, nine smaller is- large quantities of bunker fuel.
lands, and a number of islets and rocks. The formation of the 2. The discharge of oil or oily mixtures, other noxious
entire archipelago is volcanic. In general, the higher islands liquids, garbage or other harmful substances is prohibited
have one or more principal craters toward their centers with from all vessels regardless of size.
several smaller ones on their flanks. There are as many as 3. The dumping of plastics, synthetic fishing lines or
2,000 craters, some rising to 1,524m at their centers, among the nets, plastic garbage bags, loose stowage materials, cover-
islands. There is a marked difference between the S and N ings and packaging material, paper, rags, glasses, bottles,
sides of the islands. The S sides are covered with luxuriant veg- metal, ceramics and similar materials is prohibited from all
etation. The N sides consist in general of bare lava, from the vessels regardless of size.
crevices of which springs a thick undergrowth. The low lands As an associated protective measure, an Area to be Avoided
1.3

are generally parched and rocky; however, the larger islands has been established largely enclosing the PSSA. The area is
are fringed with dense mangroves which are backed in places bounded by lines joining the following positions:
by impenetrable thickets. The trees on the islands seldom grow a. 2°30'N, 92°21'W.
over 9.8m high. b. 2°14'N, 91°40'W.
1.3Water is found on many of the islands during the rainy sea- c. 1°14'N, 90°26'W.
son. An adequate supply of water can be obtained at Isla San d. 0°53'N, 89°30'W.
Cristobal, but it must be boiled for drinking purposes. e. 0°35'N, 88°38'W.
1.3Note.—Several lighted beacons and markers are situated on f. 0°52'N, 88°34'W.
the islands and islets to assist small craft with local knowledge g. 1°59'N, 89°13'W.
in entering the coves, craters, and narrow fairways. h. 2°05'N, 89°34'W.
1.3Regulations—Particularly Sensitive Sea Area (PSSA).— i. 2°01'N, 90°35'W.

Pub. 125
 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 5

j. 1°32'N, 91°52'W. Mandatory Ship Reporting System

k. 1°13'N, 92°07'W.
l. 1°49'N, 92°40'W. L1 2°05'N, 92°18'W
Effective on 1 May 2008, all ships and barges carrying car-
1.3
M1 1°32'N, 92°44'W
goes of oil or potentially hazardous material entering and de-
parting any port in the Galapagos and all ships 500 gt and L 1°49'N, 92°40'W
above entering and departing any port in the Galapagos shall
use the following routes: 1.3The Autonomous Temperature Line Aquisition System
1. On the E side of the Area to be Avoided, westbound (ATLAS), a successive chain of mooring buoys, with quick
ships shall follow the route established by a recommended flashing orange and white colored lights, are placed along the
track between the following two positions: equatorial belt of the Pacific from the Archipelago de Colon to
a. 1°05'08.4''S, 87°54'43.8''W. New Guinea. Vessels are to give them a wide berth of 6 miles.
b. 1°05'08.4''S, 88°41'19.2''W. 1.3Caution.—Mariners should exercise caution in the waters
2. On the E side of the Area to be Avoided, eastbound adjacent to the islands due to numerous unconfirmed reports of
ships shall follow the route established by a recommended depths less than 200m in much deeper water.
track between the following two positions:
a. 1°10'10.2''S, 87°57'42.6''W. 1.4 Isla Darwin (Isolote Culpepper) (1°39'N., 92°00'W.),
b. 1°10'10.2''S, 88°44'15.8''W. a small, rocky and barren islet, is the NW islet of the Archipel-
3. On the W side of the Area to be Avoided, westbound ago de Colon. An arched rock, 31m high, lies about 0.3 mile E
ships shall follow the route established by a recommended of the S end of the islet. A reef extends 0.2 mile SE from the
track between the following two positions: rock.
a. 1°21'04.8''S, 92°43'43.8''W. 1.4The island was reported (1996) to lie 1 mile N of its charted
b. 1°14'28.2''S, 92°06'21.0''W. position.
4. On the E side of the Area to be Avoided, eastbound 1.4Isla Wolf (Isla Wenman) (1°22'N., 91°49'W.), rocky and
ships shall follow route established by a recommended track barren, lies about 18.5 miles SE of Isla Darwin. It actually con-
between the following two positions: sists of three islets and a large above-water rock which lie close
a. 1°26'11.6''S, 92°43'49.8''W. together and are separated by narrow passages; when sighted
b. 1°18'56.4''S, 92°02'48.6''W. from the offing they appear as one islet.
All vessels, including private yachts, desiring to call at any
1.3
1.4The group of islets is formed by the crater of an old volcano,
of the islands or to enter their waters must obtain clearance the W side of which is broken away and submerged, so that the
from the Ministeriao de Defense National, Quito, Ecuador, or islet is in the form of a crescent with concave sides W.
from an Ecuadoran consul before sailing to the islands. Upon 1.4A light is shown from the NE extremity of the largest islet.
arrival at the archipelago, vessels must clear with the local au-
thorities at Bahia de Naufragio, Isla San Cristobal or at Bahia 1.5 Isla Pinta (0°35'N., 90°45'W.), about 7 miles long
de la Academia, Isla Santa Cruz, before proceeding to any of and 4 miles wide, lies about 77 miles SE of Isla Wolf. The is-
the other islands. land has an active volcano near its center that rises to a height
The Ecuador Ship Reporting System is mandatory and ap-
1.3
of about 762m.
plies to all vessels navigating within 200 miles of Equador and 1.5Shoal water, on which breakers have been reported, extends
Archipelago de Colon. For further information, see Pub. 120, 0.5 mile N from the N end of the island. Rocas Nerus, below-
Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and South- water rocks, extend about 0.3 mile N from a position on the N
east Asia. The area of the mandatory ship reporting system is shore about 0.8 mile E of the above shoal area. A depth of 8.2m
bounded by a line joining the following positions: lies about 1.3 miles NNW of Cabo Chalmers, the SW extremi-
ty of Isla Pinta.
Mandatory Ship Reporting System 1.5A depth of 131m was reported to lie 6 miles N of the N ex-
tremity of the island. A depth of 140m was reported to lie 7
Point Position miles NNE of the N extremity of the island. A depth of 264m
A 2°30'N, 92°21'W was reported to lie 34 miles WNW of the island.
1.5Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 12.8 to 27.4m, rock
D1 1°26'N, 89°03'W and sand, about 1.5 miles NNW of Cabo Chalmers (0°33'N.,
E1 0°01'N, 86°06'W 90°47'W.). The anchorage lies 0.3 to 0.4 mile off high, sheer
cliffs which on closing show a narrow sloping shelf of rock
F1 0°12'N, 88°01'W with patches of black sandy beach at their base.
G1 0°35'N, 87°54'W 1.5A vessel approaching the anchorage from the S can round
Cabo Chalmers about 1 mile offshore and anchor 0.2 to 0.3
H1 1°02'N, 87°53'W
mile N of a conspicuous green patch near the base of the high-
I1 2°34'N, 88°48'W est cliff.
J1 2°46'N, 89°30'W 1.5Isla Marchena (0°20'N., 90°28'W.) lies 15.5 miles SE of Is-
la Pinta. Numerous above and below-water rocks lie up to 0.3
K1 2°42'N, 90°42'W mile offshore and a dangerous rock lies in an approximate po-
sition about 3 miles off the NE side of the island.

Pub. 125
6 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers

Bahia de Naufragio—Isla San Cristobal

1.5Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of about 31.1m, sand, 1 ing, and Roca Ballena (Roca Whale), awash, are off-lying
mile WNW of Punta Montaluo (0°23'N., 90°28'W.). The dangers shown on the charts of this coast. There is an above-
anchorage lies off a small cove with a black beach marked by a water rock (Estefania) and adjacent shoal patch lying almost 3
rocky point W and high rocks E. Fishing vessels frequent the miles NNW of Punta Pitt. The former gives a good radar return
anchorage. up to 15 miles.
1.5Isla Genovesa (0°20'N., 89°57'W.), a flat island, lies about Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 36.6m, in Bahia de
1.6

25 miles E of Isla Marchena. A crater lake lies near the center Agua Dulce (0°56'S., 89°30'W.), an open roadstead exposed to
of the island. Bahia Darwin, marked at its head by a pair of heavy rollers. The anchorage lies 0.4 mile off a waterfall, at the
lights, indents the S side of the island. The entrance of the bay, base of which fresh water is available. The water should be
about 0.5 mile wide, is shallow and encumbered by reefs. boiled or otherwise treated before drinking.
Small craft with local knowledge can enter the bay via a con-
stricted channel and anchor on a small ledge in the NE part of 1.7 Bahia de Naufragio (0°54'S., 89°37'W.), a bay and
the bay, where there are depths of 7.3 to 16.5m, sand. town of the same name, is entered between Punta Lido, from
which a light is shown, and Punta Malamocco, about 0.8 mile
1.6 Isla San Cristobal (0°50'S., 89°25'W.) lies at the E apart. The town is a port of entry for the Archipelago de Colon.
extremity of the Archipelago de Colon. Numerous above and A radio station is situated near the head of the bay.
below-water rocks and dangers lie close to the shores of the Tides—Currents.—The flood and ebb tidal currents set NE
1.7

island which is a good radar target at 25 miles. Most of the and SW, respectively, with a velocity of up to 1.8 knots.
inhabitants reside in and about Bahia de Naufragio, a town Depths—Limitations.—Shoals and reefs fringe the harbor
1.7

situated near the SW end of the island. and coast around the bay. Depths of less than 5.5m exist 0.5
1.6A radiobeacon is situated on the S side of the island, about 6 mile offshore. Reefs, above and below-water, lie in the inner
miles ESE of the town. harbor and approaches to the harbor. Arrecife Schiavoni, with a
1.6The E side of Isla San Cristobal, between Punta Pitt (0°43'S., least depth of 0.3m, lies in the entrance and helps protect the
89°14'W.) and Punta Naufagio (0°55'S., 89°38'W.), is rock- bay from NW weather. A dangerous wreck lies on shoals close
fringed and contains no harbors or anchorages. Roca Este, dry- E of the reef. Arrecife Schiavoni and nearby reefs are not visi-

Pub. 125
 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 7

ble on a bright day with a calm sea except for the light-colored and is reserved for official harbor and naval use. The Municipal
water over them. With a swell, the sea breaks heavily on the Pier, 80m in length, is located 300m NE of the naval pier.
reefs and across the S entrance of the bay. A lighted buoy There is a rock, awash, situated 25m NE of the head of the mu-
marks the NE extremity of the shoal water. nicipal pier.
Rocas Dalrymple (0°51'S., 89°38'W.), 19m high and steep-
1.7 Aspect.—A prominent gray stone building, housing the
1.8

to, lies in the N approach to the bay. A light, with a racon, is Governor of the Islands and the Naval headquarters, stands 0.2
shown from a concrete block on the highest rock. Rocas Dalry- mile WNW of a conspicuous church standing at the head of the
mple is a good radar target; it is also a landmark on a N ap- bay. The Naval base extends from the gray building WNW to
proach to the harbor. another prominent building standing on Punta Malamocco. A
radio mast exhibiting fixed red obstruction lights lies 91m SW
1.8 Puerto Baqerizo Moreno (0°54'S., 89°37'W.) is lo- of Puerto Baquerizo Moreno Light.
cated on the S shores of Bahia de Naufragio and is the capital Anchorage.—Two designated anchorages lie within Bahia
1.8

of the Galapagos Province. This is a small port catering mostly de Naufragio, of which only one is available for non-military
to fishermen and small to medium-sized pleasure craft. vessels. The Naval Anchorage is located 0.2 mile N of Puerto
Tides—Currents.—The mean range at springs is 1.8m
1.8 Baquerizo Moreno Light; the anchorage for other vessels is
while the mean range at neaps is approximately 1m. located 0.375 mile NNE of the light. Two mooring buoys
Depths—Limitations.—There are two piers in the port. The
1.8 equipped with yellow lights are situated between the Naval
Naval Pier, 50m in length, is located on the S shore close NNE Anchorage and the Naval Pier.
of Puerto Baquerizo Moreno Light (0°53'57''S., 89°36'43''W.)

Puerto Baquerizo Moreno—Isla San Cristobal

Pub. 125
8 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers

holding ground, about 0.5 mile offshore.

1.9Caleta de la Tortuga (0°42'S., 89°22'W.), an open road-
stead, lies 1.5 miles SW of Cabo Norte (0°41'S., 89°21'W.), the
N extremity of Isla San Cristobal. Cerro Pan de Azucar
(0°43'S., 89°21'W.), about 220m high, and another hill rising
0.2 mile SW, are good landmarks when approaching the road-
stead.
1.9Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the roadstead, in
depths of 21.9 to 27.4m, sand, about 0.5 mile offshore.

1.10 Isla Espanola (1°23'S., 89°40'W.), the S island of the

Archipelago de Colon, is 195m high, rugged, and covered with
brushwood. Its coasts are bold and rocky. The island gives a
good radar return at 21 miles. Rocks and reefs, above and be-
low-water, lie 0.2 mile off the island, except in the vicinity of
Isla Gardner, which is encircled by foul ground. There is a
7.3m detached patch 0.6 mile N of the N extremity. Isla Gard-
ner (1°20'S., 89°39'W.), an islet, gives a good radar return up to
16 miles.
Bahia Gardner (1°21'S., 89°38'W.), lies S and W of Isla
1.10

Gardner. A reef, with an islet at its N end, extends N from Isla

Espanola leaving a passage about 137m wide and with a least
depth of 5.5m N of the islet. A rock, with a depth of 3.7m, lies
in the bay about 0.4 mile from the SW end of Isla Gardner. Lo-
Punta Suarez Light—Isla Espanola cal knowledge is required.
Anchorage can be taken in the bay, in depths of 9.1 to
1.10

Additional anchorage is available, in 29.3m, sand, about 0.5

1.8
18.3m,. Vessels can anchor about 0.8 mile W of the summit of
mile NE of Punta Lido. Isla Gardner, in 36.6m. There is anchorage with the N extremi-
ty of Isla Gardner bearing 075°, and the S extremity 116°, in a
Directions.—Caution must be exercised when approaching
1.8
depth of 34.7m.
the bay, particularly from the W. From a position about 0.5 Arrecife Macgowen (1°07'S., 89°54'W.) lies about 20 miles
1.10

mile S of Rocas Dalrymple, steer a course of 165° with the NW of Isla Espanola. It consists of rocks awash, 1.8m below
rock astern, bearing 345°. When about 0.3 mile W of Punta the surface, which are dangerous as soundings give no warning
Lido, and when the light at the head of the bay bears 165°, of their proximity. This group of rocks is marked by an unlight-
change course to 165° and proceed to an anchorage. ed pillar buoy at its westernmost edge. A pinnacle rock, with a
Caution.—Entry into port should be restricted to daylight
1.8
depth of 2.1m, was reported to lie about 0.5 mile ENE of Arre-
hours only since town lighting and all obstruction lights have cife Macgowen.
been reported to be extinguished between midnight and sunrise Banco Hancock, with a depth of 19.5m, is an isolated patch
1.10

due to the town generator being turned off. lying about 19 miles WNW of Arrecife Macgowen.

1.9 The W side of Isla San Cristobal is fringed by rocks, 1.11 Isla Santa Maria (1°17'S., 90°25'W.) has several
reefs, and shoals extending as far as 1.3 miles offshore. These round-topped hills that are visible from any direction. Numer-
are numerous, small coves indenting this low dark-colored ous above and below-water rocks lie on fringing shoals encir-
coast. Isla Lobos (0°51'S., 89°34'W.), a good radar target, lies cling the island. Islets lie up to 1.8 miles off the NE side and up
close offshore. A detached 3m patch lies 1.2 miles W of Isla to 5 miles off the E side of the island. Isla Enderby lies 2.5
Lobos. Punta Bassa (Manglecito) (0°49'S., 89°32'W.), a salient miles NNW of Punta Ayora. Isla Campeon is located 1.3 miles
feature, is low, dark, and reported to be a good radar target. W of Isla Enderby and just 0.7 mile off the N coast of Isla San-
Breakers extend up to 0.5 mile N of the point. Anchorage can ta Maria. Isla Caldwell, 114m in height, lies 2 miles SSE of
be taken about 1.5 miles SW of the point, in depths of 11 to Punta Ayora. Isla Gardner, 227m in height, lies 2.9 miles SE of
32.9m. Isla Caldwell. Isla Watson lies 0.9 mile SW of Isla Gardner. An
Bahia Stephens (0°48'S., 89°30'W.), an open bay on the
1.9
isolated rock, awash, lies about 8 miles SE of the E extremity
NW side of the island, can be identified by Roca Kicker (Roca of the island.
Peteadora) (0°46'S., 89°31'W.), a sheer, high rock shaped like a Bahia Playa Prieta (Black Beach Anchorage) (1°16'S.,
1.11

church with a high, square tower. The rock is a good landmark 90°30'W.) affords good anchorage, in depths of 18.3 to 36.6m,
on approaching the bay, which is clear of dangers except for sand, about 0.3 to 0.5 mile off the head of the bay. There is
several shoal patches lying 1.2 miles off the NE entrance point. some swell, but reefs lying SW give some shelter. Vessels must
Punta Finger (0°45'S., 89°28'W.) is a conspicuous dark-col- not anchor in depths less than 18.3m in order to avoid a rock,
ored cliff topped by a pinnacle rock which is located at the NE with a depth of 1.8m, that lies 0.1 mile offshore. The summit of
extremity of Bahia Stephens. Isla Santa Maria, bearing 118°, leads S of the rock and to the
Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 18.3 to 21.9m, good
1.9
anchorage.

Pub. 125
 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 9

1.10 Puerto Ayora—Bahia Academy S of Isla Santa Cruz

Landmarks approaching the anchorage include a high rock

1.11 age, in 6.4m, clear of the foul ground which extends up to 0.8
lying 0.2 mile offshore and 0.5 mile S of the anchorage, and a mile offshore.
brownish sandy beach inshore; a light is shown from the NE Rocas Gordon (0°34'S., 90°09'W.), a group of three rocks,
1.12

point of the bay. of which the largest is 61m high, lies 1 mile NE of Islas Plaza
Bahia del Correo (Post Office) (1°14'S., 90°25'W.), indent-
1.11 (0°35'S., 90°10'W.). A light is shown from the S side of the S
ing the N coast of Isla Santa Maria, is mostly foul, but affords island of Islas Plaza.
sheltered anchorage, good holding ground, with easy access. Isla Baltra (0°27'S., 90°16'W.), low and covered with brush,
1.12

There are depths of 12.8 to 14.6m in the center of the bay, is separated from the N coast of Isla Santa Cruz, and from the
about 0.5 mile ENE of the W entrance point. Landing can be E end by Canal de Itabaca (0°29'S., 90°16'W.), a shallow pas-
effected at a sandy beach in the SE part of the bay. sage about 0.3 mile wide. Buoys mark the fairway, which is
used by fishing vessels in transit. It is reported that most of the
1.12 Isla Santa Cruz (0°38'S., 90°19'W.) is featured by a buoys have been removed and a pole beacon marks a rock near
prominent mountain rising near the center of the island. It is the W outlet of the fairway.
volcanic. Rocks and foul ground fringe the island; several Isla Baltra accommodates a naval and air force base; because
1.12

above-water rocks and islets lie up to 3 miles offshore. of this, the use of Isla Baltra is restricted.
Bahia Academy (0°45'S., 90°18'W.) indents the S coast of
1.12 The quay is controlled by the naval authority.
1.12

the island E of Punta Estrada (0°45'S., 90°18'W.). The shores Local knowledge is required.
1.12

of the bay are foul for 0.5 mile offshore and depths generally Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 7.3 to
1.12

are less than 5.5m. Isla Coamano (0°45'S., 90°17'W.) lies on 14.6m, sand and rock, at the E end of Canal de Itabaca. The
foul ground about 1.5 miles E of Punta Estrada. There are sev- steep-to S shore of the canal should be favored on entering to
eral shoal patches lying up to 1.5 miles S and SE of the Punta anchor.
Estrada. A light, frequently extinguished, is shown from the Is-
la Coamano. Another light is shown near a stone landing jetty, 1.13 Caleta del Norte (0°25'S., 90°17'W.) is the N of two
about 1 mile NNW of Punta Estrada. small bays on the W side of Isla Baltra. Punta del Norte, the
Landmarks include three research station buildings standing
1.12 NW end of the island and bay, is reported to be a good radar
2.2 miles N of Punta Estrada and a white sandy beach at the target. Isla Seymour (0°24'S., 90°17'W.) is separated from the
head of a small cove, 0.7 mile NW of the same point. N end of Isla Baltra by a passage blocked by foul ground at its
Pilotage, if required, can be provided by the Harbormaster;
1.12 E end. Anchorage can be taken, in 16.5m, at least 0.2 mile off
there is no formal pilot service. the head of Caleta del Norte.
Anchorage can be taken in Bahia Academy, in depths of 11
1.12 Caleta Aeolian (0°27'S., 90°18'W.), the S of two bays, is en-
1.13

to 14.6m, about 0.6 mile from the landing jetty with Punta Es- tered S of Punta Naboa (0°26'S., 90°17'W.). Aeolian Light is
trada bearing 180°, distant about 0.7 mile. Vessels approaching shown from a tower on the point and prominent lighted radio
the bay from the E or W should keep about 3 miles offshore. masts stand within the point. Seaplane ramps are situated at the
Puerto Nunez (0°43'S., 90°13'W.), a foul cove, affords anchor- sandy head of the bay. A wharf, 61m in length, with alongside

Pub. 125
10 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers

Isla Baltra

Isla Eden (top) and Islas Daphne (below)

depths of 6m, is situated nearby as is a radio station and air-

field. Anchorage can be taken, in 16.5m, in the outer bay.
Islas Guy Fawkes (0°31'S., 90°32'W.) are a straggling
1.13

group of islets lying off the NW side of Isla Santa Cruz. Isla
Eden (0°33'S., 90°32'W.) lies at the S end of the group. An- Aeolian Light
chorage can be taken, in about 14.6m, 0.8 mile NNE of Isla
Eden. where above and below-water rocks lie up to 200m offshore. A
Islas Daphne (0°25'S., 90°22'W.) consists of three islets.
1.13 12.8m patch lies 1.7 miles ENE of the NW extremity of the is-
The NE islet, 107m high with sheer sides, lies about 3.5 miles land.
W of Isla Seymour. The cone-shaped SW islet lies 5 miles W
of Caleta del Norte. The third islet is an above-water rock lying 1.14 Isla San Salvador (0°15'S., 90°45'W.), high and
on a shoal, 0.7 mile E of the SW islet. When approaching from wooded, consists mainly of lava and has a conspicuous volca-
the NE, Isla Baltra and Isla Seymour appear to merge with the nic hill (Cerro Pan de Azucar) at the W side of the island. Isla
higher background of Isla Santa Cruz, and Islas Daphne is the Rabida (0°25'S., 90°42'W.), a small barren island, lies 2.5
first to be identified. miles off the S side of the island. A group of small islets lies 4
Isla Santa Fe (0°50'S., 90°04'W.) lying about 12 miles off
1.13 miles E of Isla Rabida; a chain of islets, including a 4m patch,
the SE side of Isla Santa Cruz, is steep-to except on its N side lie off the SE end of Isla San Salvador.

Pub. 125
 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 11

Chinese Hat (Sombrero Chino) E of Isla Rabida

Bahia de Sullivan (0°17'S., 90°34'W.), formed E and S by

1.14 ESE of Cabo Woodford.
Isla Bartholome (0°17'S., 90°33'W.), is open to the NE and has The coast between Cabo Woodford and Cabo Rosa, the S ex-
1.16

a 7.4m rocky patch lying in its center. Small vessels can anchor tremity of Isla Isabela, is considered hazardous to approach as
in at least 20.1m, 0.3 mile off the head of the bay. there are several islets and rocks scattered offshore. Landings
Bahia de James (0°14'S., 90°52'W.), an open bay, has shel-
1.14 are difficult due to breakers. The dangers include Islas Cross-
tered coves within the NE and SE entrance points. Isla Albany, man (0°51'S., 90°48'W.), Isla Tortuga (1°01'S., 90°52'W.), Ro-
lying 0.5 mile off the NE entrance point, merges with Isla San ca Burra (0°58'S., 90°52'W.), and Roca Union (1°02'S.,
Salvador from offshore. Cerro Pan de Azucar (a prominent vol- 91°06'W.).
canic cone), 395m high, is the best landmark on approaching Villamil (0°57'S., 90°58'W.) is a village situated at the head
1.16

the bay. Anchorage can be taken, in 13m, off a sandy beach of a bay, about 8 miles SW of Punta Veintimilla (0°55'S.,
with the center of Isla Albany bearing 346°, distant 1.7 miles. 90°51'W.). Cerro Villamil is a conspicuous hill rising about 0.8
Large vessels should anchor about 0.4 mile farther out, in mile within the W shore of the bay and 1 mile SW of the vil-
27.4m, sand over rock. Depths of 9.1m or less exist up to 0.5 lage. A 46m long pier and a flagstaff are situated adjacent to
mile from the head of the bay. the village. The E side of the bay is encumbered with shoals,
rocks, and islets for 1.8 miles offshore. A light is shown from a
1.15 Isla Isabela (0°30'S., 91°10'W.) is composed of six tower on the W islet.
huge craters, all active, joined at their bases by lava, the most Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but is recommended
1.16

remarkable isthmus being Istmo Perry. The S end of the island for the first visit; although there is no formal pilotage service, a
is moist from the trade wind and has dense vegetation. The N member of the Harbormaster’s staff can advise.
part is dry and barren. There are few navigational aids or land- Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 12m,
1.16

marks. about 1 mile W of Villamil Light, but it is not recommended

Punta Albemarle (0°10'N., 91°20'W.), the N end of Isla Isa-
1.15 due to the heavy swell and breakers. Landing is possible in a
bela, is a good radar target. Foul ground extends 0.5 mile N of cove about 4 miles SW of the village.
the point. Roca Redonda (0°14'N., 91°37'W.), a barren islet,
lies 18.5 miles WNW of the point. Between Punta Albemarle 1.17 Cabo Rosa (1°03'S., 91°10'W.) is the S extremity of
and Punta Alfaro, the island is steep-to, but the latter point is Isla Isabela. From the cape, the coast trends WNW for 17 miles
fringed for about 1 mile offshore by shoals of less than 9.1m. then NW to Punta Cristobal (0°54'S., 91°31'W.), which can be
An islet lies 2.2 miles NNW of Punta Alfaro (0°25'S., identified by a mass of small craters behind it. Other than Cale-
90°57'W.). ta Iquana (0°57'S., 91°27'W.), the coast is quite regular in out-
Bahia de Perry (Cartago Bay) (0°35'S., 90°55'W.) indents
1.15 line.
the coast between Punta Alfaro and Cabo Barrington (0°36'S., Bahia Isabel (0°37'S., 91°06'W.) indents the W side of Isla
1.17

90°54'W.). The bay is fringed by mangroves, but anchorage Isabela. Four islets are clustered about 0.5 mile offshore. An-
can be taken, in depths of 12.8 to 23.8m, sand and rock. Roca chorage can be taken, in depths of 18.3 to 25.6m, sand, about
Blanca (0°33'S., 90°52'W.), above-water, lies 4 miles NNE of 0.3 mile S of the southernmost islet. The area E of the islands
Cabo Barrington. is shoal with a foul bottom. Only small vessels should anchor
in this area, and even then a tripping line is necessary.
1.16 Cabo Woodford (0°45'S., 90°47'W.) is the E extrem- Anchorage can be taken in a cove about 5 miles NE of Caleta
1.17

ity of Isla Isabela. Between this cape and Cabo Barrington, the Webb (0°48'S., 91°27'W.). Two small hills, covered with green
coast is foul for at least 1.3 miles offshore. A rock about 6m brush with a sandy beach on each side, identify the anchorage.
wide, with a depth of 1.8m, was reported to lie about 6.5 miles The cove has depths of 54.9m about 0.8 mile offshore, decreas-

Pub. 125
12 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers

ing to 5.5m close inshore. Good anchorage can be taken about 0.3 mile off the E and NE sides of the island, and depths of
0.5 mile offshore, in 32.9m. 12.8 to 25.6m exist up to 1.5 miles E. A light is shown from the
Caleta Tagus (0°16'S., 91°22'W.), formed by an old crater,
1.17 W side of the island.
affords good anchorage, in depths of 11 to 29.3m, sand and Islote Gonzalez (Gonzales Island), high and inaccessible,
1.19

gravel. The shores of the cove are steep-to and the entrance is lies 0.3 mile S of the SE end of Isla San Felix and is connected
clear of dangers. Anchorage is reported as being good in a cove with that island by a submerged reef. Another reef extends NW
near Punta Vincente Roca, about 17 miles NW of Caleta Tagus. from the islet almost to the S shore of Isla San Felix.
There are depths of 11 to 36.6m, good holding ground of rock Roca Catedral de Peterborough (26°16'S., 80°08'W.) is
1.19

and sand in the cove, which is reported to have a large cave at the highest of a group of jagged rocks which lie about 1.3 miles
the water’s edge. NNW of Cerro San Felix. Depths of 11 to 30m have been ob-
tained up to 1.8 miles N, NNW, and NW of these rocks.
1.18 Isla Pinzon (0°36'S., 90°40'W.) is a small, high island Rada San Felix (San Felix Road), on the bank which con-
1.19

lying in the passage between Isla Isabela and Isla Santa Cruz, nects Isla San Felix and Roca Catedral de Peterborough, af-
about 11 miles NE of Cabo Woodford. A small, high islet fords anchorage, in depths of 20.1 to 36.6m, black sand, about
stands about 5 miles SE of Isla Pinzon. 0.3 to 0.5 mile offshore. The tidal current sets SW and NE with
Isla Fernandina (0°25'S., 91°29'W.) lies close to the W side
1.18 a velocity of 0.5 knot, but may increase to 3 knots.
of Isla Isabela on the NW side of Bahia Isabel. The island is a Caution.—ODAS buoys, known as DART (Deep-ocean As-
1.19

high, large volcano that is barren, steep-to, and has a crater lake sessment and Reporting of Tsunamis), are located offshore in
near its center. An extensive field of lava encircles the base of the following positions:
the volcano. Foul ground extends at least 0.5 mile off the SE a. 20°28'22''S, 73°25'46''W.
side of the island. b. 23°10'00''S, 72°02'36''W.
A vessel anchored off the island’s NE coast in Espinosa Bay,
1.18 c. 26°44'36''S, 73°58'59''W.
with Punta Espinosa (0°16'S., 91°27'W.) bearing 295° and the d. 32°07'36''S, 73°47'00''W.
S point of the bay bearing 177°, in 34.7m. e. 35°45'36''S, 73°14'24''W.
An ODAS buoy is also located in position 19°45'54''S,
1.19

Off-lying Islands, Banks, and Dangers West of 84°44'18''W.

Chile
The Archipelago de Juan Fernandez
1.19 Numerous off-lying dangers have been reported be-
tween longitude 100°W and the coast of Chile. The effect of 1.20 The Archipelago de Juan Fernandez (33°37'S.,
seismic disturbances on the ocean floor within this area, which 78°50'W.) consists of Isla Robinson Crusoe, Isla Santa Clara,
is not infrequent, may cause an existing islet or rock to become and Isla Alejandro Selkirk. The islands are a base for a fishing
submerged. On the other hand, earthquakes thrust submerged fleet.
peaks above, or nearly above, the ocean surface. Through the Isla Robinson Crusoe (33°38'S., 78°50'W.), lying about
1.20

years, various surveys have failed to locate most of these re- 360 miles W of Valparaiso, is about 10 miles long and irregular
ported dangers. However, they are retained on the charts as a in outline. The E half of this populated island is wooded, with
warning to navigators. alternate craggy ridges and fertile valleys; the W half is flat,
Included in these dangers are Sefton Reef (36°43'S.,
1.19 low, and bare. Cerro El Yunque (33°39'S., 78°51'W.), shaped
83°15'W.), Yosemite Rock (32°04'S., 83°14'W.), Podesta Is- like an anvil when seen from NE, is a wooded peak, the highest
land (32°14'S., 89°08'W.), Emily Rock (29°38'S., 87°25'W.), a in a range of mountains and a prominent landmark. Isla Robin-
rock and adjacent shoal depths of at least 165m in position son Crusoe has been sighted by radar at 40 miles.
25°40'S, 85°00'W, and a depth of 155m, which was reported in Alexander Selkirk was landed on Isla Robinson Crusoe in
1.20

the position 43°13'S, 97°43'W. 1705 and lived alone for 4 years before being rescued. Daniel
Isla San Ambrosio (26°21'S., 79°52'W.) is high, steep, and
1.19 Defoe based his classical story Robinson Crusoe on this epi-
about 2 miles long. The island consists of rough burnt volcanic sode.
particles arranged in horizontal strata intersected by vertical Winds—Weather.—The island has a humid but healthful
1.20

veins of basalt, which appear from the offing as streams flow- climate. Between October and May, the weather is fair, al-
ing from the summit. Fishermen frequent the island, and have though rain squalls occur during the evening and at night. Un-
established several houses on it. Three above-water rocks, the settled weather, with rain, calms, or fresh N winds occurs
outermost about 0.5 mile offshore, lie E of the island; a conical during the rainy season. There are strong N winds in winter.
rock lies close W. Fog is not frequent.
Anchorage for small craft can be taken in a cove (Las Mos-
1.19 Tides—Currents.—Local currents off the island are most
1.20

cas) indenting the middle of the N coast of the island, where noticeable at the turn of the tide when they attain a velocity of
shelter from SE winds can be obtained, in a depth of 40.2m, 3 to 4 knots. The currents follow along the coast, but do not en-
rock. Landing can be effected at the head of the cove. ter Bahia Cumberland.
Isla San Felix (26°17'S., 80°07'W.), about 1.5 miles long,
1.19

rises to Cerro San Felix (San Felix Hill) at its W end. The W 1.21 Punta Hueso Ballena (33°40'S., 78°46'W.) is the
and SW sides of this arid, volcanic island consist of steep, yel- high, cliffy E end of the island. The coast NW of the point, as
low cliffs sloping down to beaches on the NE side. An airfield far as Punta Loberia (33°37'S., 78°49'W.), consists of steep,
is located in the central part of the island. Foul ground extends rugged slopes with no offshore dangers.

Pub. 125
 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 13

Bahia Cumberland (33°37'S., 78°50'W.), entered between

1.21 unsafe with E winds, but affords shelter from SW winds. Anchor-
Punta Loberia and Punta San Carlos, about 1 mile WNW, is age can also be taken, in depths of 31.1 to 50m, sand, off Rada de
open, deep, and clear of dangers. la Colonia (33°45'S., 80°43'W.).
Landmarks approaching the bay include the buildings at Fort
1.21

San Juan Bautista (33°37'S., 78°50'W.) and the caves S of the Isla Salas Y Gomez and Isla de Pascua
settlement. Other buildings S of Punta Loberia are conspicu-
ous. 1.23 Isla Salas Y Gomez (26°28'S., 105°28'W.) is unin-
Weather conditions in the bay differ from the weather off-
1.21 habited and scarcely more than a heap of stones, less than 0.5
shore as the terrain inland is such that wind squalls move off mile long NW-SE and about 0.3 mile wide. During a gale it
the land and into the bay with considerable velocity. The water would be hardly distinguished amidst the spray. The highest
in the bay then becomes turbulent and discolored, especially in point, 30m high and marked by a light, is at the S end of the is-
summer (November-May). land. A submerged rock lies about 200m SW of the S point of
Muelle Fiscal, which is 100m long and can accommodate
1.21 the island. Anchorage can be taken about 0.3 mile off the N
vessels with a maximum draft of 4m, is situated 0.3 mile S of side of the island, in 56m, coral, and also 0.2 mile S of the S
Punta San Carlos (33°37'S., 78°50'W.). end of the W side in 33m, sand and shells.
Anchorage can be taken by vessels over 100m in length
1.21

about 0.4 mile E of the light in the settlement, in a depth of

49.4m. Vessels less than 100m long can anchor, in a depth of
20.1m, sand, about 0.5 mile SSE of Punta San Carlos and clear
of a sunken wreck lying 0.4 mile SE of the same point. It is ad-
visable to use both bow anchors, with a good spread and a long
scope of chain, to take care of sudden squalls and strong shift-
ing winds.
Caution.—When approaching Bahia Cumberland from the
1.21

W or N, it is easy to mistake Bahia del Oeste (Puerto Ingles)

(33°36'S., 78°51'W.), but the hills are less steep and the terrain
is lower than at Bahia [Link] coast between Bahia
del Oeste and Punta Norte is high and cliffy; Cerro Alto
(33°36'S., 78°52'W.) is a prominent feature. The W side of the
island is rocky, with no anchorages or safe landing places. Pun-
ta O’Higgins, the S extremity of Isla Robinson Crusoe, lies 1
mile SE of Punta Isla (33°41'S., 78°57'W.), the SW extremity.
Bahia Carvajal (33°40'S., 78°56'W.), indenting the S coast
1.21

directly N of Punta O’Higgins, affords anchorage, in a depth of

about 27.4m, sand, with the point bearing 217° and the E en-
trance point of the bay bearing 042°. Isla Salas Y Gomez
Bahia Tierra Blanca (33°39'S., 78°55'W.) also affords an-
1.21

chorage, in depths of 28 to 30m. The bay is named after the Bajo Scott (Scott Reef), on which the sea breaks, lies about 1
1.23

light color of the surrounding hills. mile NE of Isla Salas Y Gomez. It is about 91m long with depths
of 30 to 35m close around.
1.22 Isla Santa Clara (33°42'S., 78°56'W.) is separated from With E winds, a W current, with a rate of about 1 knot, is expe-
1.23

the SW end of Isla Robinson Crusoe by a channel almost 0.8 mile rienced in the vicinity of Bajo Scott.
wide. The island is barren and on a N approach shows as a single Caution.—A no-take Marine Reserve surrounds Isla Salas Y
1.23

peak. Rocks and islets lie off the W and S coasts. The sea breaks Gomez. Within this area, which covers about 58,000 square
heavily all around the island making landing dangerous. miles, fishing and the removal of any plants or animals are pro-
Isla Alejandro Selkirk (33°45'S., 80°45'W.), lying about 84
1.22 hibited within about 125 miles of the coastline of the island.
miles W of Isla Robinson Crusoe, is densely wooded and very
mountainous. Many deep ravines lead to a steep-to rugged 1.24 Isla de Pascua (Easter Island) (27°05'S., 109°20'W.)
coast on the E side of the island off which are tremendous is grass-covered and cultivated. The inhabitants of this
depths. The S, W, and N sides of the island have sandy strips of Chilean-governed island reside mainly at the islands SW side.
beach which extend 0.1 mile offshore in places. There are numerous inactive volcanic craters and high, grassy
A very high peak rises at the SW side of Isla Alejandro Selkirk,
1.22 hills. The highest crater, Mount Terevaka, is located near Cabo
and at the SW extremity there is a prominent rock with a hole Norte (North Cape), the NW extremity of Isla de Pascua. Cabo
through it. Landing is possible near the center of the E shore at Sur (South Cape), the S extremity of the island, is very high
Quebrada Sanchez, and at the foot of Quebrada Las Casas and prominent. The N and S sides of the island are high and
(33°45'S., 80°43'W.), where there is a boat slip and buildings of a steep, and there are only three or four sandy beaches along the
former penal colony. entire rocky coast. Three high rocks, lying as far as 1 mile SW
Anchorage can be taken about 0.3 mile ENE of Quebrada San-
1.22 of the SW extremity of the island, serve as good radar targets.
chez (33°43'S., 80°44'W.), in depths of 40.2 to 49.4m. The ravine Winds—Weather.—The weather is never good for more than a
is recognized by a white patch on a hill near it. This anchorage is few days at a time at Isla de Pascua. Ships anchoring off the island

Pub. 125
14 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers

Isla de Pascua—(Easter Island) viewed from SE

should be ready to sail on short notice. There are abrupt and ble white-colored crosses stand on the hill of Maunga Tuutapu
violent wind changes, usually in a counterclockwise (27°08.7'S., 109°24.1'W.).
[Link] October to April, the Southeast Trade Winds Anchorage is available with the range beacons mentioned above
1.25

blows constantly, except during the summer months when the in alignment bearing 144°, and the outermost rock off Punta Roa
winds are variable. The trade wind is strongest at the beginning Bearing 206°. The berth offers depths of 25m, sand. In very good
and end of the period and is accompanied by showers. weather, anchorage can be had further in on the range line, with
In winter, W and SW winds are fairly frequent and are often
1.24 the rock bearing 220°, in a depth of 20m over a sand bottom.
accompanied by rain and heavy seas. Caleta Hanga-Piko is a cove about 0.2 mile S of Punta Roa.
1.25

Its inner part forms a natural basin and is the landing place for
1.25 Rada Hanga-Roa lies on the W side of the island all passengers and cargo for Hanga-Roa. Above and below-wa-
between Punta Cook (27°08'S., 109°26'W.) and Punta Roa, ter rocks lie up to 0.2 mile WNW of the W entrance point.
about 1.3 miles SSW. The shores of the bay are rocky, with Small craft drawing less than 1.5m can enter the basin through
shoals and foul ground extending at least 0.2 mile offshore. a narrow channel between rocks. Local knowledge is absolute-
Landing is not very feasible. A very constricted boat channel ly necessary. Cargo is loaded and discharged during the day
leads to a pier in ruins, but local knowledge is required as there from a pier 80m long, with a least depth of 0.9m at its head.
are dangers on the range line. Front and rear beacons named This anchorage is recommended for small vessels, with winds
1.25

Barril and Trianguls, respectively, lead to anchorages in the from N through E to S, but is open to the W. A vessel moored here
bay when aligned 144°. Barril Beacon consists of a pyramid of must be ready to put to sea at short notice, but may find that her
earth and stone with a barrel and spar topmark painted in anchor has fouled on the bottom.
orange and white bands. Trianguls Beacon consists of a Anchorage can be had off the cove, in a depth of 50m, with the
1.25

triangular-shaped stone wall with a vertical iron column, red and white radio mast bearing 093°, and the NE of the three
surmounted by a triangular daymark painted in orange and high rocks off the island’s SW end, in alignment with the cliff
white bands. edge below the peak on the island’s SW extremity bearing 180°.
Landmarks include a church, monument, and a radio mast, all
1.25 The bottom is rocky, and badly fissured.
situated in the vicinity of Barril Beacon. A flagstaff, with white Anchorage in Hanga-Roa is preferable, where the holding
1.25

boards attached, is prominent N of the range beacons. Three nota- ground is better and three 30-ton lighters are available to assist

Pub. 125
 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers 15

Isla de Pascua—(Easter Island) main Volcanoes

with landing and embarking cargo. the SE coast of Isla de Pascua afford anchorage to small vessels
and shelter from all but S winds, but the sea breaks heavily on
1.26 Anakena (27°04'S., 109°20'W.), a cove on the N side this coast.
of the island, is approached in depths of 7.3 to 14.6m, and has Rada Vinapu (Benepu) (27°10'S., 109°25'W.) is a cliff-
1.26

depths of 3.7 to 9.1m in the preferred E part of the cove. A lev- ringed, open roadstead located about 3 miles NE of the island’s
el sandy beach provides the best landing on the island for small SW extremity. Five small islets lie off the roadsteads SW en-
boats. There is very little sea or swell. A monument within the trance point.
SE shore of the cove is a good landmark. There is a concrete Anchorage.—Anchorage, secure in N or W winds, but open
1.26

quay. to winds of other directions, is available in the E portion of the

Anchorage can be taken just within the cove entrance and in the
1.26 roadstead, clear of the tanker berth, but requires local knowl-
middle of the E part of the bay. With winds from S to W, the cove edge. The holding ground is good, the bottom being sand.
affords the best anchorage on the N coast, with good holding
ground. Anchorage is also available, in 21.9m, good holding 1.27 Vinapu Oil Terminal (27°10'S., 109°25'W.) consists
ground of sand, about 0.3 mile WNW of Punta Rosalia and with of an offshore oil berth situated at the seaward end of a buoyed
this point aligned with Cabo O’Higgens, bearing 109°. submarine pipeline. The berth is able to accept vessels up to
Bahia La Perouse (27°05'S., 109°18'W.) is an open road-
1.26 150m in length, with a maximum draft of 8.5m.
stead entered between Punta Angamos (27°05'S., 109°18'W.) Six silver-colored storage tanks stand at the terminal on the
1.27

and Punta Rosalia. The terrain in the area is low and landing shore behind the berth and are prominent.
can be effected W of Punta Angamos and in Rada Benepu, Pilotage is compulsory.
1.27

about 1 mile WNW of the same point. Directions.—Two range beacons, situated on a point about 0.7
1.27

Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of about 21.9m, rock and

1.26 mile NE of the oil tanks, mark the initial approach to the berth.
shells, 0.3 mile NW of Punta Angamos and off Caleta Ovali. East The beacons consist of an orange pedestal, surmounted by a white
and SE winds raise a heavy sea in the bay, which is also exposed daymark with a black triangle in its center, point down.
to N and NW winds. The anchorages are tenable with light N Vessels 120 to 150m in length approach on the alignment of the
1.27

winds, and when the trade winds are blowing. beacons mentioned above, in line bearing 018°; but vessels under
120m in length should steer for a prominent triangular patch of
Hutuiti Anchorage (27°07'S., 109°17'W.) affords shelter
1.26 grass located about 137m NW of the front beacon on a bearing of
from N and W winds in about 18.5m, 0.3 mile NE of Punta Ya- 016°. Steer on either the beacons or the grass until a second set of
ma (27°08'S., 109°17'W.). Several other inlets and coves along beacons, identical to the pair mentioned above, situated about

Pub. 125
16 Sector 1. West Coast of South America—Off-lying Islands and Dangers

137m S of the tanks, are in alignment bearing 284°. At this point, lines are laid out on the bottom from the shore and are suspended
the starboard anchor should be let go. Veer about 5 to 6 shots of from the buoy by wire messengers. When secured, the vessel
chain, turning the vessel to starboard. Let go the port anchor when, should be on a heading of 140°, with about 7 shots of chain out on
in large vessels, the ship’s head is about 050°, or in smaller vessels each anchor, and its stern about 0.1 mile seaward of 10m depths.
when the rear range beacon S of the oil tanks bears 274°, and the Smaller vessels should secure with the vessel’s head between 127°
front range beacon N of the tanks bears 020°. and 137°. A boat is available to assist in picking up the stern lines
With both anchors down, maneuver the vessel to pick up two
1.27 and the cargo hose, that is rigged to the vessel’s port side.
wire stern lines suspended from a small white buoy; the mooring Caution.—It is normal to allow for a slight W set.
1.27

Pub. 125
 17
2.
Sector 2—Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

2.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 2 — CHART INFORMATION

Pub. 125
 19

SECTOR 2
COASTS OF COLOMBIA AND ECUADOR

Plan.—This sector describes the W coast of South America

2.0 sels approaching the coast and waters of Colombia and Ecua-
from Isla Mono, at the Panama/Colombia boundary, to Canal dor, see Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific
de Jambeli, at the Ecuador/Peru boundary. The sequence of the Ocean and Southeast Asia.
description is from N to S. Caution.—Offshore oil fields are encountered off this coast
2.1

roughly from a point NW of Punta Malpelo (3°30'S., 80°

General Remarks 30'W.), to a position S of Punta Parinus (4°40'S., 81°22'W.).
Rigs, production platforms, submarine pipelines, and various
2.1 Most of this coast is low, with sandy beaches inter- other types of hazards, both above and below-water, may be as-
rupted by rocky points and prominent headlands. Inland, sociated with these oil fields, some of which may be lighted.
mountain ranges often parallel the coast. There are also de- Vessels are urged to exercise the appropriate caution when nav-
tached mountains and hills backing the coast in various places. igating along this coast.
Numerous islands, some contiguous with the shore, lie near Peruvian authorities advise that oil rigs may be found be-
2.1

river deltas and off the many bays which indent this coast. tween the parallels of 3°S and 5°S.
2.1Buenaventura and Guayaquil are the most important ports on
this coast. There are many secondary ports where cargo is load- Isla Mono to Buenaventura
ed and discharged while at anchor in open roadsteads.
2.1Winds—Weather.—The climate of this region is influenced 2.2 Isla Mono (7°13'N., 77°53'W.) lies 0.5 mile offshore
by the Peruvian Current. Along the N part of the W coast of in the vicinity of the boundary between Panama and Colombia.
Colombia, winds from the NW to NE prevail, except in Sep- The intervening coast between Isla Mono and Bahia Ardita is
tember and October, and are quite dependable from December high, rugged, heavily wooded, and steep-to within 0.5 mile of
to April. From May to August they alternate with SW winds. In the shore.
September and October, SW winds prevail, but with frequent
changes to N. Gales from the N or NE occur occasionally,
chiefly from December to February, but they are rare from any
other direction.
2.1Along the S coast of Colombia, a SW wind sets in about
April and becomes increasingly steady until September and
October. It then diminishes in steadiness and is replaced in
February and March by N winds. The SW wind is dependable
only from August to December. Gales are practically unknown
along this part of the coast.
2.1The prevailing winds along the coast of Ecuador are S to W
throughout the year, but are more steady from that quarter from
June to November. North winds occur occasionally from late
January to early April. Gales are practically unknown. The av-
erage velocity of the wind is about 8 knots. Heavy squalls and
thunderstorms sometimes occur.
2.1Fog is extremely rare over the open sea along the coasts of
Colombia and Ecuador.
2.1Tides—Currents.—The currents off the coast are influ-
enced by the northerly Peruvian Current and by a S current,
known locally as "El Nino" that occurs in the first part of the
year along the coast of Ecuador.
2.1On the main shipping tracks between Panama and the Equator,
the current may set in any direction throughout the year. The ma-
jority of the currents observed exceed a rate of 1 knot, except for
the predominantly N current off the coast of Colombia. A small
percentage of the currents observed have exceeded 2 knots, ex-
cept from August to September, and set mainly in W directions.
Currents of a local nature are described in the various parts of
this chapter with the features off which they occur.
2.1The tidal currents between Isla Mono and Cabo Blanco are Punta Marzo Hazards
not reckoned with, as the ocean current effect is much greater.
2.1Regulations.—For details on regulations pertaining to ves- 2.2 Between Isla Mono and Punta Solano, about 65 miles SE,

Pub. 125
20 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

the coast is indented by several bays, and numerous small riv- sandy beach fringed by coconut palms, which extends 4 miles
ers flow into the sea. Much of the coast is high, partly steep-to, NW of the peninsula. Landing can be made on a spit at the E
with bluff headlands fringed with rocks and reefs. There are al- side of the inlet, about 1 mile within the entrance. Anchorage
so stretches of sandy beaches backed by low land. can be taken S of the spit, in depths of 22 to 45m.
Bahia Ardita (7°08'N., 77°48'W.), 6.5 miles SE of Isla Mo-
no, is a coastal indentation with a village on its N side. The bay 2.3 Cabo Corrientes (5°29'N., 77°33'W.), a high steep-to
may be identified by an islet lying about 0.5 mile S of Punta promontory, is easily identified by the dome-like Picos de
Ardita, the bay’s W entrance point. Ananas, which rise about 457m, 4.5 miles ENE of the cape and
2.2A light is exhibited on the coast, about 13 miles NW of Pun- are densely wooded with the peaks bright green in color. A
ta Ardita. A light is shown from a structure, 70m high, close light is shown from a metal tower, 18m high, standing on the
SE of the town of Ardita. cape. Punta Arusi (5°37'N., 77°30'W.) is the steep-to N end of
2.2Punta Marzo (6°50'N., 77°42'W.) is bold, rugged, densely Cabo Corrientes. A constant N current runs in the vicinity of
wooded, and lies about 20 miles SSE of Punta Ardita. A light is the cape.
shown from a tower, 15m high, standing on a small island close 2.3Bahia Cuevita (5°28'N., 77°28'W.), open S, has above and
off the cape. Detached rocks lie up to 1.8 miles S of the cape. below-water rocks lying up to 0.3 mile off its E entrance point.
Rocas Octavia (6°47'N., 77°42'W.) are high bare rocks on a de- Good anchorage can be taken, in 29.3m, about 1.3 miles ENE
tached reef lying 3 miles S of Cabo Marzo. and 0.5 mile off the W entrance point.
2.2Bahia Octavia (6°51'N., 77°40'W.), formed by Cabo Marzo 2.3Bocana de Virudo (5°26'N., 77°25'W.) empties into the sea
and the shore E of it, affords anchorage, in depths of 9.1 to about 1.5 miles SE of Bahia Cuevita. Iglesia de Sevira, an un-
27.4m. usual perforated rock, lies 0.5 mile off the S entrance of the riv-
2.2Punta Cruces (6°39'N., 77°32'W.), about 15 miles SE of er.
Cabo Marzo, is the prominent S end of a peninsula which 2.3The coast S of Bocana de Virudo is fronted by shoal water
forms the W side of Bahia de Cupica. Rocky islets lie on foul for several miles offshore and the low, sandy shore is broken by
ground which extends about 1.8 miles SE of Punta Cruces. numerous creeks and river deltas.
Golfo de Cupica is a large, open bight between Punta Cruces
and Punta Solano, about 22 miles S. Several small bays indent 2.4 Punta Charambira (4°18'N., 77°30'W.) is the W en-
the coast within the gulf. trance point of Boca Charambira, one of the N mouths of the
2.2Bahia de Cupica (6°41'N., 77°27'W.), located close E of Rio San Juan, which is reported navigable for about 180 miles
Punta Cruces and indented in its NE part by small bays formed inland by craft of 1.5m draft. A sand bar at the river mouth
between headlands, has ample depths for vessels in its middle. makes entry difficult. Punta Charambira, consisting of a series
A beach at the head of the bay is fronted by shoal ground. An- of low spits, is difficult to distinguish. It is the N extremity of
chorage, exposed to S winds, can be taken in suitable depths an island which is separated from the mainland by a river. The
between 0.3 and 1 mile offshore. point is reported to be a good radar target at 20 miles. There is
2.2Bahia de Solano (6°18'N., 77°25'W.) is entered between a strong outgoing current in the river on an ebb tide and strong
Punta Solano (6°18'N., 77°28'W.) and Punta Nabuga, a lofty cross currents in the river entrance. Heavy logs are rafted down
promontory about 6.3 miles NE. Above and below-water rocks the river and off-loaded at the anchorage. Vessels, with a draft
lie off its slopes and a chain of rocky islets, some conspicuous, of less than 4.5m and local knowledge, can anchor in Boca
lies about 2 miles SW of Punta Nabuga. Rocky patches make Charambira. A light is shown from the point.
up a reef extending 1.5 miles NNW from Punta Solano. There Between Punta Charambira (4°18'N., 77°30'W.) and Punta
is a depth of 7.5m off the outer end of the reef. A light is shown Aji (3°14'N., 77°33'W.), the low, swampy coast recedes about
from a red and white banded tower, 44m high, standing on 20 miles E to form Bahia Choco. Bahia Buenaventura and the
Punta Solano. Ciudad Mutis is a small town at the head of Ba- mouth of the Rio Buenaventura lie at the head of this bay.
hia de Solano. A directional light, 15m high, stands in the About 2 miles N of Punta Magdalena (3°56'N., 77°21'W.) the
town. low cliffs begin. Ensenada de Juanchaco (4°00'N., 77°19'W.)
2.2Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 27.4m, about 1.5 miles recedes about 8 miles N between Punta Magdalena and Punta
from the head of the bay. Cargo is handled by lighters at the an- Sande, 2.8 miles SE. Low cliffs back the shore between the lat-
chorage. ter point and Punta Bazan (3°50'N., 77°11'W.), the N entrance
2.2Caution.—An ODAS buoy, marked with a flashing light, is point of the Rio Buenaventura. This entire coast from Punta
moored about 5 miles NW of Bahia de Solano in position Charambira to Punta Soldado is fronted by shoals and foul
6°22'00''N, 77°30'18''W. A rocky obstruction lies with a ap- ground for several miles.
proximate minimum depth of 0.8m in position 6°18'59''N,
77°28'40''W and is marked with a lighted buoy. 2.5 Bahia de Malaga (3°55'N., 77°20'W.) lies in the ap-
proach to Ensenada de Juanchaco, which is entered between
Ensenada Utria (6°02'N., 77°21'W.) is a constricted inlet ex-
2.2 Punta Magdalena and Punta Sande.
tending about 3 miles N from its entrance, which lies about 19 Tides—Currents.—There is a strong tidal current, reported
2.5

miles SSE of Punta Solano. The W side of the inlet is formed by to be 5 to 6 knots, inside the N channel approach to Bahia de
a narrow peninsula; the E side by the mainland. Two islets and Malaga. Strong currents in excess of 6 knots have been report-
detached above-water rocks lie up to 1.5 miles S of the S end of ed in vicinity of the piers alongside the naval base. The tidal
the peninsula. The inlet is approached E of the islets. Ensenada range has been reported to be 3.5m.
Utria is easily identified by Playa Baia (6°04'N., 77°24'W.), a Depths—Limitations.—Bahia de Malaga is approached by
2.5

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 21

Bahia de Malaga Naval Base

Canal de Juanchaco is about 450m in width and narrows to

approximately 185m in width in the vicinity of Buoy No. 13.
However, caution needs to be exercised because it has been
reported that numerous buoys are missing or have drifted from
their charted position. Depths within Canal de Juanchaco are
well in excess of 10m, as shown on the chart.
The alternate approach E of Isla La Palma passes through
2.5

Canal Sur Bahia Malaga (Canal Juan de Dios) and is marked

by lighted buoys. Depths within this approach are more
shallow than the preferred approach but are still in excess of
10m, as shown on the chart.
Depths are irregular after passing through the approaches but
2.5

will still accommodate vessels with drafts up to 7.6m.

The only docking facilities available are for vessels attached
2.5

to or visiting the Colombian Naval Base located near Punta

Alta (3°58.4'N., 77°19.4'W.). There are two piers capable of
accommodating vessels with drafts of 6m or less. These piers
are used mostly by Colombian patrol craft which are
commonly moored abreast at the same berth. There are no port
services available.
Pilotage.—There are no pilots or tugs available for Bahia de
2.5

Malaga. Local knowledge is suggested for transiting the bay. It

has been reported that Colombian Naval officers have made
themselves available to be used as onboard advisors.
Regulations.—An area, indicated on the chart, where move-
2.5

Isla La Palma Light (NGA #188 Isla Palmas) ment restrictions apply, has been established off Punta Alta.
Anchorage.—Anchorage Area A, Anchorage Area B, and
2.5

passing either E or N of Isla La Palma. The preferred approach Anchorage Area C lie 3.5 miles, 4.5 miles, and 5 miles S, re-
N of Isla La Palma through Canal de Juanchaco is marked by spectively, of Punta Alta; Anchorage Area D lies 1.5 miles E of
lights and lighted buoys, as shown on the chart. The entrance to Punta Alta. These anchorages are best seen on the chart. There

Pub. 125
22 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

are no designated anchorage areas outside of the harbor but an-

chorage has been taken, in depths near 30m, rock, with thin
layer mud and shells SW of Bajo Los Negritos.

2.6 Isla La Palma (3°55'N., 77°21'W.) lies about 1 mile

S of Punta Magdalena. It was reported that this island was the
only reliable radar target in the area. A light is shown from a
metal tower, 36m high, standing at the SW end of the island,
but the tower is situated within a wooded area and difficult to
identify. The light is also obscured in the bay. A light marks the
shoals close N of the N end of the island. There are strong cur-
rents in the vicinity of the island.
2.6It was reported (1990) that access to the island has been re-
stricted by order of the Colombian military.
2.6Los Negritos (3°54'N., 77°24'W.), about 2.8 miles W of the S
end of Isla La Palma, is a dangerous reef consisting of several
detached rocks which nearly cover at high water. Depths of less
than 5m exist up to 0.5 mile S and 0.7 mile SE of the reef.
Keeping in mind the depths in the vicinity of Bajo de Negritos
and Los Negritos, vessels should keep in depths greater than
20m, especially during bad weather, while in the vicinity.
2.6Bajo de Negritos (3°54'N., 77°26'W.), a shoal area about
2.3 miles W of Los Negritos, has a least depth of 8.8m, which
is marked by a lighted buoy. The shoal was reported to be ex-
tending to the S.
2.6Canal de Juanchaco (3°56'N., 77°21'W.), the N channel
leading N of Los Negritos and Isla La Palma, is about 0.5 mile
wide, but the navigable portion, with depths of over 10m, is on-
ly 0.2 mile wide. The channel has a least charted depth of
16.7m, situated about 1.3 miles WSW of Punta Magdalena. Buenaventura Terminals
The fairway is marked by lighted buoys and an approach light-
ed buoy, equipped with a racon, is moored about 5.3 miles W
of Isla La Palma. Islote Magdalena and another islet lie on foul
ground extending at least 0.5 mile NNE and E of the NE ex-
tremity of Isla La Palma.
Canal Juan de Dios (3°54'N., 77°20'W.), the E channel be-
tween Isla La Palma and the coast E, is about 1.5 miles wide
and shows depths of 5.5 to 7.3m at its seaward entrance, but
there are unmarked shoal patches with depths of 1m lying adja-
cent to the narrow fairway.
2.6Ensenada de Juanchaco (4°00'N., 77°18'W.) is the inner
part of Bahia de Malaga. It extends about 8 miles NE from its
entrance and opens out to a width of 5 miles. Much of it is un-
surveyed. Archipelago de la Plata (4°01'N., 77°16'W.), at the
head of Ensenada de la Plata, consists of many cultivated,
wooded islets.

Buenaventura (3°54'N., 77°05'W.)

World Port Index No. 15370

2.7 Buenaventura, the principal port on the W coast of

Colombia, lies about 8 miles within the mouth of the Rio Bue- Buenaventura Terminals 13, 14 and 15
naventura, which empties between Punta Bazan and Punta Sol-
dado. The river harbor is well-protected with berthing Winds—Weather.—Buenaventura is a tropical port with
2.7

facilities. The local holiday is Patron Day on July 14. practically no seasonal variations in weather. Daily
temperature variations range from about 23° to 43°C, with an
Port of Buenaventura Home Page average temperature about 27°C. The humidity remains
constant at about 89 per cent. The air is still, sultry, and
[Link] uncomfortable, except when there are cooling breezes which

Pub. 125
Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 23

Buenaventura

Buenaventura—Naval Base and Puerto Aguadulce

Pub. 125
24 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

frequently accompany the rising tide. long, plus a 200m long angled berth at the W end.
2.7The port is in one of the heaviest rainfall belts of South The port consists of three major terminals as follows:
2.7

America. Rain occurs almost every day, usually at night or Terminal Maritimo (3°53'34˝N., 77°04'50˝W.) has 15 berths,
2.7

during the early morning. However, there may be one or two with a least depth of 10.3m. Refer to the berthing facilities ta-
brief heavy showers while the sun is shining. The greatest ble for berth information.
intensity of rainfall occurs in October and November, when TC Buen Container Terminal (3°53'35˝N., 77°02'37˝W.)
2.7

tropical thunderstorms are frequent. Heavy rain almost all year handles containers and general cargo. The berth has a
round may cause cargo operations to be disrupted for up to 12 continuous length 440m with a depth of 14.0m.
hours at a time. Aguadulce—Sociedad Puerto Industrial Aguadulce (SPIA)
2.7

2.7Tides—Currents.—See the table titled Tidal Ranges for (3°54'12˝N., 77°05'16˝W.) the berth has a continuous length of
Buenaventura. 850m and divided into two berths handling bulk cargos and
containers. It can accommodate vessels with length of 250m
Tidal Ranges for Buenaventura and 14.0m draft.
HAT 4.6m
Buenaventura—Berthing Facilities
MHWS 4.0m
Depth
Berth Length Remarks
MHWN 2.9m Alongside
MSL 1.98m 1 205m 14.0m General and containers
MLWN 0.8m 2 185m 14.0m General and containers
MLWS -0.1m 3 130m 14.0m General and containers
LAT -0.6m 4 130m 14.0m General and containers
Notes: 5 140m 14.0m Containers
1. Predicted heights are in meters
above charted datum. 6 210m 13.9m Containers
2. HAT—Highest astronomical tide. 7 100m 10.2m Containers
3. LAT—Lowest astronomical tide.
8 196m 10.2m Containers
The first of the rising tide comes from N at a rate of a little Bulk sugar, general,
2.7
9 204m 10.2m
more than 1 knot. The current off the city attains a rate of 6 and dry bulk
knots. Depending on the state of the tide, there is a current of 10 175m 10.2m Grain and fertilizers
up to 3 knots off the berths of the town.
2.7Depths—Limitations.—Both the Rio Buenaventura and the 11 175m 10.0m Grain and fertilizers
port of Buenaventura are subject to siltation: The main channel 12 175m 10.0m Grain and fertilizers
through the river to the port is marked by lighted buoys which
cannot be relied upon as they may be removed without notice, 13 175m 8.8m Multipurpose
shifted, or carried away by the strong tidal currents in the river. Chemical tankers,
They may also not mark the deepest portion of the channel, 14 190m 11.0m general cargo, liquid
owing to the shifting nature of the banks. and dry bulk
2.7The bar, which extends across the approach to the Rio Bue-
15 123m 10.5m Breakbulk
naventura S of Culo de Barca, has general depths of 5.5 to 9m,
but lesser depths may exist. The maximum draft a vessel may TC Buenaventura Container Terminal
carry over the bar, and through the entrance channel, is gov- 1 438 14.0m Containers
erned by the height of tide at the port. The area is periodically
dredged. The least charted depth over the bar is 6.3m. Aguadulce—(SPIA) Sociedad Puerto Industrial
2.7Sand bars sometimes build up across the channel in the vi- Aguadulce
cinity of Buoy No. 5 and Buoy No. 6, and NW of Buoy No. 13. 1 250m 15.0m Bulk and general cargo
2.7Shoal banks and shoal patches are charted up to 1.3 miles off
the N shore of the river, while a large 5.5m shoal is charted 2 600m 14.5m Containers
about 2 miles SW of the same island. Depths of less than 5.5m
extend up to 7.8 miles SW of Punta Soldado. Two obstructions 2.7Aspect.—Punta Piedra is a prominent point located about 2
lie 1.7 miles and 1 mile W, respectively, of Punta Soldado. It miles SSE of Punta Sande.
was reported that less water than charted was found in the vi- 2.7Punta Bazan, about 7.8 miles ESE of Punta Piedra, is low
cinity of Lighted Buoy No. 2 and Lighted Buoy No. 7. Two and wooded with a few houses. The coast between is composed
dangerous wrecks are located about 0.5 mile WSW and SW of of wooded, red sandstone cliffs. Culo de Barca, about 2.5 miles
Isla Alba. SE of Punta Piedra, and Vigia de San Pablo, about 4 miles W
2.7The port proper lies on the N side of Isla Cascajal (3°53.1'N., of Punta Bazan, are two small islets lying off this coast. The
77°04.1'W.), and consists of a marginal concrete wharf 2,126m latter, triangular in shape, is easily identified.

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 25

Terminal de Contenedores de Buenaventura—(TCBuen)

2.7Punta Soldado is located about 1.3 miles S of Punta Bazan. lowing information:
A light is shown from a framework tower, 17m high, standing 1. Quantity of cargo expected to be discharged.
on the point. A prominent grey building stands on the point 2. Expected arrival draft.
close to the light structure. Punta Soldado Light, red tower with 3. Number of passengers onboard, how many will be
white bands, 50m in height, is exhibited about 0.2 miles S of disembarking, and how many will remain on board through-
Punta Soldado point. The point is low and wooded with a few out the stay in port.
houses, E limit of sandstone cliffs. 4. Quantity of dangerous or inflammable cargo on
2.7A conspicuous red roofed house is situated about 2 miles W board, if any, and if so include any other information that
of Punta Bazan. Above Punta Bazan, the shore is low and would be useful in conformance with international regula-
wooded with an occasional cliff. tions. Special regulations are in effect for vessels carrying
2.7The S shore of the river is a mangrove swamp divided by explosives
small rivers and fronted by mud flats. Contact Information.—See the accompanying table titled
2.7

2.7At the city of Buenaventura, a conspicuous church spire lies Buenaventura—Port Contact Information for details.
0.3 mile SE of the spur mole, and conspicuous piles lie 1 mile
W and 0.8 mile SE of the spire. Several conspicuous water Buenaventura—Port Contact Information
tanks, antennas, and a conspicuous yellow building are situated
within the town and are best seen on the chart. Pilots
2.7Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than VHF VHF channels 11, 12, and 16
500 gt and is available at any time, however, there is an
57-(09)2 241 1509
additional charge if the pilot boards between the hours of 1800 Telephone
57-(09)2 241 1953
and 0600. It is advisable to enter the channel or leave the wharf
one hour after LW or 2 hours after HW. Facsimile 57-(09)2 241 3709
The pilot boards near Buoy No. 1 (3°47.7’N., 77°18.9’W),
E-mail informacion@[Link]
2.7

which is fitted with AIS. In case of a delay in service, vessels

should drift outside the sea buoy and request the pilot by four Web site [Link]
short blasts. Port Authority
2.7Regulations.—Vessels are berthed no later than 2200 but
departures occur at any time. Tankers may berth only during VHF VHF channels 13 and 16
daylight hours, but around the clock arrivals are allowed at the 57-(09)2 241 0700
general cargo berths. Telephone
57-(09)2 241 0709
2.7Vessels should send an ETA to the Port Captain and agents
72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours, and 12 hours in advance of arriv- E-mail servicioalaccionista@[Link]
al. Contact with the pilot station should be made using VHF 3 Web site [Link]
hours prior to arrival. The ETA message must contain the fol-

Pub. 125
26 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

Buenaventura—Port Contact Information grove swamps, river deltas, and the mouths of streams. There
are no prominent headlands. Coastal shoals, with depths of less
Harbormaster than 5.5m, lie up to 6 miles offshore. Pico Tortugas, with an el-
VHF VHF channels 16, 24, 25, 26, 27 and 71 evation of 162m, stands about 20 miles S of Punta Soldado and
is the only hill above a flat and featureless coast. The many riv-
Telephone 57-(09)2 242 3702 er deltas and streams emptying into the sea between the various
57-(09)2 241 7867 points discharge a considerable volume of water, debris, and
Facsimile tree trunks, causing a rolling swell and currents.
57-(09)2 242 3702
The mouth of the Rio Guapi, about 29 miles ENE of Punta
jefcp01@[Link] Guascama, can be reached through a narrow channel. Local
E-mail
cp01@[Link] knowledge is required. A light is exhibited from the E bank at
the river entrance. Another light marks Punta Chocon, about 11
[Link]
Web site miles NE. A lighted buoy lies about 20 miles W of Punta Choc-
capitania_buenaventura
on.
The mouth of the Rio Sanguianga, about 23 miles W of the
Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor in the charted anchorage
2.7

Rio Guapi, can be entered through breakers via a passage with

areas, which are located, as follows: depths of 9 to 22m. A coral reef extends NNE from Punta Mu-
lato (02°39'N., 78°17'W.) and is marked by a lighted buoy. A
Buenaventura—Designated Anchorage Areas shoal patch, with a depth of 6.4m, lies in mid-channel. Local
knowledge is required.
Number Position Remarks / Depth
2.8Tides—Currents.—Currents near the coast run parallel
Outer Anchorage with it and generally set N on a rising tide and S on a falling
Explosives; tide with a velocity of 1.3 knots. Up to 40 miles offshore the
CPO1-K 3°44.18'N, 77°19.35'W current sets NE.
13m to 19m
Quarantine; 2.8Caution.—A dangerous wreck, in a depth of 16m, is located
CPO1-J 3°45.23'N, 77°19.56'W WNW of Punta Guayabal in position 3°30'30''N, 77°24'48''W.
10m to 19m
CPO1-I 3°46.10'N, 77°19.58'W 11m to 20m 2.9 Off-lying islands.—Isla Gorgona (2°58'N., 78°
CPO1-H 3°49.35'N, 77°19.80'W 10m to 16m 11'W.), about 25 miles NE of Punta Guascama, is rugged,
mountainous, and has five distinct peaks visible from the E and
Inner Anchorage NE. Rocky foul ground lies off the SW side of the island; land-
CPO1-G 3°49.04'N, 77°1.40'W 08m to 13m ings can be made on the E side.
2.9Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Watering Bay
CPO1-F 3°49.62'N, 77°09.30'W 08m to 12m
(2°58'N., 78°10'W.), off the island’s E side, about 0.4 mile off-
CPO1-E 3°50.50'N, 77°08.34'W 07m to 08m shore, in a depth of 55m.
CPO1-D 3°50.92'N, 77°07.32'W 06m to 09m 2.9The best landing places are found on the E side of the island.
Isla Gorgonilla (2°57'N., 78°13'W.) is located close SW of Is-
CPO1-C 3°51.63'N, 77°06.20'W 07m to 12m la Gorgona. A light is shown from a framework tower, 22m
CPO1-B 3°52.53'N, 77°05.45'W 05m to 09m high, standing on the islet. Roca del Viudo lies 1 mile WSW of
Isla Gorgonilla. An ODAS buoy is located in position
CPO1-A 3°53.28'N, 77°05.27'W 06m to 12m 2°58.1'N, 78°15.8'W, about 3 miles NW of Isla Gorgonilla.
Notes: Caution—A dangerous wreck was located at 2.9The coast between Punta Guascama and Cabo Manglares,
3°49.27'N, 77°19.61'W within Anchorage CPO1-H. about 72 miles SW, is low, wooded, and intersected by streams
and river deltas. Eusenada Tumaco, about 40 miles SW of Pun-
ta Guascama, is 11 miles wide at its mouth. The port of Tuma-
2.7Caution.—Vessels are generally docked and undocked only co lies on the S shore of the bay entrance. This entire low coast
at slack water, due to the strong tidal currents off the berths. should be approached with caution as depths are very irregular.
2.7It was reported that very strong ebb tidal currents were expe- The treetops are the first objects seen on the horizon. Depths
rienced at the anchorages within the river. Buoys may drag give no warning of approach, as depths of 37m are found with-
from their charted positions. in 1 mile of the banks. An ODAS buoy (3°34.0'N., 77°44.3'W.)
2.7It was reported (1991) that surveys showed significant is located 45 miles NE of Isla Gorgona, 25 miles off the coast.
changes to depths in Bahia Buenaventura; many areas have 2.9Pasa Caballos is located about 13 miles SW of Punta Guas-
depths of 1 to 2m less than charted. cama. A light is shown from a metal tower,36m high, standing
2.7Mariners are advised to be alert to abnormal or hostile activ- on the S side. A depth of 11m was reported to lie about 13.5
ities due to piracy, especially during evening hours. miles NW of the light tower.
2.9Bahia San Ignacio, lying about 19 miles SW of Pasa Ca-
2.8 Punta Guascama (2°37'N., 78°25'W.) lies about 100 ballos, has a drying sandpit extending 2 miles W from its en-
miles SW of Punta Soldado. The coast between these two trance, with depths of 64 to 73m close off it.
points is low, flat, and heavily wooded, interrupted by man- 2.9An explosives dumping area is situated about 22 miles W of

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 27

Pasa Caballos.

2.9Punta Cascajal (1°59'N., 78°41'W.) is the SW extremity of

Isla del Gallo, an island lying near the N entrance of the shal-
low Ensenada de Tumaco, about 10 miles S of Bahia San Igna-
cio. Punta Cascajal, consisting of a reddish cliff with two hills
over it, is prominent along this flat coast. Between Punta Cas-
cajal and Boca Grande, 15 miles SW, the coast recedes forming
a bight of which Ensenada de Tumaco occupies the greater
part. An ODAS buoy (1°58.6'N., 78°47.8'W.) is located about
8 miles W of Isla del Gallo.

Tumaco (1°49'N., 78°45'W.)

World Port Index No. 15360

2.10 Tumaco, the S port of entry of Colombia, is entered

via Rada de Tumaco, which lies at the SW end of Ensenada de
Tumaco between Boca Grande (1°49'N., 78°51'W.) and the
Rio Chilvi, about 7.5 miles E. A steep-to shallow bank extends
almost 0.8 mile off Boca Grande and 3 miles offshore as far as
Isla del Morro, 6.5 miles NE. Isla del Guano, with two islets
close SW, lies on this bank 1 mile NW of Isla del Morro. Isla
Tumaco lies close W of the S end of Isla del Morro and is con-
nected to it by a bridge with a vertical clearance of 1.8m. Isla
del Morro fronts the mouths of the Rio Chilvi. The port of Tu-
maco consists of Isla de Tumaco (1°49'N., 78°46'W.), Isla del
Guano (1°50'N., 78°46'W.), and Isla del Morro (1°49'N.,
78°45'W.). The town of Tumaco is situated on the E side of Isla
de [Link] port handles the export of lumber and crude
oil.

Port of Tumaco Home Page Tumaco Pier—Tumaco Island Light

[Link]
The municipal wharf, situated 0.3 mile SW of the E extremi-
2.10

ty of Isla del Morro, is 310m long, with depths of 6.7m along-

Winds—Weather.—The inner harbor and town are
2.10
side. Vessels berthing at this wharf are limited to a maximum
protected from the prevailing winds. There is heavy rainfall draft of 6.1m. A turning basin off the wharf is about 732m long
during the year. and 411m wide, with a depth of 10.1m.
Tides—Currents.—The mean spring rise is 3.1m while the
2.10
The Trans-Andean oil pipeline extends to Pindo Oil Termi-
2.10

neap rise is 1.8m. nal, an offshore terminal situated about 4.8 miles WNW of the
Currents on the bar set in a WNW-ESE direction, at a rate of
2.10
N end of Isla del Morro. A submerged oil pipeline leads to the
1.1 knots. Currents off the wharf set in a NE-SW direction, at loading berth, a multi-point buoy mooring (MBM) for tankers,
the same rate. situated in depths of 32m. There are six buoys available for
Depths—Limitations.—Numerous shoals, best seen on the
2.10
mooring. This terminal can handle tankers up to 100,000 dwt,
chart, encumber the harbor. There are depths of 3.9m within 250m in length, and a maximum draft of 31.1m. The loading
0.5 mile off the outer edges of the previously-described shal- berth is marked by a lighted buoy, painted white, with a radar
low bank. Depths shoal gradually from the 15m curve, in the reflector. Hoses are marked by red and yellow pick-up buoys.
vicinity of Entrance Buoy No. 1, to the bar 0.8 mile N of Isla A mooring master boards ships in the vicinity of the sea berth
del Morro. El Viudo (1°51'N., 78°43'W.) is flat-topped and and will remain onboard throughout the loading operation so
dries about 3.7m. Shoals, which form the bar, extend at least 3 accommodation will need to be provided. Ships are handled
miles W and 2 miles N of El Viudo. The channel to the wharf during daylight hours only. Tugs are available and compulsory
has a least depth of about 8m, but the area between Buoy No. 7 for berthing.
and Buoy No. 9 must be navigated with extreme caution due to A restricted area, best seen on the chart, surrounds the
2.10

the rocky bottom and the narrow width of the channel. Depths terminal.
in this area are subject to continuous change. Aspect.—Boca Grande, the largest and northernmost mouth
2.10

Vessels must berth with a suitable tide due to the bar be-
2.10
of the Rio Mira, can be identified by a village encircled by
tween Buoy No. 2 and Buoy No. 3, with a depth of 3.7m at coconut palms. A white cliff at the NE end of Isla del Morro is
LWST; this increases to 6.1m at HW. There is no restriction on conspicuous. A light is shown from a concrete tower 11m high,
length. standing at the E end of Isla del Morro. A lighted beacon

Pub. 125
28 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

Port of Tumaco

stands on El Viudo. An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated at 4. Any special requirements such as tugs needed or pre-
the W end of the Isla del Morro near the airport. ferred berthing configurations.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for both the port and
2.10 Speed limit in the channel is 12 knots, reduced to 6 knots
2.10

Pindo Oil Terminal. Pilots are available 24 hours but entrance when near oil installations or vessels berthed alongside.
to the port is available during daylight hours only. The pilot Contact Information.—For further information, see the ta-
2.10

boards in position 1°52'00''N, 78°46'27''W. ble titled Tumaco—Contact Information.

Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA at the pilot boarding
2.10

position should be sent to the Harbormaster, Port Medical Anchorage.—An outer anchorage area is available close to
2.10

Officer, and the agent 3 days, 48 hours, 24 hours, and 12 hours the pilot boarding position, in a depth of about 46m. An inner
prior to arrival. The ETA message must contain the following anchorage area can be found one mile off the SE side of Isla
del Morro in depths of 10m. Small vessels including fishing
information:
1. Date and time of ETA in local time. trawlers can anchor about 0.6 mile ESE of Tumaco Light.
2. Expected arrival draft. Caution.—An area of shoal water, the limits of which may
2.10

3. Number of crew, including the master. be seen on the chart, was reported to lie about 7.5 miles N of

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 29

Isla del Morro. on a shoal N of Puerto de San Lorenzo pier.

Puerto de San Lorenzo (1°16'N., 78°51'W.) is a very small
2.12

Tumaco—Port Contact Information port situated on the N part of Ecuador’s coast. It is a natural
harbor at the entrance of the Bolivar Canal.
Port Authority The minimum depth over the sand bar leading to the port is
2.12

57-(09)1 334 3574 3.4m; larger vessels, up to 6.6m draft, must pass over at HW.
Telephone There is one steel pier 85m long and 10m wide, with a depth
57-(09)1 2835528 2.12

alongside of 7m. Vessels of 5,000 tons can berth. There is a

Harbormaster
coast and port radio station in town. Port officials board at the
VHF VHF channel 16 pier. Pilots will board vessels in the vicinity of No. 1 approach
buoy. Pilotage is compulsory, but is carried out during daytime
57-(09)2 727 2788
Telephone only. The port captain should be contacted on VHF channel 16.
57-(09)2 727 5796
Pilots advise that the best time to enter the channel is 2 or 3
E-mail jefcp02@[Link] hours before HW.
Terminal
VHF VHF channel 16
Telephone 57-(09)30 272 457
Facsimile 57-(09)30 272 457

2.11 Cabo Manglares (1°36'N., 79°03'W.), about 22 miles

SW of Isla del Morro, is the low SW end of an island and
contiguous with the shore. Shoals of less than 5.5m extend 1.5
miles off the cape. A light is shown from a framework tower,
36m high, standing on the cape.
The low coast for 40 miles SW of the cape recedes E to form
2.11

Bahia de Ancon de Sardinas. Vessels should not approach this

coast unless seeking an anchorage. Numerous streams and riv- Puerto de San Lorenzo
ers intersect this coast.
Note.—The border between Colombia and Ecuador is situat-
2.11
La Posa del Puerto, located about 8 miles SW of the mouth of
2.12

ed approximately 16 miles SE of Cabo Manglares. See see Bahia de San Lorenzo, is entered by a channel leading SE
Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean through the offshore breaking shoals. The channel, 0.8 mile
and Southeast Asia for details on regulations pertaining to ves- wide, has a depth of 3.7m. The harbor inside the entrance is
sels entering Ecuadoran waters. sheltered, large, and has depths of 4.6 to 7.3m between the shore
All vessels entering waters within 200 miles of Ecuador and
2.11
banks. A channel connects La Posa del Puerto with the Rio
between the mainland and the Archipelago de Colon must send Santiago, about 4 miles SW. The Rio Santiago has a shallow
an ETA and destination to the naval radio station at Guayaquil. entrance marked by a light. Poblacion de La Tola (1°13'N.,
Additional reports required by the reporting system are con- 79°06'W.), a town, is situated 1 mile within the river entrance. A
tained in Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific channel, with a depth of 5.5m, leads inland for 30 miles from the
Ocean and Southeast Asia. town. A light is shown from a tower on an islet lying 1 mile NE
of the W entrance point of the Rio Santiago. A pilot for the Rio
2.12 Bahia de San Lorenzo (1°27'N., 79°02'W.), in the N Santiago can be obtained at Poblacion de La Tola.
part of Bahia de Ancon de Sardinas, is fronted by shoals Punta Verde (1°05'N., 79°27'W.) is a cliffy bluff backed by
2.12

extending 7.5 miles offshore from its entrance which is marked a high hill from which a light is shown. The mouth of the Rio
on its W side by Buoy No. 1. The channel leading through the Verde, about 1 mile WSW of Punta Verde, is entered over a bar
shoals to the entrance of the bay has a least depth of 3.7m. The which is navigable at high tide. The Rio Vainillita lies 13 miles
bay extends 4 miles S from the entrance, is at least 0.5 mile E of Punta Verde.
wide, and has a 3.7m bank fronting its W side for about 0.4
mile. Caution.—Vessels should not enter the channels within
2.12

Palo Seco Light (orange rectangular daymark, 8m high), in Bahia de Ancon de Sardinas without a pilot, due to the
alignment bearing 140° with a small white spherical beacon, numerous isolated shoals and sharp curves. Local knowledge is
leads into Bahia de San Lorenzo. A channel connects the heads essential.
of this bay and La Posa del Puerto, forming Isla de Santa Rosa. Punta Coquitos (0°59'N., 79°40'W.) is located about 15
2.12

A light is shown from a tower on the W side of Isla San Pedro miles WSW of Punta Verde. A light is shown from a tower,
which lies NE of Isla de Santa Rosa. 13m high, standing on a hill with an elevation of 150m at the
Lights are shown from three white concrete beacons with point. The low coast SW of Punta Verde becomes higher and
orange-colored daymarks situated at the SW end of Isla San more cliffy towards Punta Coquitos. The Rio Esmeraldas is
Pedro, near the middle of the E side of Isla de Santa Rosa, and located close E of Punta Coquitos.

Pub. 125
30 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

across the entrance to the harbor basin.

Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel to the Rio
2.13

Esmeraldas, which is deep, cuts between coastal banks extend-

ing 2 miles N and 4.5 miles NNW, respectively, of Punta Co-
quitos and Point Este. Dangerous shallow rocks lie on the
coastal bank adjacent to the W side of the entrance channel.
The port proper consists of a basin situated on the W river
2.13

bank, separated from a fishing harbor S of it by a point of land.

The main harbor is protected from the N by a breakwater. The
main basin was reportedly dredged to a depth of 11.5m, but
shows charted depths of 0.2 to 11.6m, while the fishing harbor
shows charted depths of 0.9 to 7m. The fishing harbor basin is
fronted by a bar with a charted depth of 4.2m. A rock, with a
charted depth of 1.7m, lies about 137m NE of the fishing
harbor’s E entrance point.
Ro-ro, break bulk, and container cargo can be handled at a
2.13

marginal quay, 350m in length, situated on the S side of the

main harbor basin. The berths (No. 2 and No. 3) will
accommodate vessels as large as 40,000 dwt and 200m in
length, with a maximum draft of 11.0m. Berth No. 1 is a
separate quay, 105m in length, with depths alongside of 7m,
which handles oil service tenders.
The entrance to the Rio Esmeraldas, located SE of the harbor
2.13

entrance, is shallow and subject to freshets. During a freshet,

depths within the entrance are subject to rapid and extensive
changes, as is the channel through it. It is quite possible for a
vessel navigating within or near the river entrance to ground, or
strike floating debris carried down river by the current.
Aspect.—Punta Gorda (0°58'N., 79°44'W.), a steep bluff
2.13

with a reef extending 0.5 mile off it, and Punta Este, are
conspicuous, as is the narrow precipitous gorge through which
Ecuador major ports the river flows. Several oil tanks standing on a small plateau
about 2.5 miles E of Punta Gorda can be seen at a great
Esmeraldas (1°00'N., 79°39'W.) distance. A radio mast close E of the tanks, and a water tower
situated 1 mile S of Punta Gorda are conspicuous.
World Port Index No. 15330 An airport is situated 1 mile SSW of Punta Este, while a ra-
2.13

dio mast exhibiting red fixed obstruction lights and several huts
2.13 Esmeraldas, a port and tidal basin, is located on the W lie 1.5 miles SSW, and 0.5 mile SW, respectively, of the same
side of the Rio Esmeraldas, about 1 to 2 miles S of Punta Co- point.
quitos, the W entrance point of the river. Punta Este, the E en- Lights are exhibited from the entrance points of the harbor ba-
2.13

trance point, marked by a round peak, lies 2 miles E of Punta sin and the fishing harbor, as well as the breakwater. Two sets of
Coquitos. The river, fed by many streams inland, flows rapidly range lights and lighted buoys mark the channel from seaward to
between steep-to banks. the main harbor basin and are best seen on the chart.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available at any
2.13

Port of Esmeraldas Home Page time day or night. Pilots will board in an area bounded by lines
joining the following positions:
[Link] a. 1°01'38''N, 79°40'08''W.
b. 1°00'48''N, 79°40'08''W.
The port consists of a general and bulk cargo port, with three
2.13
c. 1°00'48''N, 79°39'22''W.
berths located inside a natural harbor, and the Balao Oil d. 1°01'38''N, 79°39'22''W.
Terminal, located offshore NW of the port. See paragraph 2.14 Contact Information.—Pilots and the port can be contact-
2.13

for details of the oil terminal. ed, as follows:

Winds—Weather.—The climate is humid and hot. There is
2.13
1. Telephone: 593-(0)6-272-1351
an afternoon breeze. Rainfall is heavy from January through 593-(0)6-272-1353
April. West to SW winds prevail, except during the wet season 593-(0)6-272-2367 ext 463/464 (operations)
(December-May), when NE winds predominate. 2. Facsimile: 593-(0)6-272-3671
Tides—Currents.—Spring tides rise 2.9m; neaps rise 1.7m.
2.13
593-(0)6-272-1355
Currents set N to NE in the at one to three knots in the harbor 3. E-mail: gerencia@[Link]
area. Strong tidal currents occur in the river anchorage and jefedoperaciones@[Link]
Anchorage.—There is anchorage, in 12m, about 2 miles N of
2.13

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 31

Esmeraldas

Punta Coquitos Light. Several other anchorage areas have been The inner berth is formed by four mooring buoys situated
2.14

designated at specified distances from the breakwater head that about 2.3 miles offshore, with depths of 16.4m at the berth.
protects the natural harbor. See the table titled Esmeraldas— This berth can handle tankers up to 40,000 dwt, 185m in
Anchorage Areas for a description of these areas. length, with a beam of 31.4m and a maximum draft of 12m.
A prohibited anchorage area, covering the harbor entrance,
2.13 Submarine pipelines extend from the coast to the berths and
2.14

extends about 2.3 miles N and 1.5 miles E of Punta Coquitos may best be seen on the chart. Berthing is carried out during
Light. Lighted buoys, the pilot waiting area, and the quarantine daylight hours (0500-1700); unmooring is conducted 24 hours.
anchorage area for Esmeraldas lie adjacent to and NE of the Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The vessel’s ETA should
2.14

Prohibited Area. be transmitted 72 hours, 24 hours, and 4 hours prior to arrival.

Pilots will board in an area bounded by lines joining the
2.14 Balao Oil Terminal (1°02'N., 79°42'W.), an offshore following positions:
loading terminal NW of Esmeraldas, consists of two outer a. 1°01’48”N, 79°44'06''W.
berths and one inner berth situated within a Tanker Operating b. 1°03'48''N, 79°42'06''W.
Area in which navigation is restricted. The limits of the area c. 1°02'48''N, 79°42'06''W.
may best be seen on the chart. d. 1°02'48''N, 79°44'06''W.
The outer berths are formed by two single point mooring
2.14 Contact Information.—The port radio station can be con-
2.14

buoys designated Buoy X and Buoy Y, situated about 4 miles tacted, as follows:
offshore. There are least depths of 36.5m at the berths. Buoy X 1. Call sign:Balao Radio
can handle tankers up to 107,000 dwt, 260m in length, with a 2. VHF: VHF channels 16 and 68
beam of 46m and a maximum draft of 15.2m. Buoy Y can 3. Telephone: 593(0)6-2724420
handle tankers up to 107,000 dwt, 305m in length, with a beam 4. E-mail: suinba@[Link]
of 41m and a maximum draft of 15.85m. Balao Oil Terminal can be contacted, as follows:
2.14

1. Telephone: 593(0)6-2723008
Balao Oil Terminal Home Page 593(0)6-2725191
2. Facsimile: 593(0)6-2722262 ext 110
[Link] 3. E-mail: bater01@[Link]

Balao—Esmeraldas—Offshore CBM Oil Terminal

CBM Buoys CBM Buoys Position Max DWT Max LOA Max Draft
Buoy X West 1°01'55.2''N, 79°43'04.8''W. 107,000 MT 260m 36.5m
Buoy Y East 1°02'02.4''N, 79°41'56.4''W. 107,000 MT 305m 36.5m
Tepre Terminal 1°01'12.0''N, 79°40'44.4''W. 40,000 MT 185m 16.4m

Pub. 125
32 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

Esmeraldas—Anchorage Areas
Area Distance and Bearing from Breakwater Head Vessel Type
Esmeraldas Quarantine 2.8 miles NNE All
Balao Terminal Quarantine 6.5 miles WNW All
A-F 2.3 to 4.5 miles NW Handysize tankers
H 5.3 miles WNW Aframax tankers
Q and R 6 miles WNW Aframax or Suezmax tankers
S and V 6.8 miles WNW VLCC or Suezmax tankers

Anchorage.—Areas have been designated at specified

2.14 The coast between Cabo de San Francisco and Cabo Passado
distances from the breakwater head that protects the natural consists of an open bight broken by smaller bights and coves.
harbor. See the table titled Esmeraldas—Anchorage Areas in Ensenada de San Francisco (0°36'N., 80°05'W.), a small
2.16

paragraph 2.13 for a description of these areas. bay with several villages on its shores, is entered between Cabo
de San Francisco and Punta Mompiche (0°31'N., 80°05'W.).
Esmeraldas to Cabo San Lorenzo The Rio Muisne is the largest of several small rivers flowing
into the bay. The Rio Bunche, 2 miles E of the cape, is identi-
2.15 The coast to Punta Galera, 26 miles WSW, is quite fied by four prominent rocks off its entrance. Anchorage by
regular. The coast between Punta Coquitos and Punta Gorda, small vessels can be taken with the four rocks bearing 053°,
which was described in paragraph 2.13 with Esmeraldas, con- distant 1.3 miles. Punta Zapotal (0°27'N., 80°05'W.), on Isla
sists of cliffs interspersed with valleys. Zapotal, is low and mangrove-covered.
Punta Sua (0°52'N., 79°56'W.), marked by a light, with a
2.15 Bajos de Cojunes (0°23'N., 80°08'W.), an extensive shore
2.16

cliffy islet lying close off it and to which it is joined at low water, bank about 4 miles offshore, extends S from Punta Zapotal for
marks a section of low coast and the entrance to Ensenada de 5 miles. Depths of 11m exist 1 mile from the bank, but then in-
Atacames, a shallow bight. A small inlet, used by local shallow- crease abruptly to 73.2m. From the S end of the shore bank to
draft fishing craft, is located close SE of Punta Sua. Cabo Passado, the coast is fronted by a bank with depths of
Arrecife de Atacames (0°57'N., 79°50'W.) is a coral reef
2.15 less than 9.1m extending up to 2.5 miles offshore.
which lies on the coastal bank extending 6 miles offshore Punta Pedernales (0°04'N., 80°07'W.) is a narrow and cliffy
2.16

between Punta Sua and Punta Gorda. An extensive area of ridge with rocky islets lying off it. The village of Pedernales is
rocks, with depths of 5.3 to 10.4m, extends seaward for up to situated NE of the point. Depths of 11.3 to 12.9m can be found
15 miles offshore N of the above-mentioned coral reef. up to 7.5 miles offshore about 10 miles NNW of Punta Peder-
Punta Galera (0°50'N., 80°03'W.), about 10.5 miles WSW
2.15 nales. The point is marked by a light.
of Punta Sua, is a low, shelving point at the N extremity of a Punta Ballena (0°10'S., 80°20'W.) is the W extremity of a
2.16

wide promontory of which Cabo de San Francisco, about 10 small bay backed by a wide plain through which two rivers
miles S, forms the S end. A light is shown from a tower, 11m flow and empty into the bay. A reef is charted about 1.5 miles
high, standing on the point. NE of the point. The coast NE of the bay is backed by a high
Most of the coast for about 125 miles SSW to Cabo San
2.15 mountain range. South of Punta Ballena the coastal terrain
Lorenzo consists of long, sandy beaches backed by white changes to bare white cliffs fronted by long sandy beaches as
cliffs, some of which are wooded. There are several headlands. far as Punta Borrachos (0°13'S., 80°25'W.), thence wooded
Detached mountains are visible inland. cliffs back rocky beaches to Cabo Passado. The point is
The promontory consists of steep cliffs topped by tall trees.
2.15 marked by a light.
It is generally steep-to, though rocks marked by heavy breakers
lie close off the coast in places. The terrain backing the coast is 2.17 Cabo Passado (0°21'S., 80°30'W.) is high and round-
mountainous and wooded. ed, with the adjacent land densely wooded and bound by white
Caution.—Dangers in the form of detached islands and
2.15 cliffs on the S side. A reef, with depths of less than 3.7m, ex-
rocks lie less than 4 miles offshore and with the shore banks tends about 0.5 mile N and E of the cape, which is reported to
are usually steep-to. It was reported that uncharted dangers be a good radar target. A light is shown from a concrete tower,
may exist within a radius of 20 miles N of Punta Galera. A 9m high, standing on the cape.
ship, with a draft of 8m, reported striking an underwater rock The Rio Chone (0°37'S., 80°25'W.) empties into the sea
2.17

about 21 miles NNE of Punta Galera. about 14.5 miles S of Cabo Passado. The estuary lies between
Punta Del Napo, 12.3 miles SSE of Cabo Passado, and Punta
2.16 Cabo de San Francisco (0°39'N., 80°05'W.) forms Bellaca 3 miles SSW. Punta Bellaca, where a light is shown,
the W side of a small cove with depths of 4.6 to 5.5m. A the appears as an island with a grey-green tint.
village of San Francisco is situated on the shore of the cove and
landing can be made near the mouth of a small river emptying 2.18 Bahia de Caraquez (0°35'S., 80°25'W.) is the small
into the W side of the cove. A light is exhibited approximately port that lies at the mouth of the Rio Chone. Poblacion de Ba-
3 miles SE of the village. hia de Caraquez, containing the port facilities, is located on the

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 33

W bank of the river near the mouth, about 2 miles ENE of Pun-
ta Bellaca. Tides in the estuary rise about 2.7m at MHWS.
Depths—Limitations.—From Punta Bellaca to a point on
2.18

the coast about 4 miles N, the approaches to the Rio Chone are
encumbered by shoals with depths of less than 5.5m. Many of
the shoals shift positions. Within the shallow river entrance,
there are extensive drying shoals. Bajo de Santa Martha, a
rocky patch on which the sea always breaks, lies 1.5 miles N of
Punta Bellaca.
The entrance to the port is marked at a distance by the con-
2.18

stant breakers on top of Santa Martha Shoal. However, naviga-

tion is impossible from the outer mouth to the mouth of the Rio
Chone due to the countless shoals.
Coming from the N, to assume proper position, one must
2.18

take Cape Passado as reference; it has been sighted by radar at

40 miles.
Approaching from the S, one must pass N of Cape Lorenzo
2.18

and the Bay of Manta until one spots Bellaca Point, where
there is a lighthouse. The elevation of this point makes it very
noticeable; then one notices the beach with a seawall against
which the waves break.
In general, there are no port facilities here, although there is
2.18

a municipal wharf.
On the other shore, in the little town of San Vicente, there is
2.18

another municipal wharf.

The port has lighters to transport cargo or vehicles from Ba-
2.18

hia de Caraquez to San Vicente, as well as small craft to trans-

port passengers and light cargo.
Canal de Manavi, trending along the NE shore of the estuary,
2.18

leads into the river, but has a sandy bar and is silted so that lo-
cal knowledge is necessary to effect transit. Canal Viejo, the
shallow S approach channel, trends along the S shore. It was
reported that vessels with a draft of about 7m can cross the bar
at HW, but only small craft and lighters enter the port. Large Manta—Muelles Marginales
vessels anchor outside the port.
Aspect.—Monte San Vicente, 275m high, stands about 3.8
2.18 close E of the point.
miles ENE of Punta Bellaca and is prominent. The river is a re-
markable coastal feature because of the ravine formed by it. Manta (0°57'S., 80°43'W.)
Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory due to the fact that
2.18

only inland coastal navigation vessels sail here; however, pilot- World Port Index No. 15310
age services are available.
Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in a charted depth of
2.18 2.20 Manta is the largest fishing port in Ecuador and is lo-
12.5m, about 1.5 miles off Punta Bellaca Light, with the light cated in the W end of Bahia de Manta. Bahia de Manta recedes
bearing 122°. Depths vary from those in the vicinity of the nearly 1 mile S between Punta Jaramijo and Punta Muercielago
charted recommended anchorage, with shoaling reported S of (0°57'S., 80°44'W.), about 5 miles W. An extensive fishing fleet
the charted anchorage area. operates out of the port, but other products such as coffee, cocoa,
A recommended anchorage can be situated 1 mile away and
2.18 and oils are also exported from Manta. This is the only port in
on a true bearing of 133° from Bellaca Point, where the depths Ecuador equipped to handle ships with a draft of up to 9.7m at
are 10m. any state of the tide.

2.19 The coast from Punta Bellaca trends SSW for 9 miles Port of Manta Home Page
to Punta Charapoto, then turns SW for about 15 miles to Punta
Jaramijo (0°56'S., 80°40'W.). The Rio Charapoto empties into [Link]
the open bay formed between these points. The bay is backed
by an extensive plain bound by high, white cliffs. Bars obstruct Tides—Currents.—Spring tides rise 2.3m, while neap tides
2.20

the delta of the river. A light is shown from a square concrete rise 1.3m. Mooring lines should be checked frequently while in
tower, standing on Punta Jaramijo. Three lighted buoys are port.
moored 2.5 miles N of Punta Jaramijo. A shoal patch, with a Depths—Limitations.—There are depths of less than 10m
2.20

least depth of 6.7m, lies about 1.8 miles NNE of Punta up to 1 mile N of Punta Muercielago. A bank, with a depth of
Jaramijo and several rocks lie between this patch and the shore 5m, extends E across the entrance of the bay from Punta Mal

Pub. 125
34 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

Paso (0°56'S., 80°45'W.) to the jetty; from the freight yards E E of the town and a group of conspicuous tanks stand on the
to Estero Salitral the bank has a depth of 2m. shore about 0.5 mile E of the fishing harbor. A light and racon
Bahia de Manta is shallow, with depths of less than 5.5m
2.20 is exhibited from the main breakwater head. A pyramidal
throughout its W part. Dangerous wrecks lie close N and NE of church building stands about 1.3 miles SW of the breakwater
the freight yards. They are marked by a lighted buoy that lies head. An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated at the airport.
0.6 mile SSE of the breakwater head. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available at any
2.20

The port is approached directly from sea and entered N of

2.20 time. The vessel's ETA and position should also be confirmed
the breakwater. through VHF channel 16 one hour prior to arrival. Only one
The breakwater (Muelles Marginales) extends about 0.5 mile
2.20 pilot is available and will board vessel about 1 mile N of the
NNE from a position ashore 0.5 mile E of Punta Muercielago, breakwater head.
then bends N for another 0.3 mile. Extending E from the portion Contact Information.—Pilots and the port can be contact-
2.20

of the breakwater where it bend to the N are two international ed, as follows:
pier areas that contain four berths for deep-water vessels that 1. VHF: VHF channels 12, 16, and 26
cannot be accommodated further inland along the breakwater. 2. Telephone: 5935-2629826
International Pier 1 is located at the seaward end of the breakwa- 5935-2620993
ter while International Pier 2 is parallel close S of International 3. Facsimile: 5935-2621861
Pier 1. Each of the four berths on the International Piers are 4. E-mail: info@[Link]
200m in length, with depths alongside of 11m. 5. Web site: [Link]
Two ro-ro ramps are situated near the S pier and can handle
2.20 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 18m,
2.20

vessels up to 20,000 tons with ramps 12m in width. Two sand, about 0.6 mile ENE of the main breakwater head. Cau-
lighted mooring buoys, reserved for naval use, are situated S of tion should also be taken to avoid a submerged rock, with
the piers. depth of 26m, located 2.5 miles NE of the breakwater light.
The Fish Dock Marginal Quay extends from S of the bend in
2.20 Emergency anchorage has been designated 0.3 mile ENE of
2.20

the breakwater to the coastline and is 620m in length. There are the breakwater light, in 18m, sand and mud. Small fishing ves-
five berths along the E face of this quay, numbered 1 to 5 from sels will also be found to be anchored E of the berths.
seaward with the characteristics described in the table titled During the rainy season (December-April), vessels anchor
2.20

Manta—Fish Dock Marginal Quay. farther offshore, as there is usually a heavy swell and the sea
Berth 1, Berth 3, and Berth 5 are wharves; Berths 2 and 4 are
2.20 breaks in a depth of 4.9m. The anchorages are unprotected
indented spaces in between the wharves. A small harbor, from wind, sea, and swell. It has been reported (2011) that
enclosed by breakwaters located SE of the main breakwater, swell conditions described to prevail during the rainy season
has a depth of 2.7m and is used by fishing vessels and small have been also observed at other times of the year as well.
craft. Directions.—When approaching Bahia de Manta from the
2.20

An offshore tanker berth extends offshore from a position

2.20 S, it is advisable to make landfall at Cabo San Lorenzo and
0.4 mile E of the fishing harbor. Mooring buoys lie near the then sail parallel to the coast at a distance of 3 miles until
end of the pipeline. The local authorities should be consulted reaching a point N of Cabo San Mateo (0°57'S., 80°49'W.);
for information on depths at this berth. then sail a true course of 075° until the breakwater lighthouse
and the racon are on a true bearing of 170°, thereafter, falling
Manta—Fish Dock Marginal Quay to starboard until that same lighthouse is on a bearing of 180°,
whereupon, one can make the approach to the wharves with the
Berth Length Depth purpose of mooring. An approach from the N is preferred.
No. 1 150m 2.0-5.4m The only major hazard is located W of the breakwater and in
2.20

the vicinity of Muercielago Point where there are shallows of a

No. 2 100m 5.4-5.7m
rocky nature.
No. 3 150m 5.9m Caution.—It is reported that the landmarks and aids are very
2.20

No. 4 40m 5.9-9.2m difficult to identify until the vessel is within about 1 to 2 miles
of the breakwater.
No. 5 180m 9.2-9.7m It has been reported (2002) that long period swell entering
2.20

International Pier the harbor has parted mooring lines and forced vessels to leave
the piers for anchorage.
No. 1 (N) 200m 11.0m A firing practice area, best seen on the chart, is located NW
2.20

No. 2 (S) 200m 11.0m of Manta.

It was reported (2003) that a wreck lies outside the harbor in
2.20

No. 3 (S) 200m 11.0m (ro-ro ramp approximate position 0°53'S, 80°43'W.
No. 4 (S) 200m 11.0m (ro-ro ramp)
2.21 Cabo San Mateo, about 6 miles W of Manta, is a sa-
Aspect.—A triangular church with a green roof SW of the
2.20
lient point and forms a plain 40m high.
port and a prominent building are situated in the town. A Punta Jome is the W end of Cabo San Mateo. A light is
2.21

prominent gray gas tank stands on the breakwater head of the shown from a concrete tower, 7m high, standing on the point.
fishing harbor. Conspicuous radio towers stand near the airport Cabo San Lorenzo (1°03'S., 80°49'W.), about 8 miles SW
2.21

of Punta San Mateo (0°57'S., 80°51'W.), is the outer part of a

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 35

high projection of the coast which terminates in a tongue of NE of Bajo Cantagallo.

land about 0.5 mile long. Above and below-water rocks lie off The coast between Cabo San Lorenzo and Punta Santa Ele-
2.22

Cabo San Lorenzo. One of the rocks is pinnacle-shaped, white na, 70 miles S, is indented by two large open bays separated by
in color, and prominent. A light is shown from a concrete tow- Punta Piedra Verde.
er, 10m high, standing on the cape. Puerto Cayo (1°21'S., 80°45'W.) is a minor port situated at
2.22

the head of a small bight, about 21 miles SE of Cabo San Lo-

renzo. Cargo is loaded from lighters on vessels anchored about
0.3 mile offshore, in a depth of 8.2m, hard sand.
Punta Cerro Viejo is a bluff marked by a tower with radar re-
2.22

flector located 2 miles SW of Puerto Cayo. Islote Cayo (El Is-

lote) lies 1 mile N of Punta Cayo and Roca Daphne (Islote La
Viuda) lies 1 mile SSW.

2.23 Puerto de Machalilla (1°28'S., 80°46'W.), about 7.5

miles S of Puerto Cayo, is a small, sheltered port situated on
the E side of a small bight, easy to approach. Cliffs fringe the
coast N of the port. There is a beach, with cliffs to the W, along
the SE side of the bay. Islets and below-water rocks lie up to
1.5 miles N and NE of the W entrance point of the bay. An-
chorage can be taken, in 18.3m, N of the islets at the W en-
trance point or, in 12.8 to 14.6m, about 0.4 mile offshore and
W of the village.
Isla Salango (1°36'S., 80°52'W.) lies about 10 miles SSW of
2.23

Puerto de Machalilla. The island is 160m high and covered with

vegetation. The narrow channel between the island and Punta
Piedra Verde on the mainland is obstructed by submerged and
drying rocks and is not navigable. Some above-water rocks,
Cabo San Lorenzo Light (NGA # 424) which are steep-to, lie about 0.3 mile W of the island.
A light is shown on Isla Salango and two towers, equipped
2.23

Caution.—Naval operating areas lie N and W of Cabo San

2.21 with radar reflectors, stand on the island.
Lorenzo, as follows: Anchorage may be taken, in 47m, NE of the island with the
2.23

1. Area A—bounded by lines joining the following posi- NW extremity bearing 235°, and the E extremity bearing 172°.
tions: Anchorage may also be taken, in 29m, with the NW extremity
a. 0°35'S, 81°00'W. of the island bearing 264°, and Punta Piedra Verde bearing
b. 0°35'S, 80°45'W. 191°.
c. 0°48'S, 81°00'W. Punta Blanca (1°41'S., 80°48'W.) is a conspicuous point lo-
2.23

d. 0°48'S, 80°45'W. cated about 6.5 miles SE of Isla Salango. Above and below-
2. Area B—bounded by lines joining the following posi- water rocks lie close off the point.
tions: Islas Los Ahorcados, a small group of rocky islets, lie about
2.23

a. 0°44'S, 82°39'W. 1.5 miles NW of Punta Blanca. There is clear passage between
b. 0°44'S, 81°29'W. the islets and the point. A rock, with a depth of 7.3m, lies close
c. 1°45'S, 81°29'W. NW of the islets.
d. 1°45'S, 82°39'W. Punta Montanita is a conspicuous point about 8 miles SSE of
2.23

Punta Blanca. Above and below-water rocks lie close off the
Cabo San Lorenzo to Punta del Morro point.
Bajo Montanita (1°50'S., 81°03'W.) is a shoal with a least
2.23

2.22 Isla de La Plata (1°16'S., 81°05'W.) lies about 14 depth of 10m, lying about 17 miles W of Punta Montanita. In
miles offshore and 16 miles SW of Cabo San Lorenzo. This 2000, shoal patches were reported to exist W of Bajo Montani-
brownish dried-up appearing island is formed of precipitous ta, as seen on the chart.
cliffs on its W side, off which there are a few islets. There are Punta La Leona (1°58'S., 80°46'W.), a rocky promontory, is
2.23

below-water rocks off the W extremity of the island and a reef located about 24 miles SSE of Isla Salango. The coast between
extends 0.3 mile E of the SE extremity. A light is shown from is backed by a low range of mountains lying 3 to 7 miles
the NW summit of the island. At night, the tower displays inland.
white light flashes with a range of 11 miles. Islote El Pelado, a rocky islet 22m high, lies about 3 miles
2.23

Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 32.9 to 36.6m, about

2.22 NW of Punta La Leona. A reef extends about 0.2 mile from its
0.2 mile off the beach on the E side of Isla de La Plata, but lo- N side and a dangerous rock lies close NW. A light is shown
cal knowledge is required. from a concrete structure, 7m high, standing on the summit of
Bajo Cantagallo (1°17'S., 80°58'W.), about 8 miles E of the
2.22 the islet.
E extremity of Isla de La Plata, is a shoal area 0.5 mile in ex- Between Punta La Leona and Punta Santa Elena, about 19
2.23

tent with a least depth of 8.9m. A 10.3m shoal lies 1.6 miles miles SW, the coast consists of beaches interspersed with rocky

Pub. 125
36 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

bluffs. hours only.

Puntilla de Santa Elena (2°11'S., 81°00'W.) is a narrow,
2.23 Aspect.—There is one pier, Muelle de Cepe, at La Libertad
2.25

bare, and sandy promontory projecting about 4 miles NW from which is about 322m long. Its minimum depth is 5m and it can
a blunt peninsula. The N end of the promontory rises to a steep, handle ships of 10,000 dwt with a length of up to 98m and a
flat-topped hill which appears as an island when seen from draft of 4.8m. The pier is used by coastal vessels, while larger
seaward. A light is shown from Puntilla de Santa Elena, which vessels work cargo at the anchorage. A number of mooring
is the W extremity of the promontory. Radio masts stand on the buoys and wrecks are situated in the vicinity of the pier and
outer part of Puntilla de Santa Elena and are conspicuous may best be seen on the chart.
unless obscured by the hill. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 2 miles
2.25

A light is shown from a tower, 12m high, standing on the

2.23 NW of the terminal.
promontory; a radiobeacon is situated at the light tower. Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be sent to the Port
2.25

A measured mile, indicated by beacons, is situated close N

2.23 Captain and to the ship’s agent 72, 48, and 12 hours prior to ex-
of the promontory and may best be seen on the chart. pected arrival. The ETA message should be addressed to the
Banco Cope, over which heavy seas break, lies about 1 mile
2.23 Port Captain, Immigration, Customs Authorities, and Health
N of Puntilla de Santa Elena and is marked by a lighted buoy. Department. The Port Captain will ensure that it is delivered to
all the addressees.
2.24 Bahia de Santa Elena (2°12'S., 80°55'W.) is a bight The initial ETA message must include the following infor-
2.25

extending about 10 miles E of Puntilla de Santa Elena. The mation:

small ports of Salinas and La Libertad are contained within the 1. Last port of call.
bight. Several of the points contained within Bahia de Santa 2. Estimated arrival draft, fore and aft.
Elena make good radar targets. There are many excellent land- 3. Quantity (in tons) of cargo for discharge.
marks including tall buildings, church spires, towers, tanks, 4. Quantity (in tons) of cargo for in transit.
and stacks within the points and towns along the shores of the 5. Quantity (in tons) of dangerous cargo for discharge
bay. and in transit, including the IMO class.
Depths shoal gradually from the 20m curve, which lies 2 to
2.24 6. Number of passengers onboard.
4.5 miles N of the bay coastline, to about 5.5m at 1 to 1.5 miles 7. Number of sick onboard (including crew).
offshore or 0.5 mile off the points. 8. Bunker consumption during navigation and at berth.
Punta San Lorenzo lies close E of Salinas, about 2.5 miles
2.24 9. Normal speed.
SE of Punta Santa Elena. A light is shown from the point. Contact Information.—The port radio station can be con-
2.25

Caution.—Several dangers lie in the approaches to the

2.24 tacted, as follows:
ports. 1. Call sign:La Libertad Radio
Roca Belshaw, with a depth of 5.4m, lies about 1.5 miles NE
2.24 2. VHF: VHF channel 16
of Punta San Lorenzo and is marked by a lighted buoy. 3. Telephone: 59-34-2785785
Bajo de Ballenita, with a depth of 8.2m, lies about 2.8 miles
2.24 4. E-mail: suinli@[Link]
NNE of the pier at La Libertad and is marked by a lighted The terminal can be contacted, as follows:
2.25

buoy. 1. Telephone:59-34-2785781
A dangerous wreck, with a depth of 9.4m, lies about 1 mile
2.24 2. Facsimile: 59-34-2785785
NE of Punta Santa Elena. 3. E-mail: suinli_operaciones@[Link]
Bajo de Columbia, with a least depth of 3.9m, lies about 0.5
2.24 4. Web site: [Link]
mile from the shore, about 1.5 miles SSE of Bajo de Ballenita. Regulations.—Several regulatory areas are situated offshore
2.25

An abandoned Submarine Cable Area, the limits of which

2.24 and designated for maneuvering, anchoring, and waiting. The
are shown on the chart, extends about 3 miles N of Punta Santa limits of these areas may best be seen on the chart. The local
Elena. authorities and the pilot should be consulted for information on
these areas, and for regulations pertaining to their use.
2.25 La Libertad (2°13'S., 80°55'W.) (World Port Index Anchorage.—A quarantine anchorage is located 4 miles NE
2.25

No. 15290) is a small oil-loading port located in the S part of of Punta San Lorenzo in depths of 12 to 18m, sand. The berth-
Bahia de Santa Elena situated 2.8 miles E of Punta San Loren- ing master and port officials will board the vessel in this area.
zo. Tankers bound for the CBM are required to remain in the an-
Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 2.1m at springs and
2.25 chorage area or the pilot boarding area that is adjacent until the
1.2m at neaps. tanker maneuvering area is clear.
Depths—Limitations.—A submarine pipeline extends from
2.25 For vessels bunkering that have a draft of 12m or less, an-
2.25

shore to an offshore CBM oil berth situated about 2.5 miles N chorage is available in an area bounded by lines joining the fol-
of the town. A lighted buoy and four mooring buoys indicate lowing positions:
the seaward end of the pipeline. Tanker vessels up to 40,000 a. 2°08'S, 80°54'W.
dwt and 200m in length, with maximum draft of 10.5m, can be b. 2°08'S, 80°55'W.
accommodated at the terminal. Mooring masters assist in c. 2°10'S, 80°55'W.
berthing. d. 2°10'S, 80°54'W.
Vessels are moored port side-to on a W heading. Vessels
2.25 For larger vessels with draft of more than 12m, anchorage is
2.25

moor to three buoys aft and one forward, using the starboard available in an area bounded by lines joining the following
anchor off the starboard bow. Berthing is restricted to daylight positions:

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 37

a. 2°06'S, 80°52'W. Two lighted mooring buoys, situated about 0.8 mile NNE of
2.27

b. 2°06'S, 80°56'W. Punta Chipipe, are for the use of naval vessels. Small craft may
c. 2°08'S, 80°56'W. use several mooring buoys situated close N of a pile standing
d. 2°08'S, 80°52'W. about 0.5 mile NNW of Punta Chipipe. There is a small pier,
Caution.—An old abandoned underwater pipeline extends
2.25 with depths of 3m alongside, which is used by fishing craft and
from the shore for about 1.8 miles, close W of the pipeline de- lighters. Larger vessels work cargo at anchor.
scribed above. This old pipeline should not be confused with Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 12.8 to 14.6m, sand,
2.27

the pipeline leading to the terminal. about 1 mile NNE of Punta San Lorenzo.

2.26 Monteverde (2°04'S., 80°45'W.), lies about 15 miles 2.28 Punta Ancon (2°20'S., 80°54'W.), from which a light
NE of La Libertad, The port consists of a finger pier with two is shown, is located about 11 miles SE of Puntilla de Santa
berths handling LPG. The pier length from the shore is 0.8 Elena. The point, although projecting 1.3 miles from the
mile, the northern berth is 310m long including dolphins and coastline, blends with the background and is inconspicuous from
can handle vessels of up to 75,000 dwt and the southern berth seaward. Punta Carnero, 2.5 miles NNW of Punta Ancon,
is 170m long including dolphins and can handle vessels of up although lower in height, is more prominent. Foul ground, which
to 25,000 dwt, with drafts up to 24.0m. breaks, lies about 1 mile off the points, and several detached
shoal patches of less than 5.5m lie up to 2.5 miles off Punta
2.27 Salinas (2°12'S., 80°59'W.) is situated about 4 miles Ancon. A dangerous wreck is charted about 4.3 miles SSW of
WNW of La Libertad. There are several good landmarks in the the point. A platform is situated about 8 miles SW of the light.
town and vicinity, including conspicuous buildings at Punta Numerous shoals, with depths of less than 11m, lie up to 4.5
Chipipe, located 1.3 miles W of Punta San Lorenzo. It is miles off the coast, extending for 20 miles SE of Punta Ancon.
basically a tourist port. Many of these shoals break during a moderate ground swell.
Caution.—Due to the presence of many dangers, vessels are
2.28

advised to stay in depths of more than 100m while transiting

the coast.
Offshore oil exploration is being carried out in the vicinity of
2.28

the coast in these waters.

2.29 Punta Chanduy (2°24'S., 80°42'W.) lies about 12

miles ESE of Punta Ancon. The point, with the village of
Chanduy at the head of a cove close E, is fronted by rocks and
shoal patches. A steeple is situated within the town. A light is
shown about 2 miles WNW of the point. Pipelines, for the
discharge of fish from small vessels, extend seaward for up to
about 0.5 mile from positions close NW of the point.
Punta Piedras del Morro (Punta Chapoya) (2°39'S.,
2.29

80°26'W.), about 21 miles SE of Punta de Chanduy, is marked

by a white tower from which a light is shown. A high hill rises
1.3 miles ENE of the point, which is a good radar target.
Depths of less than 5.5m lie up to 2.5 miles offshore. Cerro El
Morro, 6 miles E of Punta Piedras del Morro, is a prominent
hill with a distinctive shape of two peaks, one rounded and one
sharp, close together.
Posorja (2°42'S., 80°14'W.), is situated in the southern most
2.29

point of Ecuador about 38 miles SW of Guayaquil. The port is

opposite Isla de Puna across canal del Morro. It has three
berths designated for fishing vessels. A new container berth is
under construction and expected to be completed in two years.
It includes the dredging of a new access channel and 400 meter
berth with 15 meter draft alongside and will handle containers
and bulk carriers. For image of the Posorja Deep draft port
refer to the image titled Posorja—Deep draft port under
Posorja—Deep draft port under construction construction.
2.29

The terrain on which this town stands is flat, with La Puntilla

2.27
Punta del Morro (2°44'S., 80°15'W.) lies about 12.5 miles
2.29

Hillock standing out. SE of Punta Piedras del Morro. The coast between is low and
The La Puntilla Hill is abrupt, 95m high, flat at the top, and
2.27
sandy. The point forms the N entrance point of Canal del
forms the S side of the Bay of Santa Elena. From a Morro and is fringed by rocks and foul ground which extend S
considerable distance it appears to have a yellow, arid-dry and W in close proximity to the entrance channel leading to
color, without any vegetation on it, except in the upper part. Canal del Morro.

Pub. 125
38 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

Monteverde—LPG Terminal

The dangers off this point will be described in paragraph

2.29 about 3.6m, while the mean neap range is about 1.8m. At
2.30 with the port description for Puerto Maritimo de Posorja (2°42'S., 80°15'W.) the mean spring range is about
Guayaqil. 1.8m.
The coast between the point and Punta Payana (3°19'S.,
2.29 A heavy swell and strong tidal currents may be experienced
2.30

80°16'W.) recedes about 28 miles E, forming a large bight in Golfo de Guayaquil and the outer approach to Canal del
occupied N by Isla de Puna (2°50'S., 80°10'W.). Canal del Morro Morro. The current generally flows N across the entrance of
and Canal de Jambeli lie N and S, respectively, of Isla de Puna. the gulf, but a set E or W occurs within the gulf depending on
The mainland is generally low and wooded, with many creeks and the incoming or outgoing tidal current in the Rio Guayas and
estuaries intersecting the terrain. The Rio Guayas discharges into tributaries. Off Isla Santa Clara, the ebb sets to the S and the
Canal de Jambeli N of the NE end of Isla de Puna. flood to the E. Currents up to 6 knots have been reported in the
vicinity of the sea buoy and tide rips of 2.5 to 3 knots in Canal
Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil del Morro. Currents of 5 knots in the stream at Canal del Morro
(2°17'S., 79°54'W.) decrease to 0.5 knot at Puerto Maritimo.
Depths—Limitations.—The port handles general cargo, ba-
2.30

World Port Index No. 15275 nanas, bulk solids and liquids, containers, and LPG vessels.
Vessels up to 30,000 dwt and 210m in length, with drafts up
2.30

2.30 Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil (Puerto Nuevo), the to 9.75m, can be accommodated within the port.
marine terminal for Guayaquil, handles most of the commerce Depths in the Rio Guayas are constantly in a state of change.
2.30

that formerly moved through Guayaquil. The approach to this Local authorities should be consulted for the latest controlling
port lies between Punta del Morro and Punta Trinchera depths prevailing in the channels and the river. Vessels will
(2°45'S., 80°14'W.), where the width at the entrance of Canal cross the bar only at HW.
del Morro is about 1.5 miles. The sea bed consists of rock SW of Isla Centinela in the en-
2.30

The port is reached through Canal del Morro, through Estero trance to the main channel.
Salado, and S of Isla Trinitaria. Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil Vessels with drafts of 6.4m and less may enter the channel at
2.30

can also be approached from Guayaquil in the Rio Guayas any time, while vessels with drafts greater than 6.4m up to
through Estero Cobina but this requires passage through a lock 7.9m should enter only at slack water. Vessels with drafts
located close SW of La Josefinas, which marks the entrance to greater than 7.9m should plan on passing the sea buoy 1 hour
Estero Cobina. before HW.
It has been reported that vessels with drafts of over 8.8m had
2.30

Port of Guayaquil Home Page reported that their intakes became blocked when navigating be-
tween Buoy No. 62 and Buoy No. 39. It was also reported that
[Link] the departure of these deep-draft vessels was controlled by the
local authorities to coincide with the tide. Vessels may be re-
Tides—Currents.—Tidal data for Puerto Maritimo de
2.30
quired to anchor off Posorja to await the next tide before com-
Guayaquil, using Guayaquil as a reference station, has been pleting the passage to sea.
reported, as follows: Estero Cobina, leading off the E end of Puerto Maritimo de
2.30

Guayaquil, is a busy waterway used chiefly by lighter and

1. Low water at the sea buoy occurs 3 hours earlier than barge traffic from the Rio Guayas. The inlet is connected with
at Guayaquil and at the dock 52 minutes earlier. the Rio Guayas by a lock 122m long, 23m wide, and 4.2m
2. High water at the sea buoy occurs about 2.5 hours ear- deep, situated at La Josefina close S of the city of Guayaquil.
lier than at Guayaquil and at the dock about 30 minutes earli- The waterway has a least depth of 5m.
er. Estero del Muerto, leading off the W end of Puerto Mariti-
2.30

2.30 The mean spring range at Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil is mo, turns N to a private fertilizer and chemical pier and a Naval

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 39

Dockyard situated on the E bank of the inlet. The fertilizer

quay is 70m long and can handle vessels with drafts up to
7.8m.
El Salitral, part of Estero Santa Ana, leads NNW for about 6
2.30

miles, then turns E towards Guayaquil. On the W side of the in-

let there are three berths handling fuel oil and gas, within 7 or 8
miles upstream from the inlet entrance. Vessels turn off the
LPG terminal and are limited to a length of 128m and a draft of
6.4m.
Aviation gasoline is discharged into barges from small tank-
2.30

ers at moorings W of Trinitaria Island. The maximum draft al-

lowed at the moorings is 10m.
The main berthing area is situated NE of Isla Trinitaria and
2.30

consists of a multi-purpose terminal for bananas, general, and

ro-ro type cargo, and a container terminal. Bananas can be
loaded at the container terminal as well.
There are five berths, each 185m in length, numbered 2
2.30

through 6 at the multi-purpose terminal, with depths alongside

of about 10m. Bananas, general cargo and ro-ro are handled at
this terminal. Guayaquil
The container terminal has three berths, also each 185m in
2.30

length, numbered 1, 1A, and 1B, with depths alongside about nanapuerto, and TPG private terminals are located, are as fol-
10m. Containers and bananas are handled at these three berths. lows:
Muelle Granalero, connected to the container terminal at the
2.30
1. For vessels 190m in length or less and draft of
E end and extending 560m SE, provides a pier, 152m in length, 9.75m—Berthing allowed anytime with turning allowed
with depth alongside of 10m for working bulk cargo such as with favorable tide restrictions. The use of one port pilot is
molasses and vegetable oil. compulsory and a speed limit of 6 knots must be observed.
There are numerous private piers used for bulk and liquid
2.30
the assistance of at least two tugs is also compulsory.
cargoes located along the banks of the Rio Guayas about 8 2. For vessels of over 190m up to 245m in length and
hours of steaming time inland of the sea buoy N of Isla Puna. draft of 9.75m—Berthing allowed anytime. Turning is only
the maximum draft allowable is generally 6.5m (fresh water.) allowed between 0600 and 1800 from 2 hours before HW
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels proceeding to
2.30
until 1 hour after HW. The use of two port pilots is compul-
Puerto Maritima de Guayaquil, the old port of Guayaquil, and sory and a speed limit of 6 knots must be observed. the assis-
for all cargo terminals in the Rio Guayas. The pilots board near tance of at least two tugs is also compulsory.
Lighted Buoy 1 (2°44.5'S., 80°23.1'W.). Requests can be made 3. Vessels over 245m in length and up to 275m in length
to have the pilots board at the sea buoy. should be authorized once security parameters are verified.
Another pilot station situated at Puna (2°44.3'S., 79°53.4'W.)
2.30
4. Navigation should be in a clockwise direction with
is only for vessels proceeding to the old port of Guayaquil or LPG vessels having priority for docking and undocking ma-
the private terminals in Rio Guayas. The approach is made neuvers.
through Canal de Jambeli for Puna Pilots. Contact Information.—See the table titled Guayaquil—
2.30

Pilot boats have a white superstructure with a black hull.

2.30
Contact Information.
Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA 72 hours in
2.30

advance of arrival at either the sea buoy N of Isla Puna Guayaquil—Contact Information
(2°44'39''S., 80°24'53''W.) or at the sea buoy S of Isla Puna Guayaquil Pilots
(3°06'02''S., 80°04'47''W.). Entrance S of Isla Puna is used only
if proceeding to the old port of Guayaquil or the private termi- VHF VHF channels 12, 14, and 16
nals in Rio Guayas. 593-(0)4-390-4174
Vessels should also inform Data Pilots of their ETA 8 hours
2.30
Telephone 593-(0)9-92478707 (mobile)
prior to arrival at either sea buoy. 593-(0)9-92478709 (mobile)
Passing or overtaking is prohibited between Buoy No. 33
2.30

and Buoy No. 45; vessels with a following current have priori- Facsimile 593-(0)4-234- 1955
ty. E-mail administrativo@[Link]
An overtaking vessel must not cross ahead of the vessel it is
2.30

Web site [Link]

overtaking in the Rio Guayas.
Any vessel inbound on the flood tide at night is required to
2.30 Merchant Marine Pilots SA
wait off Sitio Nuevo (2°18'S., 79°49.8'W.) until daylight or the 593-(0)4-246-3525
tide turns before continuing on either to the explosives anchor- Telephone
593-(0)9-87210802 (mobile)
age off Magdalena or points further N.
Berthing and turning maneuver requirements in Estero Santa
2.30

Ana (02°16'S., 79°55'W.), the inlet where the Trinipuerto, Ba-

Pub. 125
40 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

Guayaquil—Contact Information been reported.

The S entrance to Canal del Morro, which is unmarked and
2.30

info@[Link] almost blocked by shoals, should not be approached without

E-mail merchantmarineoper@[Link] local knowledge.
merchantmarinepilot@[Link] A cable car, under construction (2020), spans the river be-
2.30

Web site [Link] tween the cities of Guayaquil and Duran with a least vertical
clearance of 8.5m. It has been reported that the vertical clear-
Port Control ance will range from 10.1m to 13m upon completion.
VHF VHF channels 6, 12, 14, and 16 Less water than charted has been reported (1997) in Canal de
2.30

Morro, Estero Salado, and in Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil.

Telephone 593-(0)4-24-80687
Caution is advised near a wreck located in position
2.30

Port Authority 2°45'21.1''S, 80°25'50.1''W.

593-(0)4-201-2000 Another dangerous wreck is reported in approximate posi-
2.30

Telephone tion 2°57'N, 80°25'W at an unknown depth.

593-(0)4-248-0120
Facsimile 593-(0)4-248-4728 2.31 Canal de Jambeli (3°10'S., 80°10'W.), used as the
main approach to private ports on the Rio Guayas or if directed
Web site [Link] for use by port authorities, is an inlet extending about 50 miles
NE from its entrance between Punta Salinas (3°01'S.,
Note that INMARSAT communication is not possible. Radio
2.30 80°16'W.) and Punta Payana (3°19'S., 80°16'W.); the latter low
Costera Guayaquil is the recommended station for use at long and inconspicuous.
range. This station operates between 0800 and 2359. The main approach to the old port of Guayaquil or to Puerto
2.31

Anchorage.—Two anchorage areas, best seen on the chart,

2.30 Maritimo de Guayaquil is through Canal del Morro, boarding
lie NW and SW of the sea buoy. The S anchorage area is for pilots off Posorja.
vessels carrying dangerous cargo. Anchorage is also available Isla Puna (2°50'S., 80°10'W.), a thickly-wooded and high
2.31

in suitable depths outside the fairway of the channel enroute to island, lies on the NW side of Canal de Jambeli. A channel on
Puerto Maritimo, for which the pilot should be consulted. the N side of the island leads to Estero Salado from Canal de
Anchorage can be obtained in Canal del Morro about one
2.30 Jambeli. The previously-mentioned shoal bank extends at least
mile off the W shore, 4 miles NNW of Punta Trinchera, in 7 miles W, 4 miles SW, and 2 miles S of Punta Salinas, but con-
depths of 9 to 12m, mud. Caution should be taken with use of verges to 0.5 mile off Punta Arenas (3°02'S., 80°08'W.). A
the anchor chain due to the strong tidal currents that can reach lighted buoy marks the outer (SW) edge of the shoals off Punta
3 knots in this area. Anchorage is available close inshore for Salinas, the low, wooded SW end of Isla Puna. A light is shown
small vessels about two miles north of Posorja. on Punta Arenas, the wooded SE end of Isla de Puna.
Continuing NNE through Estero Salado, an area designated
2.30 Isla Santa Clara (3°10'S., 80°26'W.), on which a light is
2.31

for explosives, best shown on the chart is centered near shown, has steep-to fringing and detached dangers lying up to
(2°20'S., 79°58'W.). Another area designated as Quarantine, al- 3 miles off its shores. A dangerous underwater rock lies about
so shown on the chart, is centered near position 2°18.5'S, 3 miles SSW of the island, which gives a good radar return at
79°56.5'W. 20 miles. Isla de Santa Clara, lying in the approach to Canal de
The anchorage sectors are left up to the opinion of the pilots,
2.30 Jambeli, is high, prominent, and a good mark. The island, di-
according to the needs or to the order of arrival of ships that vided into two parts which are joined at low water by a sandpit,
wish to enter the Maritime Port. should not be approached closer than 4 miles or within depths
of 21.9m.
Directions.—Vessels should approach the lighted sea buoy,
2.30

moored about 10 miles W of Punta del Morro, avoiding the nu- The approach to Canal de Jambeli can be made by passing
2.31

either 6 miles N or S of Isla de Santa Clara; however, the S

merous offshore dangers. Vessels should then follow the rec-
ommended tracks E and SE through the entrance channel, track, in depths of more than 36.6m, is preferable. The island,
which is marked by buoys, to Canal del Morro. Estero Salado when approached from N, is visible from about 16 miles as
three hummocks. Cerro Zambapala (2°58'S., 80°13'W.), the
is an estuary which extends NE from Canal del Morro for
about 30 miles to the S point of Isla Santa Ana, where it di- highest of several peaks, can also be seen at the same time.
vides and passes E and W of that island. The E branch leads Tides—Currents.—In Canal de Jambeli, the tidal currents
2.31

follow the shoreline. The flood current runs at a rate of 3 to 4

NE passing E of Trinitaria Island and joins Estero del Muerto,
where Puerto Maritimo is situated on the E bank just within the knots and the ebb current reaches 8 knots in winter. Off Puna
entrance. the flood current sets NW and the ebb current sets SSE at a rate
of about 2.5 knots at springs. The flood current has a mean
The fairways are marked by buoys and ranges. The lighted
2.30

duration of 6 hours 6 minutes and the ebb current runs for 6

sea buoy is equipped with a racon.
hours 14 minutes. The difference in times of the tidal current
Caution.—Vessels should exercise caution when approach-
2.30

between Puna and Guayaquil is 1 hour 12 minutes for the flood

ing the seaward end of the entrance channel due to the frequent
and 2 hours 27 minutes for the ebb.
spells of low visibility over this coast, the strong tidal currents,
Depths—Limitations.—Canal de Jambeli has general
and the tendency of the channel to silt.
2.31

depths of 6.5 to 13m. Depths of less than 5.5m lie up to 2 miles

The presence of unlit fishing craft in Golfo de Guayaquil has
2.30

off the NW shore and up to 4 miles off the SE shore. A light is

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 41

Puerto Bolivar

shown from Punta Jambeli (3°12'S., 80°01'W.). Banco de Mala Tides—Currents.—The tidal range averages 1.6m.
2.32

(2°53'S., 79°52'W.) is an extensive, partly drying shoal which Tidal currents can run as strong as 1 knot with the direction
2.32

parallels the SE side of Isla de Puna. Bajo de Afuera (3°01'S., parallel to the marginal wharf.
80°03'W.), with a least depth of 0.5m, lies at the S end of Ban- Depths—Limitations.—The port is approached through
2.32

co de Mala. A narrow shoal, with a least depth of 0.5m, lies Canal de Jambeli and entered through Boca Jambeli and Estero
close E and parallel to the N part of Banco de Mala. Lighted Santa Rosa. The approach channel is 4.5 miles in length with a
buoys, moored clear of all shoals, mark the side of the channel. minimum charted depth of 10.1m.
A depth of 6m shoal has been reported to exist at 6.8 miles Puerto Bolivar has four berths on two piers, as follows:
2.32

WNW of Punta Jambeli. 1. Muelle Marginal Wharf is oriented parallel to the di-
2.31Anchorage.—The island offers no protection against winds, rection Estero Santa Rosa as a vessel would approach from
waves, and currents; it is recommended that anchorage can be the N and is joined to the shore by three bridges. Muelle
obtained within an area off the SE side of Isla Santa Clara, Marginal Wharf has two berths numbered 1 and 2 from N to
between parallels of 3°10.6'S and 3°11.1'S, and between S.
meridians of 80°24.7'W and 80°25.2'W. 2. Muelle Espigon, close S of the marginal wharf, is on a
2.31Caution.—A submarine gas pipeline is located in the ap- mole extending 250m out into the inlet at right angles to the
proaches to the canal. It extends WSW from the shore to a plat- shoreline. Muelle Espigon also has two berths numbered 1
form 5 miles SSW of Isla Santa Clara as seen on the chart. and 2 with No. 1 on the N side of the finger pier and No. 2 on
Vessels should not trawl or anchor in the vicinity of this pipe- the S side. Berthing at the Muelle Espigon should be accom-
line. plished within 1 hour before or after slack water.
2.31A wreck, with only its masts visible at chart datum, is locat- Characteristics of the berths on both piers are described in
2.32

ed in position 2°52'57''N, 79°53'55''W within Canal de Jambe- the table titled Puerto Bolivar—Berths.
li. The estuary of Guayeala has wooden wharfs which are used
2.32

2.31Four mooring buoys have been placed about 5 miles SSW of to load fruit brought in on small, short flatboats because the
Isla Santa Clara at the following positions: estuary is narrow and rather shallow. It can accommodate
a. 3°15'25''S, 80°28'59''W. vessels with drafts up to 2.7m during low tide.
b. 3°15'23''S, 80°27'43''W.
c. 3°16'52''S, 80°29'01''W. Aspect.—Boca de Jambeli, the entrance of Estero de Santa
2.32

d. 3°15'50''S, 80°27'40''W. Rosa, is about 0.3 mile wide and has a depth of 11m, but
caution is advised when entering by this channel, as depths
2.32 Puerto Bolivar (3°16'S., 80°00'W.) (World Port In- within it are constantly changing. An approach lighted buoy is
dex No. 15250) is situated on the E side of Estero de Santa Ro- moored on the outer side of shoals, about 1.2 miles NNE of
sa (3°14'S., 80°01'W.), about 4 miles within the inlet which is Punta Jambeli.
entered 1 mile NNE of Punta Jambeli. Puerto Bolivar is the When approaching the port, the buildings of the city of
2.32

principal banana exporting port in Ecuador. Machala, the port lights, the ocean buoys, and the lighthouses,

Pub. 125
42 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

particularly that of Punta Jambeli can be clearly seen. entrance point of the Rio Guayas.
The NW side of Canal de Jambeli, between Punta Arenas
2.33

Puerto Bolivar—Berths (3°02'S., 80°08'W.) and Cerro Mala (2°48'S., 80°00'W.), con-
sists chiefly of mangrove swamps intersected by inlets. Cerro
Berth Length Depth Max. Draft Mala, with its two prominent peaks, appears as an island from
Muelle Espigon the offing. The coast NE of Cerro Mala is cliffy and fronted by
a beach. Punta Espanola (2°48'S., 79°56'W.), from which a
No. 1 125m 12.5m 10.0m light is shown, is cliffy and a useful clearing mark for Banco de
No. 2 125m 12.5m 10.0m Mala. Shoaling is reported (1992) about 3 miles SSE of Punta
Espanola. Punta Mandinga (2°45'S., 79°54'W.), on which a
Muelle Marginal
light is shown, is a bold bluff forming the NE end of Isla de Pu-
No. 3 * 180m 12.5m 10.0m na. Bajo de Puna, with a least depth of 0.3m at its N end, lies 2
No. 4 * 180m 12.5m 10.0m miles off Punta Mandinga.
Puna (2°44'S., 79°55'W.) is a port for ships unable to reach
2.33

No. 5 300m 14.0m 10.0m Guayaquil. Cargo is discharged into lighters at the anchorage.
Port under construction. Completion There is a prominent white painted church in the town.
No. 6 Puna is the pilot boarding place for vessels bound for the Rio
expected in 2018 2.33

Guayas and Guayaquil. A short pier, marked by two lights and

* Berth No. 3 and Berth No. 4 can also be combined a flagstaff, has depths of about 1 to 3m alongside. Passenger
for a single berth to accommodate a vessel with a barges operate between Puna and Guayaquil. Anchorage for
length of 360m. several vessels is available in the charted area about 0.5 mile
NE of town, where there are depths of 11 to 14.6m, sand.
The access channel is deep enough to accommodate ships
2.32 Directions.—From about 6 miles S of Isla Santa Clara, steer
2.33

with drafts up to 9m and there is ample room for maneuvering 060° for 30 miles to a position with Punta Arenas Light bear-
ships in its interior. The port is situated 5 miles from the open ing 270°, distant 7 miles. Then steer 038° for about 10.5 miles
sea. passing E of a stranded wreck, marked by a lighted buoy, 9
Pilotage.—The use of pilots is compulsory for all vessels
2.32
miles ENE of Punta Arena Light to a position with Punta
and pilots are available at any time day or night. Mandinga bearing 000°, distant 8.5 miles; care should be taken
The vessel’s initial ETA should be advised to the agents 72
2.32 not to get into depths of less than 7.3m. Change course to 005°
hours before expected arrival, then reconfirmed at 48 hours and for about 8.8 miles to a position about 0.8 mile E of Punta
24 hours before arrival as well as any time the ETA changes. Mandinga. Then steer NW to the anchorage off Puna. On this
The pilot boards in vicinity of the Canal de Santa Rosa buoy
2.32 latter course Punta Mandinga can be rounded at a distance of
in position 3°11'02''S, 80°01'42''W. about 0.5 mile.
Contact Information.—The harbormaster can be contacted,
2.32
Caution.—Caution should be exercised as strong tidal cur-
2.33

as follows: rents have been reported to run off Banco de Mala.

1. VHF: VHF channel 16 The position of the buoys in Canal de Jambeli cannot be re-
2.33

2. Telephone: 593-(0)7-292-9999 lied on.

3. Facsimile: 593-(0)7-292-9634 It is reported that a stranded wreck, marked by a lighted
2.33

4. E-mail: appb@[Link] buoy, lies about 9 miles ENE of Punta Arenas.

5. Web site: [Link]
[Link] 2.34 The Rio Guayas (2°40'S., 79°55'W.), the largest river
on the W coast of South America, is navigable for about 80
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 5.5 to
2.32
miles. The river, about 3 miles wide at its main entrance be-
11m, good holding ground of mud and clay, in the stream off tween Punta Mondragon (2°39'S., 79°54'W.) and Isla Verde
the piers. Anchorage can be taken about 1 mile N of Punta (2°39'S., 79°56'W.), leads N for 28 miles to the river port of
Jambeli, if necessary while awaiting a pilot. Guayaquil. The lower part of the Rio Guayas, about 1 mile
A quarantine area, which is the port’s internal anchorage ar-
2.32 wide, is bordered by low mangrove-covered islands fronted by
ea, is bordered by 3°15.3'S and 3°16.75'S, and has a 5m shoal drying mud banks. Isla Mondragon and Isla Matorillos, on the
on its E shore and a 10m shoal on the W shore of the Santa Ro- E bank of the river, are actually large banks covered with man-
sa estuary. grove trees encircled by partly drying mud flats.
A waiting anchorage area lies NE of Canal de Santa Rosa
2.32
Note.—A draft of 5.8m has been established for the entrance
2.34

buoy, centered on 3°11.1’S, 80°01.7’W. to the Rio Guayas for larger-sized ships.
Canal Naranjal and Canal Matorillos are connected with the
2.34

2.33 Canal de Jambeli (continued).—The E side of Canal Rio Guayas about 11.5 and 15 miles N of Punta Mondragon.
de Jambeli, between Punta Jambeli and Punta Mondragon These two channels discharge at their S ends into Canal de
(2°39'S., 79°54'W.), is low, wooded, and intersected by many Mondragon, on the E side of Isla Mondragon, and are used by
streams. Isla Mondragon (2°37'S., 79°52'W.) is low, mangrove- small craft.
covered, and forms the E side of the entrance to the Rio The W bank of the lower part of the river is also low and
2.34

Guayas. A drying bank and depths of less than 5.5m extends up tree-covered, but has occasional clear spaces on which landing
to 3.5 miles S of Isla Mondragon. Punta Mondragon is the E may be made. The first of these, Puerto Balsa, is situated about

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 43

Faro Cerro Santa Ana Light overlooking through Rio Babaheyo (L) and Rio Guayas (R)
2.34

9.5 miles N of Punta Mandinga. Punta de Piedra, about 9.5 lem.

miles farther NNE, is more extensive and has a small pier. A Numerous fishing craft may be encountered off the entrance
2.35

light is shown from Punta de Piedra. Other landing places on of the river.
both banks of the river as far as Guayaquil are shown on the
chart. Guayaquil (2°12'S., 79°53'W.)
2.35 Isla Santay (2°13'S., 79°52'W.) lies in the river E and World Port Index No. 15270
SE of Guayaquil. A bank and shoals encircle the island and extend
into the main channel of the river W of the island. The channel E 2.36 Guayaquil, the old port, encompasses the city of
of the island is shallow. About 2 miles above Guayaquil, the Rio Guayaquil on the W bank of the Rio Guayas and the town of
Guayas is joined by the Rio Daule and the navigable stream is Duran (Eloy Alfaro) to the NNE on the E bank with its adja-
known as the Rio Babahoyo. Fixed road bridges span the two cent river facilities. There is a city owned pier at the N end of
rivers close N of their junction; navigable spans beneath the the city along with 6 privately owned berths along the city wa-
bridges have vertical clearances of 7.2 to 10.6m. An overhead terfront S of the city owned pier. Anchorage berths are also
cable, with a vertical clearance of 24m, and a submarine water available in the river for working cargo via small boats to the
main cross the river at the N end of Guayaquil. shore.
The approach to this port lies between Punta del Morro and
2.36

Depths—Limitations.—The Rio Guayas is encumbered by

2.35 Punta Trinchera (2°45'S., 80°14'W.), where the width at the en-
a bar that extends NNW between Punta Mondragon and Puerto trance of Canal del Morro is about 1.5 miles. The port is
Balsa (2°35'S., 79°55'W.). There is a least depth of 3.7m at low reached through Canal del Morro, Canal de Cascajal, Rio
water, soft mud, over the bar located 8 miles N of Puna. No. 4 Guayas and Estero Cobina. Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil
lighted buoy is moored on the bar. A black and white striped (Puerto Nuevo) is located about 5 miles SSW and can be
lighted buoy is moored in the constricted channel and W of reached through Estero Cobina.
several submerged rocks about 2.5 miles NNW of Puna. Bajo Winds—Weather.—Windstorms are infrequent. Guayaquil
2.36

de Mondragon (2°40'S., 79°55'W.), a drying mudflat, lies in has a dry season from May to December and a wet season from
the entrance of the Rio Guayas and at the E side of the channel. January to the latter part of April. Humidity is high during the
Roca de Santa Rita (2°28'S., 79°52'W.), with a depth of 0.3m, wet season. There is a weather advisory service at Guayaquil.
lies in mid-channel and is marked close W by a lighted buoy. Tides—Currents.—The spring range at Guayaquil is 3.6m;
2.36

There are many other dangers in and near the channel leading the mean neap range is 2.2m. Between Punta Mondragon and
to Guayaquil. Buoys, shown on the chart, mark these dangers. Guayaquil, there is no regularity in the times of the tides, proba-
The channel sometimes shifts and the buoys may be out of po- bly due to the winds and velocity of the river current. Off Guaya-
sition. There are lights shown on the E and W shores and a quil, the tidal current has a rate of 3 to 4 knots; the ebb has a rate
lighted range, in line bearing 150°, is shown from Sito Nuevo. of 6 knots at times. Rates as high as 8 to 12 knots have been re-
corded in the river off Guayaquil during the rainy season. There
Caution.—Large quantities of debris, tree trunks and
2.35 is a difference of about 30 minutes in the duration of the flood
branches, silt, etc. are carried downstream on the ebb tide, par- and ebb currents, the flood being shorter. The mean duration of
ticularly during the rainy season. Buoys marking the channel the incoming current is 4 hours 56 minutes, and that of the out-
and adjacent dangers could be missing or out of position. going current is 7 hours 38 minutes. The ebb and flood currents
Depths in the river channel change often and silting is a prob- do not commence until at least 10 minutes after high and low

Pub. 125
44 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

water, with an average of 20 to 25 minutes. Occasionally the in- rent. During the rainy season, from December to April, the flood
terval is as great as 1 hours 30 minutes with the ebb current, in current lasts only 3 hours.
which case it is never greater than 10 minutes with the flood cur-

Port of Guayaquil—Berths
Berth Length Depth Remarks
Terminal Portuario Internacional Puerto Hondo
Pier 1 77m 8.0m General cargo and bulk
Pier 2 77m 8.0m General cargo and bulk
Terminal Portuario de Guayaquil (TPG)
No. 1 180m 12.0m Containers
No. 2 180m 12.0m Containers
Puerto Trinitaria (Trinipuerto S.A.)
No. 1 125m 10.0m General cargo and bulk
Bananapuerto
No. 1 320m 10.5m Bananas, containers, and bulk
Guayaquil Container and Multipurpose Terminals (GCMT)
No. 1 181m 10.5m Multipurpose, containers, and bananas
No. 2 181m 10.5m Multipurpose, containers, and bananas
No. 3 181m 10.5m Multipurpose, containers, and bananas
No. 4 181m 10.5m Multipurpose, containers, and bananas
No. 5 181m 10.5m Multipurpose, containers, and bananas
No. 6 181m 10.5m Multipurpose, containers, and bananas
No. 7 181m 10.5m Multipurpose, containers, and bananas
No. 8 181m 10.5m Multipurpose, containers, and bananas
No. 9 181m 10.5m Multipurpose, containers, and bananas
Andipuerto Guayaquil S.A.
Delta 210m 10.0m Bulk
Ecuagran Terminal Portuario
Pier 1 108m 8.0m Bulk
Store Ocean S.A.
Pier 1 176m 8.0m Bulk
Muelle Municipal Caraguay
Dock 1 200m 8.0m Ro-ro and vehicles
Industrial Molinera C.A.
Pier 1 90m 6.5m Bulk
Fertisa Terminal Portuario
Pier 1 385m 10.5m Multipurpose and bulk
Ecuabulk S.A.
Pier 1 105m 8.0m Bulk
QC Terminales Ecuador
Dock 1 116m 6.8m Multipurpose and bulk

Pub. 125
 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador 45

Puerto Maritimo de Guayaquil

Depths—Limitations.—In the N part of the city Escuela

2.36

Politecnica, the public pier, has a length of 152m and a depth

of 4.5m at the pilings.
The privately-owned piers located close S are, as follows:
2.36

1. Cipresa has a 25m long wharf, with a maximum depth

alongside of 8m. This wharf is equipped to handle bulk
cement and liquid bulk cargo.
2. Minaoil has a 55m long wharf, with a maximum
depth alongside of 7.6m. It has ten tanks with capacities of
400,000 gallons each. The type of cargo handled at this
wharf consists of oil for lubricants. Discharge is carried out
by pipeline only.
3. Molinos del Ecuador has a wharf, 78m in length, with
a depth alongside of 9.7m. It can accommodate vessels up to
25,ooo dwt and 182m in length, with a maximum draft of
7.1m. The type of cargo handled at this wharf includes wheat
and petroleum products.
4. Industrial Molinera has a wharf, 140m in length, with
a depth alongside of 10.6. It can accommodate vessels
20,000 dwt, with a maximum draft of 7m. Grain is handled
at this wharf.
5. Timsa has a 200m long wharf, with depths alongside
10m, capable of accommodating vessels up to 150m in Rio Babaheyo
length with a maximum draft of 7.2m. It is currently only
used for loading or discharging fish. Guayaquil and at all river berths, making it preferable to berth
6. La Favorita has a 15m long wharf, with depths along- heading downstream.
side of 7m. It handles bulk soy beans and crude oils. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. See paragraph 2.30 for
2.36

In addition to the commercial wharfs, there are nine

2.36 details.
numbered anchorages, best seen on the chart, for working Regulations.—See paragraph 2.30 for details, including
2.36

cargo in the Rio Guayas off Guayaquil, as follows: ETA reporting and communications plus information regarding
1. Anchorage 1—Naval Anchorage. vessel movements in the Rio Guayas.
2. Anchorage 2—All cargo. Anchorage.—Pilots select the proper anchorage off
2.36

3. Anchorages 3 through 6—General cargo Guayaquil. The anchorage is often congested and the holding
4. Anchorages 7 through 9 —Bananas. ground poor in spots. Ocean-going ships anchor 0.3 mile off
Local port authorities should be consulted for latest information
2.36 the city, or in mid-stream. It is reported that vessels of 180m
regarding depths allowed in the anchorages and alongside. and a fresh water draft of 7m are permitted to anchor.
There are strong tidal currents in the Rio Guayas offshore of
2.36 An area designated for explosives, best shown on the chart,
2.36

Pub. 125
46 Sector 2. Coasts of Colombia and Ecuador

is centered near position 2°S17'S, 79°50'W. Depths—Limitations.— There are offshore tanker-handling
2.37

Long rafts of balsa logs are floated down the river and
2.36 facilities for refined molasses and petroleum products. The
constitute a danger to anchored vessels at night. Floating debris maximum draft allowable for the oil berth is 6.8m but this
and quantities of hyacinths drifting downstream may foul a should be verified with the local port authorities through the
ship’s anchor chain. Due to the strong currents, it is advisable port of Guayaquil.
to be prepared to use the engines when necessary.
Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of a submarine pipe-
2.36 Several piers used by small vessels are located all along the
2.37

line, shown best on the chart, extending from a position 2 miles waterfront, with the largest of these being 70m in length with
N of La Puntilla (between Anchorage 6 and 7) on the W bank depths of 3 to 4m alongside.
of Rio Guayas ENE to the E bank. Tankers usually berth heading N with the port anchor down.
2.37

Directions.—Specific directions for the Rio Guayas to

2.36 The tidal current sets off the pier and at times attains a velocity
Guayaquil are not given as pilotage is compulsory and the of 6 knots.
channel is subject to silting and constant change. It was Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. See paragraph 2.30 for
2.37

reported that vessels should arrive at Puna 3 hours before details.

desired time of arrival at Guayaquil. Vessels can arrive at Regulations.—See paragraph 2.30 for details including ETA
2.37

Guayaquil from 30 minutes before to 1.5 hours after HW at reporting and communications plus information regarding ves-
Guayaquil. Vessels leaving Guayaquil can sail from 1.2 to 2.2 sel movements in Rio Guayas.
hours after LW at Guayaquil. Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor N of the tanker-handling
2.37

It is preferable for vessels to berth heading S on the last of

2.36 facilities and piers, in 9m, close to the shore, allowing for
the flood tide, as there is a greater depth of water for turning swinging room.
the vessel; whereas, ships berthing heading N have to turn ship Caution.—A fixed bridge, with vertical clearance between
2.37

on departure soon after LW. 7.2m and 10.6m spans the Rio Babahoyo from position
2°09.8'S, 79°50.8'W to La Puntilla, then continues across the
2.37 Duran (2°10'S., 79°51'W.), also known as Eloy Rio Daule to the W bank close N of the naval base near posi-
Alfaro, is a small town located upriver from Guayaquil on the tion 2°09.3'S, 79°52.6'W. This bridge connects Duran with the
E side of Rio Guayas, just before entering the Rio Babahoyo. mainland to the W leading to Guayaquil.

Pub. 125
 47
3.
Sector 3—Coast of Peru

3.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 3 — CHART INFORMATION

Pub. 125
 49

SECTOR 3
COAST OF PERU

Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Peru from Canal de

3.0 ably over the ocean off the Peruvian coast as a result of the
Jambeli, at the Ecuador/Peru boundary, to the Peru/Chile movement N and S of the doldrums belt. Gales are rare off the
boundary, including the off-lying islands. The sequence of the Peruvian coast.
description is from N to S. 3.1Humidity prevails throughout the year along the almost rain-
less coast of Peru. At Lima, the relative humidity averages over
General Remarks 90 per cent throughout the year during the early morning
hours. At Arica, where it seldom rains, the humidity averages
3.1 The coast trends about 100 miles S from Cabo Blanco 76 per cent. Fog occurs frequently along this coast from the lat-
to Punta Falsa and is indented by several bights, the S and larg- ter part of December to the end of April.
est of which recedes about 15 miles E to form Bahia de Sechu- 3.1Temperatures along the coast of Peru become cooler than
ra. From the S end of the Punta Aguja headland, the coast other areas near the Equator because of the Humboldt Current
trends SSE for about 665 miles to Punta Dona Maria, where it flowing N. The prevailing coastal winds carry warm surface
turns and trends almost 400 miles in a more ESE direction to water away from the coast, bringing to the surface the cool wa-
Arica. The coast is quite regular in outline, with small bights fit ters from below.
only for small vessels with local knowledge, and a few deep- 3.1Tides—Currents.—The currents off the coast of Peru are
water bays large enough for ships. influenced by the Peru Current, which predominates along this
3.1Most of the Peruvian coast consists of a very low, narrow des- coast, and to a lesser extent by the El Nino Current. In general,
ert plain made arable in places by irrigation. The coastal plain the current sets N parallel to the coast of Peru at a rate of about
varies between 1 to 50 miles wide and is backed inland by the 0.5 to 1 knot. It is strongest between Punta Falsa and Puerto
great range of the Andes Mountains. Spurs of the mountains rise Eten and between Punta San Juan and Mollendo. A S set of
abruptly from the coast in some places, and sandy beaches, inter- equal or greater strength occurs occasionally and suddenly at
rupted by points, and small rivers are common. any time of year, and it does not necessarily follow a change of
3.1Generally, the coast is steep-to with depths of 11 to 91.4m the wind to a N direction. Currents setting S parallel to the
less than 3 miles offshore. Above and below-water dangers coast and close inshore have been encountered, particularly off
fringe many parts of the coast, and shorebanks extend up to 3 Cabo Blanco, Isla Lobos de Tierra, and between Callao and the
miles offshore and 6 miles off the E shore of Bahia de Sechura. Peninsula de Paracas. The S set of the Holy Child Current
3.1Caution must be exercised because of the lack of sufficient sometimes extends as far S as Punta Dona Maria, but usually it
soundings along many parts of this coast and the possibility of has little effect S of Golfo de Guayaquil.
uncharted dangers. In addition, the charts have been reported 3.1Currents of a local nature are described in the various parts
not to conform with the actual coastal configuration in a num- of this sector with the features off which they occur. Tidal cur-
ber of places. rents are similarly described.
3.1Note.—See Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) 3.1Discoloration of the water, known as “aguaje,” may be en-
Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia for details on regulations countered on the Peruvian coast.
pertaining to vessels entering Peruvian waters. 3.1Caution.—Navigating, anchoring, and fishing are prohibited
3.1It is reported that all foreign vessels regardless of type or within 0.5 mile of offshore tanker moorings and buoys used for
tonnage, entering waters within 200 miles of the coast, must the loading and discharging of inflammable liquids along the
participate in the Peruvian Maritime Information System on Peruvian coast.
Position and Safety. Details are found in Pub 120, Sailing Di-
rections (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia. Canal de Jambeli to Punta Falsa
3.1Oil fields.—Oil fields may be encountered off this coast
from a point NW of Punta Mapelo (30°30'S., 80°20'W.) to a 3.2 Between Isla San Gregorio (3°19'S., 80°16'W.), the
position S of Punta Parinas (4°40'S., 81°20'W.). Rigs, produc- S entrance point of Canal de Jambeli, and Cabo Blanco, about
tion platforms, submarine pipelines, and various other forms of 82 miles SW, the coast is indented by numerous bays and in-
hazard may be associated with these oil fields, some of which lets. A light is exhibited close SW of Punta Payana.
may be lighted. Vessels are urged to exercise the appropriate 3.2Punta Capones, about 4.5 miles SSW of Punta Payana, is lo-
caution when navigating along this portion of the coast. Peruvi- cated on the S side of a channel which forms part of the border
an authorities advise that oil platforms may be met between the between Ecuador and Peru. A light is shown from the point.
parallels of 3° and 5°S. 3.2Bahia de Tumbes lies between Punta Capones and Punta
3.1Winds—Weather.—Close to the coast of Peru and N Chile, Malpelo, about 12 miles SW, with two radio masts standing
winds are predominantly S to SW throughout the year. From along the coast.
September through December, when there is a marked contrast 3.2The mouths of the Rio Tumbes lie within a delta which ex-
between sea and land temperatures, the winds known locally as tends from Punta Malpelo, about 6 miles E to Puerto Pizarro,
"virazon" increase in strength to such an extent as to hinder the situated in the S part of the bay. Small craft can navigate the
loading and discharging of ships cargoes. Winds vary consider- river as far as the town about 5 miles upstream. Local knowl-

Pub. 125
50 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

lar.
3.3The coast SW of Contralmirante Villar is both sandy and
cliffy, with several small coves used by small local vessels. De-
tached mountains rise inland in some areas. Caleta Mero is lo-
cated about 15 miles SW of Contralmirante Villar. This cove,
which is moderately sheltered, has anchorage, in depths of 9 to
12m, sand. Care should be taken to avoid the obstruction situat-
ed about 1.5 miles offshore.
3.3Los Organos (4°15'S., 81°08'W.) is a village at the E end of
a cove situated about 40 miles SW of Contralmirante Villar.
Two tanks and several buildings are prominent. A jetty extends
about 220m from the shore and is marked by a light at seaward
end, but is out of use.
3.3Caution.—A marine farm has been established (2012) with-
in an area bounded by lines joining the following positions and
needs to be avoided:
1. 4°10'05''S, 81°07'54''W.
2. 4°10'13''S, 81°07'44''W.
3. 4°10'28''S, 81°07'54''W.
4. 4°10'19''S, 81°08'06''W.
3.3A rock, awash, is located in position 4°10'35'S, 81°08'51'W.
A shoal depth of 2.1m lies 285m NW of Punta Organos Chico;
a shoal depth of 4.5m lies 630m NE of the same point.

3.4 Punta Cabo Blanco (4°16'S., 81°15'W.), about 7.5

miles SW, is a guano-covered bluff which rises to an elevation
of 275m. A light is shown at the cape. The cape, sloping gradu-
ally seaward, has two sharp hillocks near its extremity. Above
and below-water rocks lie 0.2 mile off the cape. Oil tanks are
conspicuous at the town of El Alto, situated on the heights
above the cape, about 1.3 miles SE. At night, gas flares and the
lights of the town are visible for many miles seaward.
Peru Coastal Ports Locators 3.4Monte Organos, about 422m high, stands 7.5 miles E of Cabo
Blanco. The W side of the mountain resembles a pipe organ.
edge is required. 3.4Puerto Cabo Blanco (4°16'S., 81°15'W.) (World Port Index
Anchorage can be taken about 3 miles ENE of Punta Mapelo
3.2 No. 15210) is a small port situated on the NE side of Cabo
and 1 mile offshore, in depths of 9.1 to 11m. Blanco and a chief exporter of crude oil from El Alto, but is al-
Caleta La Cruz, a small cove, is located about 10 miles SW
3.2 so a sport fishing center. The port is an open roadstead, shel-
of Punta Malpelo. A light is shown from a jetty and a promi- tered from the S and partly from the SW, but exposed to N
nent water tank is situated at the fish factory. Three lighted weather. There are four mooring buoys in 11.3m, 910m off-
platforms are situated about 10 miles offshore from Punta Mal- shore.
pelo to Punta Mero. Anchorage can be taken about 2 miles off- 3.4Winds—Weather.—Except for December through Febru-
shore, in depths of 8 to 10m, sand. ary, the prevailing wind is SE in the morning and SW in the af-
Caution.—A production platform is located approximately
3.2 ternoon. In winter, showers may occur in early morning, but by
14 miles W of Bahia de Tumbes in position 3°24'44''S, noon the weather is clear.
80°35'07''W. 3.4Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is about 1.2m; the
spring range is 1.5m. The current sets N except in summer,
3.3 Contralmirante Villar (Puerto Zorritos) (3°40'S., when it shifts to SSE.
80°40'W.), situated about 6 miles SW of Caleta La Cruz, occu- 3.4Depths—Limitations.—A pier, at least 183m long and
pies a cove between Punta Santa Rosa and Punta Sechwita, 1.5 marked at its head by a light, extends N from a point ashore
miles WSW. The small port can be contacted by VHF. Oil der- about 0.3 mile E of Cabo Blanco. A submarine oil pipeline,
ricks and tanks are conspicuous from the offing, and a pier, in marked at its seaward end by a lighted buoy, extends about 0.2
ruins, extends off Punta Santa Rosa. Sunken wrecks lie 0.5 mile N from the pier. There are depths of 14.6m in the berth at
mile WNW and 0.2 mile WSW of the point. There is a jetty, the outer end of the pipeline. Mooring buoys are laid NW of
180m long, 0.1 mile E of Punta San Rosa. the pierhead and N of the oil pipeline. It is reported that gener-
3.3Mooring buoys lie off the pier head. Most of the port activi- ally ten hawsers, five forward and five aft, are required for
ties have been transferred to Caleta Los Organos, about 9 miles mooring. Vessels up to 35,000 dwt, with drafts up to 12.2m,
NE of Cabo Blanco. Anchorage can be taken, in 5.5 to 9.1m, can be accommodated at the berth.
up to 1 mile off Punta Santa Rosa. A light is shown from a 3.4Anchoring in the vicinity of the pipeline is prohibited.
black and white banded tower close SW of Contralmirante Vil- 3.4Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards about 2

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 51

miles N of the berth. Vessels will be moored only during day- Talara (4°34'S., 81°17'W.)
light, but can be unmoored at night. The port is under the juris-
diction of the port captain at Talara, from which customs World Port Index No. 15190
officials and the pilot are supplied. The pilot can be contacted
by VHF channel 16. 3.6 Talara, a lighterage port situated at the S end of Bahia
3.4Caution.—A wreck is reported (1994) to lie approximately de Talara, includes the coast from Punta Talara to Punta Arena,
6.8 miles W of Punta Cabo Blanco. An obstruction (4°13.1'S., 1.5 miles S. The port and adjacent town are important because
81°12.9'W.) lies 1.8 miles NNW of the pier. Numerous plat- of oil fields nearby and the large oil refinery.
forms, lit and unlit, are scattered to about 6 miles offshore
within the 100m contour. Port of Talara Home Page

3.5 Punta Lobos (4°27'S., 81°18'W.) lies about 12.5 [Link]

miles SSW of Cabo Blanco. The coast between is indented by
shallow bights separated by cliffy points that are fronted by 3.6Winds—Weather.—The prevailing wind, often fresh, varies
rocks and foul ground up to 0.5 mile offshore. from SE in the morning to S and SW in the afternoon. The
A small jetty situated at Pena Negra, about 1.8 miles SSW of
3.5
harbor is sheltered except from the N, but there is little
Cabo Blanco, is used by small craft employed by the oil com- protection from strong S land (offshore) winds which may
pany. cause considerable swell in the harbor, particularly from June
to October. Within the harbor the wind greatly moderates and
Caleta Lobitos (4°27'S., 81°17'W.) (World Port Index No.
3.5

there are only small swells. The prevailing weather is good.

15200) is small port, also named Puerto Lobitos, and situated
Rain is rare and fog occurs infrequently.
in a bight between Punta Folch (4°27'S., 81°17'W.) and Punta
Lobitos (4°27'S., 81°18'W.). The port includes a roadstead NW 3.6Tides—Currents.—The mean range of tide here is 1.2m,
of the bight. Conspicuous oil derricks, oil storage tanks, and while the spring rise is 1.5m.
The current sets N offshore, but on closing the coast a counter-
buildings of the town of Lobitos stand along and within the
3.6

shores of the bay. current sets S. Approaching the harbor from the N of Punta Rocal-
losa (4°34'S., 81°17'W.), the current is reported as setting toward
The approach to port is free of all known dangers, except for
3.5

the coast. Within the harbor, the current may set N.

several charted 10.1 to 11m patches lying close seaward of the
10m curve. Submerged rocks and reefs lie close off Punta Lo- 3.6Depths—Limitations.—All known dangers in the
bitos. Breakers are visible at least 0.3 mile off the point. There immediate approach to port are contained within the 10m
curve. Banco Oeste (West Bank), less than 9.1m deep, extends
are depths of less than 5.5m as far as 0.4 mile off the SW side
of the bight. Weather and current conditions are similar to about 1 mile NNW and W from Punta Rocallosa. There are
those at Puerto Cabo Blanco, except for very heavy swells depths of less than 5.5m lying up to 0.2 mile off Punta Talara
and Punta Rocallosa. Banco Este (East Bank), about 3.7 to
from January to March.
5.5m deep, extends from Punta Macara to the head of Bahia de
A pier, with a depth of 7m at its head, extends NW from
3.5

Talara and W to the approach channel. Depths on Banco Este

shore at the town and is used by local fishing craft.
and Banco Oeste are variable and the positions of the banks
Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken about 1 mile NW of
3.5
edges are unreliable due to the shifting nature of the bottom.
the jetty head, in depths of 12 to 18m, but the anchorage lies The entrance channel, clear of dangers in the fairway, is at least
within an oil field area. 183m wide. The fairway has a least depth of 18.5m, but is
3.5Caution.—An oil field, in which there are numerous struc- constricted by the 5.5m depths at the edge of the channel.
tures, some carrying lights, is situated off Caleta Lobitos. 3.6The harbor has depths of about 11 to 16m in the middle,
3.5Vessels should give this part of the coast a wide berth on ac- which is steep-to and fringed to the shores by a bank of less
count of the oil field. than 5.5m. There are several mooring buoys in the harbor
3.5The coast in the vicinity of Punta Lobos (4°27'S., 81°18'W.) where vessels can secure while awaiting a berth; however, the
is cliffy, but becomes low between Punta Capullana and Punta harbor is confined and swinging room is limited. Cargo is
Malaca (4°32'S., 81°17'W.); then to Talara, is closely backed lightered from vessels in the harbor, at the anchorages, and at
by a plateau with several high hills. Isla Sheba lies on a reef mooring berths.
fringing Punta Yapato, about 1.3 miles S of Punta Lobos, and is 3.6There are two piers for handling tankers plus an offshore
reported to be conspicuous. The coast, fronted by rocky shoals tanker berth. Vessels up to 35,000 dwt and 190m in length,
and foul ground, should not be closed within 3 miles as there with a maximum draft of 10.6m can be handled at the piers.
are detached patches of less than 7.3m. Roca Miguel Angel, For the offshore tanker berth, tankers up to 55,000 dwt and
submerged, is charted 1.7 miles WNW of Punta Lobos, but it 230m in length, with a maximum draft of 10.6m can be
has been reported as lying 0.2 mile W of its charted position. handled. There is also a minimum length restriction of 138m
for the offshore berth.
Bahia de Talara (4°34'S., 81°17'W.) is entered between
3.5
3.6Pier No. 1, which is used for general cargo, is 235m long and
Punta Rocallosa, the NE extremity of Punta Talara, and Punta 15m wide at the N end, narrows to a width of 7.6m at the shore
Macara (4°32'S., 81°17'W.), a small, rocky point backed by end, with a minimum depth of 5.5m alongside. Pier No. 2 has
sand dunes located about 2.3 miles N. Punta Talara is the W an alongside depth of 11.6m. A dangerous wreck lies SE of
end of a steep, rugged peninsula that forms the SW side of Ba- Wharf 3 in position 4°34'21.5''S, 81°16'35.3''W.
hia de Talara. 3.6A new liquid cargo pier, 180m long, is located N of Pier No.

Pub. 125
52 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

Port of Talara—Punta Talara Light

1. The ruins of the previous Pier No. 2 lie close to the W.

3.6An offshore tanker berth, consisting of mooring buoys, lies
in depths of about 12m 1 mile WSW of Punta Talara. An ob-
struction lies 0.8 miles W of the berth. A submarine pipeline
extends E from the berth to the shore.
3.6It is reported that due to the swell and strong undertow, ves-
sels berthing alongside the moles are breasted off about 6m by
hawsers to mooring buoys, which are situated nearby.
3.6Aspect.—Landmarks in the vicinity of Talara are not readily
identified if over 8 miles distant, as the terrain appears as an
unbroken ridge of sand with mountains in the background. Cerro
Tres Picos (4°33'S., 81°17'W.) is a conspicuous peak. A
prominent building stands on Punta Macara, and two high and
conspicuous tanks stand about 1 mile E of the point. A
prominent water tower and a conspicuous television tower stand
0.4 mile and 1.5 miles, respectively, SSW of Punta Roca-llosa.
3.6A light is shown from a prominent tower (black masonry tow-
er, white band) (4°34'S., 81°17'W.), 10m high, standing on Punta
Talara. A signal station stands close NE of the light tower. A
lighted range indicates the entrance fairway to the harbor.
3.6Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots will board the ship
anytime day or night. Pilots board tankers 1.5 miles WNW of
Punta Talara and all other vessels about 1 mile NW, as shown
on the chart.
3.6Tankers should already have a pilot ladder ready on the port
side for boarding to take place without delay. Cargo vessels are
expected to have the gangway lowered for the pilot.
3.6Regulations.—The vessel’s initial ETA message should be
sent 7 days prior arrival, including last port of call and any dan-
gerous cargo being carried. The ETA should be reconfirmed
should 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival and
should also include notification of any dangerous cargo on
board. In addition to the information required above, all ETA Port of Talara Berths
messages should also include the expected vessel draft on ar-

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 53

rival, number of crew, and confirmation of any passengers on 3.6Caution.—Vessels should avoid anchoring near the subma-
board, if any. rine cables charted NW of the harbor.
3.6An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme is located in the 3.6Vessels must not navigate between the offshore tanker berth
approaches to Talara Port and may best be seen on the chart. and the shore.
3.6Vessels are not permitted to pass between the offshore oil 3.6Oil structures are situated within the approaches to the port.
terminal and the shore. Maximum length of a vessel that may 3.6Due to the current, vessels should exercise caution while
maneuver in Puerto Talara roadstead must not exceed 200m. awaiting a pilot, as steerageway may be lost with the ship set-
3.6Tankers are allowed to berth only during daylight hours with ting E of the entrance range and grounding.
two tugs assisting; departure is allowed at any time day or 3.6Vessels approaching from the S should keep at least 3 miles
night. off Parinas Point, then steer to pass about 1.5 miles W of the
3.6Contact Information.—The pilots and port can be contact- Sea Line Buoy, then in toward Talara Point. Care must be taken
ed 24 hours as listed in the table titled Talara—Contact Infor- to avoid the offshore drilling rigs in the Talara area.
mation. 3.6Numerous wrecks, best seen on the chart, lie in the ap-
proaches to Talara. Mariners are urged to use caution.
Talara—Contact Information
3.7 Punta Parinas (4°40'S., 81°20'W.) lies about 5 miles
Pilots (Ace Marine) SSW of Punta Arena. The coast between is cliffy in many plac-
Call sign Ace Marine Pilots es, with valleys fronted by dunes between the heights. A shoal
bank fronts this stretch of coast. There are several reported
VHF VHF channel 14 dangers, consisting of detached shoals lying inside or close
Pilots (Tramarsa) seaward of the 20m curve, and which are best seen on the
chart. Vessels should pass at least 3 miles offshore.
Telephone 51-(0)73-382270
3.7Punta Parinas, a conspicuous bluff 50m high, is the W ex-
Facsimile 51-(0)73-385223 tremity of South America. The point is separated from a range
Web site [Link] of hills SE of it by low land, so that from N or S the point ap-
pears as two islets. Pinnacle rocks and a reef front the point. A
Port—Terminal light is shown at the point.
51-(0)73-284216 3.7Negritos (Punta Parinas) (4°40'S., 81°19'W.), an oil center,
Telephone is part of the Talara complex and comes under the Talara Port
51-(0)73-284226
Captaincy. The town, about 1.5 miles NE of Punta Parinas, is
E-Mail talara@[Link] conspicuous from offshore due to the lights of the derricks and
Port— Harbormaster other oil installations.
3.7An offshore tanker berth lies in a depth of 12.2m, about 1.5
Call sign Talara Control miles N of Punta Parinas. A submarine pipeline extends from
VHF VHF channels 14 and 16 the berth SSE to the shore. Vessels up to 35,000 dwt, with a
maximum length of 203m, can be accommodated. Drafts of
Telephone 51-(0)74-383032
10.6m can be handled. Pilots are embarked at Talara.
Facsimile 51-(0)74-383038 3.7Anchorage.—Good anchorage may be taken, in depths of 8
to 12m, rock and sand, about 0.8 mile NW of the town.
Anchorage.—Vessels may find good holding ground, in
3.6
3.7Caution.—A platform has been positioned about 0.7 mile
depths of 9 to 18m, between 0.8 to 1 mile NW of Punta Talara. NW of Punta Parinas in position 4°39'34''S, 81°20'07''W. A
Small vessels may anchor in an area, the limits of which are platform has been positioned about 6 miles SW of Punta Pari-
shown on the chart, about 0.3 mile NNW of Punta Talara. nas in position 4°45'51.3''S, 81°22'30.3''W. A charted obstruc-
Tankers bound for the offshore berth may anchor about 1.5 tion lies about 2 miles SSE of the platform. Care must be taken
miles WNW of Punta Talara, in a depth of 45m, good holding to carefully navigate around numerous platforms, all marked
ground. by lights, as best seen on the chart, about 3 miles S of Punta
Parinas.
3.6Anchorages will be assigned by the harbormaster prior to ar-
rival. 3.8 Punta Paita (Punta Erada) (5°04'S., 81°09'W.) lies
3.6Anchorage areas are designated, as follows: about 25 miles SSE of Punta Parinas. The coast between is low,
1. Anchorage No. 1 lies 1 mile WNW of Punta Talara. It sandy, and pounded by heavy surf. Generally, this stretch of
is used by tankers in general and has a least depth of 12m. coast is steep-to, but soundings are insufficient. Mariners are
2. Anchorage No. 2 lies 0.5 mile WNW of Punta Talara. advised to pass at least 2.5 miles clear of the coast. A promi-
It is used by gas tankers and has a least depth of 9m. nent tank stands near the coast about 4 miles SE of Punta Pari-
3. Anchorage No. 3 lies 2.5 miles WSW of Punta Talara. nas Light. The Rio Chira is navigable by boats from its mouth,
It is a quarantine anchorage. An obstruction lies 0.6 mile E. located 19 miles SE of Punta Parinas, as far as 7 miles inland.
4. Anchorage No. 4 lies 2 miles N of Punta Talara. It is a Caleta Colan, about 7 miles SE of the Rio Chira, affords an-
quarantine anchorage. chorage, in 10 to 12m, sand, about 0.3 mile offshore. The town
5. Anchorage No. 5 lies 0.4 mile N of Punta Talara and is a resort and has a conspicuous church with a belfry. Caleta
is used by all other vessels. Colan is used by fishing craft, but local knowledge is required.

Pub. 125
54 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

3.8Bahia de Paita (5°02'S., 81°06'W.) is a large, open bight be- ed, Terminales Portuario Eurodinos (TPE). The concrete pier is
tween Punta Nez, located 2 miles S of the Rio Chira, and Punta 300m in length with 12.5m depth. The bertth is labeled number
Erada, about 9 miles SSW. The latter point terminates in a dark 2. See the table titled Paita—Berth Characteristics for details
bluff. Steep-to underwater rocks lie at least 183m off the point. regarding depths and vessels restrictions.
3.8A Traffic Separation Scheme has been established in the ap-
proaches to Bahia de Paita; Rule 9 of the 72 COLREGS ap- Paita—Berth Characteristics
plies. Details are best seen on the chart. The Inshore Traffic
Zones lie between the coast and the scheme and are used by lo- Maximum
Berth Length Depth
cal vessels. Size
3.8Calata Tierra Colorada (5°04'S., 81°09'W.) lies between No. 1A 200m 10.0m 30,000 dwt
Punta Paita (Punta Erada) and Punta Chuy, 1.8 miles E.
No. 1B 200m 12.5m 30,000 dwt
3.8The bay is backed by an uneven and broken plateau, distin-
guished by red patches on the surface from which it derives its No. 1C 165m 7.6m 25,000 dwt
name. There are some prominent tanks and buildings, includ-
No. 1D 165m 8.2m 15,000 dwt
ing a fish processing plant and a whaling factory, at the head of
the bight. No. 2 300m 12.5m 55,000 dwt
3.8At night, care is necessary to avoid confusing the lights of E Naval 200m — —
the whaling factory and those of Puerto de Paita.
3.8Two small piers extend from the shore and two mooring W Naval 200m — —
buoys are situated in the cove. A lighter, used by fishing craft,
is moored in the cove and a submarine pipeline extends from 3.9An offshore tanker berth of CBM type, consisting of
the lighter to the shore. A small pier extends from a point on mooring buoys connected to the shore by submarine pipeline,
the E side of the cove, about 0.4 mile SW of Punta Interior. A is located 630m N of Punta Telegrafo. Tankers as large as
lighted floating dock lies about 0.2 mile SE of Punta Chuye. 22,000 dwt, 155m in length, and a maximum draft of 10.0m at
3.8Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 16 to 20m, at the en- HW can be accommodated.
trance to the bay and about 0.5 mile N of the fish meal plant. 3.9A turning basin with maximum depths of 9.75m, sand and
Depths decrease irregularly between the anchorage and the mud, is located within the harbor. This area is dredged every 3
head of the bay. years.
3.9Aspect.—The town, built on a slope and foot of a hill, is
Paita (5°05'S., 81°07'W.) scarcely visible as the houses have identical colors with the
cliffs behind them. Except at the town, sand cliffs rise abruptly
World Port Index No. 15170 from the shores of the bight.
3.9A prominent cathedral and custom house building stand in
3.9 The port and town of Paita occupy the head of an open the town. A prominent radio mast stands about 0.4 mile SSW
bight indenting the coast between Punta Interior and Caleta of the root of the pier. A fish processing plant, with a conspicu-
Colan, about 5.8 miles NE. ous tower, stands about 1 mile WNW of the pier.
Bahia de Paita is entered through an IMO-adopted Traffic
3.9
3.9Paita Light is shown from a tower standing on the cliffs close
Separation Scheme (TSS) as seen on the chart. The pier is W of Muelle del Pesquero. Range lights are shown from metal
approached on a bearing of 150° as marked by the range lights. framework towers with daymarks, situated at the head and
within the root of the main pier. The range leads through the
Port of Paita Home Page approach and to the pier.
3.9Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt.
[Link] Pilots board in the following positions:
a. 5°03.00’S, 81°07.60'W.
Winds—Weather.—Paita is the best of this type of open
3.9 b. 5°03.66'S, 81°07.23'W.
port on the coast. It is well-sheltered from the prevailing winds 3.9Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be sent at least 24
and there is no swell, so cargo can be worked without hours in advance. Vessels should send initial ETA 7 days in
interruption. The weather is always hot; very little, if any, advance of expected arrival and include the last port of call and
rainfall occurs and there is only an exceptional storm from the any dangerous cargo on board.
N quadrant. Fog does not occur. 3.9Additional ETA messages should be sent to the port captain
The port is sheltered from the prevailing SE winds by the
3.9 and the agents 72 hours and 24 hours prior arrival; these mes-
high ground, but heavy swells have been reported. sages should also include information regarding any dangerous
Tides—Currents.—The near range of tide is 1.2m, while
3.9 cargo on board and expected arrival at the pilot station. All
the spring range is 1.5m. Tides here are affected by the winds, ETA messages should include the following information in ad-
and may rise as much as 3.6m. dition to what has already been mentioned:
Depths—Limitations.—Muelle del Terminal Maritimo is
3.9 1. Date and hour of arrival.
the principal pier in the port. It is a finger pier, 365m in length, 2. Expected draft upon arrival.
containing four berths, numbered 1A through 1D. Berth 1A 3. Number of crew and if there are any passengers on
and Berth 1C are along the W side of the pier; Berth 1B and board.
Berth 1C are on the E side. A new container terminal was add- 3.9Contact Information.—See the table titled Paita—Contact

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 55

Port of Paita—Paita Light

Paita—Contact Information
Telephone 51-(0)73-213346
Facsimile 51-(0)73-213099
E-mail postmast@[Link]
Harbormaster
Call sign Costera Paita
VHF VHF channels 14 and 16
Telephone 51-(0)73-285670
E-mail tppaita@[Link]

3.9Anchorage.—Designated anchorage areas are situated in the

bay and may best be seen on the chart. The bottom is mud and
sand.
3.9Caution.—Depths shoal regularly from the 20m curve to the
(US Navy) 10m curve, about 0.3 mile off the town. A shorebank extends
USNS Comfort at Paita Harbor 0.3 mile offshore. Vessels are advised not to close the shore in
depths less than 12.8m, as depths may shoal abruptly in plac-
Information. [Link] should not confuse the lights in Tierra Colorada for
those in Paita when approaching port from the S. Oil structures
Paita—Contact Information may be situated in the approaches to the port. An unlit, disused
platform lies N of the NW end of the TSS in position 4°58.0.S,
Pilots (Tramarsa) 81°13.8'W. A spoil ground area is situated in the approach to
51-(0)73-213235 the port, in position 5°03.3’S, 81°07.6'W. Numerous wrecks,
best seen on the chart, lie in the approaches and adjacent en-
51-(0)73-212323
Telephone trance channel to Paita. Mariners are urged to use caution. Two
51-(0)73-213232 dangerous wrecks lie just NW of the Northern Whaling Com-
51-(0)73-211294 pany Pier, 1.1 miles SW of Point Chuy. Another dangerous
wreck lies 0.9 mile NNW of Punta Colan. A non-dangerous
Facsimile 51-(0)73-211304 wreck lies about 0.7 mile NW of Punta Telegrafo.
Pilots (Ian Taylor Agency)
3.10 Punta Foca (5°14'S., 81°12'W.) 67m high, lies about

Pub. 125
56 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

9 miles S of Punta Paita (Punta Erada). The coast between rises off Punta Lagunas, which is located about 2.3 miles SE of Pun-
abruptly to high cliffs and is apparently steep-to; however, lack ta Aguja. Punta Bayovar and the small village of Bayovar lie
of sufficient soundings make it advisable to keep at least 3 about 1.3 miles SSE of low, sandy Punta Lagunas.
miles offshore. Care must be exercised not to mistake Punta Puerto Bayovar is a large tanker port. Crude oil is loaded into
3.12

Capitala (5°08'S., 81°11'W.), a rocky spur projecting 1 mile VLCCs for international shipment and coastal vessels for do-
offshore, for Punta Foca. Cerro Silla de Paita is a range of three mestic use. This marine terminal is used by Petroleos del Peru,
isolated, high hills lying 4.5 miles ENE of Punta Foca. The serving the oil fields of the Peruvian Amazon region.
hills make an excellent landmark, varying in color from bright
yellow to black according to the sun’s position; however, from Puerto Bayovar Home Page
the N only they appear as a saddle.
Isla Foca, marked by a light, lies 0.5 mile NW of the point.
3.10
[Link]
The passage is foul and rocks fringe the islet for about 0.5 mile.
A dangerous below-water rock lies 1.2 miles NW of the N end Winds—Weather.—The port is sheltered from the
3.12

of Isla Foca. prevailing winds. Land and sea breezes blow regularly. The sea
Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 11m, about 0.2 mile
3.10 breeze is moderate from between W and NW and lasts from
off the NE end of the islet. 1000 or 1100 to 1400 or 1500. It then shifts to the S or SE and
Caution.—A submarine exercise area is situated about 48
3.10
freshens. The land breeze starts about 2100 and continues for
miles WSW of Isla Foca. about 12 hours. Protection from the sea and swell is afforded
by Punta Aguja.
3.11 Bahia de Sechura (5°40'S., 81°00'W.) occupies a Tides—Currents.—See the table titled Tidal Ranges for
3.12

bight that recedes about 15 miles E between Punta Foca and Puerto Bayovar. A strong set towards the main berth has been
Punta Aguja, about 36 miles SSE. The N shore of the bay is reported and should be guarded against.
high and cliffy; whereas, the E and S shores are low and
backed by sandhills. The terrain inland is a low coastal plain Tidal Ranges for Puerto Bayovar
for miles. Depths are ample for ships in the bay and approach-
es. A shoal of 6m lies on the W edge of a shorebank extending HAT 1.6m
about 6 miles off the SE side of the bay. Soundings are lacking MHWS 1.3m
in the S of the bay. A sunken wreck lies 17 miles S of Punta
Foca. MHWN 1.0m
Tides—Currents.—The current generally runs out of Bahia
3.11 MSL 0.73m
de Sechura. Off Isla Foca, the current sets NW, but vessels
MLWN 0.4m
bound S into the bay have experienced a slight current setting
S. Between Isla Foca and Punta Paita (Punta Erada) the current MLWS 0.1m
sets N, but it is hardly felt N of Punta Paita. Off Punta Falsa, LAT -0.2m
when the current is setting strongly NW in the offing, a current
setting S has been experienced close inshore and in Bahia de Notes:
Sechura. Near Punta Falsa, a strong S or SW set is frequent. 1. Predicted heights are in meters
The Rio Piura (5°34'S., 80°52'W.) empties into Bahia de
3.11
above charted datum.
Sechura about 29 miles SE of Punta Foca. The town of Sechu- 2. HAT—Highest astronomical tide.
3. LAT—Lowest astronomical tide.
ra, about 4 miles upriver, can be reached by boat. The church in
town has two high, prominent steeples and is a good landmark
above the sandhills. One of the steeples has a considerable in- Aspect.—A lighthouse, painted in black and white bands,
3.12

clination N which, at a distance, gives it more the appearance stands on a hill behind the town and is prominent. Radio masts
of a tree than a stone building. lie about 0.3 mile S of the light, and exhibit aircraft warning
Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 9.1 to 21.9m, sand,
3.11
lights. Range lights, shown from two orange towers, in line
about 1 mile off the mouth of the Rio Piura. The anchorage is bearing 235°, lead into port. Three radio masts stand on a hill
exposed to wind and swell, but the holding ground is good. about 1 mile SE of Puerto Bayovar.
With local knowledge, anchorage can be taken 1.5 to 2 miles Depths—Limitations.—Bayovar Oil Terminal (5°47'S.,
3.12

off the shore of Caleta Chullillache, 1.5 miles S of the Rio Piu- 81°03'W.), at the end of a Trans-Andean pipeline, consists of a
ra, where the depths are 9.1 to 16.5m. An obstruction lies 2 T-head pier extending 118m offshore and connected to the
miles NW of the mouth of the river. shore by a 6m wide viaduct. the head of the viaduct consists of
Matacaballo (5°39'S., 80°51'W.) and La Salina (5°50'S.,
3.11
a loading platform 25m by 25m, as part of a berthing front
80°57'W.) are two, small shipping places along the SE side of 150m long, with four breasting dolphins and buffer fenders, in
the bay which should be approached with local knowledge as depths of 26.8m at LW. To the E and W, connected by metallic
depths are uncertain. Anchorage can be taken, in 9.1 to 12.8m, gangways, are two sets of mooring dolphins, staggered so that
seaward of a shorebank which extends about 3 miles off La Sa- the inner pair take spring lines and the outer pair mooring lines.
lina. The overall length of the installation is 490m. The T-head pier
will accommodate tankers of up to 250,000 dwt, with a maxi-
3.12 Puerto Bayovar (5°50'S., 81°03'W.) (World Port In- mum length of 330m and a maximum draft of 20.0m.
dex No. 15140) is a roadstead in the S end of Bahia de Sechura The Phosphate-Bulker Terminal, located 0.7 mile SE of the
3.12

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 57

Contact Information.—The pilots can be contacted, as fol-

3.12

lows:
1. VHF: VHF channels 14 and 16
2. Telephone: 51-(0)73-212323
51-(0)73-213235
51-(0)73-211294
3. Facsimile: 51-(0)73-211304
Bayovar Oil Terminal (Petroperu SA) can be contacted, as
3.12

follows:
1. VHF: VHF channels 14 and 16
2. Telephone: 51-(0)73-284122
3. Facsimile: 51-(0)73-284100 (extension 40229)
4. Web site: [Link]
Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in a depth of about
3.12

29m, with Punta Aguja 3.5 miles distant and bearing 250°.
Punta Aguja (5°49'S., 81°04'W.) is a cliffy headland with a
3.12

conical hill at its N end. Submerged rocks lie at least 0.5 mile
off the headland and vessels should stay at least 1.5 miles off-
shore when rounding the point. A light, equipped with a Racon
is shown from the point.
There is a cove on the NE side of Punta Nonura, about 5
3.12

miles SW of Punta Aguja, which is sheltered and affords an-

chorage, in depths of 16.5 to 20.1m, about 0.25 mile off the
stream that empties through the beach at the head of the cove.
Punta Falsa lies about 9 miles SW of Punta Aguja. The coast
3.12

between rises abruptly to a tableland.

Punta Falsa to Morro Guanape

3.13 The coast trends generally SE for 208 miles from
Punta Falsa to Morro Guanape. Fog is frequent off this coast
between December and late April.
Depths off this coast tend to decrease less rapidly than along
3.13

other portions of the South American coast, but the rate of de-
crease varies widely. The 100m curve is charted about 5.8
miles off Punta Falsa, while it lies up to 43 miles offshore S of
Isla Lobos de Afuera.
The most dangerous area to navigation off this coast is the
3.13

passage between Isla Lobos de Tierra and the coast, and also
the coast S to Pimentel, as strong and variable current sets may
be encountered.
The coast between Punta Negra and Punta Eten (6°57'N.,
3.13

Puerto Bayovar—Tanker and Bulk Berths 79°53'W.) is low, sandy, and backed by desert that continues
Tanker Berth, consists of a T-head pier extending 270m off- inland to the Andes. Near Punta Eten, there are detached
shore. The T-head pier is 250m in length, with a width of 14m, mountains about 7 miles inland.
will accommodate vessels of up to 100,000 dwt, with a maxi-
mum length of 235m and a maximum draft of 14.5m. 3.14 Off-lying islands.—Isla Lobos de Tierra (6°26'S.,
A small cargo wharf is situated at the land end of the viaduct
3.12
80°51'W.) lies 9 miles offshore. A light is exhibited from a
in order to unload stores and supplies for the terminal; the round metal tower with white bands (6°28'S, 80°51'W.), on the
depth is 10m. summit of the S end of the island. This island, a source of gua-
no, is 5.5 miles long, 2 miles wide, with rugged hills rising
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. Pilots
3.12
abruptly from its shores. The passage between the island and
board about 3 miles ENE of Punta Aguja within the pilot wait- mainland is not recommended because of the irregular bottom
ing area, as best seen on the chart. and strong currents. Islets, rocks, and foul ground lie off the S
Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA 72 hours, 48
3.12 end of the island as far as 9.5 miles SSW and SW, where there
hours, and 24 hours in advance of expected arrival time, in- are depths of 12.8m. A small jetty and some buildings stand in
cluding the last port of call and confirmation that there are no Caleta Juanchuquita on the E side of the island, about 2 miles
sick passengers, including crew, on board. PetroPeru and the from the N extremity.
vessel’s agents also need to be advised of this same informa- It is reported that the channel between the island and the
3.14

tion. coast has not been completely surveyed. Therefore, large ves-

Pub. 125
58 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

sels and small vessels without local knowledge are advised not dunes. A conspicuous sandhill, on which stands a beacon, is lo-
to use the channel. cated 1 mile NNW of a prominent church at the N part of town.
Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 11 to 18.3m, sand,
3.14 A radio mast and towers are conspicuous. A cross atop the
about 0.3 to 0.5 mile off the landing and houses in Caleta Juan- church is highly visible from offshore.
chuquita. This anchorage is sheltered from the prevailing SW An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 7 miles NE of
3.15

swell. the town.

Islas Lobos de Afuera (6°56'S., 80°43'W.), a small group of
3.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory.
3.15

barrier islets and rocks, lie about 35 miles off the mainland. Regulations.—The vessel’s initial ETA message should be
3.15

The island was reported (1992) to lie 1.4 miles W of its charted sent 7 days prior arrival, including last port of call and any dan-
position. The entire group of high, rugged, brown, and white- gerous cargo being carried. The ETA confirmation should be
colored islets is less than 3 miles long and steep-to. A channel, sent 72 hours prior to arrival and should also include notifica-
about 37m wide and 7.5m deep, separates the two largest islets. tion of any dangerous cargo on board. In addition to the infor-
There is a settlement at the S islet. Local knowledge is required mation required above, all ETA messages should also include
to approach the group. A shoal, with a least depth of 14.6m, the expected vessel draft on arrival, number of crew, and con-
lies about 2 miles WSW of the group. firmation of any passengers on board, if any.
Currents in the vicinity of both groups of off-lying islets are
3.14 Contact Information.—VHF channel 16 is used. Commu-
3.15

strong and irregular. Fog usually obscures the islets in early nication through INMARSAT is also possible. For long range
morning. Vessels approaching the islet groups from the S have communication the use of coastal radio stations, as listed in the
been set as much as 36 miles W of their course in 24 hours, and table below, is recommended.
at other times as much to the E. After a strong S breeze, a W
set may be expected. Call sign RT Frequencies (kHz)
Sheltered anchorage can be taken in Puerto Grande, situated
3.14

Transmits on 8527 and 2182-2738.

on the E side of the NE largest islet. The anchorage area is Paita OBY2
about 0.3 mile offshore, in a depth of 21.9m, sand. There is a Receives on 8362.2-8366.4 and 2182.
2.7m rocky patch about 0.2 mile offshore at the S part of the
Transmits on 460-50, 8546, 13015.5,
anchorage. Caleta del Horns, on the NW side of the group, lies
and 2182-2738.
in the SE part of a bay between the two large islets. The inlet is Callao OBC3
at least 0.2 mile wide and extends about 0.5 mile SE. Anchor- Receives on 500, 8363.2, 8366.4, and
age can be taken anywhere in the inlet, in depths of 10.1 to 12544.8.
29.3m, rock. There are several rocky, detached shoals in the ap- Transmits on 8490 and 2182.
proaches to the inlet. Local knowledge is necessary to enter the Mollendo
inlet and also Bahia Landrou, located between the SW large is- OBF4 Receives on 8363.2, 8366.4, and 2182.
land and a chain of islets extending SE from the NE principal
islet. The best anchorage in Bahia Landrou is near the head of Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 10 to
3.15

the bay, in depths of 14.6 to 21.9m. 11m, about 1.5 to 2 miles SW of the pier. Vessels should use
Caution.—The islands have been reported to lie 1.5 miles W
3.14 caution when approaching the port so as to avoid the many
of their charted positions. lighters and small craft in the vicinity of the anchorage areas,
which do not carry proper lights or none at all. An oil transfer
3.15 Punta Falsa (5°55'S., 81°09'W.) is a bluff-like emi- anchorage, best seen on the chart, lies SW of the pier.
nence, 50m high, projecting from the coast. A fog bank fre- Caution.—Both seas and swells, which often come up sud-
3.15

quently covers the lower parts. A steep-to islet lies 1 mile denly, interrupt cargo operations at the anchorage.
WNW of the point and is difficult to identify. A light is shown The port is frequently closed to maritime traffic due to strong
3.15

from the point. storms which are more frequent from June to September.
Punta Negra, from which a light is shown, lies 10 miles S of
3.15 A detached shoal, with a depth of 5.9m, is reported to lie
3.15

Punta Falsa. about 3 miles WSW of San Jose. A dangerous rock, the posi-
Cerro Illescas, a massive summit sloping down to the sea,
3.15 tion of which is doubtful, lies about 3 miles WSW of the pier
stands E of Punta Falsa. Punta Negra is the S spur extending head.
seaward from Cerro Illescas. Two dangerous wrecks. depths unknown, lie W of San Jose
3.15

Pimentel (6°50'S., 79°56'W.) (World Port Index No. 15110)

3.15 in position 6°46'10''S, 80°00'02''W and position 6°47'22''S,
is situated about 4 miles SSE of San Jose, a fishing village and 80°08'39''W.
summer resort. Pimentel, an open roadstead, is a port of entry Another dangerous wreck, depth unknown, lies SW of Pi-
3.15

and a lighterage port. Cargo handled at Pimentel consists main- mentel in position 6°55'00''S, 80°01'18''W.
ly of sugar, oil, and general cargo.
Depths—Limitations.—There is one cargo wharf which is
3.15 3.16 Punta Eten (6°57'S., 79°53'W.) lies about 8 miles SE
750m long with a depth alongside of 3.6m. Vessels load and of Pimentel. The coast between is low and sandy. Breakers ex-
discharge by lighter. There is a pipeline from the shore to a tending about 1 mile offshore can, at times, be heard for several
depth of 12.1m. There are three mooring buoys for lighters miles. Shorebanks, reported to extend 3 miles offshore, are to
near the end of the pipeline. The greatest possible draft is 9.1 to be avoided. Santa Rosa, a fishing village and resort, is situated
9.7m. in a cove 3.5 miles SE of Pimentel, near Punta Santa Rosa.
Aspect.—The shore of the roadstead is formed of high sand
3.15 Morro Eten is a double-peaked, high hill with a steep cliff fac-

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 59

ing the sea, less than 0.5 mile within the point. The hill is
marked by two radio masts, a water tower, and a light shown
from a concrete tower, 15m high, standing on the summit. It is
an excellent mark from seaward.
Puerto Eten (6°56'S., 79°51'W.) consists of an open road-
stead, a ruined jetty no longer in service, and an offshore tanker
berth. Cargo is lightered to vessels at the anchorage. The depth
of water in the harbor is 12.8m.
An offshore tanker berth is situated about 1.3 miles SSE of
3.16

Punta Eten. A submarine pipeline extends NE from the berth to

the shore. The berth lies in a depth of 12m and is equipped with
mooring buoys. The local authorities should be contacted for
the latest information on depths, dangers, and regulations at
this terminal before attempting to berth here. Pilotage is avail-
able via the agent. The port monitors VHF channel 16.
An area prohibited to fishing and anchoring has been estab-
3.16

lished around the berth and submarine pipeline and is bounded

by lines joining the following positions:
a. 6°57'17''S, 79°51'32''W. (coast)
b. 6°58'14''S, 79°52'16''W.
c. 6°58'37''S, 79°51'44''W.
d. 6°57'41''S, 79°50'59''W. (coast)
A new anchorage area established SW of the restricted area
3.16

described above is centered near position 6°58'46''S,

79°52'19''W.
Anchorage can also be taken, in a depth of 12m, 0.8 mile SW
3.16

of the pier head, clay and sand. Anchorage, in 21.9m, about 3

miles SW of the pier, is feasible, but the long swells cause Puerto Eten
heavy rolling. Even at the inner anchorage the swells that occur
from June through October, but particularly in May and June, hauled, with a depth of 3m that is served by a railway line and
can make the anchorage very uncomfortable and interrupt used for lighter operations only. On the head of the pier is a
lighter operations. Outer anchorage is available 0.8 mile NW or fixed red light.
WNW of Punta Eten, in depths of 10 to 11m. The port handles shipment of minerals, tara powder, and
3.17

rice, and imports fertilizers, paraffin wax, and general cargo.

3.17 Punta Pacasmayo (7°25'S., 79°35'W.) lies about 33 Aspect.—The town of Pacasmayo is situated along the
3.17

miles SE of Punta Eten. The coast between is generally low shores of the bight NE of the point. Cliffs back the shore N and
with some cliffs in places. Punta Cherrepe, about 15.5 miles S of town, which is fronted by a beach. A dark, square building
NNW of Punta Pacasmayo, is a highly visible coastal projec- is very conspicuous atop the cliffs on the N side of the point.
tion having above and below-water rocks, including Roca An- Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and may be arranged
3.17

tartica, lying up to 1 mile off it. Punta Pacasmayo is fronted by through the Port Captain’s office on VHF channel 16 during
rocks and shoals on which the sea breaks heavily in bad weath- working hours.
er. A light is shown from a square tower, 11m high, standing on Anchorage.—The commercial anchorage area lies in a
3.17

the point. depth of 10m, about 1 mile W of the pier head. The quarantine
Pacasmayo (7°24'S., 79°35'W.) occupies a bight which re- and dangerous cargo area lies in depths of 10m, about 1.5 miles
cedes 1 mile E on the N side of sandy Punta Pacasmayo. Ex- NW of the pier head.
cept for Salaverry, this bight affords the best anchorage on the Good anchorage can be taken, in 5.4m, with the pier head
3.17

coast between Laita and Chimbote. It is fairly well-sheltered bearing 096° and the lighthouse 170°, just outside the lighter-
from the S sea and swell by Punta Pacasmayo, but that low age anchorage. There is a 0.5 knot NW current.
point does not afford protection from the S winds. The latter
usually blow hard after noon, particularly in winter. A heavy 3.18 Punta Malabrigo (7°42'S., 79°28'W.), a high islet ly-
swell sometimes interrupts port operations, but vessels are not ing close off a promontory, is located about 19 miles SSE of
forced to put to sea. August, September, and October are the Punta Pacasmayo. The coast between is low, with sandy beach-
worst months for these sea conditions. Ashore there is very lit- es backed by cliffs. Punta Arcana, 7 miles SSE of Punta Pacas-
tle humidity due to the prevailing S wind. mayo, with a village on its N side, is low and fronted for about
Depths decrease regularly from the 10m curve, which lies 2
3.17 0.5 mile by rocks on which the sea breaks. Cerro Puemape,
miles seaward of the shores. Depths of less than 5.5m exist up 259m high with sharp peaks and steep sides, is a prominent
to 0.5 mile off the pier head and rocky, foul ground of 6.5m lies landmark rising 1 mile NE of Punta Arcana. Cerro Malabrigo,
0.2 mile farther. There are depths of less than 2.5m up to 0.3 248m high and marked by a cairn, rises 1 mile ESE of Punta
mile W of the pier head. Malabrigo and appears as an island from seaward. A rock,
Depths—Limitations.—There is one pier, recently over-
3.17 awash, can be found 0.2 mile N of Punta Malabrigo.

Pub. 125
60 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

Puerto Malabrigo (Puerto Chicama) (7°42'S., 79°27'W.) is coast, can be heard well offshore. Cerro Campana is 993m
a privately-owned small port occupying a bight that recedes 2 high, with three peaks, and conical Cerro Huanchaco are prom-
miles E on the N side of Punta Malabrigo. Cargo, mainly fish- inent peaks rising 5 and 6 miles inland.
meal, is lightered for export. A radio mast is conspicuous along
the coast in position 7°41'42.6''S, 79°25'56.9''W. Punta Huanchaco is fronted by dangerous rocks and shoals
3.19

Depths decrease gradually from the 10m curve, about 2 miles

3.18
on which the sea breaks. A dangerous rock is reported to lie
about 7.5 miles SW of the point. Another rock can be found 2
off the town. Roca Reindeer and Roca Garcia, with depths of
3.9m and 2.1m, respectively, lie about 0.8 mile and 0.2 mile miles SSE of the point.
Huanchaco, a former small port which is now a resort, is sit-
WNW of the pier head in port. An area of shellfish cultivation
3.19

extends up to about 0.5 mile NE of Punta Malabrigo. A 4.5m uated on the N side of the point. No port activities are being
rocky patch lies close ESE of Roca Reindeer, also a 6.5m rocky conducted. The dock, which is 110m long and made of iron, is
not being used.
patch, lies 0.8 mile NNW of the pier head.
An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated close SE of the
Berths at an 823m long pier are confined to the N side,
3.19

3.18

point.
which can be used only by lighters, due to the heavy swell and
Morro Guanape, a very high and prominent hill, stands about
N current, which make the S side unsafe.
3.19

25 miles SSE of Punta Huanchaco. The coast between consists

Pilotage is not needed and pilots may not be available.
3.18

of sandy beaches, backed by low sandhills and cliffs. Heavy

Submarine pipelines lying N of the pier connect mooring
3.18

surf pounds this coast. Ranges of peaked mountains, about 7 to

dolphins, used by fishing craft, to the fish processing plants
9 miles inland, back the coast between Morro Guanape and the
ashore.
port of Salaverry 13 miles NNW. Trujillo, a city and provincial
Anchorage.—A commercial and waiting area, shown on the
3.18

capital, is situated SE of Huanchaco and 1.5 miles inland.

chart, lies in a depth of 10m about 1.5 miles NW of the pier
Because of its higher altitude, the city lights make a good
head. A quarantine and dangerous cargo area, shown on the
landmark. Morro Guanape, rising within a low point, appears
chart, lies about 2 miles W of the pier head, in a depth of 11m.
as an island when seen from S. Depths of 14.8m, 16.4m, and
A depth of 7.6m lies close N of the commercial anchorage ar-
10.6m lie 0.8 mile SW, 4 miles NW, and about 5 miles N,
ea.
respectively, of Morro Guanape.
Caution.—At night, vessels should not pass inshore of Roca
3.18

Reindeer, as lighters, without lights, are moored in the vicinity.

3.18Fresh breezes occur in port from noon to sunset and are Salaverry (8°14'S., 78°59'W.)
more prevalent during June, July, and August. Strong squalls
World Port Index No. 15050
and swells accompany the winds.
Numerous wrecks lie in the approaches to Puerto Malabrigo
3.18

3.20 Salaverry, a town and rail terminal, is the shipping

and adjacent to the entrance channel. They may best be seen on
port for Trujillo and the surrounding sugar producing area
chart. Mariners are urged to use caution.
including a mining complex 75 miles inland. The port consists
of a basin protected by a main breakwater and an offshore
3.19 Islas Macabi (7°49'S., 79°29'W.), lying 5 miles SSW
tanker berth close N of the entrance. It is reported that vessels
of Punta Malabrigo, are two islets separated by a boat passage
up to 25,000 dwt have been accommodated within the port.
spanned by a bridge. The islets, which appear as one from a
distance, are marked by a light. The N islet is somewhat higher
than the other at 31m. The islet on the S side of the passage has Port of Salaverry Home Page
a rounded summit. A lighthouse is also situated on this islet. [Link]
Both islets are covered by guano, thereby giving them a dis-
tinctive yellowish color.
3.19Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 16.5 to 27.4m, sand, Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are SW. Mists
3.20

off the E side of the N islet. Vessels should navigate with ex- and showers occur from April to November, and there are light
treme caution near Islas Macabi, at night or in poor visibility, seasonal rains from December to March. Heavy swells, which
due to the many small craft normally operating in the vicinity. may occur from May to October, can interrupt cargo operations
Punta Huanchaco (8°05'S., 79°06'W.) lies about 30 miles
3.19
for vessels anchored outside the breakwater. These swells may
SE of Punta Malabrigo. The coast between is indented by ma- be accompanied by high seas which usually continue for 3
ny, unimportant small bights. As far as the Rio Chicama, 16 days, on an average of about 3 days a month, and operations
miles SE of Punta Malabrigo, the coast is low and sandy. The are difficult for another 6 days. May and June are reported to
river valley is verdant and conspicuous in contrast to the arid be the worst months for swells. During January through March,
land on either side. Village lights in the valley, visible from off- a thick fog often occurs in the early morning, but usually it
shore, include a lighted sugar mill E of the river mouth. Three clears by noon. However, the fog may last for several days.
conical sandhills, in the form of a triangle, lie 1 mile S of the Tides—Currents.—Tides at Salaverry are semi-diurnal,
3.20

mouth of the river. with a mean spring range of 0.8m and a mean neap range of
From the Rio Chicama to Huanchaco, the coast is cliffy and
3.19
0.5m. Currents set NE but within the harbor currents tend to set
interspersed by sandy beaches. Surf, breaking heavily on this to the S with appreciable value, causing problems for vessels at

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 61

anchor, or alongside the piers. depths in the harbor and at berth before attempting to berth
here.
Salaverry—Berth Characteristics It was reported that a heavy swell frequently enters the harbor,
3.20

forcing vessels working cargo to anchor outside. Breakers are

Maximum charted off the harbor’s NE, E, and SW sides, but the position of
Berth Length Depth
Size the surf line depends on the weather. With much swell, it extends
No. 1A 225m 9.7m 25,000 dwt a little beyond the 5.5m edge of the coastal bank.
There are two piers; No. 1 is 225m long and 25m wide, while
3.20

No. 1B 225m 9.7m 25,000 dwt

No. 2 is 230m long and 30m wide. Four berths are available.
No. 2A 230m 9.7m 25,000 dwt Berth 1A and Berth 1B have a depth of 8.8m; Berth 2A and
Berth 2B a depth of 8.5m. There is a pipeline alongside both
No. 2B 230m 9.4m 25,000 dwt
sides of Pier 1 to allow tankers to load molasses.
Tanker Terminals An offshore tanker berth, consisting of four mooring buoys,
3.20

CBM — 9.75m 20,000 dwt is situated in depths of about 8.5m, sand, 0.5 mile N of the
main breakwater head. Tankers with maximum length of 182m
Anchorage area - 9.1m depth - LPG vessels. and a draft of 7.6m can be accommodated. A submarine
pipeline extends NE from the berth to the shore and handles
inward oil products.
Salaverry—Contact Information An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme lies in the ap-
3.20

Pilots (Tramarsa) proach to Salaverry and can best be seen on the chart.
Aspect.—Morro Carretas rises abruptly from the sea on the
3.20

VHF VHF channel 67 S side of the port and is an excellent landmark. The hill stands
Telephone 51-(0)44-437390 out well and appears higher than its actual elevation, especially
when the mountains inland are obscured by mist. Cerro
Facsimile 51-(0)44-437387
Chiputur (Garita), standing about 4 miles NE of Morro
Web site [Link] Carretas, is prominent. A light is shown from the summit of
Morro Carretas.
Pilots (Trimser)
By day, the buildings and church towers of Trujillo, 8 miles
3.20

VHF VHF channel 67 NNW, are prominent.

Telephone 51-1-4296801 Range lights mark the approach to the port.
3.20

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available anytime

3.20

Web site [Link] day or night. Pilots will board in position 8°13'10''S,
Harbormaster 79°00'08''W.
Regulations.—The vessel’s initial ETA message should be
3.20

VHF VHF channel 16 sent 7 days prior arrival, including last port of call and any
Telephone 51-(0)44-437339 dangerous cargo being carried. ETA confirmation should be
sent 72 hours prior to arrival and should also include
Facsimile 51-(0)44-437359 notification of any dangerous cargo on board. In addition to the
E-mail tpsalaverry@[Link] information required above, all ETA messages should also
include the expected vessel draft on arrival, number of crew,
and confirmation of any passengers on board, if any.
Depths—Limitations.—A breakwater, which forms and
3.20 Contact Information.—The pilots and port can be
3.20

shelters the harbor, extends about 0.7 mile NW, where an contacted 24 hours, as listed in the table titled Salaverry—
elbow leads SW for 128m. A light is shown at the elbow. In Contact Information.
spite of the breakwater, the harbor is exposed to sea and swell, Anchorage.—The anchorages listed in the table titled
3.20

even alongside the piers, and silting throughout the harbor is a Salaverry—Anchorages are subject to heavy rollers,
constant problem that requires periodic dredging to maintain especially during May and June.
depths. A bank of shingle fringes the breakwater, extending 0.2
mile N of its head. Shoaling was reported along the inner side 3.21 Islas de Guanape (8°33'S., 78°57'W.) consists of two
of the seaward end of the breakwater. Three breakwaters, small islands about 1.3 miles apart, with adjacent islets and
extending SW from the E shore, offer some protection from the rocks lying about 6 miles SW of Morro Guanape. Isla del Sur
N and are designed to reduce siltation in the harbor basin. (Isla Guanape Sur), the S and highest island, exhibits a light.
Another breakwater extends SW from the seaward face of the Isla del Norte (Isla Guanape Norte) is larger but lower and
main breakwater near its root. more level. Los Leones Marinos, above and below-water rocks,
Depths in the approach channel, which is buoyed and
3.20
lie up to 0.8 mile NW of Isla del Norte. Two islets and an
marked by leading lights, and the roadstead are reportedly above-water rock lie 0.2 and 0.5 mile S and SW, respectively,
maintained at a depth of 9m, but siltation is rapid and heavy. of Isla del Norte. Islas de Guanape appear whitish in color, and
An alignment of 101° indicates the access channel to the port during the season of fog (June-November), allowance must be
and the access to Pier No. 1 and Pier No. 2. Vessels are advised made for the offshore current. The channel between Islas de
to consult the local authorities for the latest information on Guanape and the mainland is deep and free of dangers in mid-

Pub. 125
62 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

channel. each side by peaked hills and empties into the sea about 1.5
miles NNE of Punta Santa. The river delta is low and shallow.
Salaverry—Anchorages Punta Santa is a small rocky peninsula rising to about 141m.
3.22

A rock, 18m high, lies close off it. The peninsula appears de-
Distance and tached from offshore and resembles an island due to the low
Anchor- Bearing from valley behind it.
Vessel type
age Breakwater Bahia Santa, on the NE side of the peninsula, is protected
3.22

Head from the S and affords anchorage, in a depth of 9.1m, sand,

No. 1 1.25 miles N Tankers about 0.5 mile NNE of the NW end of Punta Santa. There is a
landing pier on the NE side of Punta Santa.
No. 2 0.9 mile W General cargo
Isla del Santa (9°01.8'S., 78°40.5'W.) lies centered about
3.22

No. 3 1 mile WSW Dangerous cargo

2.3 miles SSW of Punta Santa. The three steep and cliffy islets,
Dredges, military and lying close together, are separated by a cut 18m wide. A group
No. 4 0.4 mile W
scientific research of high steep-to rocks lies 0.5 to 0.7 mile W of the S end of the
No. 5 0.5 mile E Fishing S islet. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 14.6m, mud, 0.5
mile E of Isla del Santa.
No. 6 0.5 mile ENE Small craft Caution.—A wreck, not dangerous to surface navigation, is
3.22

No. 7 0.8 mile WNW Pilot waiting area located SW of Isla del Santa in position 9°02'39''S,
78°40'42''W.
No. 8 1.25 miles SW Quarantine Islas Mesias, located approximately 0.6 mile WSW of the
3.22

southernmost islet of Isla del Santa, is comprised of two more

Anchorage can be taken, in 21.9 to 36.6m, close off the N
3.21
steep and cliffy islets.
side of Isla del Sur. The best anchorage off Isla del Norte is
about 0.3 mile NE of the NE extremity, in about 20.1m, sand 3.23 Caleta Coishco (9°01'S., 78°38'W.) extends 2.5 miles
and mud. Anchorage can also be taken close off the E side of SE from Punta Santa. Isla Monaque, high and rocky, lies off
that island, in 14.6 to 21.9m. the NE shore of the bay about 1 mile SE of Punta Santa. The
Punta Chao (8°46'S., 78°44'W.) lies about 21.5 miles SE of
3.21
channel between Isla Monaque and the mainland is used only
Morro Guanape. The coast between recedes slightly, is low and by fishing craft. The channel between Isla Monaque and Isla
sandy, but rises to high ground inland. Cerro Chao, 491m high, del Santa is 1.5 miles wide and 13 to 16m deep and is frequent-
is a prominent high hill standing 12.5 miles N of Punta Chao ly used by vessels headed to the port of Chimbote.
and about 2.5 miles inland. Morro Chao, 348m high, rises There is a fishing village at the head of the bay protected by
3.23

about 1.5 miles E of Punta Chao and is conspicuous. a small breakwater. There are four fish flour canning plants in
Isla Chao, about 2 miles WSW of Punta Chao, is the largest
3.21
this bay, one of which is found on a rocky outcropping at the W
and S of a group of guano-covered islets and rocks. A group of point. It has an old, small, unused pier that is 35m long and
rocks, on which the sea always breaks, lies 1.5 miles NW of the 17m wide and another pier that is 96m long and 6.7m wide,
N islet of the Chao group. The channel between these dangers and can supply water and fuel to smaller vessels.
and the mainland is deep and clear, but not recommended. There are seven submarine pipelines in the beach area of
3.23

Caution.—A dangerous wreck, best seen on chart, lies 6

3.21
Coishco Bay with barges at their terminals. Three of the pipe-
miles N of Punta Chao close to shore. lines extend 300 to 400m from the beach in an E-SW direction
A depth of 3.2m was reported (1993) about 2 miles S of Isla
3.21
and the other four extend 400 to 600m from the beach in an E-
Chao. Depths ranging from 8.2 to 25m have been reported W direction.
throughout the bay N of the Chao group. Anchorage can be taken in the SE part of the bay and 0.2
3.23

mile NW of a bluff where the cliffs end. Depths are about 10m
3.22 Punta Santa (9°00'S., 78°40'W.) lies about 15 miles and there is very little swell, but a pinnacle rock, which dries,
SSE of Punta Chao. The coast between is low and sandy, lies close SW of the anchorage.
backed by high hills inland. There is a wreck 60m from the tip of the pier belonging to
3.23

Several dangers lie up to 5 miles offshore. Roca Rompiente,

3.22
the Hayduk, SA Corporation, with visible and dangerous pil-
a dangerous rock over which the sea breaks, lies about 5 miles ings.
SSE of Punta Chao and 1.7 miles offshore. Isla de la Viuda, Punta Chimbote lies 5.5 miles SSE of Punta Santa. A light is
3.23

guano-covered and rugged, is located about 3 miles SE of Roca shown from the point. The coast, extending from Caleta Coish-
Rompiente. Islas el Corcovado, with prominent cliffs on the W co to the point, is backed by Cerros de Chimbote, a range of
side and gentle slopes on the E, is white with guano and lies mountains of which dark and conical Cerro Chimbote, 591m
about 4 miles NW of Punta Santa. The sea breaks heavily on a high, near the S end, is the highest.
dangerous rock on its N side. Rocks are reported 0.5 mile N of Caution.—Several reported shoal depths, which are shown
3.23

Islas el Corcovado. A dangerous wreck lies 5 miles W of Punta on the chart, lie about 74 miles W of Punta Chimbote; the least
Santa. depth reported was 25.5m.
The Rio Santa is one of the largest and most rapid rivers on
3.22
A submarine exercise area lies about 100 miles WSW of
3.23

the coast of Peru. It flows through a broad valley bounded on Punta Chimbote.

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 63

Salaverry—Morro Carretas Light

Puerto de Chimbote (9°05'S., 78°37'W.) daily cycle which continues year-round, almost without
interruption. Heavy winds sweep off the surrounding hills
World Port Index No. 15030 generating a sea which may force a vessel to leave its berth.
Generally, this occurs after mid-day, and lasts until sunset when
3.24 The port and town of Puerto de Chimbote occupies the wind decreases or drops. By contrast, the S portion of the bay
the N part of Bahia de Chimbote (Bahia Ferrol) which recedes offers more shelter from S winds, and the sea generated by it.
about 3 miles E between Punta Chimbote, the NW entrance
point of the bay, and a point about 5.5 miles SSE. Several is- Puerto de Chimbote Home Page
lands lying in the bay entrance shelter the port, which has
alongside berths and anchorages with lightering facilities. [Link]
Chimbote is the most active fishing port on the Peruvian coast.
The sea in this area of the coast is very rich in fish, and as a re- Tides—Currents.—Tides here are semi-diurnal, with a
3.24

sult, many fishing companies have established export facilities mean spring range of 0.8m and a mean neap range of 0.3m.
in the port. Currents within the bay are of little significance, but between
3.24

Winds—Weather.—Bahia de Chimbote is well-protected

3.24
Paso del Norte and the piers, the current reaches rates of 0.6 to
from ocean swell, but the N portion of the bay is subject to a 1.2 knots at the turn of the tide.

Pub. 125
64 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

Puerto de Chimbote Bay and Berths—Isole Roca Blanca Light

Paso del Medio, the middle channel and main entrance, has
3.24

depths over 18.5m, shoaling gradually approaching the shores

of the bay. East of Isla Blanca there are depths of 6 to 9m in the
approaches to the piers. Vessels, with a maximum draft of 7.6m
at low water, transit Paso del Medio bound for the piers or an
anchorage within the bay. Vessels loading from lighters nor-
mally use this entrance.
Channels between Islas de Ferrol are recommended for the
3.24

use of vessels with local knowledge and small craft.

There are three concrete piers available where vessels have
3.24

the option to either berth alongside or to anchor, in depths of

9.4 to 12.8m, and be unloaded by lighters. The port handles
general cargo, fish meal, iron ore, and coke/coal. The port also
has 14 piers dedicated exclusively to the extensive local fishing
industry.
General Cargo Pier No. 1 is 185m long and 16m wide, with a
3.24

depth of 8.5m at the end. the pier has two berths, Berth 1A and
Berth 1B which have depths of 8.5m to 9.4m at HW and can
accommodate vessels as large as 20,000 dwt and 185m in
Chimbote length.
Pier No. 2, a small appendage off Pier No. 1, is 54m long and
3.24

Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is entered via three

3.24 18m wide. The pier has depths of 5.4m alongside and is used
channels. Paso del Norte, the N channel, is about 100m wide, by fishing vessels and lighters and tugs.
with a least depth of 17.5m; it is used by ships with drafts up to Pier No. 3, also called the mineral pier, is 265m long. The
3.24

9.1m. An unlit range marks the [Link] is a slight N set pier has one berth available on the W side; it is 265m long with
across the entrance channel, with a considerable swell at times, depths of 8.8m to 9.7m at HW and can accommodate vessels as
which makes steering difficult. It may be necessary, with heavy large as 230m in length with a maximum draft of 9.6m. The
swells, to enter via the main channel and proceed to an anchor- pier is owned by the steel mill but when not being used by the
age. Depths decrease within the N entrance to about 8.5m off mill it can be used for loading fishmeal but this will have to be
Pier 1. arranged through the agents so that the pier can be cleaned pri-

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 65

or to loading the fishmeal.

Several wrecks lie in the vicinity of the cargo piers and are
3.24

shown on the chart.

A tanker berth, consisting of mooring buoys, is situated off the
3.24

E side of the bay. Submarine pipelines connect the berth, which

is in depths of 8m, to the shore. Tankers up to 25,000 dwt and
183m in length can be handled. Numerous other submerged
pipelines lie S of the town and can be best seen on the chart.
These pipelines vary in length from 270 to 1,400m, some with
mooring buoys at their terminal and others with barges.
Three other submerged pipelines, from 300 to 380m long
3.24

and best seen on the chart, lie in the N half of Bahia De Chim-
bote and have one barge at each terminal.
The port has a new floating drydock, length 195m, and can
3.24

accommodate vessels up to 40,000 dwt.

The shores of Bahia de Chimbote are fronted by shoals with
3.24
Chimbote from shore
depths of less than 6m, which extend up to 0.4 mile offshore
for about 1 mile E of the mineral pier. Aspect.—Isla Blanca, with a high, steep ridge extending the
3.24

length of the island, lies with its N end about 0.3 mile S of
Punta Chimbote; the W side of the island is colored white.
Chimbote—Berth Characteristics
Arrecife Blanco, lying up to 0.5 mile W of Isla Blanca, con-
3.24

Berth Length Depth Vessel sists of a mass of visible shoals over which the sea breaks; the
No. 3 265m 9.7m General Cargo area has a least charted depth of 5.2m. Two dangerous wrecks
are located on the N and W sides of the shoal.
No. 1A 185m 8.5m General Cargo Islote Roca Blanca, the N and higher of two steep, white
3.24

No. 1B 185m 8.5m General Cargo rocks, lies on the S side of the N entrance channel between
Punta Chimbote and Isla Blanca, and is marked by a light on
No. 2A 54m 5.4m Fishing/Tugs the N side. Roca Negra, above-water, lies 183m ENE of Punta
No. 2B 54m 5.4m Fishing/Tugs Chimbote and N of the entrance channel; a rock, with a depth
of 3m, lies close SE of Roca Negra. Islote Azimut, high and
Tanker Terminals rocky, lies off the NE end of Isla Blanca.
BPO — 9.8m Fish/Veg oil Islas de Ferrol (9°09'S., 78°37'W.) are steep-sided, appear
3.24

white, and form a chain of islets and rocks lying up to 1.8 miles
MBM Colpex — 10.2m Fish/Veg oil NNW of the S entrance point of the bay. Isla Ferrol del Norte,
PCT Tanker — 8.0m Chem/LPG the outermost islet, lies about 1.5 miles S of Isla Blanca, on the
S side of the main entrance channel. The islands of the group
are quite high; whereas, the shores of the bay they front are
backed by a low, bare, sandy plain with mountains farther in-
land. The Cerro Peninsula, about 1.3 miles SE of the SE en-
trance point, is the highest summit of the hilly peninsula that
separates Bahia de Chimbote and Bahia de Samanco.

Isla Ferrol del Norte—N. Ferrol Island Light

Puerto de Chimbote Berths

Pub. 125
66 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

A wreck, with a depth of 9.2m, lies in the center of the main

3.24
Chimbote—Contact Information
entrance channel, about 0.9 mile SE of the S extremity of Isla
Blanca. Facsimile 51-(0)43-325920
Dangerous wrecks are charted about 1.3 miles ESE and 1
3.24
E-mail operacioneschimbote@[Link]
mile SE of the drydock.
Several tanks, hotels, and radio and television masts, which
3.24
Web site [Link]
stand on the shores of the bay, are conspicuous. A light is Harbormaster
shown on the N side of Islote Roca Blanca. A light is shown
VHF VHF channel 16
from a tower, 7m high, standing near the S end of Isla Blanca.
A light is shown from the N extremity of Isla Ferrol del Norte. 51-43-324427
Paso del Norte is marked by an unlit range.
Telephone 51-43-323831
3.24

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt.

3.24

Pilots should be ordered at least 4 hours prior to arrival. The pi- 51-43-324239
lot boards in position 9°07'42''S, 78°36'48''W. Facsimile 51-43-321199
Regulations.—In the approach to Bahia de Chimbote in the
3.24

passage through Paso del Medio, an IMO-approved traffic sep- Port Authorities (ENAPU)
aration scheme is established; Rule 10 of COLREGS 72 ap- VHF VHF channel 16
plies.
Vessels should radio their ETA to the Captain of the Port and
3.24
Telephone 51-1-465-4280
their agents 24 hours in advance of arrival. The ETA message Facsimile 51-1-429-1870
must contain the following information:
1. Date of arrival. E-mail tppaita@[Link]
2. Last port of call.
3. Flag (nationality) of vessel. There is good holding ground anywhere in the bay, but it
3.24

4. Gross registered tons and nrt. may be said that the nearer the vessel can be to Isla Blanca, the
5. Length overall and beam. better; here the bottom is softer, and there is more shelter in the
6. Operational details. event of a S swell.
Contact Information.—The pilots and port can be contact-
3.24
Directions.—Ocean-going vessels should plan to utilize Pa-
3.24

ed as listed in the table titled Chimbote—Contact Informa- so del Medio, the central and main channel, which provides the
tion. primary access from sea to the port of Chimbote.
Anchorage.—Eleven designated anchorages, best seen on
3.24
A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS), which can best be seen
3.24

the chart, are located in the vicinity of Puerto de Chimbote and on the chart, is established in the approaches to Bahia Ferrol.
Bahia Ferrol. Their designated uses are, as follows: From a position WSW of Punta Chimbote (9°04.8'S.,
1. Anchorage Area No.1—Fishing vessels. A wreck 78°37.9'W.), the track leads through the eastbound traffic lane
with its hull exposed lies to the E of the anchorage area. of the TSS, passing S of a lighted super buoy (9°07.5'S.,
2. Anchorage Area No. 2—Pleasure craft. 78°39.5'W.) and N of Ferrol del Norte Light (9°08.4'S.,
3. Anchorage Area No. 3—Fishing vessels. Three dan- 78°37.5'W.). The track continues NE for approximately 0.7
gerous wrecks lie within 0.2 mile to the W and NE of the an- miles to the pilot boarding position.
chorage area. Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies in position 9°05.6'S,
3.24

4. Anchorage Area No. 4—Fishing vessels. A dangerous 78°36.4'W. Another, with a depth of 9.2 meters, lies 0.3 mile E
wreck lies NE of the anchorage area. of the pilot boarding station in position 9°07.6'S, 78°36.5'W.
5. Anchorage Area No. 5—Fishing vessels. Several
barges lie N and NE; several submarine pipelines lie NE of 3.25 Bahia de Samanco (9°14'S., 78°32'W.) is separated
the anchorage area. from Bahia de Chimbote by a T-shaped peninsula that projects
6. Anchorage Area No. 6—Fishing vessels. Numerous from the coast. The outer part of the peninsular is steep, hilly,
submarine pipelines and mooring buoys surround the an- and rock-fringed; but the inner part is a low sandy isthmus. The
chorage area. highest summit is the Cerro Peninsula, previously described in
7. Anchorage Area No. 7—Commercial vessels. paragraph 3.24. Isla Lobo (Isla Redonda), lies close off the S
8. Anchorage Area No. 8—Vessels with hazardous car- end of the peninsular and forms the N entrance point of the
go. bay. Punta Filomena, about 2.3 miles SE of Isla Lobo, is the S
9. Anchorage Area No. 9—Vessels under repair. entrance point. It is a steep rock-fringed bluff with above and
10. Anchorage Area No. 10—Quarantined vessels. below-water rocks lying up to 0.2 mile NW of it. The bay re-
11. Anchorage Area No. 11—Peruvian Naval vessels. cedes about 5 miles NNE from the entrance. Within the bay the
depths gradually decrease to 10m and less about 1 mile off-
Chimbote—Contact Information shore. The only known dangers in the bay are in the vicinity of
Isla el Grillo (Isla Pajaros), lying 0.8 mile off the NE bluff of
Pilots (Tramarsa) the bay, and off which are sunken rocks extending about 0.2
VHF VHF channels 12 and 16 (24 hours) mile, on which the sea breaks; another submerged rock lies 1.2
miles S of the island. A dangerous submerged rock lies 1.3
Telephone 51-(0)43-328035
miles NE of Isla Lobo. Landmarks in identifying the bay from

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 67

the offing include Monte Campana, a bell-shaped mountain ris- 0.1 mile off the SE shore of the bay, but it is advisable to moor
ing 1.3 miles ENE of Punta Samanco. Cerro Samanco, conical as close as possible in the lee of the high land, due to squalls
and high, is conspicuous about 2.5 miles NE of Monte Campa- which blow from midday to sunset.
na.
Caution.—Two marine farms are established in Bahia de
3.25 Caleta Colina Redonda (9°38'S., 78°22'W.) lies about 11
3.26

Samanco. The largest one is located in the NW part of the bay miles SSE of Bahia de Casma. The coast between is rocky and
within an area bounded by lines joining the following posi- is backed by a range of steep hills that run parallel to it.
tions: Cerro Mongon, a high sharp peak, rises to an elevation of
3.26

a. 9°11'34''S, 78°33'56''W. (coast) 1,121m about 4 miles E of Punta Colina Redonda; from the S,
b. 9°11'52''S, 78°31'58''W. this prominent feature appears as a long hill with a peak at each
c. 9°12'22''S, 78°31'06''W. end. Morro Calvario is a steep bluff at the N end of the above
d. 9°13'43''S, 78°31'06''W. range and forms the S headland of Bahia de Casma. Several
e. 9°13'43''S, 78°33'12''W. (coast) dangerous rocks and islets lie off the coast between Bahia de
The other marine farm, located close off Punta Filomena, is
3.25 Casma and Caleta Colina Redonda and may be seen on the
bounded by lines joining the following positions: chart.
a. 9°16'01''S, 78°31'31''W. Punta Cabeza de Lagarto (10°07'S., 78°11'W.) lies about
3.26

b. 9°16'01''S, 78°31'06''W. 31 miles SSE of Punta Colina Redonda. Groups of small islets
c. 9°15'28''S, 78°30'38''W. and above-water rocks are located at several places along the
d. 9°15'12''S, 78°30'38''W. coast and extend up to 1 mile seaward from the shore. The
e. 9°15'12''S, 78°31'31''W. point ends in a steep cliff, 88m high. A light is shown from a
tower, 18m high with a wind generator on top, standing on the
3.26 Nuevo Samanco (9°14'S., 78°30'W.) is on the E point. A conspicuous radio mast stands along the coast in posi-
shore of the bay, about 4 miles NE of Punta Filomena. Former- tion 10°06'14''S, 78°10'47''W.
ly a lighterage port for sugar, and one of the best open ports on Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies WSW of the point.
3.26

the coast despite a constant swell, it now lies idle, but there is
the intention of re-opening it as an industrial fishing port to
ease the situation at Chimbote, where growth of the fishing
business has been erratic and uncontrolled.
The old pier, 369m long, ends in a depth of 8.5m, though it is
3.26

subject to silting.
There is a prominent chimney near the root of the pier. At
3.26

Samanco, situated 1.8 miles ENE of Punta Samanco, a pier ex-

tends 350m offshore with depths of about 3 to 4m at its head.
There are several mooring buoys near the pier. At Samanco,
there are fish processing plants, oil tanks, a water tower, and a
prominent chimney.
Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 13m, sand, about 0.5
3.26

mile W of the pier head at Nuevo Samanco. There is an anchor-

age 0.5 mile off Caleta Guambacho, on the SE side of the bay,
in depths of 7.3 to 11m, mud.
The coast between Punta Samanco and Bahia de Casma,
3.26

about 12 miles SSE, is bold and rocky. Bahia de los Chinos

(9°21'S., 78°26'W.), midway between, is unexamined. Isla Los
Chimu (Isla Viuda) lies off the N entrance point and Isla Tortu-
ga, shaped like a turtle, lies off the S one. Cerro Tortuga, close
E of the S entrance point, rises to an elevation of 410m and is
prominent. A rock, with a depth of 7.5m, lies midway between
Isla Los Chimus and Isla Tortuga. Caleta Los Chimus, with a
sandy beach on which the sea always breaks, is entered close S
of Punta Samanco.
Bahia de Casma (9°27'S., 78°23'W.) is entered between
3.26

Cachola Sur and Cachola Norte, about 1.8 miles NW. The bay
is identified by a sandy beach at the head of the bay, and
backed by sand hills which contrast with the dark rocks form-
ing the headlands at the bay entrance. Above and below-water
rocks lie off the entrance points of the bay. The former small
port within the bay is closed. A light is shown close S of the S Port of Punta Lobitos—Huarmey
entrance point.
Anchorage, in depths of 7 to 10m, sand, may be taken about
3.26
3.27 Punta Lobitos (Bahia de Huarmey) (10°06'S.,

Pub. 125
68 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

78°10'W.) (World Port Index No. 15000) is a small lighterage and a prominent church is situated in the town.
port used for the export of copper and zinc concentrates. The Pilotage.—Pilots are not available for Bahia de Huarmey but
3.27

port is located in Bahia de Huarmey. This very small bay is are compulsory for Punta Lobitos. Pilots will board 1 mile N of
entered between Punta Lobitos, 0.5 mile NNE of Punta Cabeza Antamina Pier.
de Lagarto, and Punta Boqueron, about 2 miles NNE. Punta Regulations.—The vessel’s initial ETA message should be
3.27

Boqueron is sharp-peaked with a white patch on it. The S shore sent 7 days prior arrival, including last port of call and any
of the bay is fronted by rocks. The E and SE shores are fronted dangerous cargo being carried. The ETA should be reconfirmed
by a 5.5m shorebank up to 0.2 mile off. Islote Corcovado, 72 hours and 24 hours prior to arrival and should also include
rocky, high, and sheer, lies in the middle of the bay and is notification of any dangerous cargo on board. In addition to the
radar-prominent. Islote Manache, a low white islet located information required above, all ETA messages should also
close off the NW side of Punta Boqueron, is also radar- include the expected vessel draft on arrival, number of crew, and
prominent. confirmation of any passengers on board, if any.
Contact Information.—The port can be contacted, as
3.27

Port of Punta Lobitos Home Page follows:

1. VHF:VHF channel 16
[Link] 2. Telephone: 51-(0)43-400636
51-(0)43-400473
Tides—Currents.—Tidal range is 0.3m during neaps and
3.27 3. Facsimile: 51-(0)43-400636
0.7m during springs. 51-(0)43-400473
Depths—Limitations.—Vessels moor to buoys close to the
3.27
4. E-mail: ascorp@[Link]
pier head of Antamina Pier, a T-shaped jetty, and load from a
conveyor system that uses a fixed arm, which means the vessel Punta Lobitos—Anchorages
has to shift position for each hold being loaded. Antamina Pier is
271m in length, with depths of 20m alongside. There is another Anchorage Center Position Vessel Type
pier, called Huarmey Pier that is damaged and not in use. No. 1 10°05'12''S, Merchant
78°10'48''W vessels
No. 2 10°05'42''S, Pilot waiting
78°11'24''W area
No. 3 10°04'24''S, Quarantine
78°10'48''W
No. 4 10°05'24''S, Fishing vessels
78°10'30''W
No. 5 10°05'48''S, Tugs
78°10'54''W

Anchorage.—Five designated anchorages are detailed in the

3.27

table titled Punta Lobitos—Anchorages.

3.28 The coast between Punta Cabeza de Lagarto and

Promontorio Salinas, about 75 miles SSE, is fairly regular, with
many small coves and fringing rocks and islets lying within 1
mile of the shore. Punta Las Zorras (10°17'S., 78°05'W.), steep
and dark with white patches, is radar-prominent.
Punta Colorado Grande (10°30'S., 77°57'W.) is a high, sa-
3.28

lient feature fringed with above-water rocks. Cerro Baco,

1477m high, stands about 8 miles NE of the point and is prom-
inent.
Bahia Bermejo (10°33'S., 77°55'W.), protected on the S by
3.28

Punta Bermejo, a peninsula connected to the mainland by a low

isthmus, is formed by Cerro Mansueto at its N entrance. In the
middle of the S shore there are red cliffs divided by a conspicu-
ous white mound. There are depths of less than 9.1m in the
Port of Punta Lobitos—Huarmey bay. Anchorage, exposed to the W swell, can be taken in
10.1m, sand, with Punta Bermejo bearing 190°, 0.5 mile dis-
A small pier, at which lighters are loaded with bagged
3.27 tant, and the white mound bearing 129°.
fishmeal, is situated about 0.8 mile ENE of Punta Lobitos. A Paramonga (10°40'S., 77°50'W.), a small oil port, is situat-
3.28

brightly-lighted fishmeal factory is situated close to the pier ed about 2.5 miles S of Cerro Horca, a guano-covered, isolated

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 69

hill. Paramonga can be identified by the two prominent chim- tion of any passengers on board, if any.
neys of a power station. A submarine oil pipeline, about Contact Information.—The pilots and port can be contact-
3.29

1,219m long, is marked at its seaward end by three mooring ed as listed in the table titled Puerto Suape—Contact Infor-
buoys lying 0.8 mile offshore. Vessels moor at the buoys, with mation.
both anchors down and lines to buoys on each quarter and on
the port bow. Depths of 8m exist at the berth and vessels of up Puerto Supe—Contact Information
to 23,000 dwt, with lengths of 198m, can be handled. Vessels
must first proceed to Puerto Supe in order to obtain clearance. Pilots (Tramarsa)
It is reported that a mooring pilot boards, but local knowledge Telephone 51-(0)1-2365370
is required. Paramonga may be contacted on VHF channel 16.
The depth at the anchorage is 7.9m. Facsimile 51-(0)1-2365371
Directions.—The alignment (085°) of the power station
3.28 Web site [Link]
chimneys and the oil storage tanks leads to a position where an E-mail operaciones@[Link]
alteration of course to 125° brings the vessel into the berth,
with the head buoy on the port bow. Port Operations
The Rio Barranca, about 5 miles SE of Paramonga, is the
3.28

VHF Channels 12, 13, and 16

source of a spit which extends several miles offshore and should
be given a wide berth. Punta Barranca (10°48'S., 77°45'W.) is Telephone 51-(0)1-2364003
formed of high cliffs, rock-fringed, and has off-lying rocks Facsimile 51-(0)1-2364120
marked by breakers lying at least 0.4 mile offshore and 0.8 mile
N of the point. The town of Barranca is situated on the cliffs in- E-mail supe@[Link]
shore of the rocks. It is reported that a conspicuous, lighted radio
mast stands near the town. The coast in the vicinity of Punta Bar- Anchorage.—Four specially designated anchorages lie W of
3.29

ranca is pounded by heavy surf. Bahia Supe between Punta San Pedro and Punta Thomas, as
Punta Thomas (10°48'S., 77°45'W.), about 2 miles SSE of
3.28 best seen on the chart. These anchorage areas are numbered 1
Punta Barranca, is a large headland and an excellent landmark. through 4, with vessels assigned by type of cargo carried or
A light is shown from the point. Bahia de Supe is entered be- condition, as follows:
tween the two points. 1. General cargo and fishing vessels.
2. Dangerous cargo.
3.29 Puerto Supe (10°48'S., 77°45'W.) (World Port Index 3. Explosives.
No. 14990) is a former sugar port that now handles the import 4. Quarantine.
of fertilizers, chemicals, and fishmeal. The port is located in All vessels anchored in these designated areas will be ex-
3.29

the SE part of Bahia Supe and is unprotected, thus making it posed to a heavy swell.
subject to heavy W swells, mainly between June and August. Caution.—Depths alongside the pier are only approximate
3.29

and the local port authority should be consulted for confirma-

Puerto Supe Home Page tion of actual depth for time of arrival.
A dangerous wreck lies close N of the CBM in position
3.29

[Link] 10°47'36S, 77°45'09''W.

Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is 0.8m. Currents are 3.30 The coast between Punta Thomas and Bahia de Hua-
normally insignificant except during rough seas. cho trends SSE past Punta Atahuaca (10°54'S., 77°42'W.),
Depths—Limitations.—There is one pier, with an along-
3.29 which has two mounds that resemble forts and are white in col-
side depth of 6.8m, divided into three sections with lengths of or on their S sides. The coast itself is sandy and fairly high.
145m, 110m, and 71m. Several underwater oil pipelines extend Punta Vegueta (11°01'S., 77°40'W.) lies about 13 miles
3.30

offshore from a position onshore about 0.2 mile NE of the pier. SSE of Punta Thomas. Isla San Martin (Isla Don Martin), lo-
An offshore tanker terminal with CBM mooring located close cated 0.8 mile WSW of the point, is 80m high, white with gua-
N of the pier can accommodate vessels with drafts of up no and prominent from seaward.
to14.6m. There is a fishing village at the head of a cove N of, and
3.30

Aspect.—A prominent radio mast stands about 1.5 miles N

3.29
within, Punta Vegueta. Small craft in the cove can anchor, in
of the pier. depths of 14.6m.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding area
3.29 Punta Carquin lies about 5 miles SSE of Punta Vegueta. The
3.30

is approximately 1 mile W of the port in position 10°47'48''S, bay close N of the point is not used by shipping due to constant
77°45'42''W. surf. Islote Carquin, a steep flat-topped islet, lies about 1 mile
Regulations.—The vessel’s initial ETA message should be
3.29 offshore and opposite a sheer hill that rises close to the coast
sent 7 days prior arrival, including last port of call and any dan- about 1.5 miles N of the point.
gerous cargo being carried. The ETA should be reconfirmed 72 Punta Huacho (11°07'S., 77°37'W.) is a reddish rocky
3.30

hours and 24 hours prior to arrival and should also include notifi- headland, 60m high, lying 7 miles SSE of Punta Vegueta. A
cation of any dangerous cargo on board. In addition to the infor- light is shown from the point.
mation required above, all ETA messages should also include the Bahia Huacho is entered between Punta Huacho and Punta
3.30

expected vessel draft on arrival, number of crew, and confirma- Carquin. A reef, with rocks above-water, extends 183m N from

Pub. 125
70 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

and fish processing plants, are visible from offshore, as is a

radio tower topped by red lights.
Pilotage.—Pilots are not available. An ETA should be sent
3.31

at least 24 hours in advance.

Contact Information.—The port can be contacted, as fol-
3.31

lows:
1. VHF: VHF channel 16
2. Telephone: 51-(0)232-2091(Administration)
51-(0)239-5460 (Operations)
3. E-mail: tphuacho@[Link]
Anchorage for general cargo vessels can be taken, in depths
3.31

of 11 to 12.8m, sand, with the pier head bearing 145°. The

holding ground is good, but a W and SW swell is troublesome.
Quarantine anchorage is located at 1 mile NW and larger ves-
sel anchorage is 0.5 mile NNW of Punta Huacha. These an-
chorage areas are shown on the chart.
Caution.—A dangerous wreck is situated about 4 miles W
3.31

of Punta Huacho. Another wreck lies just N of the same point.

Both are best seen on the chart.
Puerto de Huacho from shore
3.32 Bahia Salinas (11°12'S., 77°36'W.) is entered be-
Punta Huacho. Depths of 16.5m in the bay entrance decrease tween Punta Huacho and Punta Bajas (11°14'S., 77°38'W.),
gradually within the bay. The E shore of the bay is fronted by a about 6 miles SSW. The shores of the bay consist of sandy
narrow, sandy beach backed by cliffs. beaches, backed by hills. There are two coves on the S shore of
the bay. Bahia Grande, the W cove, affords anchorage, in
3.31 Puerto de Huacho (11°07'S., 77°37'W.) (World Port depths of 11 to 12.8m, sand and mud, about 0.2 mile offshore.
Index No. 14980) is a lighterage port situated in the SE corner The best anchorage, sheltered from the swell, is in Bahia Chi-
of the bay. The town of Huacho is situated on level terrain atop ca, the E cove, in depths of 5.5 to 7.3m, sand, about 0.3 mile
the cliffs, about 0.8 mile NE of Punta Huacho. Huacho handles from the W entrance point and 2.5 miles ENE of Punta Bajas.
general cargo, fish products, copper and minerals. Local knowledge is required to use these anchorages.
Promontorio Salinas (11°16'S., 77°37'W.) is about 5 miles
3.32

Puerto de Huacho Home Page wide between Punta Bayas, the NW extremity, and Punta
Lachay, the SW extremity of the promontory. Punta Salinas is 1
[Link] mile N of Punta Lachay and has a flat-topped islet lying off it.
Punta Bayas, from which a light is shown, is low, dark, and has
Depths—Limitations.—The open roadstead is subject to above-water rocks extending 0.5 mile NW. There are submerged
heavy swells, especially during the winter months when sea rocks lying at least 0.3 mile off Punta Lackay. Cerro Salinas,
and swell may close the port temporarily. pyramid-shaped and conspicuous, rises from a sandy plain about
Muelle Southern Peru Copper Corporation (SPCC) is the 2 miles SE of Punta Bayas. There are two coves between Punta
first pier E of Punta Huacho and has berthing on either side, Salinas and Punta Bayas. The S of the two coves affords anchor-
with depths ranging from 10m to 16m. Close E of Muelle SP- age for small vessels, in a depth of 14.6m, mud, about 0.3 mile
CC is a jetty-type pier owned by ENAPU (Empresa Nacional offshore, exposed to surf and swell.
de Puertos del Peru). The ENAPU quay is a concrete platform A measured distance of 2 nautical miles has been established
3.32

on steel reinforced piles making up a jetty 360m in length, on the W coast of Promontorio Salinas. The ends and middle of
comprised of three sections, with berths on either side, and the distance are each marked by a pair of beacons situated
depths of 7 to 10m alongside. close W and 2 miles S of Punta Bayas light structure. The front
There are two offshore CBM-type tanker berths, for 35,000
3.31 beacon of each pair has a white diamond topmark and the rear
dwt tankers, with depths of 19.81m and 15.24m. beacon a white rectangle. The running course is 000°-180°.
The run area is surrounded with a restricted area designation.
Huacho—Berth Characteristics Roca Misteriosa, with a depth of 5.5m and on which the sea
3.32

breaks at times, lies about 1 mile offshore and almost midway

Berth Length Depth Vessel between Punta Salinas and Punta Bayas.
No. 1 122m 4.3m Animal feeds/ Fish meal An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated on Promontorio Sali-
3.32

nas, about 4 miles ENE of Punta Lachay.

No. 2 70m 10.0m Animal feeds/ Fish meal Caution.—A restricted area, best seen on the chart, is situat-
3.32

No. 3 60m — Animal feeds/ Fish meal ed off the W shore of Promontorio Salinas. Between Punta
Lachay and Punta Bajas, vessels should pass at least 9 miles W
No. 4 60m — Animal feeds/ Fish meal
of the shore.
Aspect.—Lights in town, including brightly lighted fishmeal 3.33 Grupo de Huaura (11°24'S., 77°45'W.), a chain of

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 71

islets, extends about 14 miles SW from Punta Lachay. Islote VHF channel 16.
Pelado (11°27'S., 77°50'W.), the outermost islet, is rounded, Anchorage can be taken, in depths of between 9m to 14.6m,
3.35

precipitous, and free of guano. A light is shown from the islet. sand, in the center of the bay and 0.5 mile N of Punta Chancay.
Isla Mazorca, which also shows a light and has a radiobeacon Vessels are unloaded by lighters.
situated at the light tower, lies about 6.5 miles NE of Islote Pe- Caution.—Numerous unlighted buoys and moored lighters
3.35

lado. The passage between the two islets is free of dangers. Is- may be found within 0.5 mile NW of the piers. A wreck,
lote Tambillo, the innermost islet, lies about 2.5 miles SW of marked by a barrel buoy, lies about 0.5 mile WNW of Punta
Punta Lachay. Several islets and rocks above-water lie between Caulan.
this islet and Isla Mazorca. The passage between Islote Tambil- A prohibited area with a radius of 200m is centered on posi-
3.35

lo and Punta Lachay is navigable. tion 11°34.3'S, 77°17.0'W.

3.34 The coast, known as Playa Grande, between Punta 3.36 Punta Mulatas (11°46'S., 77°12'W.) lies 12 miles
Lachay and Punta Chancay, about 27 miles SE, is cliffy, SSE of Chancay. The coast between is fringed with rocks and
backed by high sand hills, and fronted by a narrow shingle reefs in places, but there are depths over 20m about 1 mile off-
beach. Heavy surf prevents a landing. Cerro Pelado (Monte shore. Much of the coast is composed of very high sand dunes
Mollersh), about 17 miles E of Punta Lachay, is conspicuous rising almost vertically from the sea and leaving no beach.
from offshore. Monte Stokes, about 11.5 miles E of Punta Chancay, is promi-
Bahia de Chancay (11°35'S., 77°17'W.) is entered between
3.34 nent. Two prominent television masts and a light stand on a hill
Punta Chancay and Punta Caulan, 1.3 miles NE. Punta Chan- about 0.5 mile SE of Punta Mulatas.
cay, a bluff with three hills on it, protects the S side of Bahia de Punta Salitral (11°47'S., 77°12'W.) lies about 1 mile S of
3.36

Chancay. A prominent fishmeal factory is situated about 1 mile Punta Mulatas. Isla Referendo and Isla Huaquillo, from which
NE of Punta Chancay. Conspicuous crosses stand on a hill and a light is shown, lie in the entrance to a bay close N of the
near shore. A church is prominent. A light is shown from Punta point.
Chancay and prominent radio masts stand 1.3 miles NNE and Grupo de Pescadores (11°48'S., 77°16'W.), a group of gua-
3.36

0.9 mile ENE of the light tower. Stranded fishing boats and no-covered islands, islets, and rocks, extends about 4.3 miles W
wrecks lie E and NE of Punta Chancay. The bay recedes about of Punta Mulatas (11°46'S., 77°12'W.) and lies in the S approach
0.3 mile and has depths of 9.1 to 14.6m in the outer part. Swell to Bahia de Ancon. Isla Grande (11°36'S., 77°16'W.), the W and
in the bay is very uncomfortable in April and May, also in Sep- largest island of the group, lies about 3.8 miles W of Punta Mu-
tember and October. latas and is radar-prominent. Two small islets, Isla Gallinazos
and Isla Torbao, lie off the NE side of the island. A light is
3.35 Chancay (Puerto de Chancay) (11°35'S., 77°17'W.) shown from the island, and a radio mast stands about 0.2 mile
(World Port Index No. 14970), primarily a fishing port situated NNE of the light. Islote La Viuda lies 0.5 mile W of Punta Sali-
on the S side of Bahia de Chancay, consists of two small coves tral. Passage between the island and the point requires local
separated by a dark-colored point. Above and below-water knowledge. The island is conspicuous and a good mark ap-
rocks front the coves. The town of Chancay stands on a plateau proaching Bahia de Ancon from the S. Islas Hormigas de Tierra
about 2 miles NNE of Punta Chancay. (11°45'S., 77°17'W.) are two steep-to above-water rocks lying
about 1 mile NNW of the N end of Isla Grande. Isla El Solitario
and four other islets within 0.8 mile, lie about 1 mile SW of Pun-
ta Salitral. Isla Huacas, with nearby rocks, lies 1.5 miles SE of
Isla Grande. Isla San Pedro lies about 0.5 mile offshore, 1.5
miles SSE of Punta Salitral. Passages between the groups of is-
lets are deep, but above and below-water rocks fringe the islets
and local knowledge is necessary.
Hormigas de Afuera (11°58'S., 77°45'W.) comprise a
3.36

group of steep-to guano-covered rocks and reefs that lie about

34 miles WSW of Punta Mulatas. A light is shown from a tow-
er, with a radar reflector, situated on the S rock of the group.
The light tower is reported radar conspicuous at 15 miles.
Depths of 14.5 and 16.5m (soundings doubtful) are charted
14.8 and 13.3 miles SSE, respectively, of the islets. The N
rock, awash, lies 1 mile NNW of the S rock. Reefs extend N
from the N rock and breakers extend SE from the S rock. The
Chancay from shore current sets NW, with a velocity of about 1 knot, in the vicinity
of the rocks. Farther offshore, the Peru Current may attain a ve-
The principal pier, from which a light is shown, is used for
3.35 locity of 2 knots.
the unloading of fish, and for also the transfer of general cargo Caution.—Caution is advised when transiting through the
3.36

and fish meal by lighters to ships at anchor. The pier is about restricted areas, the limits of which are shown on the chart, sit-
210m long, with a depth of about 5 to 6m alongside its head uated NW and SE of Hormigas de Afuera. Mariners are ad-
and berths, which are used by small vessels up to 500 tons. vised to pass at least 2 miles from Hormigas de Afuera when
Pilotage is not compulsory; the port can be contacted by
3.35 approaching Port of Callao from the NW, or leaving to the W.

Pub. 125
72 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

3.37 Bahia de Ancon (11°45'S., 77°11'W.) (World Port In- length, with drafts up to 10.9m.
dex No. 14960) is entered between Punta Mulatas and a high, These mooring berths belong to PETROPERU, one consist-
3.38

multi-colored point about 4.3 miles N. Punta Mulatas is fringed ing of four buoys and the other five buoys. These berths are po-
by pinnacle rocks marked by breakers. The bay is mainly used sitioned so the vessels will be secured on an approximate true
as an explosives anchorage. This lighterage port is the obliga- bearing of 180°, which makes for the best conditions in order
tory discharge point for IMO-class dangerous cargo destined to receive the wind and sea.
for Callao. The former regulations on other dangerous cargo in A third underwater pipeline belongs to the ENERGAS Com-
3.38

transit have been revoked, and no vessel now has need to return pany; it is 1,850m long and pushes into the sea on a bearing of
from Callao to reload. 260° until it reaches the 13m isobath; its terminal has 4 moor-
A pier about 107m long extends from shore about 2.3 miles
3.37 ing buoys and one line buoy.
NE of Punta Mulatas. Explosives from vessels at anchor are Pilotage for this terminal is compulsory, and may be had off
3.38

unloaded from lighters at the pier. The town, which has several the berths by prior arrangement, or in Bahia de Callao. Pilots
small jetties, stands at the S end of the bay and is a fishing port are available 24 hours. The terminal can be contacted by VHF
and resort. on numerous channels.
Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 9.1 to 12.8m, about 0.3
3.37 There are three wharves between the mouths of the Rio
3.38

to 0.5 mile NW of the pierhead. This anchorage is open to NW Chilln and the Rio Rimac. From N to S they are the Mucensa
winds and “bravezas” (June to September). Vessels may also Wharf, Fertiza Wharf, and the IMSA Wharf.
anchor, in 9.1m, off the pier head. The Explosives Anchorage The Mucensa Wharf, managed by PESCAPERU (Peruvian
3.38

lies 0.8 mile W of the explosives pier. Fishing Corporation) is made up of iron pilings and a rein-
Caution.—A destroyed jetty showing iron pilings which are
3.37 forced concrete platform, 407m long and 10.8m wide, with a
awash at low water exists in the central part of the bay. A pro- height of 4m above mean sea level. It is situated on Fertiza
hibited area is located near the naval zone N of the port. beach and has been in operation since 1963. It is used for un-
loading anchovy and is equipped with water and oil pipelines.
3.38 The coast between Punta Mulatas and Puerto del Cal- There is a fixed light at its head.
lao, about 15 miles S, consists of hills and cliffs along the N The Fertiza Wharf, managed by Compainia de Fertilizantes
3.38

part and lower, sandy terrain along the S part. Several islets and Sinteticos SA, is made of iron pilings and a wooden platform,
rocks, colored white, lie close to the coast between Punta Mu- 209m long and 4.3m wide; it stands on Fertiza beach and is not
latas and Punta Pancha (11°51'S., 77°11'W.). Monton de Trigo, in operation (2001).
a peaked hill, is conspicuous SE of Punta Pancha. The IMSA Wharf, managed by PESCAPERU, is made of
3.38

reinforced concrete with lightweight iron, 260m long and 3.6m

wide. It stands on Acapulco Beach. It is not in operation.
Caution.—Navigating and anchoring are prohibited within
3.38

0.5 mile of the berths and pipelines. The area is best seen on
the chart.

Puerto del Callao (12°03'S., 77°09'W.)

World Port Index No. 14950

3.39 Puerto del Callao, formed and sheltered by N and S

breakwaters, is the principal harbor of Peru and the port of en-
try for Lima, the capital. The harbor is entered through Bahia
del Callao (12°02'S., 77°10'W.), bound N by Punta Bernal
(11°55'S., 77°09'W.) and S by El Cabezo (12°04'S., 77°16'W.),
the high, NW extremity of Isla San Lorenzo. Punta Bernal is
low and sandy. The coast between this point and Callao N
breakwater is a sandy beach, fronted for about 1.5 miles N of
La Pampilla Oil Terminal the breakwater by a shoal with depths of less than 5.5m, which
extends at least 1 mile offshore. Bahia del Callao is partially
La Pampilla Oil Terminal (11°56'S., 77°10'W.) (World
3.38 sheltered by Isla San Lorenzo, the adjacent islets, the promon-
Port Index No. 14955) is an offshore loading facility, with the tory of which Punta Punta (12°04'S., 77°10'W.) is the SW end,
refinery situated about 6 miles S of Punta Pancha. The lights of and the spit extending SW of Punta Punta.
the refinery are conspicuous from seaward. The port is undergoing significant development, with various
3.39

A discharge berth consisting of mooring buoys lies in depths

3.38 projects expected to continue through 2022. Vessels are
of 18.2m; a submarine pipeline 4,500m long extends from the advised to consult the local authorities and pilot for the most
berth to the shore. The berth can handle vessels up to 50,000 current information.
dwt and 335m in length, with drafts up to 15.2m. Isla San Lorenzo (12°05'S., 77°13'W.), forming the SW part
A loading berth, consisting of mooring buoys, lies in depths
3.38 of Bahia del Callao, is high, sandy-colored, and cliffy in places.
of 12.2m; a submarine pipeline, 1,500m long, extends from the El Cabezo (Cabo San Lorenzo), the NW end of the island, is
berth to the shore. The berth can handle vessels up to 213m in radar prominent. A light is shown from the point. Several steep-

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 73

Callao

Callao from NE Callao Container Terminal

Pub. 125
74 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

Gran Alminante Grau—El Cabezo Light Banco El Camotal Buoy

breakwater and adjacent coast and may best be seen on the

to islets lie close off the W and S sides of the island. A wreck is chart.
reported to lie about 3.3 miles W of Cabo San Lorenzo and a Pasaje El Boqueron (12°06'S., 77°11'W.) leads N around
3.39

dangerous wreck lies 14 miles W of the island. A foul area, the E side of Isla Fronton and then NW into Bahia del Callao,
marked by breakers and heavy surf, extends about 1 mile off the between the shorebank that extends off the SE end of Isla San
SE end of Isla San Lorenzo. Isla Callao (Isla Fronton) is located Lorenzo and Banco El Camotal. This bank is separated from
close SE of the SE end of Isla San Lorenzo; it is marked by Isla San Lorenzo by a fairway about 0.4 mile wide and 6.4 to
breakers SE and is the outermost danger within the foul area. It 18.3m deep. The SW end of the bank is steep-to, unmarked,
is reported (1983) that an isolated danger lies 28 miles WSW of and subject to frequent change. Strong N currents occur during
Isla San Lorenzo, existence doubtful. heavy SW swells. Local knowledge is necessary to transit the
Islas Palominos is a cluster of steep-to rocks lying about 2.3
3.39

passage. A marine cultivation area lies off the SE end of Isla

miles SW of the S end of Isla San Lorenzo. A light is shown San Lorenzo.
from the rocks and they are radar prominent. Roca Iquitos,
with a depth of 4.6m, lies a little more than 0.5 mile NE of Islas
Palominos; several rocks and islets lie between it and the S end Port of Callao Home Page
of Isla San Lorenzo. A shoal depth of 9.6m lies about 0.8 mile [Link]
WSW of the light tower on Islas Palominos.
The NE side of Isla San Lorenzo is fringed in places by
Winds—Weather.—The prevailing S winds are usually
3.39

3.39

rocks and reefs. Two rocks, awash, lie about 0.2 mile offshore,
light and the sea smooth. Isla San Lorenzo reduces the swell in
midway between El Cabezo and Punta Galera, 1.5 miles ESE,
the harbor, but a constant W swell causes a surf to break on the
the latter is a good radar target. A visible wreck lies 0.4 mile E
beaches. The swell does not usually prevent lighters from
of Punta Galera; another visible wreck lies the same distance
working alongside ships at the [Link] and wind
NW of the point. Caleta Sanitaria, the site of a Quarantine
alongside exposed piers and wharves may prevent the
Station and a small pier, is situated 0.3 mile SE of Punta
discharge of cargo from lighters and interrupt communications
Galera. A naval training station and small pier lie close SE of
between ship and shore. Fog is frequent from December to
Punta Gruta, located 1 mile SE of Punta Galera. Foul ground,
April. The rainy season occurs between July and September.
with a depth of 9.1m, lies in the approach to the pier. An above-
Tides—Currents.—Tides at Callao are semidiurnal, with a
water wreck is charted 0.3 mile SSE of the head of the pier; a
mean spring range of 0.7m and a mean neap range of 0.3m.
dangerous wreck lies about 0.9 mile NE of Punta Gruta.
The currents off the port set N, but the velocities within the
3.39

Banco El Camotal extends SW from Punta Punta. A light is

bay are negligible, except with SW swells when the currents
3.39

shown from the roof of a building on the point.

set strongly N through Pasaje El Boqueron. Tidal currents in
Lomo de Ballena, the drying part of the bank and from
the vicinity of the terminal reach rates of 0.8 to 1.3 knots, with
3.39

which a light is shown, lies about 0.8 mile W of Punta Punta.

the set depending on the tide; a strong surge may be felt within
Numerous wrecks and obstructions lie within 1 mile of the N
3.39

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 75

the breakwaters forming the harbor. When there is a freshet in ed by the port authorities.
the Rio Rimac (12°02'S., 77°08'W.), the current is strong Aspect.—The Naval School, situated on Punta Punta, is a
3.39

across Bahia del Callao and tends to silt up the harbor. prominent yellow square building with regular rows of large
Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel is marked by
3.39 square windows, surmounted by two radio masts. A light is
four pairs of channel buoys leading to the breakwaters. The en- shown from atop a building close by. A white stone water tower,
trance channel is 150m wide, with depths of 10.6m; regular standing about 0.5 mile NE of the school, is [Link]
dredging could deepen this to 11.2m. Although the distance be- towers of Fortaleza del Real Felipe (also known as Castillo Real
tween the N and S breakwater heads is more than 300m, the ac- Felipe), close S of the root of the South Quay Container
tual distance that is safe for navigation between the Terminal are prominent, as is a grain silo standing close E of the
breakwaters is only 150m wide. A single red buoy, close NW same point. Several conspicuous water towers, church spires,
of the S breakwater, marks the limit of the channel. There is a and chimneys are situated about the area. Cierro La Reglu, a
wide area within the harbor available for turning, with depths conspicuous isolated hill, 105m high, lies about 6 miles NNE of
greater than 10m. La Punta.
Once inside the breakwaters, most of the commercial berths
3.39 A prominent aeronautical light is shown from the airport,
3.39

(Piers 1-5) are situated along the E side of the harbor. A large about 3.3 miles NE of the harbor entrance.
container facility, constructed in 2010, is located at the base of Lights stand at the ends of the N and S breakwaters. Muelle
3.39

the S breakwater. This new facility has replaced Piers 9A de Guerra is located at SE end of the South Quay Container
through 9E and 10A through 10C plus 11A and will be able to Terminal where it meets the shore of the peninsula leading SW
accommodate specialized container vessels. Specific pier des- towards the Naval School. A clock tower with a flashing green
ignations for the newly-constructed pier area have not yet been light is mounted on a black and white striped round metal tow-
made. er at the end of this pier.
Pier No. 7, the petroleum pier, is situated 0.3 mile close NNE
3.39 In addition to the lights in the harbor shown on the chart, a
3.39

of the N breakwater head. A new mineral pier has been added light stands on Pier 11, as well as on the heads of all the naval
inside the N breakwater, E of the petroleum pier. Designations base piers, the end of the new mineral pier, and the SW corner
for berths at the new pier have not yet been made. of Muelle Marginal.
East of the petroleum pier and N of Piers 1-5 is an area con-
3.39 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in the area
taining the naval base. The naval base area has fishing facilities, bounded by lines joining the following positions:
and several berths on the N side of Pier No. 5 which is reached a. 12°01'50''S, 77°11'40''W.
via a channel showing a charted depth of 9.1m. A drydock is b. 12°02'07''S, 77°11'43''W.
charted 0.4 mile NNE of the Petroleum Pier. Several small piers c. 12°02'09''S, 77°11'26''W.
lying between the naval piers and Pier No. 5, have depths of 3.7 d. 12°01'53''S, 77°11'24''W.
to 4.5m, but caution is recommended here as depths of 3m are The pilot vessel has a red hull with white superstructure.
3.39

charted close by. e. Regulations.—The use of two tugs is compulsory for

See the table titled Callao—Port Facilities for detailed in-
3.39 all vessels whenever entering, departing, or moving within
formation about the piers that have been specifically designat- the port.

Callao—Port Facilities
Berth Length Depth Draft Vessel Size Remarks
DP World Container Terminal
Muelle Sur 1 325.0m 16.0m — — Containers.
Muelle Sur 2 32.5.m 16.0m — — Containers.
APM Terminals
No. 1A 183.0m 10.0m 15.2m 15,000 dwt Vehicle carriers and cruise vessels.
No. 1B 183.0m 10.0m 15.2m 15,000 dwt General and bulk cargo.
No. 1C 30.0m — — — Pier head.
No. 2A 183.0m 10.0m 14.0m 20,000 dwt General and bulk cargo.
No. 2B 183.0m 10.0m 14.0m 20,000 dwt General and bulk cargo.
No. 2C 85.9m — — — Pier head.
No. 3A 183.0m 10.0m 14.0m 20,000 dwt General and bulk cargo.
No. 3B 183.0m 10.0m 14.0m 20,000 dwt General and bulk cargo.
No. 3C 85.9m — — — Pier head
No. 4A 182.0m 10.0m 15.2m 15,000 dwt General, bulk cargo, and tankers.

Pub. 125
76 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

Callao—Port Facilities
Berth Length Depth Draft Vessel Size Remarks
No. 4B 183.0m 10.0m 15.2m 15,000 dwt General, bulk, and liquid. See Note 1.
No. 4C 30.0m — — — Pier head
No. 5A 390.0m 12.5m 16.7m 25,000 dwt Containers and bulk cargo.
No. 5B 182.0m 11.0m 16.7m 25,000 dwt Containers and bulk cargo.
No. 5C 182.0m 11.0m 16.7m 25,000 dwt General cargo and minerals (pier head).
No. 5D 560.0m 15.5m 16.7m 25,000 dwt Containers, general cargo. and minerals.
No. 5E 181m 10.3m 16.7m 25,000 dwt General cargo and minerals.
No. 7A 262.8m 10.3m 8.3m 25,000 dwt Petroleum and chemicals. See Note 3.
No. 7B 262.8m 10.3m 8.3m 25,000 dwt Petroleum and chemicals. See Note 3.
North Jetty (APM)

No. 11A 139.0m 15.5m 19.8m 20,000 dwt Cruise vessels, containers and bulk.
Maximum vessel loa of 278m.
Cruise vessels, containers, and bulk.
No. 11B 139.0m 15.5m 19.8m 20,000 dwt
Maximum vessel loa of 278m.
Tanker Terminals
Vopak 7A 62.0m 10.5m 10.5m 51,603 dwt LPG. (Berth LOA 262m with dolphins).
Vopak 7B 62.0m 9.5m 9.6m 44,557 dwt LPG. (Berth LOA 262m with dolphins).
CBM Quimpac — 11.2m 10.5m 40,000 dwt Chemical Tankers.
CBM SFT — — 9.5m 15,000 dwt Chemical Tankers..
CBM1 TRALSA — — — 22,421dwt Chemical Tankers.
CBM Valero — — 11.5m 53,554 dwt Clean Products.
Notes:
1. Berth B has a pipeline for additives for lubricating oils (discharge only). There are also pipelines for
bunkers (intermediate, “C,” and fuel oil).
2. Also used for “official” visits.
3. These berths have a service platform about 70m long, with dolphins at both ends, thus extending the
berths to the length identified here. Both berths can be in service working several different products at the
same time.
4. Berth No. 11B and Berth No. 11C are located along the Enapu Quay Wall.
5. Conventional vessels may discharge or load containers at any berth, except Pier No. 7.

Vessels with draft of 9.8m or less may enter the harbor at any
3.39 after passing around the precautionary zone counterclockwise
time while vessels with draft greater than 9.8m must wait until within the traffic circle, 1 mile in diameter centered in position
HW. 12°01.8'S, 77°14.8'W, thereafter following the lead into the
The vessel’s ETA should be sent to the Port Captain and
3.39 harbor on lights in range bearing 099°. It is reported (2002)
ship’s agent 24 hours in advance. If there is a change in ETA that the harbor entrance range is difficult to distinguish and of-
then a 1 hour notice should be given. ten obscured by large cargo vessels. Fog makes the use of the
The Port Captain may also be contacted through coastal radio
3.39 range problematic.
stations OBY2 (Paita), OBC3 (Callao), and OBF4 (Mollendo). Vessels are not permitted to enter the harbor until the Port
3.39

Communication is also possible though INMARSAT. Captain’s staff and the health officials are on board, and there
An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme (TRAMAR), is a berth waiting. The port officials will usually board day or
best seen on the chart, has been established in the approaches night if the vessel is expected.
to Callao. All vessels must report to TRAMAR on VHF chan- It is prohibited to deballast oil and dump bilges into the bay;
3.39

nel 16 (then switch to channel 13 for working) when 20 miles the same applies to refuse and waste in general.
from Isla San Lorenzo. Additional reports will be made to Several prohibited zones have been established. Additional
3.39

TRAMAR when 10 and 4 miles from Isla San Lorenzo, and or later date information should be obtained from the port of-
when passing Outer Fairway Lighted Buoy. fice. The current restrictions are, as follows:
The approach to the port is made through Bahia Del Callao 1. Keep 1 mile off the military bases on the E coast of Is-

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 77

Callao—Contact Information
Port Authority
E-mail tramp@[Link]
Web site [Link]

Contact Information.—The pilots and port can be

3.39

contacted as listed in the table titled Callao—Contact

Information.
Anchorage.—There are 14 designated anchorages, of which
3.39

12 are best seen on chart, located NW of the harbor entrance, in

9 to 37m of water, sand and mud bottom. Their designated uses
are, as follows:

Clock Tower with light at head of Muelle de Guerra

la San Lorenzo and 300m off the rest of the island.
2. Keep 600m off Isla Callao.
3. Keep 300m off the buoys marking the aquaculture ar-
ea in El Boqueron.
4. Keep 300m off Naval School harbor. Keep 150m off
the Callao Naval Base and official jetties.
5. Keep 300m off all the warships in the reserved zones.

Callao Harbor Entrance Buoy (south)

Callao—Contact Information
Port Authority 1. Anchorage Area No.1—Merchant vessels and general
cargo.
VHF VHF channel 16 2. Anchorage Area No. 2—Fishing vessels and dredges
51-1-4299210 greater than 350 gt. Note there is a dangerous wreck with
Telephone hull showing at MLWS within the area and one with mast
51-1-4299310 showing just outside the SW corner of the anchorage area.
Facsimile 51-1-4656621 Each is marked with an isolated danger buoy.
3. Anchorage Area No. 3—Fishing vessels from 10 gt to
Web site [Link]
350 gt. Note there are several dangerous wrecks in and
Petroperu Terminal around this area, including one with mast showing, two oth-
VHF VHF channel 16 ers within the anchorage, and two dangerous wrecks located
close outside the SW corner of this area.
Telephone 51-(0)1-4658844 4. Anchorage Area No. 4—Harbor vessels to include
Facsimile 51-(0)1-4659145 barges, tugboats, and lightering vessels.
5. Anchorage Area No. 5—Inoperative merchant, naval,
E-mail callao@[Link] and fishing vessels.
Pilots (Tramarsa) 6. Anchorage Area No. 6—Fishing vessels, any size or
type. A dangerous wreck with mast showing lies in the SE
Telephone 51-1-4130400 corner of this area.
Facsimile 51-1-4297516 7. Anchorage Area No. 7—Nuclear-powered vessels and
all vessels transporting radioactive materials.

Pub. 125
78 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

Callao Traffic Separation Scheme—Channel Sea Buoy

Callao Channel Buoy No.1

Callao Harbor Entrance Buoy (north)

8. Anchorage Area No. 8—Tankers (oil, gas, or any oth-

er hazardous cargo). Note there are two dangerous wrecks
located in the E portion of this area, one with the hull show-
ing at MLWS and marked by a lighted buoy.
9. Anchorage Area No. 9—Area of Pilot Standby Sta-
tion (Pilot Station), located in the S of Anchorage Area No.
1.
10. Anchorage Area No. 10—For vessels waiting dispos-
al, salvage, or repair. A dangerous wreck lies in the SW por-
tion of the area.
Callao Channel Buoy No. 2 11. Anchorage Area No. 11—Security, isolation, and

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 79

quarantine area. August to September.

12. Anchorage Area No. 12—For ships earmarked for The currents offshore set N. In the vicinity of Isla Sangayan
3.40

scrapping. A dangerous wreck lies in the N portion of the ar- (13°50'S., 76°27'W.), a set toward that island has been experi-
ea. enced. The currents generally follow the coastal trend and set
13. Anchorage Area No. 13—An additional Anchorage N into the bays.
Area, is designated for vessels in emergency situations. This Punta Chorrillos (12°10'S., 77°02'W.) is located about 9.5
3.40

area is located about 0.5 mile W of Anchorage Area No. 11 miles SE of Punta Punta. The coast between recedes SE form-
about 5.75 miles NW of the harbor entrance. Note there is a ing Bahia de Miraflores, which is open to the weather. The land
wreck, not dangerous to surface navigation, submerged close S of Punta Punta is low-lying and fronted by a pebble beach.
to the center of the area. Rocky T-headed breakwaters have been built at regular inter-
14. Anchorage Areas A-C, best seen on the chart, for vals here to protect the coast from flooding during stormy
small craft and local authority vessels, are located about 1 weather, which is most intense in the winter months. This low
mile S of the harbor entrance. Note there are four dangerous coast continues for 1.5 miles, then changes to cliffs of average
wrecks in these areas. height.
15. Anchorage Areas D-F, lying directly W of the South Cerro Morro Solar, about 1 mile SE of Punta Chorrillos, ris-
3.40

Breakwater and the South Quay Container Terminal, are es to an elevation of 279m and is one of the better defined nat-
used by tugs, freight vessels, and passenger vessels. ural features of this coast. The hill is oriented in a N-S
A restricted area close S of the entrance channel offers an-
3.39 direction, emerging abruptly from the sea, and is surmounted
chorage to Peruvian naval and merchant vessels, in depths of by a lighted cross. Punta Chorrillos is formed by an extension
7.6 to 19.5m. Another reserved anchorage is reported to lie just of the hills descending from the western side of Morro Solar,
S of the restricted area’s SW border. terminating sharply at the water’s edge. Rocks lie up to 0.3
Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies in position 12°00.6'S, mile W of the point.
77°10.7'W; a restricted area, with a radius of 165m, is centered A light is shown from a tower, 22m high, standing on the
3.40

on the wreck. There is also a standard wreck in position coast about 2.8 miles N of the point, and an aeronautical light
11°59.4'S, 77°08.8'W. is shown from an airfield about 2 miles E of the point.
A wreck is located in a depth of 8.4m in the harbor E of Pier
3.39 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available N of the point, in a
3.40

5 in position 12°02'39.1''S, 77°08'34.25''W. depth of about 12m. Vessels should anchor at least 1 mile from
Outside of the harbor N of the channel are several dangerous
3.39 the shore on the alignment of three beacons which are, from N
wrecks, some marked with isolated danger buoys, best seen on to S, a statue, a planetarium, and a monument. Moderate-sized
the chart. South of the channel, a dangerous wreck is located vessels may use this anchorage, but caution is advised as the
about 1km W of the S breakwater light. bight has a tendency to silt and submarine cables extend sea-
Also outside of the harbor SSW of the S breakwater there is
3.39 ward from the vicinity of the point.
another dangerous wreck, depth unknown, located at
12°03'43''S, 77°09'30''W. 3.41 Islotes Horadada, with two pinnacles and above and
The dangerous wreck previously reported (1986) is now con-
3.39 below-water rocks surrounding it, lies 5.8 miles WNW of Pun-
firmed (2013) to be located in position 12°03'38''S, ta Chorrillos. Roca del Diabolo, on which the sea breaks heavi-
77°09'29''W, depth unknown. ly during bad weather, lies 0.3 mile N of the islet and has a
Piracy is a menace and boarding attempts are made while
3.39 depth of 2.1m. Shoal depths extend NE from the rock towards
vessels are underway, at anchor, or at a berth. the coast.
An extensive area containing submarine cables extends Punta La Chira, rocky, sloping, and leaden-colored, is locat-
3.41

across the S approaches to the port. ed about 2.3 miles S of Punta Chorrillos. Islote Pan de Azucar
A number of areas utilized for the testing of explosives exist is an islet lying on a reef about 0.5 mile WSW of the point.
around Isla San Lorenzo. Several small islets and rocks lie between the islet and the
The periodic discoloration of the sea, known as “Callao point.
Painter,” is frequently experienced outside of the port. The Anchorage.—Two coves indent the coast S of Punta Chor-
3.41

hulls of ships may become discolored by a thick and dark slime rillos. The N of the coves, entered S of the point, affords shel-
which is caused by gases rising from the bottom of the bay; a tered anchorage to small vessels, in depths of 9.1 to 16.5m. The
nauseous smell is also emitted. S cove, entered close N of Punta La Chira, affords sheltered an-
Large jellyfish can be a problem to vessel intakes during
3.39 chorage, in 14.6m, between the entrance points.
April and July. They are found in highest concentrations out- The Rio Lurin (12°17'S., 76°54'W.) is located about 9 miles
3.41

side the breakwaters extending to the area just inside the break- ESE of Punta La Chira. The coast between is formed by Playa
waters. The jellyfish are not found in the inner harbor. de Conchan, a sandy beach backed by fairly high land. Anchor-
It was reported that vessels may occasionally be underway
3.39 age can be taken, in 9.1m, about 1 mile off the head of a cove
without lights within the restricted area. close S of the river mouth.
Isla Pachacamac (12°18'S., 76°54'W.), 108m high and the
3.41

Callao to Matarani N of a chain of islets and rocks, is colored white and lies 1.5
miles off the Rio Lurin. Islote San Francisco, with a rounded
3.40 Along the coast from Callao to Matarani, S to SW summit, is the S and prominent of the group. El Corcovado, a
winds, known as “paracas,” occur from noon to evening; these reef about 1 mile long, lies with its N end 1 mile SE of Islote
winds may hinder cargo operations at the coastal ports from San Francisco. Rocas de la Vinda are two submerged rocks ly-

Pub. 125
80 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

ing about 0.5 mile off the N islet. Sea and swell break heavily rises above the point; the prominent bluish-colored Cerro Azul
on these dangers and the shoals inshore of the group. rises close within the S limit of the cliffs. The coast between
Punta Chilca and Punta Fraile is indented by a few coves. Dan-
3.42 Conchan (12°16'S., 76°56'W.) is an open roadstead gers lie up to 2 miles offshore in places. The N part of this
port comprised of one pier for the discharge of bulk cargo and coast, as far as Cerro Calavera, is low, flat, and backed by hills
loading of bulk cement and an offshore tanker berth connected inland. Cerro Calavera (Morro Calavera) (12°33'S., 76°46'W.)
to two submarine pipelines. is a prominent, detached hill of black rocks with patches of
Depths—Limitations.—The bulk cargo pier is a jetty, 630m sand and guano. The hill has a sharp peak and a sheer face to
long, and shows a red light on the pier head and is capable of seaward. Between Cerro Calavera and the Rio Mala (12°41'S.,
handling vessels up to 38,000 dwt, 185m in length with a beam 76°40'W.), the coast consists of low cliffs fronted by a sandy
of 30m and a maximum draft of 11m. A cement factory is situ- beach. Islets and rocks above-water lie up to 1 mile offshore.
ated about 0.5 mile NNE of the pier head. Berthing is restricted The mouth of the Rio Mala is marked by heavy breakers and a
to daylight hours between 0600 and 1730 but sailing is permit- conspicuous hill rises 2 miles N.
ted at anytime. Caleta Mala (12°43'S., 76°39'W.) is entered between Punta
3.44

Conchan Oil Terminal is situated about 670m offshore, 1.5

3.42 Chocaya (12°45'S., 76°39'W.) and a point about 3 miles NNW.
miles NW of the mouth of the Rio Lurin and has two submarine Cerro Salazar is prominent close within the latter point. Punta
pipelines. Vessels moor to three buoys in 18.5m of water. The Chocaya is low and fronted by rocks and foul ground. Small
terminal can handle tankers up to 75,000 dwt, 228.6m in length, vessels can anchor on good holding ground of sand, sheltered
a beam of 32.21m, and a maximum draft of 13.72m. from SE winds, in Caleta Mala, where the depth is 11m, about
Aspect.—A red light stands at the head of the bulk cargo
3.42 0.3 mile offshore. The anchorage is subject to a heavy sea and
pier. swell during the winter months.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for both berthing and un-
3.42 Isla de Asia, 123m high, lies 1 mile offshore, about 16 miles
3.44

berthing. Pilots board off Callao or 2 miles N of the Conchan NW of Punta Fraile and is radar conspicuous. It is one of the
Oil Terminal. most easily-identified objects on this part of the coast. There
Regulations.—Tankers should contact the terminal (call
3.42 are several above and below-water rocks around the islet and
sign: Conchan Pier) 4 hours prior arrival on VHF channel 72. between it and the coast N. A radiobeacon is located on the
Vessels should send ETA to the operators 5 days, 3 days, 2
3.42 mainland 2 miles NE of the island.
days, and 1 day prior arrival.
Vessels calling at Conchan must first enter Callao for clear-
3.42 3.45 Puerto de Cerro Azul (13°03'S., 76°31'W.) is situat-
ance. ed in a cove within the N side of the promontory containing
Contact Information.—The operators (Cementos Lima
3.42 Punta del Fraile. The port, from which cotton is exported, is
S.A., Lima) can be contacted, as follows: shallow and available only to coastal vessels. Local knowledge
1. Telephone: 511-2170200 (for Administration) is required. Cargo is worked by lighter from a pier at the head
2. Facsimile: 511-2957003 (for ETA messages) of which a light is shown. Weather may prevent lighter opera-
511-2171492 (for Administration) tions between May and September. The terminal here was re-
3. E-mail: info@[Link] ported to be out of commission, and the wharf was in a poor
Anchorage.—Vessels inbound to Conchan shall anchor off
3.42 state of repair. Pilotage is not compulsory.
Callao for clearance but if clearance not required they may an- The coast between Punta Fraile and the Peninsula Paracas,
3.45

chor off Conchan. about 45 miles S, recedes to form a bight which is sheltered by
the peninsula at its S part. The shore as far as the Rio Canete
3.43 Punta Chilca (12°31'S., 76°48'W.), about 15 miles (13°09'S., 76°25'W.) is low and backed by a fertile valley. A
SE of the Rio Lurin, is prominent with a steep cliffy face, 90m sugar mill, standing N of the river mouth, is conspicuous. From
high, on its seaward side. The coast between is indented. With the Rio Canete to the Rio Jaguay (13°23'S., 76°13'W.), the
local knowledge, several coves affording anchorage can be en- coast consists of high, clay cliffs backed inland by very high
tered along this stretch of coast. Rocks and reefs lie off the hills. On approaching Bahia Pisco, the coast is low and sandy.
coves entrance points. Depths of at least 9.1m exist within the Puerto Tambo de Mora (13°28'S., 76°12'W.) a roadstead
3.45

coves, where landing is possible. off the town of Tambo de Mora, is closed as a general cargo
Caleta Pucusana (Puerto Chilca) (12°29'S., 76°48'W.) is a
3.43 port. There are depths of 7.3 to 9.1m at 1 mile offshore of the
cove about 3 miles N of Puerto Chilca. Isla Chilca, from which lighter pier which had a depth of 1.8m at its head. Landmarks
a light is shown, protects the W side of the cove which is en- in town include a large white building on the beach, the church,
tered from N between the islet and coast. Rocks, fringing the and a large and a small cross together on a hill behind town.
islet and adjacent coast, restrict the cove entrance to a width of The chimneys and tanks of the fishmeal factories situated be-
0.3 mile. An islet lies about 91m off the SE side of Isla Chilca. hind the wharf are visible from seaward. A radio mast is locat-
Anchorage for small vessels can be taken in the middle of the ed on the coast N of Tambo de Moro.
cove, in depths of 9.1 to 12.8m, sand. A wharf, with two small Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 10.4m, mud, about 1
3.45

landing stages, lies on the cove’s W side mile offshore, with the white building and the crosses aligned
082°. This anchorage is generally secure except for S winds
3.44 Punta del Fraile (13°02'S., 76°31'W.) lies about 37 (paracas), which blow from noon to evening and raise a sea.
miles SE of Punta Chilca. The point is the W side of a hilly
promontory that has cliffy NW and SW sides. Cerro Sentinella 3.46 Islands and dangers off the Peninsula Paracas.—

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 81

Port of Pisco

Islas Chincha (13°38'S., 76°24'W.), a group of three small is- group of rocks that lie up to 0.5 mile N of Isla Sangayan is high
lands with several islets and rocks, lies 10 miles N of Punta Pa- and shaped like a bowling pin. The island gives a good radar re-
racas, the NW end of the Peninsula Paracas. The islands are turn at 24 miles. A light is shown from the SW point of the is-
radar prominent. A light is shown from a tower on the summit land. The island is covered with guano. Generally, it is enveloped
of Isla Centro, the central and largest island of the group. The in a layer of fog; this is cleared by sea breezes, leaving only a
outermost danger of the group is a steep-to rock, with less than plume of mist over the summit. Foul ground extends at least 0.3
1.8m over it, lying 1 mile W of the W end of Isla Centro. A mile off the S and W sides of Isla Sangayan.
24m shoal lies about 3 miles ESE of the light tower on Isla Caution.—To avoid the risk of pollution and damage to the
3.46

Centro. All the islands and islets of the group are fringed by environment in the Paracas National Reserve, an Area to be
rocks. Avoided, bounded by the coast and positions shown on the
Isla Norte, lying at the N end of Islas Chincha, is marked by
3.46 chart, has been established. All vessels greater than 200 gt
a high islet lying about 0.2 mile NW, and a rocky spit carrying hydrocarbons or hazardous liquids in bulk should
extending the same distance NE. A landing pier, situated at the avoid the area.
NE side of Isla Norte, is approached on a SW heading between Pasaje El Boqueron (13°50'S., 76°25'W.), the passage be-
3.46

buoys which mark the outer end of dangers. Local knowledge tween the Peninsula Paracas(13°52'S., 76°20'W.) and Isla San-
is necessary. The preferred anchorage in the vicinity of Islas gayan, is about 2.8 miles wide and reported clear of dangers
Chincha is taken at the E and W entrance of the channel except for Roca Pineiro, a steep-to pinnacle barely awash and al-
between Isla Norte and Isla Centro. There are least depths of ways marked by breakers, lying about 1.5 miles S of the S ex-
32.9m and 42.1m in the W and E entrances, respectively. tremity of Isla Sangayan. When a strong wind opposes the tidal
Isla Sur, lying at the S end of the group, is bound by rocks
3.46 current, a confused sea is generated in the area, rendering the
and reefs, some awash, extending up to 0.3 mile E and 0.5 mile rock difficult to make out. During such times the mainland side
W of the E and S sides of the island, respectively. A reef lies in of the pass should be favored until the rock is passed.
the W entrance of the passage between Isla Sur and Isla Cen-
tro. 3.47 Bahia Pisco (13°44'S., 76°16'W.) is entered between
Isla Goleta, the highest of a group of three islets, is white in
3.46 Punta Paracas (13°48'S., 76°22'W.) and a sandy point about
color and lies about 0.9 mile SW of Isla Sur. Rocks and shoals 13.3 miles NE. The bay is bound W by Islas Ballestas and Islas
encircle the islets. Roca Chata, with a rock awash close NW of Chincha. The E shore of the bay is sandy, with the Rio Pisco
it, lies about 0.5 mile S of Isla Goleta. emptying into the bay near its NE extremity. On approaching
Islas Ballestas, about 4.5 miles NNW of Punta Paracas, are
3.46 Isla Sangayan from the N, a set toward land is experienced,
three guano-covered islets and several adjacent above-water probably caused by the current following the coastline into Ba-
rocks. Islas Tres Marias, 1.8 miles S of Islas Ballestas, are hia Pisco.
three pointed rocks, of which the middle rock is the lowest. Puerto Pisco (13°43'S., 76°15'W.) is the old lighterage port of
3.47

Less water was reported about 0.4 mile WSW of the S rock. Pisco and is closed except for fishing vessels and tankers. Ship-
Roca Saludo, steep-to, with a depth of 0.9m, lies 0.4 mile NE ping functions have been taken over by Puerto General San Mar-
of Islas Tres Marias. The channel between Roca Saludo and tin, situated about 4 miles SW, across the bay. However, all
Isla Piedra Redonda is not recommended. official and shipping offices are still situated at Pisco.
Caution.—Islas Chincha and Islas Ballestas are each
3.46 Depths—Limitations.—Fiscal Pier, 667m in length, with a
3.47

surrounded by a large Nature Reserve area, best seen on the depth of 3m at the head, fronts the city. This jetty is damaged
chart. and has not been in use for a few years now.
Isla Blanca is located about 5.5 miles NE of Punta Paracas.
3.46 A spit extending 1.5 miles from the coast has a depth of 4.6m
3.47

A light, equipped with a racon, is shown from the island. A at its outer end, 2 miles NW of the pier at Pisco. A 4.5m shoal,
dangerous rock lies close N of the NE end of the island. a wreck, and a 1.8m shoal lie 0.4 mile WNW, NW, and WSW,
Isla Sangayan (13°50'S., 76°27'W.), about 3 miles W of the
3.46 respectively, of the pier.
peninsula, is high, light-colored, cliffy, and usually shrouded in The Camisea Offshore Platform, a berth for tankers, consist-
3.47

mist. From SW the island appears saddle-shaped. The N of a ing of mooring buoys, lies in depths of 15m about 1 mile off-

Pub. 125
82 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

shore, 2.5 miles SSW of the pier at Pisco. A submarine

pipeline extends from the berth to the shore. Tankers as large as
56,800 dwt and 230m in length, with a maximum draft of
12.5m, can be handled at this platform.
Another tanker berth, connected to a submarine pipeline, lies
3.47

about 1.8 miles offshore, 4.4 miles SSW of the pier at Pisco.
Other numerous submarine pipelines extend offshore for dis-
tances from 0.4 to 0.6 mile along the coast of Pampa Santo Do-
mingo S of Loberia with barges being used for loading and
discharge.
Aspect.—Landmarks in Pisco include a radio mast and tow-
3.47

er, the church with its square tower and spire, and a prominent,
white hotel. Conspicuous tanks stand near the shore, about 2
miles SSE of Pisco. An airdome lighthouse, 14m in height, has
been installed with a range of 14 miles.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for tankers proceeding to
3.47

the offshore gas platform. Pilots are available from General

San Martin and board 0.6 mile NE of the lighted buoy moored
off Punta Pejerrey, also identified as the NW corner of Anchor-
age Area No. 1, off General San Martin. See paragraph 3.48 for
contact details for the pilots.
Regulations.—An IMO-approved Traffic Separation
3.47

Scheme, the limits of which are shown on the chart, is estab-

lished in the approaches to Puerto Pisco. A lighted buoy,
moored in the center of the precautionary area, is surrounded
by a 400m in diameter Area to be Avoided.
Anchorage.—Anchorage Area No. 10, listed in paragraph
3.47
Puerto Pisco—(General San Martin)
3.48, is used for tankers awaiting berthing at these terminals.
The bottom is mud, good holding ground. length and consists of four berths, all accommodating vessels
Caution.—A dangerous rock, depth unknown, is located in
3.47
up to 30,000 dwt. The port is undergoing construction and half
position 13°44'03.6''S, 76°18'40.8''W. of the port is now complete and has accommodated vessels of
25,000 dwt with 10m draft. Other details of these berths are
Bahia de Paracas (13°49'S., 76°16'W.) a southerly exten-
3.47
shown below in the table titled Puerto General San Martin—
sion of Bahia de Pisco, is entered between Punta Pejerrey, the Dock Facilities.
NE extremity of the Peninsula Paracas, and the coast about 2.5
miles ESE. The shore bank extends up to 0.8 mile off the Puerto General San Martin—Dock Facilities
shores of the bay. Hotel Paracas is a prominent feature at the
SE side of this bay, which is formed S and W by the Peninsula Berth Length Depth Remarks
Paracas. Paracas is a resort and has several small piers for Bulk minerals, iron ore,
small craft. There are several facilities for fishing vessels along No. 1-A 185m 10.06m grain, and sulphuric ac-
the E shore of the bay, including a designated anchorage area id.
which may be seen on the chart.
Bulk salt, grain, scrap
No. 1-B 175m 10.06m iron, fertilizer, and fish
Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks are located within 0.6
oil.
3.47

mile of the E side of the bay between 13°49'S and 13°50'S.

A restricted area, established in the S portion of the bay for Bulk and bagged fish-
3.47

No. 1-C 175m 10.06m

the Paracas Nature Reserve, can best be seen on the chart. meal and bulk fertilizer.
Bagged fishmeal, bulk
3.48 Puerto General San Martin (13°48'S., 76°18'W.) No. 1-D 165m 9.14m fertilizers, and general
(World Port Index No. 14910) has replaced Puerto Pisco as the cargo.
principal shipping port for the area. Situated close S of Punta
Pejerrey, a sandy spit, the port consists of a marginal wharf on
the NE side of the peninsula. Aspect.—Lights are shown at each end of the wharf. A light
3.48

Winds—Weather.—Winds from the S, in the vicinity of the

3.48
is shown from Punta Colorado, 1.8 miles W of Punta Pejerrey,
Peninsula Paracas, are called “paracas.” They blow from noon but is obscured within the bay.
to evening and are sometimes so strong that working cargo is Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels should send ETA
3.48

very difficult, especially during August and September. Severe at least 24 hours in advance to the agents and to the Port Cap-
sandstorms occur in August, reducing visibility and stopping tain. Pilots board 0.6 mile NE of the lighted buoy moored off
all cargo operations. Punta Pejerrey, also identified as the NW corner of Anchorage
Depths—Limitations.—The continuous wharf is 700m in
3.48
Area No. 1.

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 83

Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme, approved by

3.48 No. 9.
the IMO, the limits of which are shown on the chart, is estab-
lished in the approaches to Puerto Pisco. A lighted buoy, 3.49 The Peninsula Paracas (13°52'S., 76°20'W.) is a
moored in the center of the precautionary area, is surrounded bold promontory, highest at its SW end. It is connected to the
by a 400m in diameter Area to be Avoided. mainland by a low, sandy plain. An area reserved for the Minis-
Contact Information.—The pilots and port can be contact-
3.48 try of Fishing lies between Punta Paracas and Punta Colorado,
ed as listed in the table titled Puerto General San Martin— and can best be seen on the chart. Candelabro de Tres Brazos, a
Contact Information. figure resembling a candelabra, consisting of deep trenches in
the hillside, is a prominent landmark situated 0.8 mile ESE of
Puerto General San Martin—Contact Information Punta Colorado. Punta Huacas (13°54'S., 76°24'W.), the SW
point of the peninsula, is high, dark, and steep, with a white
Pilots (Tramarsa) rock lying 0.3 mile S of it. Cerro Lechuza, about 1.5 miles
VHF VHF channels 13 and 16 (24 hours) NNE of Punta Huacas, rises to an elevation of 501m, with a
sharp-pointed peak which is conspicuous in the approaches
Telephone 51-56-532834
from S and W. Ensenada Lagunillas, entered 5 miles E of Punta
Facsimile 51-56-532834 Huacas, is a bay used by fishing craft.
The coast between Punta Huacas and Punta Carretas, about
Harbormaster
3.49

18 miles SSE, recedes NE to form a bight. Salt is shipped in

VHF VHF channel 16 lighters from Caleta Salinillo (14°00'S., 76°17'W.), within the
Telephone 51-56-532913 bight. The holding ground here is bad. Isla Zarate, lying be-
tween 0.5 and 0.8 mile W of the inlet entrance, has vertical
E-mail tpgsmartin@[Link] cliffs and a flat top. There are several above-water rocks near
the islet. Roca Valdivia, submerged, and on which the sea
Anchorage.—A total of 14 designated anchorages are locat-
3.48 breaks, lies about 1 mile WSW of the islet.
ed N and E of Peninsula Paracas and W of the coast of Pampa Punta Carretas (14°12'S., 76°17'W.), from which a light is
3.49

Santo Domingo. The designated uses and locations are, as fol- shown, is the S extremity of a bold peninsula which extends 5
lows: miles S from the mainland. Rocks fringe the point. Cerro Cer-
1. Anchorage Area No. 1 (13°48.26'S., 76°16.66'W.)— retas, the very high summit of the peninsula, rises about 2
Naval vessels. miles N of the point.
2. Anchorage Area No. 2 (13°47.70'S., 76°16.57'W.)— Bahia de la Independencia (14°14'S., 76°10'W.) is entered
3.49

Vessels waiting for entry into port. between Punta Carretas and Punta Quemado, 11 miles SE. It
3. Anchorage Area No. 3 (13°47.20'S., 76°17.45'W.)— recedes about 3.5 miles NE from Punta Carretas. Isla Indepen-
Ferries. dencia (Isla Viejas) and Islas Santa Rosa lie in the SE half of
4. Anchorage Area No. 4 (13°46.56'S., 76°17.82'W.)— the entrance. Morro Quemado, a high hill, is a landmark rising
Merchant vessels. about 1.5 miles SE of Punta Quemado. This hill, 605m high,
5. Anchorage Area No. 5 (13°46.56'S., 76°18.63'W.)— slopes as a ridge to the point, is lighter in color than other
Dangerous cargo. peaks in the area, and has a thick cap of reddish earth.
6. Anchorage Area No. 6 (13°45.75'S., 76°19.27'W.)— The bay can be entered, but local knowledge is required,
3.49

Quarantined vessels. through N and S entrance channels, the former being wider,
7. Anchorage Area No. 7 (13°45.75'S., 76°18.82'W.)— deep, and clear of dangers; the S channel, about 0.8 mile wide
Disabled or laid-up vessels. between Punta Quemado and the SE of the Islas Santa Rosa, has
8. Anchorage Area No. 8 (13°45.75'S., 76°18.27'W.)— a least depth of 12.8m. Soundings within the bay give a least
Tankers involved in the process of transferring oil. depth of 5.5m where examined. Tidal currents set N into the bay
9. Anchorage Area No. 9 (13°45.33'S., 76°16.20'W.)— and are strong following fresh S winds. Isla Independencia is
Oil tankers. cliffy and has a remarkable hill at its SE end, which is joined to
10. Anchorage Area No. 10 (13°35.30'S., 76°15.90'W.)— the island by a low, narrow isthmus. Islas Santa Rosa, two white-
Tankers involved in the process of transferring oil/gas. colored, level islets connected by a suspension bridge, lie near
11. Anchorage Area No. 11 (13°35.30'S., 76°16.50'W.)— the end of a reef which extends 1.8 miles SE of the SE end of Is-
Nuclear-powered vessels. la Independencia. Numerous rocks and breakers lie off the SW
12. Anchorage Area No. 12 (13°46.70'S., 76°15.50'W.)— sides of the islets. A shoal, with depths of 7.9 to 8.5m, extends
Fishing vessels. 2.5 miles N from the N end of Isla Independencia. There are
13. Anchorage Area No. 13 (13°47.14'S., 76°15.68'W.)— fishing villages on the shores of the bay.
Fishing vessels. Anchorage can be taken throughout the bay. A vessel an-
3.49

14. Anchorage Area No. 14 (13°47.17'S., 76°15.36'W.)— chored in 32.9m, mud, good holding ground, with the highest
Fishing vessels. hill on Isla Independencia bearing 232°, distant 1 mile.
Caution.—A restricted area has been established for the Pa-
3.48 Caution.—The Paracus National Reserve encloses the bay.
3.49

racas Nature Reserve, located adjacent to the shoreline along The limits are best seen on the chart.
the N side of Peninsula Paracas and extending well to the W of
Isla Sangayan and then S. The boundaries are best seen on the 3.50 Punta Dona Maria (14°40'S., 75°55'W.) lies about
chart. Submarine cables are located close E of Anchorage Area 25 miles SSE of Punta Quemado. The coast between is both

Pub. 125
84 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

rocky and sandy, and backed by hills. The few dangers along berth with bows to the S.
the coast lie close offshore. Punta Dona Maria, from which a Fendering on both sides of the pier is made of laminated
3.51

light is shown, is low, rugged, and dark with patches of guano. lumber and rubber, keeping vessels 1.5m off the concrete pier.
Punta Azua, 10.5 miles NNW of Punta Dona Maria, is a high On the W side the depth is 19m, and up to 91m westwards,
3.51

bluff, with a low, rocky point extending off it. except on the anchor pocket, which is 21m deep, 76m long, and
Cerro La Mesa de Dona Maria Francisca (14°41'S.,
3.50 91m wide. When docking, two anchors are let go in the pocket
75°50'W.) rises to 597m and is a prominent, truncated, conical to prevent any collision of the ship with its own anchors. The
mountain which is visible in good weather from far offshore. bottom is mud and sand.
Islotes Infiernillos, a group of islets and above and below-
3.50 On the E side, the original depth remains at 12.8m at the
3.51

water rocks, extend up to 1 mile WNW of Punta Dona Maria. shore end and 18m at the seaward end. Vessels use their own
A disused light structure stands on the largest islet. Roca Mai- mooring lines, while on the W, heavy surge lines are compulso-
ro, a dangerous detached rock with a depth of less than 1.8m, ry, and may be hired.
lies 1.5 miles WNW of the largest islet. The ore ship loader has a straddle clearance height of 4.26m
3.51

Punta Olleros lies about 13 miles SE of Punta Dona Maria.

3.50 and a width of 3.65m.
Anchorage, with no shelter, can be taken in Caleta Olleros, sit- The ore loader operates on the W side only, but iron ore slur-
3.51

uated close N of the point which is fronted close SW by an islet ry can be loaded on either side.
and pinnacle rock. There is a depth of 12.8m, 0.3 mile offshore, Vessels, with general cargo to discharge, use the E side. Dis-
3.51

in the anchorage. There is a landing pier at Caleta Lomitos, charge of bulk petroleum can be made at either E or W berths.
about 4 miles NW of Punta Olleros. While alongside, engines must always be ready for immedi-
3.51

Cabo Nazca, about 18 miles SE of Punta Olleros, is a high,

3.50 ate use, and sufficient crew on deck to tend mooring lines and
dark bluff with two sharp hummocks at its base. The cape gives heave in the slack as loading progresses. If this is not done,
a good radar return at 20 miles. Caleta Nazca, about 2 miles N loading will be stopped and vessels taken out of berth.
of Cabo Nazca, is backed by white sandhills. Landing is possi- Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory, using company pilots,
3.51

ble during early morning hours, but only in an emergency, as who will remain on board during periods of swell; accommo-
strong S winds prevail later in the day. There is a 14.6m shoal dation should be made available. Pilots board ships about 1
5.5 miles SSW of the cape, and a 20.1m shoal was reported to mile N of the pier head. An ETA should be sent to the agent
lie about 5.5 miles SW of the cape. and mining company 5 days, 2 days, and 1 day in advance.
Punta Santa Ana (15°09'S., 75°23'W.), about 14 miles SE
3.50 Vessels should contact the port 4 hours prior to arrival on VHF
of Cabo Nazca, is rock-fringed, cliffy, dark, and radar promi- channel 13 or 16. It was reported that pilots for Puerto San
nent. Cerro Huricangane (Criterion) rises to 1,781m, 12 miles Juan are also available here.
NE of the point and is a prominent landmark. A rock, with a Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme
3.51

depth less than 1.8m, was reported to lie 6 miles W of Punta lies in the approaches to Puerto San Nicolas and can best be
Santa Ana. seen on the chart.
Punta San Nicolas is located about 9 miles SE of Punta Santa
3.50 Anchorage.—Eight anchorage areas are available, as shown
3.51

Ana. The point is the W extremity of a peninsula 2.3 miles on the chart, AS FOLLOWS:
long, which constricts to a width of 91m about 1 mile ESE of 1. Anchorage Area 1—Naval vessels.
the point. Guano covers the point and outer peninsula. A light, 2. Anchorage Area 2 (15°14.0'S., 75°15.1'W.) and An-
with a racon, is shown from a tower about 0.5 mile SE of Punta chorage Area 3 (15°14.1'S., 75°14.3'W.)—Merchant vessels.
San Nicolas. The point is fringed on all sides by above and be- 3. Anchorage Area 4 (15°13.6'S., 75°14.4'W.) and An-
low-water rocks for at least 0.3 mile offshore; an islet lies 0.2 chorage Area 5 (15°13.5'S., 75°15.3'W.)—Vessels carrying
mile W of the light tower. A 5.5m patch lies 1.3 miles SSE of hazardous cargo.
the point and shoals of similar depth lie 4 miles NNW of the 4. Anchorage Area 6 (15°13.3'S., 75°14.8'W.) and An-
point. chorage Area 7 (15°12.9'S., 75°15.1'W.)—Quarantine an-
Caution.—A wreck lies approximately 1.5 miles NNE of
3.50 chorages.
Punta San Nicholas. 5. Anchorage Area 8 (15°12.4'S., 75°15.3'W.)—Vessels
under repair.
3.51 Bahia San Nicolas is entered between Punta San Caution.—Another part of the Paracas National Reserve, an
3.51

Nicolas and Punta San Fernando, lying 1.3 miles ESE of Punta Area to be Avoided, has been established close inside the en-
Santa Ana. The NE shore of the bay is backed by very high ta- trance to Bahia San Nicolas. The actual limits are bounded by
bleland which extends SE. the coast from position 15°09.23'S., 75°18.75'W to
Puerto San Nicolas (15°15'S., 75°14'W.) (World Port Index
3.51 75°22.89'W; then S to position 15°14.35'S., 75°22.89'W; and
No. 14895) is situated on the S shore of Bahia San Nicolas, then N to the coast.
about 1.3 miles ESE of Punta San Nicolas and is used primari-
ly for the export of iron ore. 3.52 Punta San Juan is located about 8 miles SE of Punta
Depths—Limitations.—The pier, on the S side of the bay,
3.51 San Nicolas. Bahia San Juan is entered N of the point. The S
lies in a N/S; it is 305m long and 15m wide. The deck is 4m side of the bay is cliffy, whereas, the E side and head is sandy.
above MLW. There is a dolphin at the N end, with a diameter A light is shown from a tower, 13m high, standing 0.5 mile SE
of 15m, and with a connecting bridge 45m long. This dolphin of the point.
is used for the stern line of vessels over 274m in length. It is fit- Punta Parada (15°22'S., 75°12'W.), the outer end of a pen-
3.52

ted with an electric winch and three large bollards. Vessels insula extending 0.8 mile SSW of Punta San Juan, is radar

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 85

prominent. Cerro Acari (El Huevo), isolated and very high, ris- light is shown from a tower standing on high ground in port.
es steeply above cliffs and is a conspicuous landmark 5 miles Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 27.4m, rock, with the
3.54

NNE of the point. Roca Negra, about 1.8m high, lies between church bearing 081°. The anchorage is open to S winds, so that
0.5 and 0.8 mile WSW of Punta Parada; a 6.4m patch lies vessels may roll heavily. Vessels should not proceed within the
about 0.8 mile SW, and a reef, awash, extends 0.4 mile NW rocks which lie up to 0.5 mile off the E and SE shores of the
and 0.3 mile SSE of Roca Negra. roadstead. The outer rocks are steep-to and usually marked by
Caution.—Local magnetic anomalies have been reported off
3.52 breakers.
Bahia San Juan.
3.55 Punta Atico (16°14'S., 73°43'W.) is located 38 miles
3.53 Puerto San Juan (15°20'S., 75°10'W.) is situated at SE of Puerto de Chala. The coast between is backed by barren
the head of Bahia San Juan, about 1.5 miles E of Punta San hills, intersected by rivers emptying into the sea. Punta Atico,
Juan. The port was important for its iron ore shipments from colored white, is the S end of an irregular rock-fringed penin-
mines nearby, but this function is now carried out by San Nico- sula, about 1 mile long, which is joined to the coast by a low,
las. The Peruvian Navy controls operations of the port, which sandy isthmus. The point is radar prominent. A light is shown
functions for area cargo discharge. from a tower, 18m high, standing on the point, and a prominent
It was reported that the piers within the port were destroyed
3.53 television mast stands about 0.4 mile NNE of the light tower. A
and the port was closed to commercial shipping. radar conspicuous beacon, consisting of a mast with two paral-
Anchorage, sheltered from swell, can be taken in the SE part
3.53 lel reflectors, stands near the head of East Cove, on the E side
of the bay, in depths of 27.4 to 36.6m, good holding ground. It of the isthmus. Landing can be made in West Cove, on the W
is recommended that both anchors should be used due to occa- side of the isthmus. There is a rock, awash, in the cove entrance
sional strong and shifting winds. and another rock, with a depth less than 1.8m, lying near the
Punta Lomas (15°33'S., 74°51'W.) lies 23 miles SE of Pun-
3.53 head of the cove.
ta Parada. Several dangers front the coast between the points A depth of 11.9m was reported to lie 8 miles offshore, 24
3.55

and may be seen on the chart. Islote Lobo, above-water, lies miles WNW of the light tower. A depth of 14.6m was reported
about 1.5 miles SE of Punta Parada. Rocas Tres Marias are to lie about 12 miles W of the light tower. A depth of 11m lies
three above-water rocks which lie on a reef that extends about about 9 miles W of the light tower.
0.5 mile off an unnamed point located 4.5 miles SE of Punta Atico, a small town, is situated 2 miles up the Rio Atico,
3.55

Parada. which flows into the sea 4.5 miles E of Punta Atico.
Punta Lomas, marked by a light, is the extremity of a promi-
3.53 Atico is a lighterage port equipped with eight lighters, capac-
3.55

nent rocky peninsula, projecting about 1 mile SW from the ity 500 tons. Lighters are loaded over a chute.
mainland, to which it is joined by a sandy isthmus. The penin- Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. VHF channel 16 is used.
3.55

sula consists of a series of very black rocks, higher toward the The working hours at the port are 0800-1200 and 1300-1700.
point; from the offing it appears as an island. Above and be- Anchorage.—There is an anchorage area in both the E and
3.55

low-water rocks fringe the point. A detached rock, with less W coves offshore; it is exposed to S winds.
than 1.8m, lies about 0.4 mile W of the point, and a 14.6m Anchorage can be taken by ships loading fishmeal from barg-
3.55

shoal lies 1.5 miles WNW of the light structure. es in a position about 1.8 miles ENE of Punta Atico, where
Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 9.1 to 27.4m, good
3.53 depths are ample. Anchorage can also be taken, in depths of 34.7
holding ground of sand, in Rada de Lomas, just W and N of to 36.6m, about 0.3 mile off the W side of the peninsula in Rada
Punta Lomas peninsula. The anchorage is exposed to sea and de Atico (16°13'S., 73°43'W.). Small vessels anchor off the head
swell which causes ships to roll heavily if not kept head to the of West Cove, in 12.8 to 16.5m. The preferred anchorage in East
sea. A stranded wreck is ashore about 1 mile N of Punta Lo- Cove, open SE, is in 18.3m about 0.5 mile offshore.
mas. The roadstead is the port for Acari, which is situated up
the Rio Lomas about 14 miles. Cargo is lightered from a pier at 3.56 Punta Pescadores (16°24'S., 73°17'W.), a low pro-
the head of the roads. jecting bluff, lies about 26 miles SE of Punta Atico. It is identi-
fied from the S by four, high, dark cliffs, of which the W cliff is
3.54 Puerto de Chala (15°52'S., 74°14'W.) lies about 40 the highest. La Planchada Light stands about 4 miles E of Pun-
miles SE of Punta Lomas. The coast between is low, sandy, and ta Pescadores. Roca Flara (Flora), which dries, lies 1 mile S of
on which the surf breaks heavily. Rivers emptying into the sea the point. A depth of 33m was reported to lie about 7 miles SW
between steep hills flow through green valleys that are visible of the Roca Flara. Caleta Planchada, entered 5 miles ESE of
from offshore. Punta Chavina, about 11 miles SE of Punta Lo- Punta Pescadores, affords sheltered anchorage to fishing ves-
mas, appears as a rock from the offing; it serves as a good radar sels. Caution should be exercised when entering the bay as it
target. A white islet and rocks lie on a reef extending 0.5 mile has not been surveyed recently. A fishmeal factory, with sub-
off the point. A patch, with a depth of 11m, was reported to lie marine pipelines extending up to 0.2 mile off it, lies within the
6.5 miles SW of Punta Chavina. Punta Chala, about 18 miles bay.
SE of Punta Chavina, is radar-prominent, being high and rocky. The Rio Ocona flows through a valley in an area where cot-
3.56

Monte Chala is a prominent mountain range with several peaks ton is grown and empties into the sea about 10.5 miles SE of
which terminate in Punta Chala. Punta Pescadores. Caleta la Chira, about 4.5 miles SE of the
Puerto de Chala is a small, coastal port from which cattle and
3.54 river mouth, is an open cove with Isolote Foca, high and rock-
minerals are shipped. The settlement, built on high ground, has fringed, near its head. The shores of the cove and adjacent
a church with towers which is conspicuous from offshore. A coast consist of high, sheer cliffs which are radar prominent.

Pub. 125
86 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

The S entrance point of the cove is identified by a cove-shaped dark color which contrasts with the whitish type of lava that is
hill that rises just E of the point and above the cliffs. Anchor- seen along the coast. The point projects slightly SW under
age can be taken, in 14.6m, 0.5 mile WNW of the S entrance some white patches of the hillside. A light is shown from a
point. tower, 13m high, standing on the point. Several rocks and islets
lie off the point up to 0.8 mile seaward. Bahia de Matarani is
3.57 Punta Camana (16°53'S., 72°48'W.), about 17 miles entered about 1 mile NNW of Punta Islay.
SE of Caleta la Chira, is sandy and projects S from the middle
of a valley which is 2 to 3 miles wide near the coast. The val- Matarani (17°00'S., 72°07'W.)
ley, with its rich colors, contrasts with the barren land on each
side of it. The Rio Camana flows into the sea about 1 mile SE World Port Index No. 14860
of the point. Monte Fuerte, a prominent hill resembling a fort,
rises close E of the river mouth. 3.59 Matarani lies NW of Ilo at the head of Bahia de
A depth of 27m lies about 9 miles WSW of the river mouth.
3.57 Matarani, can accommodate large ocean-going ships alongside
Morro Siguas, a conspicuous peak, rises from the plain about
3.57 the principal wharf. It is the transshipment port for the nation
22 miles ENE of Monte Fuerte. Camana Light is shown from a of Bolivia. The harbor affords Bolivia with a free port for
tower on Punta Pano, about 11 miles ESE of Punta Camana. incoming general cargo and the shipment of Bolivian ore.
Caleta Quilca (16°43'S., 72°26'W.) is located about 17
3.57 Matarani is the main port for the S part of Peru. There are no
miles ESE of Monte Fuerte. The cove, about 0.2 mile wide at dwellings or commercial offices in port; all installations are
its entrance, decreasing to 0.1 mile within, has depths of 25.6 controlled by the government. Stevedores are transported to
to 5.5m from entrance to head. A light is shown from Morro El and from Mollendo, about 9 miles distant. The port is subject
Castillo, the dark red cliff forming the W entrance point. Punta to congestion, especially when large bulk grain ships are
Quilca, off which lies Roca Foca, an above-water rock, is locat- discharging, as they take up more than one berth, thus reducing
ed about 1 mile SE of Morro El Castillo. The point is radar port capacity.
prominent. The cove is suitable for small craft only and local Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are S to SW. The
3.59

knowledge is required. A valley descends steeply to the coast strong winds that occur often necessitate the use of two tugs to
close NW of Punta Quilca and the Rio Quilca enters the sea turn the ship around at the harbor entrance. A heavy swell and
nearby. surge is common to the area; in winter the swell may prevent
Anchorage.—Several mooring buoys for lighters lie be-
3.57 entry and departure.
tween the anchorage and Morro El Castillo. Vessels can anchor Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is about 0.6 to 0.8m.
3.59

about 64m off the lighter buoys, in depths of 34.7 to 36.6m, Currents in the bay and harbor are negligible.
with the church bearing 027° and Roca Foca bearing 140°. Depths—Limitations.—The entrance fairway, leading SE
3.59

Small craft can anchor off a landing pier. between breakwater heads, has a depth of 13.1m. Pilots will
not take a ship over the 11.9m rocky patch in the entrance un-
less it is high tide and there is no swell. A 3.3m patch lies close
inside W breakwater head and is marked by a buoy.
A ro-ro terminal at the SW end of the basin has a 90.5m
3.59

berthing face. The principal wharf is situated along the SE

shore of the harbor. It is 540m long and has depths alongside
between 9.6 and 13m. It is a concrete marginal wharf with a
20m wide apron and provides four mooring berths where three
ships of more than 170m can make fast. A small wharf for fish-
ing vessels lies in the NE part of the harbor.
A newly-constructed (2017) pier lies in the S part of Caleta
3.59

Islay, S of Matarani harbor. The pier has four mooring buoys

lying close NE and NW. An offshore oil berth, in a depth of
20m, lies 5 miles SE of the harbor and serves a tank farm close
Matarani—Berth F S of Mollendo City. Tankers drawing up to 16m can be accom-
modated.
3.58 Punta Hornillos (Cornejo) lies 12 miles SE of Caleta
Aspect.—Islotes Alvizuri consists of several islets lying in
3.59

Quilca. The coast between is regular in outline with very small

the S part of Bahia de Matarani. The islets are high and steep-
coves backed by hills and low black cliffs. Rocks fringe the
to, but vessels should not attempt to pass between them without
shores in many places. The point, a high, reddish colored
local knowledge. Pasaje de Islay, about 0.1 mile wide, with a
projection, resembles a two-tiered fort. Three rocks, on which
least depth of 15m, leads NNE through the islets. A wreck,
the sea always breaks, lie close off the point. A rock, with a
marked by a buoy, lies close NE of the islets.
depth of less than 1.8m, lies about 1.3 miles SSW of the point.
The harbor is enclosed by two breakwaters with an entrance
3.59

It was reported that a shoal of 19.5m lies about 3.5 miles SW of

120m wide, the W breakwater of which extends NNE for about
Punta Hornillos.
0.3 mile, then forms an elbow extending E for about 46m. The
Punta Islay (17°01'S., 72°07'W.) is located about 13 miles
W breakwater elbow is marked by a light, while the area close
3.58

SE of Punta Hornillo (Cornejo),1 mile S of Matarani Port. It is

off from the breakwater head that extends E is marked by an-
the center of three points and may be easily identified by its
other light in the water. Vessels need to remain E of this light in

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 87

Matarani—Terminal Internacional del Sure Roca Blanca Light

order to avoid shoal areas between the breakwater head and the Contact Information.—The pilots and port can be contact-
3.59

light. A rock, with a depth of 3.3m, is located 40m SE of the ed 24 hours as listed in the table titled Matarani—Contact In-
breakwater head and is marked N by a buoy. The E breakwater formation.
extends about 137m W from the NE shore of the harbor. An
11.3m patch lies about 145m NNW of the W breakwater el- Matarani—Contact Information
bow. The harbor entrance is about 119m wide between an ob-
struction off the E breakwater head and a 3.3m rocky patch Pilots (Tramarsa)
marked by a lighted buoy, lying close off the W breakwater 51-54-557082
head. Vessels can enter or leave at any time, weather permit- Telephone
51-54-557101
ting, but entering is usually not worthwhile between 2200-
0500. Facsimile 51-54-557084
Cerro Islay, dark, high, and with a bell-shaped peak, lies
3.59

Harbormaster
about 5 miles NNE of Punta Islay. This peak is a good mark on
a S approach to port when the area is fogbound. A statue and a Call sign Costera Mollendo
water tank situated in the vicinity of the range markers are visi- VHF VHF channels 13, 14, and 16
ble on nearing the harbor, as is a large grain elevator on the
wharf. Facsimile 51-54-892599
A lighted range leads to the harbor entrance. A light is
3.59
Port Authority
shown from an islet lying close off the shore about 0.2 mile N
of the W breakwater head. Telephone 51-54-557044
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots will board vessels
3.59
Facsimile 51-54-557197
in position 16°59'29''S, 72°07'22'W.
Regulations.—Vessels should send an initial ETA 7 days in
3.59
Anchorages.—Four designated anchorage areas are located
3.59

advance of expected arrival and include the last port of call and in the port, as follows:
any dangerous cargo on board. Additional ETA messages 1. Vessels with dangerous cargo—an area bounded by
should be sent to the harbormaster and port authorities 72 lines joining the following positions:
hours and 24 hours prior arrival; these messages should also a. 17°00'07''S, 72°07'21''W.
include information regarding any dangerous cargo on board. b. 17°00'12''S, 72°06'58''W.
All ETA messages should include the following information in c. 17°00'25''S, 72°07'01''W.
addition to what has already been mentioned: d. 17°00'19''S, 72°07'24''W.
1. Date and hour of arrival. 2. Fishing vessels—an area bounded by lines joining the
2. Expected draft upon arrival. following position:
3. Number of crew and if there are any passengers on a. 16°59'45''S, 72°06'39''W.
board. b. 16°59'47''S, 72°06'33''W.

Pub. 125
88 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

ical mountain covered with snow, and is reported visible in

clear weather from 100 miles offshore.

3.61 Punta Bombon, close to the mouth of the Rio Tambo,

is located about 13 miles SE of Mollendo. The point, low and
brush-covered, is the outer end of the alluvial plain at the en-
trance to Valle de Tambo. The point should be given a wide
berth. Valle de Tambo is fertile, contrasting sharply with the
steep, barren cliffs that extend along the coast on either side. A
high peak is prominent about 9 miles NNW of Punta Bombon.
Cabo Peje Perro, a 579m promontory, rises about 10 miles
3.61

SE of Punta Bombon. Caleta Cocotea, 3 miles SE of the cape,

affords anchorage, in a least depth of 14.6m, but there is usual-
ly a rough sea in the cove. Two high islets lie close off the
coast, about 1 mile SE of the cove.
Matarani—Bocks A, B, C Punta Coles (17°42'S., 71°23'W.) is located about 54 miles
3.61

SE of Puerto Molendo. The coast between is regular in outline

c. 17°00'06''S, 72°06'38''W. and backed generally by hills intersected in places by valleys.
d. 17°00'04''S, 72°06'44''W. Punta Coles is a low, sandy spit extending from the base of a
3.61

3. Quarantined vessels—an area bounded by lines join- high tableland. Above-water rocks lie on detached foul ground
ing the following position: lying 0.5 mile SW of the point. From the offing the point ap-
a. 16°58'33''S, 72°07'50''W. pears as an island. A light is shown from a tower, 15m high,
b. 16°58'28''S, 72°07'39''W. standing on the point. The coast N of the point is fronted by
c. 16°58'52''S, 72°07'28''W. several above and below-water rocks.
d. 16°58'56''S, 72°07'39''W. Punta Sopladera is located 11 miles N of Punta Coles. Four
3.61

4. All other vessels—an area bounded by lines joining conspicuous chimneys, which emit smoke, stand close N of the
the following position: point at the South Peru Copper Company installation; they
a. 16°59'38''S, 72°07'13''W. serve as an excellent landmark.
b. 16°59'45''S, 72°06'43''W. An offshore tanker berth, consisting of four mooring buoys,
3.61

c. 17°00'13''S, 72°06'51''W. lies about 0.3 mile offshore close N of Punta Sopladera. A sub-
d. 17°00'07''S, 72°07'21''W. marine pipeline connects the berth to the shore. Vessels ap-
When the port is closed due to swells, anchorage may be ob-
3.59 proach the berth heading SE on the alignment of two beacons
tained in Caleta de Islay, in depths of 18 to 26m. Mooring standing about 0.3 mile ENE of the point. Vessels are secured
buoys are available. at the berth heading SW. Pilotage is compulsory; vessels are re-
quired to call at Puerto Ilo for clearance and to embark the pi-
Caution.—Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered in
3.59
lot. It is reported that the berth lies in depths of 24m, and that
the vicinity of the port and moored near the breakwaters. Roca tankers of up to 45,000 dwt, with drafts of 15.2m, can be ac-
Plana, with a 6.6m shoal extending to the NW, lies S of the pier commodated.
in Caleta Islay.
3.62 Puerto Ilo (17°38'S., 71°22'W.) (World Port Index
Matarani to Arica No. 14840), the S port of Peru, is situated about 4.3 miles NNE
of Punta Coles between Mallando and Arica. The port is used
3.60 Puerto Mollendo (17°01'S., 72°02'W.) (World Port In- mainly for export of fishmeal and minerals.
dex No. 14850), the lighterage port of Mollendo, about 6 miles It was reported (1999) that, under an agreement with Bolivia,
3.62

ESE of Punta Islay, no longer engages in shipping operations ex- Ilo is being developed into the main general cargo port for the
cept for the discharge from tankers of clean petroleum products region.
at the offshore moorings. The breakwater (mole) and landing Winds—Weather.—Southwest winds prevail and at times
3.62

wharf in Puerto Mollendo have been destroyed. All cargo opera- cause a surge and swell that make alongside conditions diffi-
tions are now carried out at Matarani. cult, especially between June and September. There may be
An oil terminal, with prominent tanks, is situated close E of
3.60
some days when ships are unable to berth because of sea condi-
the town. An offshore tanker berth, consisting of four mooring tions.
buoys, lies about 0.3 mile S of the terminal and is connected to Depths—Limitations.—The port consists of a roadstead off
3.62

it by a submarine pipeline. Pilotage is compulsory and pilots the town and two principal piers named Muelle Nuevo ENAPU
board about 1 mile from the berth. Pilots are available from and Muelle SPCC. Muelle Fiscal, a small pier in a cove off the
Matarani. The vessel’s ETA must be sent through Callao at N end of the town, is used by lighters.
least 24 hours in advance. Muelle Nuevo ENAPU extends WSW from a position 0.2
3.62

It is reported that vessels with drafts up to 12.2m can be han-

3.60
mile W of Muelle Fiscal. The pier offers four berths with
dled. At times, the berth is closed due to heavy swells. alongside depths of 5.5 to 18.3m. It handles general cargo and
A church, with two conspicuous spires, stands in the town.
3.60
has berths on both sides. Depths on the N side range from 7.3m
Volcan Misti, about 60 miles NE of Puerto Mollendo, is a con- at the inner end to 18.3m at the outer end, and on the S side

Pub. 125
 Sector 3. Coast of Peru 89

from 5.5m at the inner end to 16.4m at the outer end. Leading Puerto Ilo—Contact Information
lights, in line bearing 076°, may be of assistance approaching
this pier. Facsimile 51-53-481187
A rock, with a least depth of about 10m, has been reported to
3.62
E-mail practim@[Link]
lie between 20 and 30m off the S berth and about 120m from
the seaward end. Pilots (Tramarsa)
Muelle SPCC, 183m long, extends WNW from a rock break-
3.62 Telephone 51-53-481682
water. There are depths of 10 to 16m alongside the pier, which
Facsimile 51-53-482807
is used exclusively for the export of copper from the refinery.
PetroPeru Oil Terminal lies 0.6 miles NNE of Muelle SPCC.
3.62 Port
There are two berths with mooring buoys that can accommo-
VHF VHF channels 12, 13, and 16
date vessels up to 170m long, with a draft of 12m.
51-53-482233
51-53-483449
Telephone
51-53-481215
51-1-465-4280
51-53-481520
Facsimile
51-1-429-1870
tpilo@[Link]
E-mail
oper_tpilo@[Link]
Web site [Link]

Caution.—A 3.6m patch, marked by a lighted buoy, lies

3.62

183m SSW of the head of Muelle SPCC.

Groups of rocks, marked by a lighted buoy, extend up to 0.4
3.62

Puerto Ilo mile seaward from a point on the shore about 0.5 mile S of the
root of Muelle SPCC.
Aspect.—A conspicuous group of oil tanks stands in the N
3.62
Lighters moored inshore of the offshore tanker berth are
3.62

part of the port. Range lights, which may best be seen on the used by fishing craft which frequent the area.
chart, lead to the berths on the two main piers. Shoaler depths than charted may be encountered up to 0.5
3.62

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding area

3.62
mile from shore from Pena Blanca SW to near Punta Coles.
is in position 17°38'42''S, 71°22'06''W.
Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme
3.62
3.63 Rada de Arica (18°29'S., 70°20'W.) lies about 75
lies in the approach to Puerto Ilo and can best be seen on the miles SE of Punta Coles. The coast between is fairly regular
chart. with fringing dangers lying within 0.5 mile offshore. From
The vessel’s initial ETA message should be sent 72 hours
3.62
Punta Coles to Punta Sama, about 33 miles SE, the coast is
prior to expected arrival, then reconfirmed 48 hours and 24 composed alternately of sandy beaches and low cliffs, backed
hours before arrival, with a final confirmation sent via VHF at by tableland.
20 minutes before arrival. Caleta Ite (17°54'S., 70°57'W.), a cove about 1 mile wide,
3.63

Contact Information.—The pilots and port can be

3.62
affords a landing place except during autumn and winter, when
contacted 24 hours as listed in the table titled Puerto Ilo— rough seas prevail. The Rio Locumba flows into the sea
Contact Information. through a fertile valley and empties through a beach at the NW
Anchorage.—Designated anchorage areas for various types
3.62
side of the cove. A reef extends from the N shore of Caleta Ite.
of vessels lie offshore and may best be seen on the chart. Tank- An anchorage for vessels carrying dangerous cargo is found off
ers should anchor 1.8 miles NW of Muelle Nuevo ENAPU, Playa del Palo.
cargo vessels should anchor 1.3 miles WNW of Muelle Nuevo
ENAPU, dangerous cargo vessels should anchor 2.3 miles W Punta Sama (18°00'S., 70°53'W.) is the extension of a spur
3.63

of the piers, and quarantine vessels should anchor 2 miles leading W from Morro de Sama, a bold rock-fringed dark
WSW of the piers. promontory that is the most conspicuous headland along this
coast. A reef, on which the sea breaks at times, lies off Punta
Puerto Ilo—Contact Information Sama. A light is shown from a tower on Punta Sama.
Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken NW of the reef ex-
3.63

Pilots (Practimar) tending from the N shore of Caleta Ite, in a depth of 18.3m,
VHF VHF channels 16 and 68 sand, with Punta Sama bearing 145° and a road that is cut
through the dark hills behind the cove bearing 015°.
Telephone 51-53-481187 Small vessels may anchor in Caleta Sama, just N of the
3.63

Pub. 125
90 Sector 3. Coast of Peru

point, in depths of 16.5 to 21.9m. (18°18'S., 70°26'W.).

La Concordia Light (Peru) (18°21'S., 70°23'W.) is shown
3.64

3.64 Punta de la Quiaca (18°05'S., 70°46'W.), a low san- at the coastal frontier between Peru and Chile. La Concordia
dy tongue, with cliffs close N of it, is fronted by an above-wa- Light (Chile) is shown about 1.3 miles E of its namesake.
ter rock lying close SE of it. The coast between the Rio Juan An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 2 miles E of
3.64

Diaz (18°10'S., 70°40'W.) and Arica consists of a sandy beach. La Concordia Light (Chile).
It is backed at its NW end by the heights of Cerros de Juan Di- The port of Arica is situated about 8 miles SSW of the coast-
3.64

az and Cerro Negro, rising 5.5 miles E of the Rio Juan Diaz. al frontier and is described in paragraph 4.2.
Los Palos Light is shown at the mouth of the Rio Molles

Pub. 125
 91
4.
Sector 4—Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

4.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 4 — CHART INFORMATION

Pub. 125
 93

SECTOR 4

CHILE—ARICA TO PUNTA LENGUA DE VACA

Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Chile from Arica

4.0

to Punta Lengua de Vaca (30°14'S., 71°38'W.). The sequence

of the description is from N to S.

General Remarks
4.1 Several of the larger bights and bays along this coast
are suitable for large vessels. In addition, there are numerous
small bays and bights which may be used by small vessels with
local knowledge.
4.1There are a number of prominent points and headlands. Nu-
merous islets and rocks lie close off the coast.
4.1From Arica S to the S limit of this sector, almost the entire
length of the coast consists of desert. Vegetation is sparse ex-
cept in some of the oases and cultivated areas. The coastal cor-
dillera follows close to the sea, leaving a coast that is high,
level, and steep. There are few natural harbors along the coast.
The Andes Mountains back the entire coast about 30 to 60
miles inland and rise to general heights of 1,524 to 3,048m.
Many of the summits attain a height much greater than 3,048m.
4.1The rivers along this coast consist of mountain torrents that
are fed by the melting snows of the Andean cordillera and dis-
appear into the desert. The waters of these rivers are used for
irrigation, domestic, and industrial purposes. The Rio Loa, N
of Punta Chileno, is the only river that crosses the desert and
reaches the sea during all seasons.
4.1In general, the sea fronting this coast is deep. Above and be-
low-water dangers fringe many parts of the coast. Shore banks Chile Pacific Coast major Ports
extend 2 miles offshore in a number of places. Caution must be
exercised due of the lack of soundings. Uncharted dangers may predicted as it appears to be influenced neither by the seasons,
exist. In addition, the charts have been reported not to conform phases of the moon, nor a change of wind to a N direction. It has
with the actual coastal configuration in a number of places. been reported that along the N coast of Chile, the Peru Current
4.1The geographic positions given in this sector have been ob- moves in certain circular directions, which are of particular
tained from the latest available Chilean charts and may differ importance to the local fishermen. The expressions “when the
as much as 1.2 miles S, 3.5 miles N, or 2 miles E from their current approaches” and “when the current departs” are
charted positions. commonly used in this area; there is an abundance of fish in the
4.1Antofagasta is the largest port in northern Chile. The ports of former case, while in the latter the fish are less numerous.
Arica, Iquique, Tocopilla, Taltal, Chanaral, Caldera, Huasco, At any position along the Chilean coast N of 50°S, after N or
4.1

and Coquimbo are important. In addition, there are a number of NE winds have been blowing, a coastal current setting S or SE
smaller roadsteads and ore-loading ports that are visited by may be expected. Currents of a local nature are described in the
coastal vessels or large vessels. various parts of this sector with the features off which they oc-
4.1The principal points, islands, and harbors are lighted. Fog cur.
occurs along this coast at infrequent intervals, the average be- The tidal wave is generally propagated along the Chilean
4.1

ing less than one or two days a month. The high peaks of the coast from N to S. Tidal currents of a local nature are described
Andes Mountains are often hidden by clouds. with the features off which they occur.
4.1Tides—Currents.—The currents off the coast of Chile are Note.—See Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)
4.1

influenced by the Peru Current. In general, the current sets N Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia for details on regulations
parallel to the coast at a velocity of 0.5 knot. It sets slightly pertaining to vessels entering Chilean waters.
stronger from May to October than from November to April. The Chilean Ship Reporting System (CHILREP) is a voluntary
4.1

The current is generally stronger near the land than at sea. reporting system operated by a directorate of the Chilean Navy.
4.1A current setting S at a velocity equal to or greater than the N Details of the system are found in Pub. 120, Sailing Directions
current may occur occasionally and suddenly at any time of year. (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia.
The periods during which this phenomenon occurs cannot be CHILREP can be contacted, as follows:
4.1

Pub. 125
94 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

1. Telephone: 56-32-220-8637 direction. The entire length of this breakwater is 1,233m.

56-32-220-8638 Three berths (No. 3, No. 4, and No. 5) are assigned to Muelle de
4.2

56-32-220-8639 Abrigo and one (No. 7), operated by ENAPU (Empresa Nacional
2. Facsimile: 56-32-220-8662 de Puertos) assigned to the N (smaller) breakwater. Berth No. 7 is
3. E-mail: mrccchile@[Link] for the exclusive use of cargo coming from or going to Peru. These
Caution.—Submarine exercise areas extending up to 30
4.1 berths are all located inside the breakwaters.
miles offshore, lie in the waters within this sector, and are A new pier was built close E of Muelle de Abrigo in 2009
4.2

shown on the chart. with a short causeway extending N from the shore connected to
a concrete pier on pilings extending NE and is the home to
Arica (18°28'S., 70°20'W.) Berth 2B. Berthing at this pier is carried out only on the E side.
Muelle Fiscal is located close E of Pier 2B but extending W
4.2

World Port Index No. 14800 from the shoreline and is 177m in length, 16.8m in width, and
has an alongside depth of 3m at the pier head. Muelle Fiscal is
4.2 Arica lies at the SE end of Rada de Arica. The port is used by fishing boats, lighters, and net replacement, among
more important for the transshipment of goods to and from Bo- other tasks. There is a small-scale fishing terminal between
livia than for local imports and exports. Bolivia maintains a Muelle Fiscal and the N breakwater. See the table titled Ari-
customhouse in the port. ca—Muelle Fiscal for the berth number designations, along
with their assigned lengths and maximum allowable drafts per-
Arica Home Page mitted alongside.

[Link] Arica—Port Contact Information

VTS Arica Radio Call sign: CBA2
4.2Winds—Weather.—Southwest winds prevail nearly the
entire year. These winds may be considered a sea breeze. A VHF VHF channels 14 and 16
steady wind may be expected from noon until dusk, when it Telephone 56-58-220-6400
abates. On rare occasions a land breeze may blow from the E;
such a wind is always very light and generally dies out by 56-58-220-6437
dawn. 56-58-220-6470
4.2Fogs, called “calimas” or “camanchacas,” occur most fre-
quently from May to September. During and after October Facsimile 56-58-220-6496
these fogs are generally partial and occur only in the morning. E-mail vtsarica@[Link]
4.2Normally, the sea from the SW is calm in the morning, but
MMSI 007250010
increases somewhat in the port in the afternoon and evening.
Heavy storms from the S, caused by S winds, may be experi- Harbor Master
enced and last for several days. The sea becomes continually
Telephone 56-58-220-2000
rougher until the second or third day following the onset of the
storm, when it reaches its maximum. Such storms usually oc- Facsimile 56-58-220-6496
cur in the winter months of June, July, and August and last 3 or E-mail cparica@[Link]
4 days. Harbor work and traffic in the port may be interrupted
for 5 or 6 days. Northeasterly storms, caused by land breeze, Port Authority
may enter the port, but are not as severe as those from the Telephone 56-58-259-3400
south.
E-mail puertoarica@[Link]
4.2Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal range is 1.4m. A current
setting NE enters the roadstead. This current is caused by the Terminal Puerto Arica (TPA)
prevailing SW winds and its rate is proportional to that of the Telephone 56-58-220-2000
wind that has blown on the preceding days, but the range of
Facsimile 56-58-220-2005
current strength is 1 to 2 knots. During calm weather, a weak
current setting S is experienced. E-mail tpa@[Link]
4.2Depths—Limitations.—The harbor consists of two Website [Link]
breakwaters, one on the N side extending WNW for about 450m
in length from the shore and the other larger breakwater on the
W side of the harbor. The larger breakwater is called Muelle de A yacht harbor, S of the main harbor, lies close E of Isla
4.2

Abrigo and is an L-shaped breakwater jetty extending WNW Alacran and is protected by a breakwater.
from the shore N of Morro de Arica, and then in a NNE
4.2Continuing S of Isla Alacran in the vicinity of position a time but, depending on the discharge connection, there can be
18°30'36''S, 70°19'06''W are two CBM-type oil export berths. two types of tanker terminals. Details of each terminal are in
The CBM is comprised of three mooring buoys. Tankers must the table titled Arica—Tanker Terminals.
moor with two anchors forward and fiber-only lines to each of 4.2A crude oil export berth is available about 0.6 mile NE of the
the three aft mooring buoys. Only one tanker can be berthed at breakwater head, which is able to accommodate vessels up to

Pub. 125
Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 95

Port of Arica

Pub. 125
96 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

Arica—Muelle Fiscal
Berth Length Width Draft Remarks
No.1 114m — 2.8m Tugs only
No.2A 200m — 3.7m Mooring tugs
No. 2B 220m 38m 12.5m General cargo, cruise vessels, and containers
No. 3 190m 23m 9.7m General cargo, cruise vessels, and containers
No. 4 250m 50m 10.0m General cargo, bulk, cruise vessels, and containers
No. 5 250m 50m 10.0m General cargo, bulk, cruise vessels, and containers
No. 7 185m 24m 10.0m General cargo, bulk, minerals, and containers
Arica—Tanker Terminals
Sica-Sica 180m — 11.43m Crude oil. 50,000dwt
Quaine 185m — 13.0m Clean or dirty products. 45,000dwt.

60,000 dwt, with a maximum draft of 13.1m. A second berth, of the Andes. Volcan Misti lies about 140 miles NNW of Arica
for clean oil products, lies about 0.5 mile NE of the breakwater and is often visible. It is conical and snow covered.
head and is capable of handling vessels up to 45,000 dwt, with 4.2Isla Alacran, a low island of whitish appearance, lies with its
drafts of 9.8m. W extremity nearly 0.5 mile W of Morro de Arica. A small
4.2Tankers are berthed during daylight hours only and preferably flat-topped hill, 15.8m high, stands near the center of the
in the morning to minimize exposure to SW gales strength winds island, which is connected to the shore by a causeway. A short
that are frequent during the afternoon and early evening hours. breakwater extends from its shore.
Departure after 2100 is prohibited until the next day. 4.2Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding
4.2On closer approach, the coast behind the roadstead appears ground is located about 0.8 mile NNW of the head of Muelle
low. It trends S and SW, terminating in the heights of Morro de de Abrigo and is best seen on the chart. Pilotage is available
Arica. Isla Alacran, close W of Morro de Arica, is joined to the from “Armada Nacional.” Vessels over 220m in length will
mainland by a breakwater. A cross stands on Cerro La Cruz, a require two pilots. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 8.
hill SE of the town. Two prominent water towers stand on the 4.2Regulations.—The port is the N quarantine station for Chile
NE slope of the hill, close to the cross. and is a first port of entry. Vessels bound for “non-port-of-entry”
4.2Conspicuous tanks stand about 1.5 miles ESE and a little ports must call at Arica first, unless specifically exempted.
over 2 miles SSE of Isla Alacran. 4.2An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme lies in the
4.2Numerous prominent radio masts and a conspicuous television approaches to the port and may best be seen on the chart. The
mast, showing red obstruction lights, lie SE of the port. inbound traffic lane is situated on the S side of the separation zone.
4.2Lights are shown from Isla Alacran and the head of Muelle 4.2The initial ETA should be sent 5 days in advance of expected
de Abrigo. The lights on the breakwater are reported to be visi- arrival and then once every day at 0800 until arrival. The ETA
ble at greater distances than the lighted aids to navigation and message should include the following information:
are fitted with AIS. Four floodlight towers at a stadium situated 1. Confirmation that all cargo gear is in working order.
about 2 miles E of Isla Alacran are prominent and marked by 2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
fixed red obstruction lights. An airport, from which numerous 3. If there is any dangerous cargo on board (scheduled
prominent lights are shown, is situated about 8 miles N of the for discharge or just in transit.
port. 4. Expected arrival draft.
4.2Morro de Arica is a granite bluff which rises steeply from the
sea. A flagstaff, lighted at night, stands on the summit of Morro 4.2The use of tugs are required for all maneuvers associated
de Arica. Morro Gordo is a semi-conical hill about 0.5 mile S of with berthing and unberthing.
Morro de Arica. At a distance of 25 to 30 miles, Morro de Arica Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Management
has the appearance of a whitish cliff, the S slopes of which unite System (VTM-STM) operates 24 hours in the port limits of
with Morro Gordo a short distance from the sea. Arica and outward to the boundary described in the diagram
4.2The size of cargo in transit to Bolivia through the port is limit- titled VTS Arica. The VTS center is located in the city of Arica.
ed by the tunnels and the length of railroad cars; it is reported Participation in VTS Arica is mandatory for all vessels
that the length of a railroad car is about 10m, the height of the operating in the port limits of Arica and at anchor. Participation
tunnels is 3.2m, and the width of the tunnels about 2.7m. is voluntary for vessels passing through the VTS limits without
stopping. Vessels entering the VTS Arica operational limits
Aspect.—From a distance of 25 to 30 miles, Morro de Arica,
4.2 should advise their name, call sign, and ETA at the VTS limits
close S of the port, and Morro Gordo, about 0.5 mile further S, one hour in advance through both VHF channel 16 and Arica
form a good landmark. On a clear day Ciudad de Tacna, 29 Radio (CBA2). Additional communication with VTS Arica is
miles N of Arica, and a valley rising gradually to meet it, are to be carried out in accordance with the information in the table
visible from seaward. To the E rise some of the highest peaks titled VTS Arica—Contact Information.

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 97

VTS Arica

The vessel’s Automatic Identification System (AIS) miles NE of Punta Paloma, rises to a height of 128m. A fish
equipment must be working and turned on while vessel is processing factory and an oil installation on the shore below
within the bay and harbor as well as for any other vessels the hill are lighted and prominent.
transiting through the VTS operational area. 4.3Bajo Paloma, a stony patch with depths of 3 to 3.9m, lies about
4.2Contact Information.—See the table titled Arica—Port 0.5 mile offshore and the same distance N of Punta Paloma. Rocas
Contact Information. Pajaros consist of three rocks, awash, which lie close offshore
4.2Anchorage.—Six designated anchorage areas are located about 1 mile SSW of Punta Paloma. About 1 mile S of Punta Palo-
outside the breakwaters with their center positions, as follows: ma, a large white stripe on the coastal cliff is a good landmark and
1. Area A—18°28.24'S, 70°20.36'W. can be seen for 15 miles in clear weather.
2. Area B—18°28.57'S, 70°20.54'W. 4.3Punta Blanca lies about 3 miles SSW of Punta Paloma. The
3. Area C—18°29.30'S, 70°21.09'W. base of the point is almost completely white and is visible a
4. Area D—18°29.00'S, 70°21.30'W. considerable distance. A small rock, awash, lies off the point.
5. Area E—18°27.01'S, 70°20.21'W. 4.3Cerro Solitario lies about 2 miles SSE of Punta Blanca and is
6. Area F—18°26.46'S, 70°20.58'W. conspicuous because of its conical shape. A wooden pyramidal
4.2Vessels working explosives anchor at the quarantine beacon stands on the summit of the hill. Cerro Solitario is the
anchorage which is situated 1 mile, bearing 345° from the head NW termination of Sierra de Camaraca, a mountain about 2
of Muelle de Abrigo. Vessels arriving overnight may anchor at miles SW which rises to a height of nearly 949m.
the pilot boarding ground. 4.3Punta Baquedano (18°39'S., 70°21'W.), about 4 miles S of
4.2VTS Arica will assign anchorage areas in response to Punta Blanca, is very prominent. At its outer end, the point
application from the vessel. consists of a low stony hummock. It is backed by high cliffs
4.2Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks and obstructions lie which rise rapidly inland to a height of 883m. A little farther S,
within the vicinity of the port and may best be seen on the chart. the elevation increases to 927m. Punta Baquedano is the most
4.2A sewer pipeline extends about 1.3 miles WNW from a point conspicuous point between Morro de Arica and Punta Argolla.
on the shore 1.5 miles NE of the harbor entrance. An area in Roca Vitor lies awash about 0.5 mile off this point and is al-
which anchoring and fishing are prohibited lies adjacent to the ways visible because of the breakers over it.
pipeline and can be seen on the chart. 4.3Punta Pinto is about 4 miles S of Punta Baquedano and Cabo
4.2Additional submarine cables, best seen on the chart, extend Condell lies about 3.5 miles farther SSW. The former point is
seaward from a point on the coast N of the oil berth anchoring high and cliffy; it has no beach and rocks, awash, lie close off
and fishing prohibited area. it. The latter point has a 664m hill about 1 mile E of it.
4.3Caleta Vitor (18°46'S., 70°21'W.), about 2.5 miles S of Pun-
4.3 Punta Paloma (18°33'S., 70°20'W.), about 4 miles S ta Pinto, is a cove which is entered between Cabo Condell and
of Isla Alacran, projects a short distance seaward from the Punta Thomson, about 1 mile NE. It is completely open W and
coastal cliffs. A prominent white rock lies on the beach on the exposed to the SW wind and sea which prevail for nearly the
N side of the point. Meseta Condor, a precipitous hill about 2 whole year. The cove indents the coast about 0.5 mile E of a

Pub. 125
98 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

line connecting these two points. The S shore of Caleta Vitor is 4.5Caleta Chica is a small cove about 1.5 miles SE of Punta Go-
low, rocky, and is backed by high cliffs. Cerro Orella, the high- rda. The cove, about 0.8 mile wide at its entrance and extend-
est summit, rises to a height of 682m about 0.5 mile SE of the ing about 0.5 mile inland, is well-sheltered and has excellent
SE shore. The entrance to a large cave on the S side of the cove landing. Caleta Chica is difficult to identify from the S, howev-
is visible at a considerable distance from the N. Islote Morrito, er, a hill, 19.8 to 30m high, S of the cove, and Punta Gorda
a white, conical islet 47m high, lies close offshore W of the make good landmarks. The land at the head of the cove can be
cave. A coast guard post, in a prominent white house with identified by its reddish color.
brick walls, is situated on the E side of Caleta Vitor. 4.5The depths off the center of the entrance of Caleta Chica
4.3Quebrada Vitor is a ravine which extends E from the E shore vary between 25.6 and 29m and decrease gradually toward the
of Caleta Vitor. It is about 0.5 mile wide and passes between head of the cove where there is 5m about 0.3 mile off. Rocks,
hills nearly 610m high. The ravine is generally dry but may over which the sea breaks, extend over 0.3 mile from the N en-
have considerable water in it during the melting of the snows in trance point of the cove. Submerged rocks lie up to 183m from
the Andes. The beach off Quebrada Vitor is sandy. the S entrance point and also border the shore of the cove.
4.3All of the dangers in Caleta Vitor lie near the shore, and Small vessels can anchor, in depths of 9.1 to 11m, in the cove.
depths of 10.1m and over are found within 0.1 mile of the beach. There is a landing place E of the S entrance point and there are
4.3Caution.—Navigation, anchoring, and fishing are prohibited emergency aircraft landing strips N and S of the cove.
in Caleta Vitor between Punta Thomson and the coast close S 4.5Punta Pisagua, about 16 miles SSE of Punta Gorda, is rocky
of Isolote Morrito. and rises very steeply inland.
4.5Caleta Pisagua Viejo is a small cove entered close N of Punta
4.4 Cabo Lobos (18°48'S., 70°22'W.), about 5 miles S of Pisagua which is exposed to SW winds. Quebrada de Pisagua,
Punta Pinto, is dark-colored and steep, rising to an elevation of a ravine at the head of the cove, forms a conspicuous landmark.
about 745m. A spur, terminating in a hillock, projects from the The beach fronting the ravine is sand. The ruins of a fishing
S side of the cape. Several white patches of guano lie on the S village stand on the shores of the cove S of the beach. A rock,
side of the cape. awash, lies near the W extremity of the shore bank which ex-
4.4Punta Argolla, about 2 miles S of Cabo Lobos, is a rugged tends nearly 0.5 mile W from the N entrance point of the cove.
promontory which rises steeply from the sea to a height of Anchorage may be taken close offshore, in 11 to 18.3m, off the
802m. The summit has a small peak which is very conspicuous ruins of the village.
because of its marked seaward inclination. The point is dark
and has several white patches along its lower parts. 4.6 Punta Pichalo (19°36'S., 70°15'W.), about 2.8 miles
4.4Punta Madrid is a small tongue of land projecting a short dis- SSW of Punta Pisagua, is a ridge which extends about 2 miles
tance seaward, about 12 miles S of Punta Argolla. A small con- W from the general trend of the coast. There are a number of
ical rock rises from the sea a short distance N of the point. hummocks on the ridge. A conspicuous antenna stands on the
4.4Punta Camarones (19°13'S., 70°18'W.), about 12 miles S ridge about 0.5 mile E of the point. A light is shown from a
of Punta Madrid, is conspicuous from the S because of some tower, 4m high, standing on Punta Pichalo.
white patches on it and the islets which lie close offshore. Cale- Bahia de Pisagua indents the coast between Punta Pichalo
ta Camarones indents the coast between Punta Camarones and and Punta Pisagua, about 2.8 miles NE. The bay is extensive
Punta Norte, about 2 miles NNE. Quebrada Camarones, a ra- and recedes about 1.3 miles E of a line joining these two
vine with high land on either side, opens S of Punta Norte and points. The shore bank, with several islets on it, follows close
trends ENE. The beach fronting the ravine is sandy. The Rio along the shores of the bay. Roca Cooke, Roca Carbonera,
Camarones flows down the center of the ravine but does not Banco Nuevo, and Roca Osorio are dangers lying close off the
reach the sea. shore bank and not more than 0.2 mile offshore.
4.4The depths in Caleta Camarones are moderate. A depth of 4.6Depths of 44 to 104m in the entrance of the bay decrease
10.1m lies about 1 mile NW of Punta Camarones. Landing can gradually to 14.6 to 46m within 0.3 mile of the shore. Wrecks
be made, during calm weather, close E of an islet which lies lie about 1.3 miles E by N, and 2 miles NE of Punta Pichalo.
near the coast about 1.3 miles S of Punta Norte. The islet is 4.6The town of Pisagua is situated on a hillside on the SE shore
about 7m high and can be identified by its white summit. On of Bahia de Pisagua. A small pier, in poor condition, with a
the coast close S of the islet, a white point is frequently visible depth of 2.7m alongside, is situated on the S shore of the bay.
at a considerable distance. A light is shown from the head of the pier. A pier, 70m long
4.4Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken, in 31m, sand, about with a depth of 9m at its head, is situated at the head of the bay.
0.6 mile N of Punta Camarones. Local knowledge is required. A yellow tank and two aluminum tanks stand on the pier. It was
Small vessels can anchor, in 16.5 to 20.1m, closer inshore. reported that both piers were in ruins.
4.6A monument, consisting of a tall, square, white and blue
4.5 Punta Gorda (19°19'S., 70°19'W.), about 5.3 miles S tower containing a clock, stands on a small hill behind the town
of Punta Camarores, is a wide massive promontory. Eastward and is conspicuous. A cemetery is situated about 0.5 mile ESE
of the point the land rises to a height of about 986m. Above- of Punta Pisagua. There are several tanks N of the town.
water rocks extend 0.1 mile off the point. 4.6Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in a depth of 18m, with
Between Punta Gorda and Punta Pichalo, about 17 miles S,
4.5 the pier on the S shore of the bay bearing 167°, distant 0.2 mile.
the coast consists of low broken cliffs with a few scattered Vessels may also anchor, in a depth of 66m, mud, with the same
rocks off it. Eastward of the coast are the high hills of the pier bearing 159°, distant 0.5 mile. Caution should be exercised
coastal range. when anchoring as the bay is exposed to frequent heavy gusts of

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 99

wind from SE through S to SW. The shore bank is steep-to and mile farther S, in depths of 29 to 31m. The anchorage is ex-
precautions should be taken to prevent dragging off it. posed to a SW swell and vessels should moor on a SW head-
4.6A SW heading should be maintained by means of a stern an- ing.
chor. From April to August, both inclusive, two bow anchors Foul ground extends 183m from the shore at the head of the
4.6

and a stern anchor should be used. cove.

4.6Caleta Junin (19°38'S., 70°11'W.) is a cove entered be-
tween a point about 4.3 miles SE of Punta Pichalo and Punta 4.7 Punta Piojo (19°42'S., 70°10'W.), about 1.8 miles S
Junin, about 1.5 miles farther S. Two sand hills rise steeply of Punta Junin, is somewhat circular in shape. Cerro Junin rises
from the E shore of the cove to a height of nearly 701m. A cone to a height of 1,060m about 3 miles SE of Punta Piojo.
rises to a height of about 32m, about 0.8 mile SE of the N en- 4.7Caleta Mejillones del Norte (19°49'S., 70°10'W.) can be recog-
trance point. The ruins of a former nitrate shipping village are nized easily from the N by a road which passes over the hills back-
situated at the head of the cove. A conspicuous road winds ing it and by Quebrada de la Aurora, a ravine a little to the S.
back and forth along a slope to the nitrate mines beyond Alto 4.7Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken off the entrance of
de Junin. Caleta Mejillones del Norte, in 20.1 to 23.8m, sand.
4.6Rocks and islets lie off both the N and S entrance points. 4.7Isla Peninsula (19°49'S., 70°10'W.) lies about 8 miles S of
Shoals extend from these points and line the shore of the cove Punta Piojo. It is the S entrance point of Caleta Mejillones del
to a distance of about 0.2 mile. A wreck, with a depth of 8.2m, Norte and is joined to the mainland at its NE end. Several white
lies about 0.3 mile NNE of Punta Junin. patches characterize the Isla Peninsula. Close off the N side are
4.6The depths in Caleta Junin are generally moderate, diminish- a number of submerged rocks and an islet, the N extremity of
ing from 37m in the center of the entrance to 9.1m close off the which is black.
shoals which fringe the shore. 4.7Islotes Mejillones, nearly 0.5 mile SW of the Isla Peninsula,
4.6Pilotage.—Pilotage is available; the pilot boarding place is consist of three large and several smaller rocks, all of a whitish
situated off Punta Junin. color. The passage between them and the Isla Peninsula has
4.6Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 27.4m, about 0.5 depths of 10.1 to 14.6m, but there is a rock awash in the middle
mile N of Punta Junin. Anchorage may also be taken 0.1 to 0.2 of the passage, and it should not be attempted.

VTS Iquique

Pub. 125
100 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

4.7Caleta Buena, at the foot of a bluff about 3.5 miles SSE of Bahia de Iquique lies between the W extremity of Peninsula
4.9

the Isla Peninsula, is exposed but free from danger. Several Serrano and Punta Piedras, about 3 miles N. The harbor
rocks lie close off the shores of the cove and a rock, awash, lies consists of Molo de Abrigo and Espigon de Atraque which
about 151m offshore. Caleta Buena was formerly a place of extend NNE from the N side of the peninsula. Molo de Abrigo
shipment for nitrates, but the piers have been demolished and acts as a breakwater. Two offshore tanker berths lie about 0.3
the buildings and installations are in ruins. The nitrate slides mile from the E coast of the bay ENE of Espigon de Atraque.
falling from the plateau S of the cove and a prominent
cemetery at its N end serve as good marks. Iquique Home Page
4.7Pilotage.—Pilotage is available; the pilot boarding place is [Link]
off the cove.
4.7Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 18.3 to 20.1m, 4.9Winds—Weather.—Bahia de Iquique is open to winds
sand and gravel, a little over 0.3 mile offshore. The anchorage between the NW and NE, however, these winds seldom occur.
is somewhat protected from the S by the S entrance point of the Isla Serrano and the breakwater extending NE from it protect
cove and the holding ground is good. A vessel should be the harbor from the prevailing winds which blow from the S
moored on a SW heading. and SW.
4.9Iquique is ordinarily entirely free from storms of any kind and
4.8 Punta Ballena (19°54'S., 70°09'W.), about 4.8 miles strong winds are very unusual. The light breezes are generally
S of the Isla Peninsula, is high, steep, and rocky with no off- from the SW. Mist frequently obscures the hills behind the town,
lying dangers. The hills near this point approach very close to particularly in the early morning and afternoon. Even the town
the coast. Rocas Union, rocks awash, lie close offshore about 3 itself may be obscured at times by a low-lying mist.
miles S of Punta Ballena. Punta Guaneras is located about 4 4.9Gales off the S part of the coast of Chile cause a swell at
miles S of Punta Ballena. Islotes Cololue consist of two small Iquique from 2 to 4 days later. During N winds, surf enters the
rocks which lie close W of Punta Guaneras. Submerged rocks area between the moles sometimes necessitating the reinforce-
lie about 0.8 mile NW of these islets. ment of mooring lines.
4.8Punta Colorada, 10 miles S of Punta Ballena, can be
recognized easily by its reddish color. Caleta Punta Colorada is 4.9Tides—Currents.—The spring rise here is 0.9m, while the
an unsheltered cove N of the point. The cove has depths of 16.5 neap rise is 0.5m.
to 23.8m and was formerly equipped for the shipment of nitrates. 4.9In addition to the general current that sets N, there is an in-
4.8Ensenada Guanillos, about 5 miles S of Punta Colorado, shore current of variable velocity from 0.5 to 3 knots. It sets N
affords anchorage at a prudent distance offshore, in 20.1m. following the configurations of the coast and is more notice-
Nitrates were formerly shipped from this small bay. able from Iquique northward. This current, which is scarcely
4.8Punta Piedras (20°09'S., 70°09'W.), about 6 miles S of noticeable in the vicinity of Punta Gruesa, sets dangerously on-
Punta Colorada, is a small rocky promontory which rises to Punta Cavancha and Punta Piedras.
steeply to an elevation of 278m. The rocky heights E of the
4.9Depths—Limitations.—Cargo operations within the port
point attain an elevation of over 701m. Rocks and breakers
are carried out at Molo de Abrigo and on Espigon de Atraque,
extend more than 0.2 mile W of the point.
extending NNE from Penisula Serrano, located close E of the
breakwater. There are a total of four berths available. For
Iquique (20°12'S., 70°10'W.) further information, see the table titled
4.9Muelle Pesquero Corfo, a fishing pier, extends about 200m E
World Port Index No. 14760 from the root of Espigon de Atraque with depths of 8m along-
side on the N side of the pier. It is not advisable to use the S
4.9 Iquique is an artificial port composed of a mole (Molo side of this pier since there are numerous dangerous rocks and
de Union), 480m in length, linking Serrano Island with the obstructions between Penisula Serrano and the fishing pier.
mainland. A breakwater (Molo de Abrigo) extends NNE from
4.9Two small piers (Muelle Depasajeros and Muelle La Puntil-
Peninsula Serrano NNE for 846m, marked by a light at the
la) are located in the extreme S part of the bay and are used for
head.
small passenger craft.
Iquique is principally a fishing port, with local factories
Farther N along the mainland coast, about 0.4 mile E of Es-
4.9

4.9

producing fish meal, frozen fish, and canned fish. Other

pigon de Atraque, is Naval Pier, 170m in length. The head of
cargoes handled include copper concentrates, slag or ores,
this pier is collapsed.
vegetable and soya oils, and petroleum products. The harbor is
4.9Muelle Coloso, 300m in length, Lies about 700m N of Naval
well-protected and large vessels berth alongside for the
Pier but is presently inactive.
handling of cargo.
Two offshore CBM tanker berths, consisting of three
4.9 2. The Esso Terminal, the northernmost terminal, can
mooring buoys, lie N of Muelle Coloso. These tanker berths handle tankers up to 32,229 dwt and 179m in length. The
are situated off Playa del Colorado in the vicinity of position maximum draft allowed here is 10.65m at HW.
20°11'18''S, 70°08'54''W, as follows: Note.—Vessels must berth in daylight, but can sail at any
4.9

1. The Copec/Shell Terminal, the southernmost termi- time. Only one tanker can berth at a time, as the lines are near
nal, can handle tankers up to 57,000 dwt and 229m in length. each other. In both cases the vessels moor to three stern buoys,
Depths in the area are 12m at LW and the maximum draft al- with the intake on the port side, heading 270°, and both
lowed is 11.34m at HW. anchors streamed.

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 101

Port of Iquique

Iquique—Berth Information
Berth Length Length Draft Remarks
Empresa Portuaria Iquique (EPI)
No. 1 275m — 10.5m Containers and bulk cargo. On W side of pier.
Molo de Abrigo

Pub. 125
102 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

No. 1 See Note 210m 9.3m Containers and general cargo.

No. 2 See Note 200m 9.3m Containers and general cargo.
Espigon de Atraque
No. 2 140m — 9.3m Fish meal, Fish oil, General Cargo.
No. 3 (NW) 335m 270m 9.3m Containers, Reefer, Fish meal, Fish oil, General Cargo.
No. 4 (SE) 294m 245m 9.3m Containers, Reefer, Fish meal, Fish oil, General Cargo.
Note.—Located on inboard side of pier. Total length of both berths is 529m.

4.9Aspect.—Cerro La Cupula, a dome-shaped mountain 905m quirements.

high, lies about 3 miles E of the peninsula and in clear weather The use of tugs is required for all maneuvers associated with
4.9

makes a good landmark for recognizing the port. A winding berthing and unberthing.
road, low on the N side of Cerro La Cupula, shows up well Contact Information.—Port contact information can be
4.9

when close inshore. The summit of a sandhill S of the city found in the table titled Iquique—Port Contact Information.
shows up sharply from the N. The railroad which leads along
the mountainside N of the city and both ends of its circular Iquique—Port Contact Information
tunnel are conspicuous.
4.9The city of Iquique, with the roads leading to it, is perhaps Port
the best landmark in the area because of the mist which Port Call sign Iquique Capuerto Radio (CPA30)
frequently obscures the hills. At such times as the city is
VHF VHF channels 14 and 16
obscured, all that is visible to vessels approaching from the W
is the line of hills showing a sandy color and having no RT Frequency 2182 and 2738 kHz
distinguishing marks for miles N or S. It is reported that at
Telephone 56-57-240-1951
night, under certain conditions of clouds, the loom of the city 56-57-240-1934
lights may be seen up to 40 miles seaward.
4.9Near the roadstead, the following features are conspicuous; Facsimile 56-57-242-6969
1. The chimney of the hospital on high ground at the E-mail vtsiquique@[Link]
back of the city, about 1.3 miles ESE of the peninsula.
2. The cranes on the piers. Pilots
3. A church with two small towers in the S part of the Pilots VHF channels 8 and 16
city.
4. Oil tanks a short distance inland from the E side of the Harbormaster
bay and a chimney connected therewith. Telephone 56-57-240-1916
5. The light standing on the peninsula.
6. Three radio towers, each 18m high and marked by ob- Facsimile 56-57-242-4669
struction lights, standing close S of the disused light tower. E-mail cpiquique@[Link]
4.9A light is shown from a prominent conical tower, 13m high,
standing at the head of Molo de Abrigo. A lighted buoy is Port Authority
moored about 1.3 miles NNE of the light tower. For further in- Telephone 56-57-240-0100
formation, see the table titled Iquique—Berth Information.
Facsimile 56-57-241-3176
4.9Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for entering the port,
whether for anchoring or to discharge or load cargo and for E-mail info@[Link]
mooring at the oil terminals. The pilot boards in the pilotage International Terminal
area, 0.5 mile N of Molo de Abrigo light, as best seen on the
chart. Telephone 56-57-239-6000
4.9Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme E-mail terminal@[Link]
lies in the approaches to the port and may best seen on the
chart. Website [Link]
4.9The vessel’s ETA should be initially sent 5 days prior arrival,
then once every day thereafter at 0800 until arrival. The ETA Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Management
message must contain the following information: System (VTM-STM) operates 24 hours in the port limits of
1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order. Iquique and outward to the boundary depicted in the diagram
2. If any cargo shifting is expected. titled VTS Iquique. The VTS center is located in the city in
3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard. the city of Iquique.
4. Expected arrival draft. Participation in VTS Iquique is mandatory for all vessels
5. Description of the health of the crew and any passen- operating within Bahia de Iquique and at anchor. Participation
gers onboard. is voluntary for vessels passing through the VTS limits without
6. Any special requirements such as water and stores re-

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 103

stopping. Vessels entering the VTS Iquique operational limits of which is 270m high.
should advise their name, call sign, and ETA at the VTS limits It was reported that a depth of 6.2m was found to lie about
4.10

1 hour in advance through both VHF channel 16 and Iquique 5.3 miles WSW of Punta Cavancha.
Capuerto Radio (CBA30). Vessels departing the VTS opera-
tional area must contact VTS Iquique with their name. depar- Caution.—An anchoring and prohibited fishing area has
4.10

ture time from the port, port destination and the ETA at that been established about 0.4 mile SE of Punta Cavancha.
destination.
Additional communication with VTS Iquique is to be carried 4.11 Caleta Molle (20°18'S., 70°08'W.), about 4 miles
out in accordance with the information in the table titled VTS SSE of Caleta Cavancha, may be identified by a winding road
Iquique—Contact Information. which descends the hill behind it, the high sand dunes along
The vessel’s Automatic Identification System (AIS) equip- the N shore of the cove, and the yellow sand beach at its head.
ment must be working and turned on while vessel is within the Rocas Miami extend NW from the S entrance point of the cove
bay and for any other vessels transiting through the VTS opera- and are marked by kelp. Breakers are sometimes seen over
tional area. these rocks. A former whaling station is situated in the cove. A
4.9Anchorage.—Ocean-going vessels will find general anchor- ramp and a pier, 53m long, are situated near two tanks and a
age off the port, clear of the special and prohibited anchorages, small oil refinery on the S side of the cove. A 2.7m shoal lies
in depths of 14 to 40m, sand. Anchorage areas as well as areas NW of the pier. The cove should not be entered without local
prohibited for anchoring are best seen on the chart. Vessels are knowledge.
urged to consult the local authorities and the pilot before an- Punta Gruesa (20°21'S., 70°11'W.) lies about 5 miles SSW
4.11

choring. of Caleta Molle. The coast between is fronted by rocks and

4.9Anchorage and prohibited areas, the limits of which are shoal water to a distance of nearly 1 mile offshore. The point is
shown on the chart, lie N of the port and in the vicinity of the low and cliffy, with three white patches on its N side. It forms
naval pier which is situated about 0.5 mile E of Espigon de At- the end of a spur extending from Morro Tarapaca, a mountain
rague. about 4 miles ENE. Rocas Los Gemelos consist of two sunken
4.9 The quarantine anchorage lies about 0.5 mile W of the head rocks which lie at the outer extremity of foul ground which ex-
of Molo de Abrigo. An explosives anchorage lies 0.8 mile W of tends about 1.5 miles NW from the N end of Punta Gruesa. The
the head of Molo de Abrigo. SW rock has a depth of 4.9m over it. Three dark-colored
4.9The special (explosives) anchorage shown on the charts is re- above-water rocks lie about 0.3 mile NE of Punta Gruesa,
ported no longer used, as there are no lighters. With prior au- which should be given a berth of at least 3 miles due to heavy
thority from the Maritime Governor, explosives are unloaded at swells and irregular currents. A light is shown from the point.
the berths and removed immediately under special security Caleta Toyos, about 3 miles SE of Punta Gruesa, may be rec-
4.11

conditions. ognized by the settlement and small pier at its head. Punta Sar-
4.9VTS Iquique will assign anchorage areas in response to ap- gazos, the N entrance point, is surrounded by kelp to a distance
plication from the vessel. of about 151m offshore. Rocks lie nearly 0.2 mile off Punta
4.9Caution.—Fishing vessel traffic is reported to be heavy Rompientes, the S entrance point, which should be given a
within the port and approaches. wide berth. Small vessels may anchor close offshore, with a
4.9Two submarine pipelines extend about 0.4 mile W from a bottom of sand and shells. Local knowledge is required.
point on the E shore of the bay, 1.3 miles NE of the head of Punta Sarmenia (20°27'S., 70°10'W.) is located about 7
4.11

Molo de Abrigo. miles S of Punta Gruesa. Caleta Sarmenia and Caleta Ligate
4.9Several dangerous wrecks lie in the bay E of Espigon de At- are small coves which lie N and S, respectively, of Punta Sar-
rague and may best be seen on the chart. menia. Cerro Oyarbide rises about 5 miles ENE of Punta Sar-
4.9A patch, with a depth of 12.7m, lies at the E end of the in- menia. Four radio masts, marked by red lights, stand in the
bound traffic lane, about 0.6 mile WNW of the head of Molo vicinity of Caleta Sarmenia.
de Abrigo. Punta Chucumata lies about 3.5 miles SSW of Punta Sarme-
4.11

4.9A prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, nia. Submerged rocks and foul ground fringe the point to a dis-
lies close W of Molo de Abrigo and the peninsula. tance of 0.5 mile offshore. Caleta Chucumata, close NE of the
point, affords anchorage, in 12.8 to 18.3m, slightly sheltered
Iquique to Tocopilla from the S. Nitrates were formerly shipped from the cove, but
at present there are no installations of any kind. Islote Gaviotas
4.10 Caleta Cavancha recedes about 0.5 mile eastward, lies about 0.5 mile offshore, about 2.5 miles S of Punta
1.3 miles S of Peninsula Serrano. A small pier, 35m long, and a Chucumata. An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 2
canning factory, are situated on the S side of the cove. The S miles SSE of Punta Chucumata.
part of the town of Iquique backs the NE shores of Caleta Ca- Caution.—An air and naval exercise area, where navigation
4.11

vancha. Some abandoned submarine cables exist in Caleta Ca- is restricted, is charted in the area of Islote Gaviotas, extending
vancha. Punta Cavancha, the S entrance point, is low and about 4 miles N and S, and 2 to 3 miles offshore.
rocky. An inshore current sets dangerously onto Punta Cavan-
cha. 4.12 Caleta Patillos (20°44'S., 70°12'W.) (World Port In-
A sandy beach, interrupted by a rocky patch about 0.3 mile
4.10 dex No. 14671) is situated about 12 miles S of Punta
wide, lies between Punta Cavancha and a point about 3 miles Chucumata. The cove recedes about 1 mile E between Punta
S. Farther inland there is a ridge of yellow sand, the N summit Cotitira and Punta Patillos, about 1.5 miles S. Rocks, with

Pub. 125
104 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

depths of less than 1.8m, lie within 0.3 mile of Punta Cotitira, Contact Information.—The port can be contacted through
4.12

and a submerged rock lies about 0.2 mile offshore, a little over Punta Patache. See the table titled Patache—Contact Infor-
0.3 mile SE of the point. Bajos de Cotitira, consisting of a mation in paragraph 4.13 for details.
number of submerged rocks and rocks awash, lie about 0.3 Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be initially sent 5
4.12

mile offshore, 0.8 mile NW of Punta Cotitira. days prior arrival, then once every day thereafter at 0800 until
Islotes Patillos consist of three islets, one of which lies about
4.12 arrival. The ETA message must contain the following informa-
0.1 mile W of Punta Patillos and the others about 0.4 mile SW tion:
of the point, and a little over 0.3 mile offshore. There is a small 1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order.
islet a little over 0.5 mile S of Punta Patillos. Islotes Patillos are 2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
whitish in color and visible from a considerable distance sea- 3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard.
ward. A light is shown from Punta Patillos. 4. Expected arrival draft.
Tugs are ordered from Iquique. Only one tug is needed for
4.12

vessels up to 220m in length, with two tugs being required for

vessels longer than 220m. One tug will remain standing by un-
til completion of loading.
Anchorage.—Four designated anchorages are located 0.7 to
4.12

0.9 mile NNE of Punta Patillos, in depths of 22 to 34m.

Caution.—A rock, with a depth of 5.5m, lies SSW of the
4.12

conveyor pier.
A shoal area, with a depth of 17m, lies about 0.8 mile NE of
4.12

Punta Patillos.

4.13 Punta Patache (20°49'S., 70°12'W.), the S entrance

point of Caleta Patache, lies about 4 miles S of Punta Patillos.
It is low, rugged, and salient. An islet lies about 0.3 mile W of
the point. The coast in this area is backed by the steep slopes of
Alturas de Oyarvide, a plateau 3 miles E of Punta Patillos.
Monte Carrasco, conical in shape, rises in a position about 10
Caleta Patillos miles SE of Punta Patache.

Winds—Weather.—A vessel calling here in the month of

4.12
Patache Home Page
July reported that a moderate swell was felt in an area SW of
Punta Cotitira, but little current or swell was found off the bay's [Link]
NE shore. The vessel also reported finding a slight to moderate
swell at the pier. Depths—Limitations.—Depths increase rapidly from shore
4.13

Tides—Currents.—The tidal range at the pier is 1m.

4.12 reaching 21m depths only 200m from the coastline. Facilities
Depths—Limitations.—The sole purpose of this port is for
4.12 consist of a single pier (Punta Patache Terminal), 230m long and
shipment of salt from a conveyor pier. 32.2m wide. Cargo worked includes the discharge of bulk cargo
Entrance to the port is from a cove, 1 mile wide, with mini-
4.12 through cranes, hoppers, and conveyor belts as well as transfer of
mum depths 200m offshore of around 18m. sulphuric acid through chutes directly to a tank on the ground.
Two terminals are available in the port for alongside berth-
4.12 Loading of dry bulk cargo is accomplished through use of con-
ing. Terminal No. 1, a conveyor pier, 91m long, with mooring veyor belts and a loading boom. Vessels as large as 70,000 dwt
buoys at the head in depths of 15.2m, is situated about 0.5 mile and maximum draft of 13m can be accommodated at the termi-
ENE of Punta Patillos. The loading arm is retractable but fixed, nal.
so the vessel will have to warp along the pier head for position- Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in
4.13

ing the cargo holds during loading. Terminal No. 2 is located position 20°47'34''S, 70°12'25''W.
600m S of Terminal No. 1. Both terminals can accommodate Contact Information.—Port contact information can be
4.13

vessels up to 100,000 dwt, with a length of 250m, a beam of found in the table titled Patache—Contact Information.
41m, and a maximum draft of 14.3m.
Aspect.—A prominent monument stands about 0.5 mile NE
4.12
Patache—Contact Information
of the pier. The salt conveyor structure on the pier is conspicu-
ous. Four range beacons stand on the shore close SW of the Port
pier. A light is shown from Punta Patillos. The conspicuous Port Call sign CBA49
lights of the salt-loading terminal can be seen at night up to 20
miles seaward. VHF VHF channels 9, 14 and 16
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in posi-
4.12 Facsimile 56-57-242-6969
tion 20°44'16''S, 70°12'00''W. Pilots can be contacted through
Pilots
VHF channels 1, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, and 16.
The pilot comes from Iquique. Two pilots are required for
4.12 Pilots VHF channels 1, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
vessels that are greater than 220m in length. and 16.

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 105

Patache—Contact Information of these points to a distance of 0.2 mile offshore and also line
the S shore of the cove for the same distance off. A rock, which
Harbormaster dries, and a submerged rock lie about 0.3 and 0.2 mile,
Telephone 56-57-240-1911 respectively, NW of the head of the pier. A submerged rock lies
close NW of the pier head.
Facsimile 56-57-240-1911 Anchorage.—Anchorage for working cargo is obtained, in
4.14

E-mail cppatache@[Link] depths of 16 to 22m, NW of Punta Lobos; local knowledge is

required.
Terminal Maritimo Minera Patache
Small vessels can anchor close offshore, in depths of 33 to
4.14

Telephone 56-57-247-5220 37m, rock, with Islote Pajaros obscured by Punta Lobos.
56-57-247-4299
Facsimile 56-57-247-5220 4.15 Punta Lobos (21°01'S., 70°10'W.) is steep with sev-
eral hummocks on its outer end. About 2.5 miles NE of the
Terminal Maritimo Dona Ines de Collahuasi point, the land rises to a height of 900m. The point can be easi-
Telephone 56-57-251-6972 ly recognized for a long distance by Islotes Pajaros, two white
56-57-247-3830 steep-to islets lying about 1.5 miles SE and 0.5 mile offshore.
A disused light structure stands about 0.8 mile NNE of the
Facsimile 56-57-241-0778 point. Rocks fringe the point to a distance of about 0.2 mile. A
Terminal Maritimo Servicios Portuarios Patillos line of breakers, which should be given a wide berth, lies about
SA 0.6 mile SW of the point.
Punta Chomache lies about 7 miles SSE of Punta Lobos. It
4.15

Telephone 56-57-251-3251 can be recognized by patches of guano on its side and by a

56-57-251-3236 small fishing settlement 1 mile N. Farallones de Chomaches
Facsimile 56-57-251-3264 consist of a group of rocks, awash, on a reef which extends
over 1 mile W from Punta Chomache. The outer part of the reef
4.14 Caleta Chanavaya (20°53'S., 70°08'W.), about 6 is marked by breakers. Bahia Chomache is between these two
miles SE of Punta Patache, affords anchorage to small vessels, points. A light is shown from Punta Chomache.
in 31m, about 0.5 mile NW of its S entrance point. There are Caution.—The waters in the vicinity of Punta Chomache
4.15

some brightly colored houses on the shore of the cove. A are dangerous and should not be approached at night or in low
landing place, sheltered by four islets and several rocks, is visibility.
situated on the S shore of the cove. Lighters can load safely at
the landing place. Caleta Pabellon de Pica, close S of Caleta 4.16 Punta Guanillo del Norte is located about 5.5 miles
Chanavaya, is entered between Punta Colina, the N entrance SSE of Punta Chomache. Rocks and breakers extend up to 1
point, and a point about 0.5 mile S. A guano-covered hill, mile from the coast between these two points. Punta Guanillo
nearly 15.2m high, rises close E of Punta Colina. A reef, with del Norte can be identified for a considerable distance by a
above-water rocks on it, extends about 0.2 mile from Punta large white patch on its seaward side. The point is steep-to and
Colina. Cerro Pabellon de Pica, about 0.3 mile E of the S there is a large amount of guano on or near it.
entrance point, rises to a height of 318m. The mountain is Caleta Guanillo del Norte is entered close N of a point about
4.16

conical in shape, and being covered with guano, presents a 0.5 mile N of Punta Guanillo del Norte. Monte de la Cruz is a
strong contrast with the barren sunburnt brown of the small conical hill close E of the S entrance point, and Monte
surrounding hills. Depths of 21.9 to 25.6m in the entrance of Boca del Diablo is a hill on the N side of the cove. A village is
Caleta Pabellon de Pica decrease gradually toward the head of situated close NE of Monte de la Cruz. A small pier is situated
the cove. An exposed anchorage for large vessels is in 44m, about 0.2 mile N of the S entrance point, and another pier,
about 0.4 mile SW of the S entrance point. where guano is loaded, is situated about 0.2 mile SE of Punta
Quebrada de Pica is located about 5 miles SSW of Cerro
4.14
Guanillo del Norte. Vessels bound for Caleta Guanillo del
Pabellon de Pica. This ravine consists of a narrow gorge Norte should endeavor to make the land S of the cove. Local
enclosed by high hills which fall almost vertically to the sea. knowledge is required.
Above-water rocks fringe the coast between these two features. Anchorage.—Small vessels may find anchorage in Caleta
4.16

The rocks are whitened by guano and have the appearance of Guanillo del Norte, about 0.5 mile WNW of the S entrance
boats under sail. point, in 25.6 to 27.4m, sand and rock. As a heavy swell occa-
Caleta Pescadores, about 1.5 miles N of Punta Lobos, is
4.14
sionally sets into the cove, anchorage farther in is not recom-
entered between Punta Piojo and Punta del Faro, about 0.8 mile mended. Vessels may anchor about 0.4 mile SW of the pier, SE
S. Rocks and reefs fringe both entrance points and the shores N of Punta Guanillo del Norte, in 33 to 46m, sand.
and S of the cove for a distance of about 0.1 mile off.
Anchorage.—The best anchorage in Caleta Pescadores is
4.14
4.17 Punta Blanca (21°15'S., 70°05'W.) lies about 3 miles
about 0.5 mile N of Punta del Faro, about 0.2 mile offshore, in S of Punta Guanillo del Norte and can be easily identified for a
a depth of 35m, sand. considerable distance by a white patch on its S side. Rocks and
Caleta Lobos indents the coast about midway between Punta
4.14
shoals lie up to 0.5 mile off the point. Cerro Chipana, a 1,285m
del Faro and Punta Lobos, about 0.8 mile S. Rocks fringe each high mountain, stands about 2.5 miles inland, about 3.5 miles
SE of Punta Blanca.

Pub. 125
106 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

Punta Patache Terminal

Caleta Chipana is entered between Punta Falsa Chipana, on

4.17 through the beach. The river does not make any channel or
which a light is shown, about 5.5 miles S of Punta Blanca, and throw up any banks. About 0.5 mile inland on the N side of the
Punta Chipana, a little over 1 mile NE. Rocks lie 0.1 mile off river may be seen the ruins of a village.
Punta Falsa Chipana. Foul ground extends about 0.5 mile NW The best landmark for recognizing the Rio Loa is the ravine
4.17

of Punta Chipana, and 0.2 to 0.4 mile from the shore of the through which it flows. The hills on the N side of the river are
cove. Farallones de Chipana consist of two above-water rocks high and irregular, while those on the S side are quite low.
and a rock awash which lie between 0.8 mile and 1 mile NNW Punta Lautaro (21°32'S., 70°06'W.), about 4 miles S of
4.17

of Punta Chipana. A rock, awash, lies about 1 mile NW of Pun- Punta Chileno, is 70m high, rugged, and has a white summit.
ta Chipana. Caleta Lautaro is just N of the point. Depths of 12.8 to 16.5m
Punta Chileno lies about 8.5 miles S of Punta Falsa Chipana.
4.17 in the entrance of the cove decrease gradually to a sand beach
The Rio Loa discharges into the head of Caleta Loa, which re- at the head of the cove.
cedes about 2 miles E between the two above points. The Rio Anchorage.—Anchorage, suitable for small coasting ves-
4.17

Loa is the principal river of northern Chile. During summer, sels, is obtainable, in a depth of about 24m, with the N extrem-
the Rio Loa is only a shallow stream which flows within 0.3 ity of Punta Lautero bearing 188°, distant 0.1 mile, but local
mile of the coast, where it spreads and flows over or filters knowledge is required.

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 107

Caleta Punta Arenas lies close N of Punta Arenas and

4.17 Depths—Limitations.—Vessels anchor or moor; cargo is
4.19

about 5 miles SSW of Punta Lautaro. The S and NE shores of worked by barges. There are five piers plus two offshore berths
the cove are bordered by shoal water to a distance of about 0.2 available, although only two of the mooring berths appear to be
mile offshore. used for ocean-going vessels. For further information, see the
Anchorage may be taken, in 21.9m, fine sand, about 0.3 mile
4.17 table titled Tocopilla—Berth Information.
offshore in a position about 0.8 mile NE of Punta Arenas.

4.18 Punta Arenas (21°38'S., 70°09'W.) is low and sandy.

It is fringed by rocks which extend to about 0.2 mile offshore.
A fishing village is situated on the S side of the point. Cerro
Mogote rises to a height of 998m, about 3 miles E of the point.
Cabo Paquica, about 16 miles S of Punta Arenas, extends
4.18

about 1 mile W from the general trend of the coast. It is a sa-

lient promontory, the N point of which is covered with guano.
An islet lies about 0.5 mile W of the point. Roca Tortuga, a
sunken rock, lies about 1 mile S of Cabo Paquica and about 0.5
mile offshore. A second rock lies roughly halfway between the
rock and the point. Cerro Tolar, about 6 miles ESE of Cabo
Paquica, is a conical mountain.
Rocks lie up to 0.5 mile off Punta Mal Paso, about 4.3 miles
4.18

S of Cabo Paquica.
Punta Algodonales lies about 12 miles SSW of Cabo Paqui-
4.18

ca. Bahia Algodonales is entered between the point and Roca

Blanca, a small white islet located about 1.8 miles NE. Roca
Duendes, with 3.3m over it and surrounded by reefs, lies about
0.3 mile offshore. It is the outermost of several rocks which lie
NW of Roca Blanca. Islote Blanco is the largest of a group of
islets and rocks which extend about 0.4 mile W and NW from
Punta Algodonales. A light is shown from a tower, 8m high,
standing on Islote Blanco.
Tocopilla Loading Facilities
Tocopilla (22°05'S., 70°14'W.)
Muelle Codelco (Electroandina Pier) is the farthest W of all
4.19

World Port Index No. 14720 the berths, about 225m NE of Punta Algodonales. This pier is
234m long with a T-head, 82m long and depths of 19m
4.19 Tocopilla lies at the S end of Bahia Algodonales mid- alongside. Cargo handled at this berth include sulphuric acid,
way between Iquique and Antofagasta. The port is a major ni- bulk coal and potash, liquid cargo, bagged cargo, and
trates port that also has fishmeal, bulk coal, containers and containers. Vessels up to 80,000 dwt and a maximum draft of
petroleum products being shipped. 14.1m can be handled at the terminal with the use of several
Winds—Weather.—The port of Tocopilla is well-protected
4.19

mooring buoys.
from the prevailing S and SW winds, but it is exposed to strong Servicios Integrales de Transitos (SIT) Terminal is located
4.19

N and NW winds during the winter months. Frequent fogs oc- about 500m E of the Muelle Codelco on Muelle de la Planta. It
cur from June to September. When fogs are low, it is impossi- is an offshore mooring berth for bulk ore, nitrates and saltpeter.
ble to determine accurately a vessel’s position offshore and Vessels moor offshore on a heading of about 265°, port side-to
caution must be exercised when calling at the port. shore, using the starboard anchor and making bow and stern
There is a condition known as the ‘Surf’ that occurs between
4.19

lines fast to mooring buoys. The nitrate loader can reach all
May and September. The Surf is a heavy swell condition that hatches without shifting the vessel. Mechanical trimmers are
can cause a reduction in productivity and in some extreme cas- available. Vessels up to 50,000 dwt, with a maximum draft of
es a complete stoppage of cargo operations and require the 11m, can be accommodated at the mooring berth. Only one
need for vessels to change berths. vessel can load at a time, at a rate of 1,000 tons per hour.
Several piers extending from the shores of the bay are used
Tocopilla Home Page
4.19

by barges for handling cargo and for landing passengers. Pier

[Link] No. 5, located close W of the SIT Terminal, extends about
120m from shore, with depths alongside of 4.2m. Pier No. 1,
Tides—Currents.—The mean spring range is 0.8m and the
4.19
located close E of the SIT Terminal, extends about 140m from
mean neap range is 0.5m. Currents setting ENE at velocities up shore, with depths alongside of 9.2m and is marked by a light
to 3 knots may be experienced in Bahia Algodonales. During at the pier head. Muelle Fiscal, used by fishing vessels, is locat-
storms or when the wind is from the E, the currents change and ed about 300m E of Pier No. 1 and will have numerous small
set S or SW and are strong, particularly during solstices. local fishing boats frequenting the area.

Pub. 125
108 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

Two offshore berths, Anglo Buoy No. 1 and Anglo Buoy No.
4.19 range and descends to the sea from the high land behind the
2, are available within the bay. Vessels are moored with both city. About 9 miles NNE of Punta Algodonales is a group of
anchors down and lines to stern buoys. Cargo worked at these mountains, two of which are conspicuous landmarks because
anchorages include general cargo, bagged nitrates, and fish- their summits terminate in bluffs. Southward of Quebrada de
meal. Vessels up to 45,000 dwt, a length of 200m, and a maxi- Tocopilla is Monte Culillaca which has a broad light-colored
mum draft of 14m can be handled. band that is visible many miles at sea. A wide dark-colored
Aspect.—The vicinity of the port may be recognized by
4.19 band marks a place on the coast about 1 mile S of Punta
Quebrada de Tocopilla, a ravine which cuts through the coastal Algodonales.

Tocopilla—Berth Information
Pier Information Maximum Vessel
Berth Remarks
Length Draft Size Length
Anglo Buoy 1 — 200m 45,000 dwt 200m General cargo, bagged nitrate, and bagged fishmeal
Anglo Buoy 2 — 200m 45,000 dwt 200m General cargo, bagged nitrate, and bagged fishmeal
SIT Plant — 230m 50,000 dwt 230m Bulk and bagged nitrates
Pier Number 5 Barges Terminal
East Side 120m 4.2m — — General cargo, barges berth
West Side 120m 4.2m — — General cargo, barges berth
Muelle Pescadores—Fishing Vessels Terminal
East Side 120m 4.2m — — General cargo, barges berth
West Side 120m 4.2m — — General cargo, barges berth
Multipurpose Terminal
Codelco Jetty Bulk coal, bulk potash, bulk liquid, containers, bagged
82.0m 19.0m 85,000 dwt 250m
(Electroandina) cargo, and heavy-lift

The light shown from Islote Blanco is difficult to identify by

4.19 3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard.
ships approaching from the S because of the factory on the 4. Expected arrival draft.
point and the lights in the town. Contact Information.—Pilots can be contacted on VHF
4.19

To vessels approaching from the S, the smoke of the smelt-

4.19 channels 6 and 16.
ing works will be seen apparently seaward of the land; Punta The port radio station can be contacted, as follows:
4.19

Algodonales does not appear until later. At night the reflection 1. Call sign: Tocopilla Radio (CBA21)
of the lights of the town is reported to be visible 30 miles under 2. VHF: VHF channels 9, 14, and 16
favorable conditions. The lights of the city can ordinarily be 3. RT Frequency: 2182 kHz and 2738 kHz
seen 10 miles and the lights of the smelting works can be seen 4. Telephone: 56-55-813279
15 miles. 5. Facsimile: 56-55-813279
A large power station, with a number of tall chimneys, is sit-
4.19 The harbormaster can be contacted, as follows:
4.19

uated W of the city and is perhaps the best landmark on the 1. Telephone: 56-55-813279
bay. The oil tanks on Punta Algodonales serve as additional 2. Facsimile: 56-55-813279
marks for identifying the place. A cemetery, about 1 mile NE 3. E-mail: cptocopilla@[Link]
of the town, is conspicuous from the offing. Several tanks, Anchorage.—Anchorage should be obtained approximately
4.19

marked at night by obstruction lights, are situated on the hill 1 mile N of the port, in depths of 32 to 72m, at any one of three
behind the town. The aluminum silos, which are also marked designated anchorages. The following positions are the center
by lights, situated at the nitrate loading berth, provide an excel- positions of these anchorages:
lent landmark. 1. Area A—22°04.56'S, 70°13.30'W.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. There are two separate
4.19 2. Area B—22°04.40'S, 70°12.52'W.
pilot boarding areas located about 0.9 mile N of Punta Algodo- 3. Area C—22°04.18'S, 70°12.33'W.
nales. One boarding area is for tankers and one is for all other Reported anchorages also exist with their center positions, as
4.19

vessels; both are can be best seen on the chart. follows:

Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be initially sent 5
4.19 a. 22°04.56'S, 70°13.30'W.
days prior arrival, then once every day thereafter at 0800 until b. 22°04.40'S, 70°12.52'W.
arrival. The ETA message must contain the following informa- Vessels which are to remain in the port more than one day
4.19

tion: are advised to moor; however, if vessels should remain at an-

1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order. chor they should use two anchors and lie with their bows in a
2. If any cargo shifting is expected. W direction.

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 109

Caution.—Several wrecks lie in the vicinity of the port as

4.19 abandoned. Some wharves, in ruins, extend up to 0.8 mile off
well as around the area recommended for the inner anchorage the coast of the cove.
and may best be seen on the chart. Vessels approaching Caleta Gatico from the N have fre-
4.21

quently mistaken Caleta Guanillo del Sur for this cove. One
Tocopilla to Mejillones feature by which the coves may be distinguished is that the
rocks off Punta Guanillo del Sur are white from guano, while
4.20 Between Punta Algodonales and Punta Atala, about the rocks off Punta Gatico have a dark appearance.
11 miles S, the coast is high with a number of sandy coves Punta Guacache, about 1 mile S of Punta Gatico, has islets
4.21

which are separated by rocky points. The coast is backed by a and rocks about 0.2 mile off it. Caleta Cochinos is a small cove
range of mountains from 610 to 1,557m high. The outermost with a sandy beach between these two points.
dangers consist of rocks which lie from 0.5 to 0.8 mile off Punta Cobija (22°33'S., 70°17'W.) forms the W end of a
4.21

some of the points. rocky peninsula. It attains a height of 33m a short distance in-
The working lights of mines, situated close inland of Punta
4.20 land. Close W and S of Punta Cobija is a group of rocks, one of
Blanca and about 3 miles N of that point, are conspicuous. The which is called Roca Blanca. This flat rock is white and stands
lights run vertically up a steep hill. out clearly against the background of the black rocks on the
Punta Blanca (22°10'S., 70°14'W.) is rocky. Three sunken
4.20
shore behind it.
rocks lie about 0.5 mile off the point. Caleta Blanca, close N of Rada de Cobija lies between Punta Cobija and Punta Gua-
4.21

Punta Blanca, is a place where vessels anchor occasionally to cache. The roadstead is about 2 miles wide at the entrance, and
load copper ore. Punta Agua Dulce, about 5 miles S of Punta the shores are rocky and foul. Foul ground extends up to 0.2
Blanca, is the W extremity of a chain of hills. It is of medium mile from the S shore of the cove, with depths of 9 to 14m
height and cliffy. close outside it. The hills rise directly from the coast and form
Between Punta Atala (22°17'S., 70°15'W.) and Punta Yayes,
4.20
an almost unbroken ridge 610 to 914m high, with no sufficient-
about 31 miles S, there are a number of rocky points, behind ly marked feature to indicate the position of the ruins of an
which lie high barren hills. Rocks and islets front much of this abandoned port at their base. The ruins of the former port can
part of the coast up to about 1 mile offshore. be seen from a distance of 5 miles and form a landmark in the
Punta Copaca lies about 2.5 miles S of Punta Ataia, the coast
4.20
approach to Rada de Cobija. Roca Blanca would be a good
between being foul. The point is rocky with some knolls at its mark, but there is a similar rock some miles to the N.
extremity. The coast between Punta Copaca and Punta Ampa, It is reported (1990) that a pier, which was situated 914m E
4.21

about 2 miles S, is generally foul and is fronted by shoals and of Punta Cobija, has been destroyed and that landing is impos-
submerged rocks to a distance of 0.7 mile. Punta Ampa is low, sible.
rocky, and fringed with reefs which extend 0.7 mile offshore. Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in the S part of the bay,
4.21

Punta Guanillo del Sur (22°23'S., 70°16'W.) has several

4.20
in about 18.3 to 23.8m, sand, about 0.5 mile ENE of Punta Co-
rocks, above-water and awash, about 228m SW of it. Caleta bija. There is good anchorage for large vessels, in 35m, about
Guanillo del Sur is entered between Punta Guanillo del Sur and 0.6 mile NE of Punta Cobija.
a point nearly 1 mile S. Islotes Negros, which are mostly white
with guano, and some submerged rocks lie up to 137m off the 4.22 Punta Guasilla (22°34'S., 70°17'W.) is conspicuous
S entrance point of the cove. A rock, awash, lies about 0.3 mile because of two small flat-topped islets which lie 1 mile off it.
NNE of the S entrance point. Some copper mines are situated The coast between Punta Guasilla and Punta Tamira, about 2
about 3 miles inland; a prominent zigzag road leading up to miles S, is foul to a distance of 1 mile offshore. An islet lies
one of them provides a good landmark. about 0.1 mile S of Punta Tamira. Punta Chungungo, about 2
Punta Bandurria del Norte lies about 0.5 mile SW of Caleta
4.20
miles S of Punta Tamira, is rough, steep, and of a blackish col-
Guanillo del Sur. Islotes Blancos consist of 5 islets which lie or.
about 0.2 mile offshore, about 0.3 mile S of Punta Bandurria del Punta Tames (22°40'S., 70°20'W.) is rugged and one of the
4.22

Norte. Caleta Chinos is entered close S of Islotes Blancos and is most conspicuous points along this section of coast. Rocks
visited by fishing vessels. A reef extends about 0.8 mile seaward fringe the point to 91m off. Islotes Blanco lies nearly 0.5 mile
from Punta Chinos, the S entrance point of the cove. NE of the W end of the point and about 91m offshore. Caleta
Tames recedes nearly 1 mile E between Punta Tames and Punta
4.21 Punta Grande (22°28'S., 70°16'W.) is rocky and Chungungo.
crowned with several flat-topped hills. Reefs extend 0.5 mile Anchorage.—Anchorage, with good holding ground, can be
4.22

seaward from the point. taken, in a depth of 23m, shells, 0.2 to 0.3 mile offshore.
Caleta Gatico recedes about 0.8 mile E between Punta
4.21
Punta Guaque, about 2 miles S of Punta Tames, is low. Islote
4.22

Grande and Punta Gatico, about 3 miles SSE. Rocks extend as Negro lies about 0.2 mile off the point. Caleta Michilla lies be-
much as 0.1 mile from the N side of Punta Gatico and about tween Punta Guaque and Punta Michilla, about 3 miles S. The
91m from the W and S sides of the point. A good landmark for cove is about 0.8 mile wide at the entrance and recedes nearly
approaching the cove is a two-story white house with a red 0.5 mile eastward. Depths of 21.9m in the entrance decrease to
roof, about 0.8 mile NE of Punta Gatico. There is good anchor- 12.8m about 0.3 mile from the shore. Small vessels can find
age, in 33m, sand, about 0.3 mile W of the head of the cove. good anchorage about 0.3 mile N or NW of the S entrance
Closer in and more to the S the bottom is rocky and unsuitable point, in 21.9m, sand. There is a small settlement and the ruins
for anchoring. Heavy swells sometimes set into the cove very of a pier, on the S shore of the cove.
suddenly. A village at the head of the cove is reported to be Punta Gualaguala (22°46'S., 70°20'W.) is high, rocky, and
4.22

Pub. 125
110 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

VTS Mejillones

somewhat conspicuous because of the low black hills with had taken place in the cove.
which it is crowned. Rocks extend a short distance off the Punta Angamos (23°01'S., 70°31'W.) lies about 11 miles SW
4.23

point. Caleta Gualaguala lies between Punta Michilla and of Punta Chacaya. The point is a remarkable headland about
Punta Gualaguala, and has a small pier for the shipment of ore. 220m high and extends N. It is entirely covered with guano,
There is partly-sheltered anchorage, with fair holding ground, which gives it the appearance of a chalky cliff. Roca Abtao is a
from 0.5 to 0.8 mile WNW of the pier. A small settlement is detached rock a little over 0.8 mile NW of Punta Angamos. This
situated near the pier. rock has about 2.4m of water over it and usually is unmarked by
breakers. A light is shown from the point.
4.23 Punta Hornos (22°55'S., 70°18'W.) lies about 9.5 Bahia Mejillones (23°03'S., 70°27'W.) is entered between
4.23

miles S of Punta Gualaguala. Above and below-water rocks lie Punta Chacaya and Punta Angamos.
up to 0.2 mile W and nearly 0.5 mile SW of Punta Hornos. The approaches to the bay are clearly depicted by radar from
4.23

Caleta Playa del Horno, N of Punta Hornos, has a sandy beach a distance of about 30 miles. Punta Angamos, Punta Chacaya,
on its S side where landing can be made at all times. A rock, Morro Mejillones, and Tetas de Mejillones serve as excellent
awash at low water, lies about 183m N of the beach. A rock, radar landmarks.
surrounded by a drying reef, lies about 0.1 mile off the S Morro Mejillones has the appearance of a truncated cone and
4.23

entrance point of the cove. Good anchorage may be taken in stands conspicuously above the surrounding heights. In clear
the cove between 0.8 and 1 mile N of Punta Hornos; in depths weather this is the best landmark in the vicinity, but as the tops
of 25m; however, depths shallower than charted have been of the hills on this coast are frequently covered with heavy
reported in the vicinity of the anchorage. clouds, Punta Angamos is a surer mark. Punta Angamos cannot
Punta Chacaya lies about 3 miles SSW of Punta Hornos.
4.23 be mistaken. Besides a chalky appearance, it is the N extremity
Patches of foul ground lie from 0.5 to 1 mile offshore between of the peninsula, and the land eastward recedes sharply S.
these two points. It is reported that a conspicuous white Tetas de Mejillones consist of two peaks, 325 and 330m
4.23

pyramid stands about 2.3 miles SSW of Punta Chacaya. Caleta high, on the W shore of the bay about 1.5 miles S of Punta An-
Chacaya is a small cove which is entered N of Punta Chacaya. gamos. A conspicuous group of houses is situated on the N
Small vessels can take anchorage about 0.3 mile NW of Punta slope of Morro Mejillones. The lights of the buildings are
Chacaya; in a depth of 29m, but it was reported that shoaling clearly visible at night for a distance of 15 miles between the

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 111

bearings of 090° and 215°. An unusual phenomenon is the oc- loading coal located at the end of a long trestle pier with dol-
currence of large and small areas of discolored water, known as phins, mooring poles, and two mooring buoys. Vessels up to
“aguaje.” These give the appearance of shoals and have been 71,770 dwt, with a maximum length of 230m, a beam of
observed in the bay. They are of a coffee, red, or yellow color 32.2m, and a draft of 14.38m, can be accommodated.
and are caused by the presence of great quantities of marine Pier No. 2 is a finger pier for discharging sulphuric acid.
growth. Vessels up to 80,000 dwt, with maximum length of 230m, a
beam of 34m, and a draft of 14.38m can be accommodated at
Mejillones (23°06'S., 70°28'W.) this pier. Note that berthing can be carried out only during
daylight hours.
World Port Index No. 14670 3. Interacid Terminal, a jetty with a berth on each side, is
located 3.5 miles ENE of the Puerto Mejillones del Sur Light
4.24 Mejillones lies on the S shore of Bahia Mejillones del and used for discharge of sulphuric acid. Depths alongside
Sur, which is said to be one of the best natural harbors on the W Berth No. 1 are 16m, while depths alongside Berth No. 2)are
coast of South America. The port consists of passenger berths 15.5m. Vessels up to 67,000 dwt, with a maximum length of
(Muelle Fiscal), one fishing vessel berth, and one terminal with 238m in length, a beam of 34m, and a draft of 14.0m, can be
three mooring buoys for the discharge of ammonia. Large areas accommodated at either berth.
of red or coffee-colored plankton are a local phenomenon. 4. Muelle Bascunan, a small pier close E of the Interacid
Sometimes the waters turn yellow, giving the impression there Terminal is used mostly for small local vessels and has a
are shoal banks. Between six and 12 explosives-carrying ships depths of 3m at the head.
berth here each year. 5. Puerto Angamos Terminal, located 4 miles ENE of
the Puerto Mejillones del Sur Light, consists of four berths
Mejillones Home Page on a T-shaped quay capable of handling vessels with copper
and containers. A breakwater, 192m in length, runs parallel
[Link] to the shoreline in this area.
6. Terminal Maritimo Oxiquim S.A., close NE of Puerto
Winds—Weather.—Light N winds may start after midnight
4.24 Angamos Terminal, is a jetty with three dolphin buoys and
and continue until about noon. Southwest winds start about an operating platform marked by a buoy for the discharge of
noon and last until evening. Although these winds descend sulphuric acid. Vessels up to 95,000 dwt, with a maximum
from the highlands and are usually quite strong, they do not in- length of 250m, a beam of 36m, and a draft of 13.5m can be
terfere with the traffic in the port. Fog is rare, but sometimes accommodated at this pier.
occurs between June and September. As the bay is sheltered 7. Terminal de Graneles Norte, close E of Vopak-Ox-
from the prevailing SW winds, storms do not generally enter iquim, is a jetty used for the discharge of coal to the power
the bay. Offshore storms produce a swell in Bahia Mejillones station.
del Sur that, although not interfering with the ships at anchor, 8. GNL Mejillones LNG Terminal, located approximately
is felt close inshore and alongside the piers. 5 miles NE of the Puerto Mejillones del Sur Light, is an off-
Tides—Currents.—Tides rise 0.9m at springs and 0.6m at
4.24 loading jetty for LNG and consists of two berths.
neaps. The N berth is permanently occupied by a tanker used to
Depths—Limitations.—Several piers, two of which are in
4.24 discharge LNG ashore for supplying energy to the mining in-
use, are situated in the S part of the harbor. The piers are used dustry of northern Chile.
by small craft and lighters. One of these piers in use is Muelle The S berth is for a conventional LNG tanker to transfer
Fiscal, with a depth of 4m at the head, and used for off-loading LNG to the tanker at the N pier. Tankers up to 130,000 gt
passengers. There is a small fishing wharf, 53m long, with a with a maximum draft of 12.5m can be accommodated at the
depth alongside of 3m. Another pier, Muelle Fertillzante, locat- S berth.
ed 1.25 miles W of Puerto Mejillones del Sur Light is out of 9. Michilla Marine Terminal (Maritimo Minera
service. Michilla), located well N of Bahia Mejillones at Caleta
There are several privately-owned and publicly-owned termi-
4.24 Michilla (22°43'S., 70°19'W.), is an offshore CBM facility
nals used for the loading and discharge of various chemicals and used for discharge of sulphuric acid. Three buoys are
other products situated ENE of the Mejillones del Sur Light and S available for use with both anchors down for mooring.
of this area. Details of these berths are, as follows: Tankers up to 19,000 dwt, with maximum length of 180m, a
1. Enaex Terminal (CBM), located 1 mile ENE of the beam of 24m, and a maximum draft of 9.0m can be
Puerto Mejillones del Sur Light, is comprised of five moor- accommodated at this CBM. Maneuvering of tankers is not
ing buoys and a submarine pipeline for discharging ammo- permitted in wind conditions of Force 4 and stronger.
nia. Vessels up to 21,000 dwt, with a maximum length of Additional berth information for the terminal can be found in
4.24

185m, a beam of 27.4m, and a draft of 9.4m, can be accom- the table titled Puerto Angamos Terminal—Berth
modated. Information.
2. Puerto de Mejillones Terminal Maritimo, located 2.15 Aspect.—Cerro San Luciano, a prominent hill that rises to
4.24

miles ENE of the Puerto Mejillones del Sur Light, consists an elevation of 522m, stands in the SW corner of the bay, about
of two piers and is used for coal and chemical (sulphuric ac- 4.5 miles SSE of MaritimoPunta Angamos.
id) cargo operations. An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated close S of the port.
4.24

Pier No. 1, 70m long, is a T-shaped jetty-type pier for See the description of Bahia Mejillones in paragraph 4.23.
4.24

Pub. 125
112 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

Lighted ranges indicates the approaches to the berths. The

4.24 located on the NE side of this range is marked by two green
limit of shoal areas located on the SW side of this range are lighted buoys.
marked by two red lighted buoys; the limit of shoal areas

Mejillones—Multi Purpose Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Draft Remarks
Length Draft
Puerto Angamos
No. 1 225m 14.6m 225m 12.84m Multipurpose. DWT 70,000
No. 2 445m continuous 14.6m 265m 12.84m Multipurpose. DWT 70,000
No. 3 400m continuous 12.5m 200m 11.16m Multipurpose. DWT 70,000
No. 4 180m 12.5m 180m 10.70m Multipurpose. DWT 70,000
Terminal de Graneles Norte (TGN)
Pier 1 142m—428m incl. dolphins — 250m 14.40m Coal. DWT 85,000
Maritimo Puerto Mejillones
Pier 1 70m—500m incl. dolphins 18.0m 230m 14.38m Chemicals, Coal. DWT 71,800
Pier 2 46m—277m incl. dolphins 18.0m 230m 14.38m Chemicals. DWT 80,800
Mejillones—Tanker Terminals Berth Information
Enaex 5 mooring buoys 11.5m 185m 9.40m Chemicals, DWT 21,800
GNL 12.5m LNG. DWT 130,000
North 37m—430m incl. dolphins 300m 14.38m
Berth
GNL 12.5m LNG. DWT 130,000
South 37m—430m incl. dolphins 300m 14.38m
Berth
MBM mooring buoy 13.0m 180m 9.0m Chemicals, DWT 19,800
Odjell 12.8m Chemicals, DWT 65,000
Terqui 94m—320m incl. dolphins 240m 14.38m
mE
Odjell 12.8m Chemicals, DWT 65,000
Terqui 94m—320m incl. dolphins 240m 14.38m
mW
TM 1 16.0m Chemicals, DWT 67,000
38m—309m incl. dolphins 238m 14.00m
E
TM 2 15.5m Chemicals, DWT 67,000
38m—309m incl. dolphins 238m 14.00m
W
Vopak — Chemicals, LPG. DWT 95,000
mooring buoy 250m 13.50m
MBM

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. However,

4.24 70°19'06.0''W.
as there is no resident pilot in Mejillones, a pilot is sent from 4. GNL Mejillones LNG Terminal—position
Antofagasta. The pilot boards in different places, depending on 23°02'01.2''S, 70°24'22.2''W.
the terminal vessel is heading for. Pilot boarding positions are, Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be sent 5 days prior
4.24

as follows: to arrival, then once every day at 0800 until arrival. The ETA
1. Enaex Terminal and Puerto de Mejillones Terminal message should contain the following information:
Maritimo—position 23°04'00.0''S. 70°25'30.0''W. 1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order.
2. Interacid Terminal and Puerto Angamos Terminal— 2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
position 23°03'12.0''S, 70°24'18.0''W. 3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard.
3. Michilla Maritime Terminal—position 22°42'25.2''S, 4. Expected arrival draft.

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 113

ing to the bay. All vessels must keep their Automatic

Identification System (AIS) equipment on at all times while in
the VTS area.

VTS Mejillones—Contact Information

Mejillones Radio
Call sign CBA22
VHF VHF channels 14, 16, and 68
Telephone 56-55-2621513
Facsimile 56-55-2623279
Harbormaster
Telephone 56-55-2621513
Facsimile 56-55-2621513
E-mail cpmejillones@[Link]
Enaex Terminal **
56-55-2621511
Maritimo Puerto Mejillones Telephone
56-55-2621140
E-mail rvisedo@[Link]
Mejillones Terminal *
E-mai lackermann@[Link]
Interacid Terminal *
Telephone 56-55-2621792
Facsimile 56-55-2621960
E-mail interacid@[Link]
Michilla Terminal **
Telephone 56-55-2637617
jagurto@[Link]
E-mail
jotero@[Link]
Puerto Angamos Terminal *
56-55-2357070
Telephone
56-55-2357084
[Link] Note: * Open 24 hours., ** Open only during daylight
Puerto Angamos Mejillones Terminal hours.

Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) op-

4.24
Vessels must contact the VTS on VHF channel 16 one hour
4.24

erates 24 hours. This VTS is in effect for the waters of Bahia prior to entering the VTS area to confirm the following
Mejillones del Sur and the area bounded by the following posi- information if proceeding to port or anchoring:
tions: 1. Vessel name.
a. 23°01'30”S, 70°30'29”W. 2. Vessel call sign.
b. 23°01'30”S, 70°35'55”W. 3. ETA at the pilot boarding station.
c. 22°50'46”S, 70°41'20”W. If the vessel is only proceeding through the VTS area with-
4.24

d. 22°44'48”S, 70°35'08”W. out stopping, the following information shall be provided:

e. 22°40'54”S, 70°27'08”W. 1. Vessel name.
f. 22°40'54”S, 70°16'47”W. 2. Departure time from last port.
Participation in the VTS is mandatory for all vessels enter-
4.24
3. Destination port and ETA at that port.
ing, departing, or heading towards Bahia Mejillones del Sur or Contact Information.—Port contact information can be
4.24

vessels anchoring within the port limits. Voluntary participa- found in the table titled Mejillones—Contact Information.
tion is allowed for vessels passing through the area but not go- Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in several places
4.24

Pub. 125
114 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

within the harbor, all shown on the chart, as follows: breaks violently, is charted nearly 3 miles WNW of Punta
1. Area A—1 mile N of Muelle Fiscal. Lagartos. As the position of the rock is doubtful, caution must
2. Area B—0.8 mile N of Mejillones Terminal. be observed to give it a wide berth. The light on Punta Tetas is
3. Area C—0.5 mile away from the pierhead at Interacid obscured over Roca Esmeralda.
Terminal. A rock lies close off and a reef extends nearly 0.5 mile sea-
4.25

4. Area D—0.7 mile N of Puerto Angamos Terminal. ward from an unnamed point about 2.5 miles S of Punta Lagar-
5. Area B—1 mile NNE of Puerto Angamos Terminal. tos. From this point the coast trends about 1 mile SE to the N
Anchorage can also be obtained within 0.8 mile of the
4.24 entrance point of Caleta Constitucion. Rocks extend 0.5 mile
shoreline within the bay, sand, good holding ground. Caution seaward between these two points.
should be taken however since depths decrease rapidly inshore The coast recedes about 0.8 mile E between the N entrance
4.25

of this line. point of Caleta Constitucion and an unnamed point about 3

There is an explosives and inflammable anchorage area 2.5
4.24 miles S. Isla Santa Maria lies about midway between these two
miles ENE of Cerro San Luciano, about 700m offshore, in points. Reefs extend a little over 0.5 mile SSW from the S side
depths of about 20m. Caution should be taken to avoid a shoal of the island and up to 0.3 mile from all other sides.
area of 4.7m located 0.5 mile E of this anchorage.
Vessels are prohibited from anchoring within 100m E of the
4.24 4.26 Caleta Constitucion (23°25'S., 70°36'W.) is entered
submarine pipeline which extends 900m N from the shoreline N of Isla Santa Maria and lies NE of the island. The entrance
0.3 mile W of Puerto Mejillones de Sur Light. This pipeline is between the reefs, which extend N from the island and those
marked by lighted buoys. which extend about 0.3 mile S from the N entrance point, is
Vessels should not anchor N of Punta Choros; the coast is
4.24 about 0.5 mile wide and has a least depth of 13.7m. A channel,
steep-to and the holding ground is bad. about 180m wide at its narrowest part and with a depth of
Caution.—There are numerous shellfish beds on the W side
4.24 11.9m, trends S between Isla Santa Maria and the mainland
of the harbor, marked by numerous buoys of different shaped and connects Caleta Constitucion and Caleta Errazuriz. This
and colors which need to be avoided. channel is used only by small vessels with local knowledge.
Two dangerous wrecks lie close off the town. Another dan-
4.24 Anchorage.—Small vessels can take sheltered anchorage in
4.26

gerous wreck lies 3.75 miles N of Muelle Fiscal. the cove, between the NE side of Isla Santa Maria and the
A sunken wreck, in a depth of 40m, lies 0.86 mile offshore,
4.24 mainland NE. The best anchorage is about 0.5 mile ENE of the
with Puerto Mejillones del Sur Lighted Beacon bearing 187°. N end of the island, in 11 to 18.3m, mud. Farther out the hold-
A dangerous wreck, in a depth of 6m, lies 0.47 mile offshore,
4.24 ing ground is poor. The land breeze, called “paracas,” is some-
with Puerto Mejillones del Sur Lighted Beacon bearing 231°. times strong, especially at night.
Due to significant changes to the port infrastructure, mari-
4.24 Caleta Errazuriz is entered S of Isla Santa Maria and lies S of
ners should contact local port authorities and pilots for current the island. The channel between the reefs, which extend SSW
information from the island and those which extend about 0.3 mile N from
the W entrance point of the cove, is about 0.3 mile wide and
Mejillones to Antofagasta has depths over 27.4m.
Peninsula Moreno is the high land mass S of Caleta Errazur-
4.26

4.25 Peninsula Mejillones del Sur is the high landmass W iz. Cerro Moreno, the dominant peak in this region, lies about 3
of Bahia Mejillones del Sur. Its E side extends from Punta An- miles ESE of Caleta Errazuriz in the N part of the peninsula.
gamos to the SW extremity of the bay. Its W side trends about The mountain is inclined on its S side, but to the N it ends
7 miles SW to a position on the coast about 1.5 miles SE of abruptly over a barren plain. It is dark in color, lacks vegetation
Punta Loberia. of any kind, and is split by a ravine on its W side.
From Punta Angamos the coast trends about 5 miles SW to
4.25

Punta Baja, which is low, rocky, and surrounded by submerged 4.27 Punta Tetas (23°31'S., 70°38'W.) is the SW extremi-
rocks to a distance of nearly 0.5 mile. Rocks and reefs extend ty of Peninsula Moreno. The point is of moderate height, rocky,
from 0.3 to nearly 0.5 mile offshore between these points. Pun- and arid. Two hillocks on the point, aligned NE and SW, are
ta Loberia lies about 1.5 miles S of and is similar to Punta Ba- conspicuous and facilitate the recognition of the point from a
ja. A reef, with a rock awash and submerged rocks, extends long distance. Punta Tetas is steep-to and free of off-lying dan-
nearly 1 mile W from Punta Loberia. gers. A light is shown from the point.
Punta Jorgino lies about 8.5 miles S of Punta Loberia. The
4.25 Anchorage.—Anchorage is obtainable, in a depth of 46m
4.27

point is rocky and rounded. It lies at the foot of Morro Jorgino with Punta Tetas Light bearing 303°, distant 1.2 miles. This
which is high, rugged, and forms the N end of a tableland. berth is usually used by the lighthouse tender; there is a landing
Banco Lagartos extends about 0.5 mile seaward from Punta
4.25 place nearby. Better shelter is obtained by anchoring 0.5 mile
Lagartos (23°22'S., 70°37'W.). Islote Lagartos lies at about the ENE of the light, over a sandy bottom.
center of the bank. The islet, 4.9 to 5.8m high, is rock covered The coast between Punta Tetas and Antofagasta, about 14
4.27

with white shells and can be recognized for 3 miles. Rocks ex- miles ESE, recedes about 6.5 miles NE. A small bight recedes
tend some distance NW and S from the islet. A reef extends about 1.3 miles N between Punta Tetas and Punta Jorge, about
nearly 0.5 mile NNW from the islet and terminates in an 4 miles E. Islote Lobos lies close offshore in the N part of this
above-water rock. The boilers of a wrecked steamer lie on this bight, in a position about 2 miles ENE of the S extremity of
reef and are always visible. Punta Tetas. Roca Blanca lies close offshore, about 2.5 miles E
Roca Esmeralda, a submerged rock over which the sea
4.25 of Punta Tetas.

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 115

Bahia Moreno recedes about 4.5 miles N between Punta

4.27 the coast about 1 mile inland. Punta Brava marks the N limit of
Jorge and Isla Guaman, about 7.5 miles ESE. Except for a san- Rada de Antofagasta.
dy beach at the head of the bay, the shores are formed by rocky
cliffs. Antofagasta (23°39'S., 70°25'W.)
Caleta Abtao (23°31'S., 70°32'W.) indents the W shore of
4.27

Bahia Moreno. The cove is well-sheltered and has little or no World Port Index No. 14660
swell. Small vessels can take anchorage about 0.3 mile N of the
S entrance point, in about 17m. There is a landing place at a 4.29 Antofagasta lies at the E side of Rada de Antofagasta,
small wooden pier. which recedes about 0.8 mile E between Punta Brava and a
The airport for Antofagasta is situated on the NE side of Bahia
4.27 point about 6 miles S. It is an important commercial center. A
Moreno. Several conspicuous lights are shown from there. large part of the import-export trade of Bolivia passes through
La Loberia, a group of above-water rocks, and La Portada,
4.27 the port. Bolivia maintains a customhouse here. The harbor is
an above-water rock, lie close offshore along the NE shore of well-protected and large vessels berth alongside for handling
Bahia Moreno. The highest part of this coast is abreast La cargo. The depth inside the port varies from 9.1 to 27.4m. The
Loberia, where it rises to about 19.8m. port has seven berths varying in depth alongside from 4.8 to
Isla Guaman (23°33'S., 70°25'W.) is about 21.9m high and
4.27 [Link] is the largest port in northern part of Chile.
white. Rocks extend nearly 0.1 mile NW from the NW end of
the island and shoals extend about 91m off all other sides of the
island. It is connected to the mainland by a causeway. A bea- Antofagasta Home Page
con, 6m high, equipped with a can-shaped topmark with red [Link]
and white bands, stands on Isla Guaman.

4.28 Caleta La Chimba lies NE of Isla Guaman and is pro- Winds—Weather.—There is no rain except for an occasion-
4.29

tected from the S by a causeway joining the island to the main- al short shower. The interior and surrounding hills are com-
land. There are depths of 25.6m in the entrance, which pletely dry and barren. The prevailing winds are from the SW
decrease to about 9.1m about 0.2 mile from the head of the and are somewhat stronger in summer than in winter. These
cove. Above-water rocks lie about 0.3 mile NE of Isla Gua- winds usually rise during the day and die out in the evening.
man. The entrance of the cove, between these rocks and the The nights are usually calm. A land breeze, called “puelche” or
shoals extending from Isla Guaman, is about 0.2 mile wide. “terra,” occasionally blows during the early morning hours.
Small vessels anchor about 0.2 mile NE of Isla Guaman, in 16 The land breeze is uncertain, but at times blows with great vio-
to 24m, fine sand and shells. Large vessels anchor off the en- lence. During the winter the roadstead is visited by heavy
trance of the cove, in 25.6 to 29.3m. squalls that sweep suddenly down through the mountain gorges
from the elevated tableland of the interior and frequently inter-
Depths—Limitations.—There is a discharge berth for liq-
4.28
rupt lighter operations.
uefied gas (propane, butane, or mixed) in the cove. The en- Fog is extremely rare, but fog and mist may occur sometimes
4.29

trance to the cove is 0.2 mile wide. The maximum draft during autumn and winter mornings.
accepted is 10m; the maximum length accepted is 150m. Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise at Antofagasta is
4.29

Vessels moor to two buoys off each quarter, and are also held
4.28
0.6m, while the spring rise is 0.9m.
by a line from the shore to the port bow, with both anchors out, Currents in Rada de Antofagasta are ordinarily of a local na-
4.29

lying with ship heading 345°. ture and dependent on the winds. A coastal current setting S
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. A pilot is essential and
4.28
during calm weather has been observed.
should be taken at Antofagasta, where vessels will also be re- A SW swell sets into Rada de Antofagasta throughout most
4.29

ceived, unless the master has been to La Chimba before, then of the year, being more or less pronounced in proportion to the
the pilot and officials will board off Guaman Island, where strength of the prevailing winds. During May, June, and July
there is an anchorage, in 22.3m. There are no navigation lights the swell becomes heavier. At such times the sea in the road-
nearby and entry or sailing is by day only. stead becomes rough and breaks over the shoals and along the
entire shore of the roadstead. This ordinarily lasts from 2 to 4
Punta Brava (23°35'S., 70°23'W.) fronted by foul ground,
4.28
days.
lies about 2 miles S of Isla Guaman. The coast between is
fringed by rocks and unapproachable. A line of high hills backs

Antofagasta Terminal—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Remarks
Draft Length Overall
Fish Quay 7.3m 135m Located close E of Berth No. 1.
No. 1 9.1m 254m Containers, breakbulk, and cruise vessels
No. 2 9.1m 254m Containers, breakbulk, and cruise vessels

Pub. 125
116 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

Antofagasta Terminal—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Remarks
Draft Length Overall
No. 3 9.1m 254m Containers, breakbulk, and cruise vessels
Wharf Zone 4.8m 130m —
No. 4 8.7m 185m Containers and bulk vessels
No. 5 12.0m 185m Containers and bulk vessels
No. 6 9.4m 140m Copper concentrates, containers, and breakbulk vessels
No. 7 12.0m 260m Copper concentrates, containers, and breakbulk vessels
Notes:
1. Although there are no designated ro-ro berths available in the terminal, these types of vessels can be accommodated in
some of the berths listed above.
2. Container cargo can be accommodated at all berths.

Depths—Limitations.—The principal harbor, an artificial

4.29 1.5 and 2 miles NNE of the port. Numerous high chimneys and
one situated at the W side of the city, is protected by a break- large buildings are situated throughout the city. Several
water which extends WNW from the shore and thence N. It is prominent grain silos and warehouses stand on the E side of the
entered from the N, the entrance being about 240m wide be- harbor. A four-story building, illuminated by fluorescent lights,
tween the above breakwater and one which extends W from the stands nearly 1 mile ENE of the head of the E breakwater, and
shore. The harbor is about 0.2 mile wide in the N part and de- two five-story buildings stand about 0.7 mile ESE of the same
creases to about 0.1 mile at its S end. The inner part of the out- point. A conspicuous 24-story building stands about 1 mile SW
er breakwater is quayed on its SW and S sides. The E side of of the hospital. A prominent brewery, with chimneys, stands
the artificial harbor has a long quay for large vessels and a about 0.8 mile NE of the E breakwater; this building is
small quay at its S part for small vessels. brilliantly lit at night.
The port has seven berths, all of which are used for general
4.29 A light is shown from a prominent tower standing on the head
4.29

and dry bulk cargo, besides a fishing zone and a wharf zone. of the W breakwater. A radio mast, 75m high, stands on Arrecife
See table with title Antofagasta Terminal—Berth Tawn close W of Caleta Poza del Salitre. Red obstruction lights
Information for more detailed berth information. are shown from a radio mast, 60m high, standing about 1 mile
Caleta Poza del Salitre, the old harbor, lies about 0.5 mile
4.29 ESE from the E breakwater head. A light is exhibited close NE
ENE of the artificial harbor. Several piers extend from the of Arrecifee Tawn at the end of Pier No. 1.
shores of this cove, which is used only by small craft, yachts, Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding area
4.29

and fishing vessels. The channel to Caleta Poza del Salitre is is within a 0.3 mile radius of position 23°38'19''S, 70°24'59''W.
occasionally impassable because of the heavy swell which rolls Vessels awaiting pilot for Caleta Coloso anchor close to the
over Arrecife Tawn and breaks across the entrance. boarding area, in depths of about 40m, and are required to be
Three offshore oil berths with CBMs are located 1 to 2 miles
4.29 underway before the pilot boards.
N of the harbor entrance; these berths handle petroleum, Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme
4.29

lubricating oils, and clean products. Tankers up to 191m in lies in the approaches to the port and may best be seen on the
length, with a maximum draft of 18.0m, can be accommodated chart. The inbound traffic lane is situated S of the separation
at the two southernmost berths; the northernmost berth can zone.
accommodate vessels with a maximum draft of only 12.2m. Signals.—During periods of stormy weather, traffic to and
4.29

A single offshore oil berth with a CBM is located about 1

4.29 from Caleta Poza del Salitre, as well as in other parts of the
mile S of the harbor entrance. Tankers up to 250m in length, harbor, may be restricted. Signals indicating such restrictions
with a maximum draft of 15.0m, can be accommodated at this are displayed from a mast on the tower of the Harbor Office,
berth. However, it has been reported (2010) that this berth is about 0.5 mile SE of the entrance of the artificial harbor, and
not in use. are, as follows:
Aspect.—Cerro Moreno and Punta Tetas are visible at a
4.29 1. One ball at the dip—The movement of small craft is
considerable distance and cannot be confused by vessels suspended. Other vessels should look to their moorings.
approaching Antofagasta, either from the N or S. Morro Jara is 2. One ball at the masthead—The port is closed and all
a good landmark for vessels approaching from southward. traffic is suspended.
Cerros del Ancia, a number of hills about 1 mile E of Contact Information.—The harbormaster can be contacted,
4.29

Antofagasta, rise steeply to a height of 293m. A large cement as follows:

anchor, facing W, is situated near the top of one of these hills. 1. Call sign:CBA20
On closer approach to the port, a hospital, about 1 mile SE of
4.29 (Antofagasta Capuerto Radio)
the entrance of the artificial harbor, and a church tower close 2. VHF: VHF channels 9, 14, and 16
NW of it, are conspicuous. Large tank farms are situated about 3. Telephone: 56-55-2228008

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 117

4.29 Antofagasta Harbor

2. Facsimile: 56-55-2563735
3. E-mail: comunicationes@[Link]
4. Web site: [Link]
Antofagasta International Terminal can be contacted, as fol-
4.29

lows:
1. Telephone: 56-55-2432350
56-55-2432301
2. Facsimile: 56-55-2432355
56-55-2432309
3. E-mail: terminal@[Link]
comercial@[Link]
4. Web site: [Link]
Anchorage.—Six designated anchor berths, best seen on the
4.29

chart, lie N and SSW of the outer breakwater. Berth 1 trough

Berth 4 are located NNW of the harbor entrance. Berth 5 and
Berth 6 are SSW of the W breakwater. The holding ground is
not good.
Vessels intending to remain at anchor for several days must
4.29

anchor under the directions given by the pilot, on a SW head-

ing.
A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
4.29

on the chart, fronts the harbor entrance.

Light shown from the W breakwater Caution.—Roca Paita, awash, lies about 0.3 mile N of the E
4.29

side of the entrance to the harbor. A dangerous wreck lies close

4. Facsimile: 56-55-2224464 N of Roca Paita. The rock is the outermost danger of a large
5. E-mail: cpantofagasta@[Link] shoal area which extends about 0.3 mile N from the harbor en-
4.29 The Port Authority can be contacted, as follows: trance, then E to the shore. Arrecife Tawn, consisting of drying
1. Telephone: 56-55-2563709 and submerged rocks, lies within this area. A shoal, with a least

Pub. 125
118 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

depth of 2.3m, lies about 0.3 mile offshore, 0.8 mile NNE of the islet, lies about 2 miles SSW of Punta Coloso and about 0.2 mile
E breakwater head. Rocas Abel y Ema lie awash about 0.1 mile offshore. Caleta Bolfin indents the coast about 3 miles S of Roca
offshore, a little over 1 mile NNE of the harbor entrance. A dan- Negra. The cove has moderate depths and affords anchorage for
gerous wreck lies 0.2 mile WNW of Rocas Abel y Ema. several large vessels, sheltered from SW winds.
Roca Hornos, with above and below-water rocks and about
4.29 Caution.—The coast between Punta Coloso and Caleta Bol-
4.31

0.2 mile long, lies less than 0.3 mile NNE of Rocas Abel y fin, about 2 miles SSW, has been reported to extend about 2.5
Ema. Roca Celina lies awash about 0.2 mile NE of Roca Hor- miles farther SW than charted.
nos. A rock, with a least depth of 8.9m, lies about 0.2 mile SW Morro Jara (23°52'S., 70°30'W.) is steep and conspicuous.
4.31

of Roca Hornos. This rock and others in the vicinity are espe- It lies on a small peninsula that extends about 1 mile W from
cially dangerous to vessels mooring off the submerged pipe- the coast. Monte Jaron, about 4 miles E of Morro Jara, is con-
lines in the area. spicuous and a good landmark for ships approaching Antofa-
The head of the W breakwater should be given a wide berth,
4.29 gasta from the S.
due to rocks extending up to 30m from it. Islote Aguila lies close offshore, about 4 miles S of Morro
4.31

Vessels should exercise caution when approaching the an-

4.29 Jara. A white pyramidal beacon stands on the coast about 3
chorage at night, as the lights of the city are reported to be very miles S of Islote Aguila. Punta Amarilla lies about 9 miles S of
deceptive. Morro Jara. The point can be recognized by a large yellow
patch which is visible at a considerable distance.
Antofagasta to Taltal
4.32 Caleta Agua Dulce (24°08'S., 70°30'W.) provides in-
4.30 Between Antofagasta and Morro Jara, about 12 miles different shelter with deep water and a bottom of stone, sand,
SSW, the coast is backed by a high chain of hills which lies and shell. The hills surrounding the cove rise abruptly from a
about 1 mile inland. rocky shore to a height of about 594m. Pica Agua Dulce, 714m
Caleta Coloso (23°45'S., 70°28'W.), with a mooring berth,
4.30 high, rises at the N side of the cove. Another mountain, 1,890m
recedes about 0.3 mile S between Punta Paso Malo, about 7 high and with a yellow patch on its W side, rises about 4 miles
miles SSW of Antofagasta, and about 0.8 mile WSW of Punta ESE of the innermost shore of the cove.
Coloso. A light, with a racon, is exhibited at Punta Coloso. Caleta Agua Salada, about 3 miles S of Caleta Agua Dulce,
4.32

Shoal water extends about 0.1 mile off the S and E shores of may be recognized by the large yellow patch on the 1,890m
the cove. A rocky patch, with 7.3m over it, lies about midway high mountain mentioned above. Punta Agua Salada, the S en-
between the two entrance points and about 0.2 mile offshore. trance point of the cove, is high, steep, and of a darker color
Approach to the berth is made on green leading lights bear-
4.30 than the adjacent coast. A submerged rock lies about 0.3 mile
ing 190°. Caution must be exercised to avoid the 7.3m patch W of the point. Foul ground, marked by kelp, lies up to 0.2
mentioned above. mile off the SE shores of the cove.
Depths—Limitations.—The berth for ore loading consists
4.30 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, with local knowl-
4.32

of a wharf head structure and two dolphins, one on each side of edge, in depths of 22 to 31m, rock and sand, about 0.8 mile NE
the wharf head. The berth can accommodate vessels up to of Punta Agua Salada.
65,500 dwt, 200m in length, 33.5m in width, and a draft of Punta Moreno, about 3 miles S of Punta Agua Salada, is low
4.32

12.0m. and rocky, and is the only low land in the vicinity. Roca More-
The starboard anchor is used for port side-to berthing on two
4.30 no, an above-water rock, lies at the outer edge of a reef which
dolphins, while two tugs assist. The least depth at MLW is extends about 0.1 mile N from the point.
13m. Lines are doubled to five mooring buoys and four back Caution.—It was reported that the coastline between Punta
4.32

springs are used to the [Link] berth usually is sheltered Moreno and Morro Jara, 25 miles N, lies up to 1.5 miles farther
from the strong SW summer winds which. however. occasion- W than charted.
ally disrupts loading process. Caleta El Cobre recedes about 0.4 mile SE between Punta
Vessels will not be berthed if the winds exceed 18 knots.
4.30 Moreno and a point about 0.8 mile NE. A winding road on the
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and should be ordered
4.30 hill on the S side of the cove is a good landmark. Two white-
through the agents. Agents can be contacted on VHF channel topped islets lie close offshore, about 0.5 mile N of the NE en-
73. trance point of the cove. Just N of the islets is a long, black
The pilot boarding area is off Antofagasta in position
4.30 point with a dark sandy patch on it.
23°38'06''S, 70°24'52''W. Vessels awaiting pilot for Caleta Co- Anchorage may be taken in Caleta El Cobre, about 0.2 mile
4.32

loso anchor close to the boarding area in depth of about 40m NE of Punta Moreno, in 21.9m. Small vessels can anchor clos-
and are required to be underway before the pilot boards. er inshore, in 12.8m, sand.
The pilot vessel and tugs can be contacted on VHF channels
4.30

6, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 68, 69, and 70. 4.33 Punta Tres Picos (24°20'S., 70°32'W.) lies about 5
Anchorage.—Vessels anchor, in depths of 20 to 24m, in a
4.30 miles S of Punta Moreno, and Peninsula Cangrejos lies about 2
sand bed with good holding ground, 0.2 mile ENE of Punta miles farther S. The peninsula is about 9.1m high and is con-
Coloso; avoid the 7.3m shoal patch mentioned above, and the nected with the coast by a sandy isthmus, about 0.9m high and
coastal bank, with depths of less than 5.5m, that extends 0.1 about 0.3 mile long. Above and below-water rocks extend
mile from SE shore of the cove. about 0.2 mile N from the peninsula. Caleta Blanco Encalada
recedes a little over 0.3 mile S between Peninsula Cangrejos
4.31 Roca Negra (23°47'S., 70°29'W.), a small dark-colored and a point nearly 1 mile ENE. The cove is protected from S

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 119

winds by the peninsula. The S and E shores of the cove are which extend about 0.5 mile offshore, are scattered along the
fringed with rocks which extend up to 0.2 mile from the shore. shores of the bay. Punta Taltal, the S entrance point, is low and
The best anchorage is about 0.4 mile ENE of the N extremity has two conspicuous knobs on it. Islote de Afuera, with a rock
of Peninsula Cangrejos, in 14.6 or 16.5m, fine sand. close N of it, lies on a reef which extends about 0.2 mile N
Punta Dos Reyes (24°32'S., 70°35'W.), though low, is one
4.33 from the point.
of the most prominent on this part of the coast. The coast be- Caution.—Caution should be exercised when rounding Pun-
4.35

tween Peninsula Cangrejos and Punta Dos Reyes is generally ta Taltal, as the current sets toward Islote de Afuera and tide
rocky with dangers lying nearly 1 mile offshore in places. A rips are experienced for about 1.3 miles N of the point. Break-
short distance inland is a hill with a depression about 280m ers have been observed as much as 0.8 mile from the point
high. during a strong wind. An unconfirmed depth of about 12.8m
Punta Buitre lies about 4.5 miles SSE of Punta Dos Reyes.
4.33 was reported about 5 miles NNW of Punta Taltal.
Roca Buitre, with 1.8m over it, lies about 0.5 mile W of Punta
Buitre. The sea sometimes breaks violently over this rock. Caleta Oliva is a small exposed cove about 10 miles SSE of
4.35

Caleta Colorada recedes about 0.2 mile SE, between Punta

4.33 Punta Grande. Anchorage can be taken, in 40 to 48m, with a large
Piedra, about 1.5 miles S of Punta Buitre, and a point about 0.5 wooden anchor on a hill near the beach bearing 099°. Closer in,
mile NE. A rock lies awash about 0.2 mile offshore, in a posi- the bottom is rocky, and many anchors have been lost here.
tion about 0.5 mile WSW of Punta Piedra. Rocks lie up to 0.1 Cerro Perales, 1,084m high, rises about 5 miles E of Punta
4.35

mile W of the NE entrance point of the cove. A conspicuous Taltal. The hill is conspicuous because of its brighter color than
observatory, which is visible for up to 50 miles, is situated 7 other hills in the vicinity.
miles E of Caleta Colorada.
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken about 0.3 mile NE of
4.33
Taltal (25°24'S., 70°29'W.)
Punta Piedra, in 18.3m. This berth affords the best protection
from the prevailing SW swell. World Port Index No. 14650

4.34 Punta Plata (24°43'S., 70°35'W.) lies about 5 miles S 4.36 Taltal occupies a bight which recedes about 1 mile S
of Punta Piedra. The N part of the coast between these two between Punta Taltal and Punta Hueso Parado, about 2 miles E.
points has rocks which lie nearly 1 mile offshore. The point is The harbor of Taltal consists of Puerto Taltal and Caleta Ossa,
low and rocky, but gradually rises in height to 509m. Rocks lie a cove on the E side of Puerto Taltal. The port was important
up to about 0.5 mile off the point. Punta Plata resembles Punta for the export of nitrates and metals, but is now reported to be
Dos Reyes, but is higher. largely a fishing port.
Punta Rincon lies about 14 miles SSE of Punta Plata, the
4.34 Winds—Weather.—The harbor is protected from the pre-
4.36

coast between these two points having rocks which extend vailing SW winds by Punta Taltal. It is open to winds between
nearly 1 mile offshore. Punta Rincon consists of three low W and N, but these seldom blow with sufficient force to inter-
points backed by high mountains. Rocas del Rincon, consisting fere with vessels at anchor. However, Chilean authorities have
of a small white islet surrounded by above and below-water reported that winds have occasionally reached velocities able
rocks, lie about 1 mile SW of Punta Rincon. to cause damage to vessels at anchor. Occasional heavy swells
The coast recedes about 3 miles E between Punta Rincon
4.34 set into the harbor from October through December and may
and Punta Grande, about 10 miles S. The shores of this bight interrupt work at the anchorage.
are generally rocky, foul, and subject to a frequent heavy swell Fogs are rare, but may occur during the months from August
4.36

that breaks on them. Punta Guanillo, low and white, lies about to December.
midway between these two points and at the innermost part of Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal rise here is 0.9m, while
4.36

the bight. A rock lies about 0.1 mile W of the point. the spring rise is 1.2m.
Caution.—A magnetic disturbance has been reported near
4.34 Within Puerto Taltal, there are currents which vary in rate
4.36

the coast in this vicinity. and direction, making the mooring of ships difficult at times.
Depths—Limitations.—Muelle Fiscal No 2 is a small jetty
4.36

4.35 Rada del Paposo lies between Punta Guanillo and a used mostly by coasters for the shipment of copper concentrate
point about 1.5 miles N. There are general depths of 12.8 to to the smelter at Ventanas. Vessel with a maximum length of
40m in the outer part of the roadstead. The E shore of the road- 70m can be accommodated in depths of 4.95 to 6.05m.
stead is fringed by shallow water and rocks to about 0.2 mile An offshore CBM tanker berth, with two mooring buoys, is
4.36

offshore. Roca Guanillo, a very conspicuous rock of reddish- situated in Caleta Ossa, in depths of 14.7m.
ash color, consisting of two pinnacles, lies about 0.8 mile N of Aspect.—A conspicuous white hill, 285m high, lies about 1
4.36

Punta Guanillo and about 0.2 mile offshore. mile S of Punta Taltal.
A small village, practically abandoned, is situated E of Punta
4.35 The two N of a group of three conspicuous hills lie between
4.36

Guanillo. There is a small pier and telephone service to Taltal. 0.8 and 1 mile S of Punta Hueso Parado. The N hill is 56m
Punta Grande (25°06'S., 70°30'W.) appears high and
4.35 high, conical, and surmounted by a red water tank. The second
rounded when viewed from the SW. It terminates in a low steep hill, about 0.1 mile SW of the above hill, is 31m high, while the
bluff, on which are several hummocks. The point is surrounded third and S has a religious statue on its summit.
by rocks and breakers to about 0.8 mile offshore. A 134m hill, nearly 1.5 miles S of Punta Hueso Parado, has
4.36

Bahia Nuestra Senora recedes about 4 miles E between Pun-

4.35 some slag heaps on its W side which are black and visible at a
ta Grande and Punta Taltal, about 16 miles S. Rocks and reefs, considerable distance. There are white patches on points, about 1

Pub. 125
120 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

number of white islets lie off a steep, prominent point on the

SE side of the bay. Reefs extend about 0.5 mile from the SE
side of the bay.
Punta San Pedro (25°30'S., 70°38'W.) is steep and has a
4.37

conspicuous high, round hummock a short distance inland.

Reefs extend about 0.5 mile from the N side of the point. The
W side of the point has rocks which extend about 0.3 mile off-
shore.
Punta Tortolas, about 3 miles SSW of Punta San Pedro, has
4.37

the appearance of an island, but is joined to the shore by a low

shingle spit. The summit of Punta Tortolas is steep and has sev-
eral sharp peaks on it. Close N of the point is a narrow cove
where vessels load copper ore. The anchorage in the cove of-
fers a depth of 11m.
Bahia Lavata (25°39'S., 70°40'W.) recedes about 1.5 miles
4.37

SE between Punta Artigas and Punta Lavata, about 3.3 miles

Taltal Harbor SW. Punta Molina, about 2 miles S of Punta Artigas, divides
the bay into two coves. Caleta Cifuncho, the N of these coves,
mile and 1.3 miles SE of Punta Taltal. A conspicuous billboard is further divided by Punta Garcia into two inlets, the N of
is situated on a hill about 1.8 miles SE of Punta Taltal. which is of no consequence. The S inlet recedes about 0.6 mile
A conspicuous white church spire is situated in the town a
4.36
SE between Punta Garcia and Punta Molina. A rock lies on the
little over 1 mile SSW of Punta Hueso Parado. A red brick SW side of Caleta Cifuncho, about 0.2 mile E of Punta Molina.
chimney stands about 0.5 mile SSE of the same point. Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken about 0.5 mile ENE
4.37

Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, except for tankers

4.36
of Punta Molina, in 21.9m, sand.
proceeding to the tanker berth. Pilots must come overland from Caleta de Afuera, the southernmost of the coves in Bahia
4.37

Antofagasta and they will board 1 mile E of Punta Taltal. Lavata, recedes about 0.3 mile SE between Punta Molina and
Regulations.—Vessels calling at the port should send their
4.36
Punta Lavata. Roca Silva, with less than 1.8m over it, lies
ETA to their agent 5 days prior arrival, then once each day at about midway between these points and about 0.1 mile off-
0800 until arrival. shore. A shoal extends about 0.1 mile from the E side of Punta
Contact Information.—The port radio station can be con-
4.36
Lavata.
tacted, as follows:
1. Call sign: Taltal Radio (CBA27) 4.38 Punta Lavata is cliffy and has rocks projecting from
2. VHF: VHF channels 9, 14, and 16 its base. The highest part of the point has several steep summits
3. RT Frequency: 2182 kHz and 2738 kHz which are furrowed by ravines.
4. Telephone: 56-55-2611033 Bahia Ballenita recedes about 0.8 mile SE between a point
4.38

5. Facsimile: 56-55-2611033 about 5 miles S of Punta Lavata and Punta Ballenita, about 2
The Harbormaster can be contacted, as follows:
4.36
miles SW. The shores of the bay are generally rocky and un-
1. Telephone: 56-55-2611033 protected. The hills surrounding the bay present a rugged bar-
2. Facsimile: 56-55-2611033 ren appearance.
3. E-mail: cptaltal@[Link] Punta Ballenita (25°47'S., 70°44'W.), the SW entrance
4.38

Additionally messages can be sent via Playa Ancha Radio

4.36
point of Bahia Ballenita, is nearly 46m high. Islote Tope Blan-
(CBV) Valparaiso, which maintains a constant watch on 500 co, which has a white summit, lies about 1 mile W of the point.
kHz and works on 8522 kHz and 16663 kHz. The channel between the island and the point has been reported
Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 20
4.36
to possess irregular depths, and is not recommended for navi-
to 26m, sand, 1 mile SW of Punta Hueso Parado. Good secure gation. A vessel reported striking a rock in a position about 0.5
anchorage can also be obtained abreast the city from 0.2 to 0.3 mile N of Islote Tope Blanco. The position of the rock is
mile offshore, in depths of 18 to 27m, sand. doubtful.
An explosives anchorage is located 0.2 mile NW of Punta
4.36
Caution.—In addition to the general current, a coastal cur-
4.38

Hueso Parado. rent has been observed between Punta Ballenita and Punta
Caution.—Entry into and departure from the port are allowed
4.36
Morro. This current sets NE at a velocity of 1.5 knots. Because
only during daylight hours since the only navigational light in of this current, vessels should exercise caution and keep well
the harbor is a red beacon shown from the head of Muelle Fiscal. seaward of Punta Ballenita.
Numerous lighters, not lighted and hard to identify by radar,
4.36
Punta Ballena lies about 4.5 miles S of Punta Ballenita. Nu-
4.38

are moored along the shores of the port. merous small rocky islets lie close off the point.

Taltal to Chanaral 4.39 Caleta Esmeralda (25°55'S., 70°42'W.) can be rec-

ognized by high hills behind it, one of which is 627m high. Is-
4.37 Bahia Isla Blanca recedes about 3 miles SE between lotes Fernandez Vial, between about 0.3 and 0.6 mile offshore,
Punta Taltal and Punta San Pedro, about 9 miles SW. The are also useful in recognizing the cove. The cove is visited by
shores of the bay are rocky and there are no anchorages. A small coastal vessels.

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 121

Islotes Fernandez Vial have rocks and reefs which extend

4.39 cient chain to prevent dragging to seaward. Anchorage may be
about 0.1 mile from their N sides, and rocks lie about the same taken in Caleta Sur, a little over 0.3 mile N of the E extremity
distance NW of the N extremity of the W islet. Rocas Aldea of Isla Pan de Azucar, in 21.9 to 37m, sand. The depths in-
consist of three rocks which lie about 0.1 mile offshore, nearly crease rapidly N of this position. This anchorage is more pro-
1 mile N of the W islet. Small above-water rocks lie about 0.2 tected than that in Caleta Norte.
mile WSW and NW of the S entrance point of the cove. A Cabo Falso Pan de Azucar lies about 3 miles S of Punta Ro-
4.41

shoal, with 7.8 to 9.1m, lies about 0.1 mile NE of the latter driguez. The point is hilly and moderately high. An islet lies
rock. The cove is lined with reefs and kelp which extend up to close off its NW extremity. Caleta Playa Blanca, N of the point,
0.1 mile offshore in places. provides some shelter from N winds, but is open to S winds.
Depths of 27.4 to 29.3m in the center of the entrance of
4.39

Caleta Esmeralda decrease gradually toward the shore. The Punta Achurra (26°18'S., 70°41'W.), about 6 miles S of Ca-
4.41

passage between Islotes Fernandez Vial and the mainland, bo Falso de Azucar, is low and rounded. A short distance in-
though deep, is narrowed by reefs and of use only to small ves- land there is a sandy plain on which are some conspicuous
sels in good weather. A pier is situated in the cove. Several hills, the highest of which is 184m high. Farther E is a range of
buildings are situated close E of the pier. hills from 186 to 433m high, the summits of some being cov-
Anchorage.—The best anchorage is about 0.3 mile N of the
4.39 ered with bushes. The W and S sides of Punta Achurra are
E end of the E islet, in 25m, sand and mud. fringed with above and below-water rocks, and vessels should
Punta Carrizalillo lies about 9 miles SSE of Caleta Esmeral-
4.39 remain at least 0.5 mile off the point. A light is shown from
da. The coast between these points is generally low and rug- Punta Achurra.
ged, but is backed a short distance inland by a chain of high
hills. Rocks lie up to 0.5 mile offshore between the points. Chanaral (26°21'S., 70°39'W.)
4.39

4.40 Isla Pan de Azucar (26°09'S., 70°41'W.), about 6 World Port Index No. 14640
miles S of Punta Carrizalillo, lies with its E extremity about 0.5
mile offshore. The island appears light brown and whitish in 4.42 Chanaral is a small port and occupies the SE end of a
color. There are two peaks on the island, with the highest near bay, which recedes nearly 2 miles E between Punta Achurra
the center. Above-water rocks extend nearly 0.5 mile NW from and Punta Bryson, about 3.5 miles SSE. Caleta Barquito lies on
the island. The outermost and highest rock is 4.9m high, and the S side of the bay and is an important adjunct to the port of
lies nearly 2 miles offshore. An islet lies about 0.3 mile S of Is- Chanaral. The town of Chanaral is situated on the SE shore of
la Pan de Azucar. the bay. The port of Chanaral, along with Caleta Barquito, is
When coming from the S, one should not confuse the two
4.40 important for the shipment of copper and ores.
peaks on Isla Pan de Azucar with two similarly-shaped hills on Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds blow from the S
4.42

the mainland. These lie a short distance inland and S of the is- and SW and are quite strong, particularly during January and
land. The hills are higher and more rounded than those on the February. Storms from the W and NW may occur during May
island. and June, and may interrupt all work in the harbor for short
Caution.—A current, which ordinarily sets N at a velocity
4.40 periods. Easterly winds, which generally blow at night, create a
of 0.3 knot, has been observed in the vicinity of Isla Pan de moderately-heavy sea in the bay.
Azucar. Strong winds increase the velocity of the current con- Fogs are most frequent during the months from April to
4.42

siderably. The current tends to set vessels toward the coast. August, but may occur in other months also.
With continued NW winds, the current is stopped and some- Tides—Currents.—When easterly winds off the land are
4.42

times flows S. blowing, a current is created which sets W along the S shore of
the bay.
4.41 Puerto Pan de Azucar is situated between Isla Pan de The mean tidal rise is 0.9m, while the spring rise is 1.1m.
4.42

Azucar and the mainland to the E. Punta Rodriguez, about 1.3 Depths—Limitations.—The depths in the bay are
4.42

miles ENE of the N extremity of Isla Pan de Azucar, is a jag- moderate. There are depths of 33 to 37m in the entrance of the
ged peak 76m high. The point divides Puerto Pan de Azucar in- bay, which decrease gradually toward the shore. The 10m
to two coves, Caleta Norte which lies N and E of the point, and curve lies about 0.2 mile off the E shore of the bay and up to
Caleta Sur which lies S of the point, between Isla Pan de Azu- 0.1 mile off the S and SE shores. Vessels with a draft exceeding
car and the mainland. About 1.5 miles SE of Punta Rodriguez, 7.6m are advised not to enter within the 20m curve in the bay
there is a white patch which is conspicuous from the N. The without a pilot, as depths of 8.2m have been found in places.
patch forms a good landmark as it is more easily identified than Rocas Simpson extend about 0.3 mile WNW from Punta
4.42

Isla Pan de Azucar. Bryson, the S entrance point of the bay. The outermost rock has a
The channel leading to Caleta Sur from the S, between Isla
4.41 depth of 6m over it. Rocks with less depths, one of which is
Pan de Azucar and the mainland, has depths of 11.9 to 13.7m, awash, lie between the outermost danger and the shore. Rocks,
but is narrowed by shoals on either side to a width of about 0.1 with depths of 5.2 and 5.5m, lie 0.1 mile ENE and E, respectively,
mile. of Punta Bryson, both about 0.1 mile offshore. Vessels approach-
Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage in Caleta Norte,
4.41 ing the bay should give Punta Bryson a wide berth.
about 0.5 mile NE of Punta Rodriguez and about 0.3 mile off- Rocks, with a least depth of 3.9m, lie off Punta Piedra
4.42

shore, in 25.6m, sand. A strong offshore breeze blows in this Blanca in a position about 0.5 mile NE of the head of the pier
cove for about 3 hours after sunrise, and vessels must use suffi- in Caleta Barquito.

Pub. 125
122 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

Chanaral

The washings from a copper mine, discharged into the side

4.42 Several oil tanks stand on Punta Bryson. A conical mountain
4.42

of the bay, are mostly deposited in the SE corner and has a little over 0.5 mile S of Punta Bryson rises to a height of
caused considerable seaward extension of the coastline, with 369m and is conspicuous from the N.
shoaling within about 0.8 mile of the shore. A power station, with several tall chimneys, is situated in
4.42

Large vessels anchor or moor, and cargo is worked by

4.42 Caleta Barquito and is a good mark for recognizing the bay.
barges. A Naval pier extends from the shore about midway Punta Piedra Blanca, about 0.8 mile ENE of Punta Bryson, is
4.42

between Punta Piedra Negra and Punta Piedra Blanca. whitish and has yellow rocks and hills above it. The ore load-
Muelle Punta Piedra Blanca, a T-headed mechanized pier,
4.42 ing pier at Punta Piedra Blanca is conspicuous. Punta Piedra
extends 38m NNW from the headland; the width of the head is Negra, nearly 0.5 mile ENE of Punta Piedra Blanca, is com-
6m. The depth alongside is 16m, however vessels should not posed of black rocks which rise to a height of 33m. The con-
exceed 200m in length and a draft of 12.5m. Copper ore and trast between these two points is remarkable. A prominent
concentrates are loaded at a rate of 700 tons per hour through a circular concrete tank surmounts Punta Piedra Negra.
fixed chute, necessitating warping to position successive Mogote Rayado, about 0.2 mile S of Punta Piedra Negra, is a
4.42

hatches beneath the chute. The pier is also used for discharging dark rock about 52m high which shows up well against the san-
general cargo. dy slopes behind it. A prominent white stripe runs down the
Vessels can be berthed alongside the face of the pier using
4.42 face of the hummock.
seven mooring buoys, a shore line, and the starboard anchor. The gateway of the cemetery, about 0.5 mile NNE of the
4.42

Care must be taken that the ship’s bow does not swing on to the town, consists of two buildings surmounted by crosses and is
4m rocky shoal which lies 91m SW of the head of the pier. prominent. A radio tower is situated about 1.5 miles NE of
Vessels are loaded one hatch at a time from a conveyor that Punta Piedra Blanca and another, which is occasionally lit,
extends from the shore. stands 0.8 mile SE of Punta Piedra Blanca.
Muelle Fiscal (Nuevo), reported to be in a poor state of repair
4.42 Lights are shown from the ends of the ore loading pier and
4.42

and out of service, lies about 150m WSW of the mechanized the small craft pier. Two sets of range lights mark the anchor-
pier. A pier in Caleta Barquito extends from the shore nearly 0.2 age off Caleta Barquito. The first pair stand about 0.2 mile S of
mile ESE of Punta Bryson, and is used by small craft. Punta Piedra Blanca and are in line bearing 110°. The second
A submarine pipeline extends about 0.2 mile N from the
4.42 pair is situated about 0.2 mile SSW of Punta Bryson, and are in
head of the pier in Caleta Barquito. The Codelco Oil Terminal line bearing 200°.
in Caleta Barquito can handle tankers up to 58,000 dwt and Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours
4.42

250m in length, with a draft of 18m. Tankers will moor with for berthing, shifting and unberthing. The pilot boards about
their starboard anchor forward and lines to three buoys aft. 1.1 miles NW of the light at the head of Muelle Mecanizado
Aspect.—The bay is large and exposed. A sandy beach, 2.8
4.42 Santa Fe in an area centered on 28°20.4’S, 70°39.3’W.
miles long and on which the surf beats continuously, forms the Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA 24 hours and
4.42

head of the bay. On the S side of the bay, hills rise abruptly 12 hours in advance and confirm 3 hours in advance. The fol-
from the sea forming an excellent shelter from S winds. On the lowing information should be included on the ETA message:
N side of the bay the hills, which are also steep, lie farther from 1. Vessel name, nationality, and call sign.
the shore. The appearance of the land is barren. A broad valley 2. Length overall.
runs inland with steep hills on either side, their lower slopes 3. Expected draft at arrival.
and hollows being covered with sand. 4. Gross registered tons.
Isla Pan de Azucar is the most conspicuous landmark for
4.42 5. Confirmation that all cargo gear is in proper working
vessels approaching from northward. The white patch on Punta order.
Rodriguez is also a useful mark. 6. If any cargo shifting is expected.

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 123

7. presence of any dangerous cargo onboard. the point. At the head of Puerto Flamenco the land is low and a
Contact Information.—The port radio station can be con-
4.42 deep valley trends E between two ranges of rugged hills. The
tacted, as follows: hills are covered with sand from their bases to about halfway
1. Call sign: Chanaral Radio (CBA23) up their sides. There is a settlement of about 60 houses on the
2. VHF: VHF channels 9, 14, and 16 SE side of the bay.
3. RT Frequency: 2182 kHz and 2738 kHz Except in its S part, Puerto Flamenco is not well-sounded.
4.43

4. Telephone: 56-52-2480442 There are depths of 27.4m about 0.4 mile from the shore, de-
5. Facsimile: 56-52-2480447 creasing toward the S. Depths of 5.5 to 9.1m are found close
The Harbormaster can be contacted, as follows:
4.42 off the S shore. Rocks lie up to 0.1 mile offshore along the SE
1. Telephone: 56-52-2480442 side of Puerto Flamenco. Anchorage may be taken about 0.5
2. Facsimile: 56-52-2480007 mile E of Punta Patch, in depths of 12 to 14m, sand. The an-
3. E-mail: cpchanaral@[Link] chorage is protected from S winds by Punta Patch and from N
Anchorage.—Deep draft vessels can anchor 1 mile NNW of
4.42 winds by Punta Roca Baja. Puerto Flamenco is primarily a
Punta Bryson in depths of 31m. For vessels carrying explo- fishing harbor, but is visited by coastal vessels and occasional-
sives, the anchorage is 0.875 mile NNE of Punta Bryson or as ly by larger vessels which call here to load ore.
directed by the harbormaster.
Smaller size tankers can anchor, in about 15.8m, good holding
4.42 4.44 Punta Flamenquito (26°36'S., 70°42'W.) is low,
ground, one mile NE of Punta Bryson. Loading can be carried rocky, and surrounded by several islets which lie within 0.5
out by lighters at this berth but problems can frequently arise mile offshore. Several low hills back the point. Punta Salinas,
due to heavy swell, especially from may to the end of July. An- about 2 miles SSW of Punta Flamenquito, has a rounded ap-
chorage may be obtained at the following berths, in depths of pearance, but is rather rocky. Cerro Obispo rises about 2 miles
30m to 50m: SE of Punta Salinas. The W side of the mountain extends near-
1. 26°20.6’S, 70°39.7’W ly to the point.
2. 26°20.2’S, 70°39.8’W Punta Obispo lies about 3 miles SSW of Punta Salinas. A
4.44

3. 26°20.9’S, 70°40.4’W rock, with less than 10m, lies close N of the point. Caleta Obis-
4. 26°20.2’S, 70°40.4’W po, NE of Punta Obispo, is exposed and not recommended,
5. 26°19.5’S, 70°40.4’W even for small vessels. Islote Blanco, close off a point about 1
Caution.—When approaching the mooring buoys, caution is
4.42 mile SW of Punta Obispo, is a good landmark. Caleta Obispito
advised due to shoal water lying near them. recedes about 0.8 mile E between Punta Obispito, about 2
Vessels should moor on a WSW heading in order to keep
4.42 miles S of Punta Obispo, and a point about 2 miles SW. The
head on to the swell. rocks forming the S entrance point of the cove are remarkable
for their blackness. Roca Blanca lies close offshore, about 0.5
Chanaral to Caldera mile SW of the S entrance point of the cove. The shore of the
cove is generally low and rocky, and is fringed with reefs
4.43 Punta Las Animas (26°23'S., 70°42'W.) is low and which extend about 0.3 mile offshore.
rocky. A reef extends about 0.5 mile NW from the point. Cerro There is apparently no danger in entering Caleta Obispito,
4.44

Tronador, about 3 miles SE of Punta Las Animas, is 632m but the cove is quite open to the SW and a heavy sea sets in
high. Bahia Las Animas lies N of Punta Las Animas. Anchor- with the ordinary coastal wind. The best anchorage appears to
age may be taken near the center of the bay about 0.5 mile off- be in the NE part of the cove, in 16.5m, sand, with a prominent
shore, in 12.8m, but the holding ground is poor and the house bearing between 102° and 113°.
anchorage is exposed to the prevailing wind and sea. The N en- A reef lies about 1 mile W of Punta Zenteno (26°49'S.,
4.44

trance point of Bahia Las Animas consists of a rock and a 70°48'W.). The reef extends about 1 mile N and S, and consists
round hill, which rises directly from the water’s edge. The of numerous submerged rocks over which the sea breaks vio-
sides and top of the hill are lined with conspicuous black lently whenever there is a heavy swell. Caleta Zenteno, S of
stripes. Punta Zenteno, affords good anchorage, in 25.6m, sand. The
Punta Infieles, about 2 miles S of Punta Las Animas, is
4.43 anchorage is well-protected from the prevailing SW winds.
backed by hills which rise to over 400m. Punta Salado lies Punta Totoralillo, about 2 miles SW of Punta Zenteno, con-
4.44

about 5 miles S of Punta Infieles. Rocky islets lie close off all sists of a narrow peninsula which extends about 0.8 mile W
sides of the point. Punta Flamenco lies about 1.5 miles S of from the general trend of the coast. Three small islets lie within
Punta Salado and is backed by hills which rise from the shore 0.5 mile N of the point. Submarine pipelines lie between the in-
to a height of 225m. Two islets lie close off the point. lets. Bahia de Totoralillo recedes about 1 mile E between Punta
Puerto Flamenco recedes a little over 1 mile E between Pun-
4.43 Totoralillo and Punta Cabeza de Vaca, about 1.5 miles SSW. A
ta Roca Baja, about 1.5 miles S of Punta Flamenco and Punta sandy beach lies at the head of the bay.
Patch, about 2 miles farther S. Punta Roca Baja is low and
rocky with a detached hill rising from the low ground close in- 4.45 Punta Cabeza de Vaca (26°53'S., 70°50'W.), one of
land. This point is surrounded on its W, S, and SE sides by an the most salient points along this part of the coast, has two
extensive reef, with numerous rocks which lie nearly 0.2 mile small hummocks near its extremity. East of the hummocks, the
offshore. Punta Patch is dark and rugged. It is backed E and SE land is low for some distance, then it rises to several low hills
by five or six low hills, which rise directly from the shore. Two which form the W extremity of a chain of coastal hills.
small groups of rocky islets lie close off the W and N sides of Punta Frodden, about 4.5 miles SSE of Punta Cabeza de Va-
4.45

Pub. 125
124 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

ca, is steep and rocky, and is fronted by several islets. The point the shore. The berth has good fendering and five mooring
is backed by hills of moderate height. Bajo Nef, with 6.4m over buoys in the vicinity. Vessels up to 222m in length with a
it, lies about 1.5 miles SW of Punta Frodden and about 1 mile maximum draft of 10.63m may use the berth. Range lights, in
offshore. line bearing 225°, lead to the berth.
Caleta Mora (27°00'S., 70°49'W.), NE of Islotes Ramadas,
4.45 Muelle Fiscal, used for loading fishmeal from lighters and
4.46

provides anchorage, in 13.7m, about 0.3 mile offshore. It is small craft berthing, is situated 1.5 miles SE of the light on Punta
sheltered from SW winds. Roca Pulpo, with 7.9m of water over Caldera. The pier extends 225m NW from a rocky point. The
it, lies about 1.3 miles WSW of Islote Ramadas. The sea breaks pier can accommodate a vessel with a maximum draft of 5.3m.
over Roca Pulpo in bad weather. A short small craft pier projects from the coast close W of it.
Punta Francisco (27°02'S., 70°50'W.) is the N entrance
4.45 4.46A wharf, with a berthing face of 90m and four dolphins, is
point of Puerto Caldera. Islets and rocks extend up to 0.2 mile situated at Punta Padrones, about 0.6 mile E of Punta Caldera.
NW and 0.2 mile SW from the point. Roca Chango, with 7m Copper concentrate is handled at this berth. Ships up to 50,000
over it, lies about 0.5 mile W of Punta Francisco and is a dan- dwt, with a maximum length of 240m and a maximum draft of
ger in the immediate approach to Puerto Caldera. In heavy 12.4m, can be accommodated.
weather the sea breaks on this rock. There is a 14.5m stony Muelle Mecanizado, reported out of service, is a T-shaped
4.46

patch, 0.3 mile WSW of Roca Chango. jetty 100m in length, with an alongside depth of 12.5m.
Punta Caldera (27°03'S., 70°52'W.) is the S entrance point
4.45 The Copec Oil Terminal, a CBM, is located in a cove about
4.46

of Puerto Caldera. The point is low and located at the W end of 2.1 miles E of the light on Punta Caldera, close N of Punta
a small peninsula. Islote Centinela Blanco and Islote Centinela Calderillo. Tankers moor with two anchors forward and lines to
Negro are islets which stand on a reef extending up to 0.3 mile mooring buoys astern. Tankers up to 47,000 dwt, with a maxi-
W of the point. A light is shown from Punta Caldera. mum length of 200m in length and a maximum draft of
11.88m, can be accommodated.
Caldera (Puerto Caldera) (27°03'S., 70°50'W.) Aspect.—Most of the shore of the bay is covered with loose
4.46

sand, with the exception of a few rocky points. The head of the
World Port Index No. 14630 bay is low, but the hills rise a short distance inland. The ranges
become higher as they recede from the coast. Cerro Agudo is a
4.46 Caldera lies at the S end of a bight, which recedes a prominent sharp-topped hill, which lies about 3.8 miles E of
little over 1.5 miles SE between Punta Francisco and Punta Punta Francisco. The sides of the hill are covered with sand
Caldera, about 1.8 miles SSW. The town of Caldera is situated and there are two lower peaks near it. A conspicuous white
on the S shore of Puerto Caldera. The port is important for the tank is situated close to the root of the ore pier. A prominent
shipment of ore and copper. white house stands about 795m WSW of the pier head; a
Winds—Weather.—The bay is protected from the prevail-
4.46 church stands about 0.8 mile SE of the pier head.
ing SW winds. Strong N winds sometimes send a heavy swell A radio mast, with high intensity obstruction lights, stands
4.46

into Puerto Caldera, particularly in the S part of the harbor. The about 1 mile SE of the ore pier head. An aeronautical radiobea-
port is situated at the N limit of these winds; they are seldom of con is situated at the mast.
sufficient force to interrupt work here. A set of range beacons leads to the oil berth at the NE side of
4.46

The climate is very mild and there is no rain. Fogs are infre-
4.46 the bay. A light is shown close S of the beacons and several
quent, and usually disappear by noon. tanks stand close NNE of them.
Tides—Currents.—The mean spring tidal rise here is 1m,
4.46 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and
4.46

while the mean neap range is 0.6m. Strong currents setting S into any Chilean vessels greater than 1,000 gt. The pilot boarding
Puerto Caldera occur when there are strong N winds. A strong area is bounded by lines joining the following positions:
current was reported setting NE across the entrance of the bay. a. 27°02'12''S, 70°50'12''W.
Depths—Limitations.—Punta Caleta is located 1.2 miles
4.46 b. 27°02'28''S, 70°49'54''W.
SE of Punta Caldera, is steep-to, and is surmounted by some c. 27°02'31''S, 70°50'32''W.
conspicuous monuments. d. 27°02'46''S, 70°50'14''W.
The iron ore pier, which extends 0.1 mile from the SW side
4.46 The center of the pilot boarding area can be seen on the
4.46

of the bay, is 10m wide at its head and has been reported par- chart.
tially out of service since 1981. However, the loading arm has Regulations.—Vessels should report ETA and request for
4.46

been repaired but is not mobile, meaning that vessels must shift pilots to their agents and the port 24 hours in advance of ex-
position for each hatch under the tower. All cranes or derricks pected ETA, then reconfirm the ETA 12 hours ahead of arrival.
must be swung out to starboard before mooring port side-to for The ETA message should include the following information:
loading. Two concrete dolphins are situated on either side of 1. Vessel name and call sign.
the pier head, for springs, with seven mooring buoys positioned 2. Vessel flag.
for use with bow and stern lines. Ships up to 270m in length, 3. Length overall.
with a maximum draft of 12.5m can be accommodated. 4. Mean draft.
Muelle Punta Caleta lies 300m NW of Punta Caleta and is
4.46 5. Gross registered tons
used for loading or discharging fruit, iron ore, and general Contact Information.—The pilots and the port can be con-
4.46

cargo. It has a berthing face 100m long, is 17m wide, and is tacted as follows:
constructed of concrete on steel piers. There are two roadways, 1. VHF: VHF channels 8 and 16
each 4.6m wide and 70m long, giving access to the berth from 2. Telephone: 56-52-2315551

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 125

Puerto Caldera

3. Facsimile: 56-52-2315276 formerly Islote Ester, is connected to shore by a causeway and

4. E-mail: servicioscpcld@[Link] lies about 0.2 mile offshore in the S part of the cove.
Anchorage.—Three designated anchorages, all within the
4.46 An ore terminal is situated on the NE side of Peninsula Ester,
4.47

harbor limits, are best seen on the chart. These anchorages where a vessel with a maximum length of 230m and a draft of
range in depth from approximately 20m closest into the shore 14m can be accommodated. Ships make fast to seven mooring
to a maximum of 45m close to the harbor limit. buoys.
The local authorities suggest that vessels intending to remain
4.46 A pontoon pier, used for the production of fish meal, lies 0.5
4.47

anchored for some time stream a kedge anchor, or secure the mile NE of Peninsula Ester.
vessel’s stern to a mooring buoy on a N heading, to bring the Two white, triangular beacons, situated at the SE end of the
4.47

vessel bows on to a N or NW wind and accompanying swell. bay, lead through the entrance into the bay. A conspicuous tank
Caution.—A local magnetic anomaly is reported to exist in
4.46 stands on the W side of Peninsula Ester.
the bay. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels bound for the
4.47

port must first call at Caldera to obtain clearance and a pilot.

4.47 Puerto Calderilla (27°05'S., 70°52'W.) (World Port Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken, in 13.7 to 18.3m,
4.47

Index No. 14635), a subsidiary port of Caldera, is situated in sand, about 0.2 mile NE of the ore terminal. Small vessels can
Caleta Calderilla, about 2 miles S of Punta Caldera Light. The proceed further SE, but should not pass S of a line joining Pen-
bay recedes about 1 mile SE between Punta Zorro and Punta insula Ester and Punta Este.
Caldereta, about 0.4 mile SW. Rocks which extend up to 0.1
mile from each of these points narrow the entrance of the cove Puerto Calderilla to Huasco
to about 0.3 mile. A beacon is situated on Punta Zorro and a
light is shown from Punta Caldereta. Islotes Jorge are a group 4.48 Bahia Inglesa (27°07'S., 70°54'W.), 2 miles SW of
of small rocky islets located about 0.5 mile SW of Punta Cal- Caleta Calderilla, is deep throughout. Because it is exposed to
dereta. N winds and the holding ground is poor, Bahia Inglesa is of no
The E and S shores of the cove are bordered by shallow water
4.47 use to navigation. Extensive shellfish cultivation areas lie with-
and dangers, which lie up to 0.3 mile offshore. Peninsula Ester, in the bay.

Pub. 125
126 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

Punta Morro (27°06'S., 70°57'W.), the S entrance point of

4.48 little over 0.3 mile S between Punta Dominguez and Punta Bar-
Bahia Inglesa, is rocky, steep, and has conspicuous white ranquillas, about 0.4 mile WSW. Punta Barranquillas is steep
patches on its S side. It is the N end of a chain of mountains and rocky. Cerro Doble Pico, about 1.3 miles ESE of the point,
which extends SE from the point. Punta Morro is reported to shows a double point when viewed from S. Shallow water and
give a good radar return. Morro Copiapo lies about 1 mile S of rocks extend from 91 to 274m from the shore.
Punta Morro. It is nearly level at the top and has two small Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken about midway be-
4.50

hummocks near its E extremity. The E side is very steep. Mor- tween the entrance points, in 12m. Small vessels can anchor
ro Copiapo can be seen 30 to 35 miles in clear weather. about 0.3 mile E of Punta Barranquillas, in 8m. The bottom is
Punta Medio (27°10'S., 71°00'W.), about 4.3 miles SSW of
4.48 rocky in both anchorages, and neither anchorage is very secure.
Punta Morro, is a small tongue of land, the SW side of which is Strong winds send a heavy sea into the cove.
furrowed by two prominent ravines. Several rocks and islets lie Punta Salado, about 4 miles S of Punta Barranquilla, is rocky
4.50

close off the point. Punta Huber lies about 2.3 miles SSE of and steep. A group of islets, the largest named Isla Ruky, ex-
Punta Medio, and is steep and rocky. tends up to 0.8 mile SW from the point. Sandy hills extend SE,
Caleta Turenne recedes about 0.5 mile E between Punta
4.48 then SW from Punta Salado, and back the shore of Bahia Sala-
Totoral, about 2 miles SSE of Punta Huber, and Punta Vial, do.
about 3 miles S of Punta Huber. The cove is easily entered and The coast, for 3 miles S of Isla Ruky, is foul, and there are
4.50

affords good anchorage inside the line joining the entrance depths of 8.9m and 11m, about 2.5 and 3 miles SW of the islet.
points, in 14.6m, sand. This anchorage is protected from the Bahia Salado recedes about 3 miles SE between Punta Sala-
4.50

prevailing winds. do and Punta Cachos, about 7.5 miles SW. The shores of the
Isla Grande lies with its W side nearly 1 mile W of Punta Vi-
4.48 cove are generally fringed with rocks, most of which are above
al. The island is very conspicuous, having a small nipple at water. There are several coves and inlets in the bay.
each extremity; the one at the NE end being the larger. An islet
lies at the extremity of a reef which extends about 0.2 mile NE 4.51 Caleta del Medio (27°41'S., 70°57'W.) recedes near-
from the NE end of Isla Grande. The channel between Isla ly 0.5 mile S, between Punta Bell and Punta Weevil, a little
Grande and Punta Vial is about 0.5 mile wide, deep, and clear over 1 mile farther E. A shoal, with a depth of 10.4m, lies 0.6
of dangers. A heavy swell sets through the channel, and it is mile NNW of Punta Weevil. Close within the head of the cove
not recommended for any vessel. there are sandy slopes with some outcrops of rocks. Small ves-
sels can anchor about 0.5 mile ENE of Punta Bell, in 18.3 to
4.49 Bahia Copiapo (27°19'S., 70°59'W.), formerly an ore 21.9m. Caleta del Medio is protected from SW winds. The
shipping port, is no longer used as such because of the poor an- cove is exposed to N winds and vessels are advised not to an-
chorage and landing facilities. The shore of the bay has an ex- chor here during such times. There is a small iron pier on the N
tensive sandy beach near its central part with rocky sections at side of Punta Slade, on the W side of Caleta del Medio.
is N and S ends. Caleta Chascos, E of Punta Cachos, is shallow and foul.
4.51

Roca Janequeo, with less than 1.8m over it, lies about 4
4.49 There is a depth of only 5.5m about 1 mile from the head of the
miles NNW of Punta Dallas, the S entrance point of Bahia Co- cove, and the shores are fronted by above and below-water
piapo, and is the N of a group of reefs which front the bay. Bajo rocks. Two above-water rocks lie off the E entrance point of
Cumming, with rocks awash, lies about 1 mile WNW of Punta Caleta Chascos.
Dallas and is the S of these reefs. Roca Anacachi, about mid-
way between the two above rocks, has less than 1.8m of water 4.52 Punta Cachos (27°40'S., 71°02'W.), the SW entrance
over it and, lying about 3.3 miles offshore, is the outermost of point of Bahia Salado, has an islet and some rocks off its W
these dangers. Between Roca Janequeo and Bajo Cumming are side. Isla Cima Cuadrada lies close offshore, about 1.5 miles S
a number of detached reefs with general depths of 0.9 to 1.8m. of Punta Cachos. A square-topped hill stands near the center of
An above-water rock lies about 2.5 miles NW of Punta Dallas. the islet. Vessels should give this islet a berth of at least 0.5
The sea breaks violently over these reefs whenever a heavy mile.
swell sets in. Caleta Pajonal, about 4 miles S of Punta Cachos, is a little
4.52

Anchorage.—Anchorage in the bay is unprotected and gener-

4.49 over 0.5 mile wide at the entrance and recedes nearly 0.8 mile
ally bad. A long scope of chain should always be used, and as SE. Isla Cima Cuadrada, described above, is a useful landmark
rollers often set in with little warning, it is prudent to drop anoth- for recognizing the cove from the N. Punta Pena Blanca, de-
er anchor. The holding ground is poor, consisting mainly of hard scribed below, is a good landmark for recognizing the cove
yellow sand with occasional patches of yellow sandstone. from the S. A range of hills, backed by others of greater height,
The anchorage for small vessels is inshore, close N of Punta
4.49 rises directly from the N side of the cove. In a valley, about 1
Copiapo, in a depth of about 9m, sand. mile from the cove, there is a range of small very steep hills
Landing on any part of the shore of the bay is difficult and
4.49 which rise from the low ground.
dangerous. Shoal water extends from the head of the cove for a distance
4.52

Punta Dallas (27°23'S., 70°59'W.) is composed of black

4.49 of about 0.2 mile. Two small above-water rocks, with breakers
rock with a hummock on its W extremity. When seen from S, it close NW of them, lie about 0.1 mile W of the S entrance point
appears as an island. Eastward of the point the land rises to a of the cove. Dangerous submerged rocks lie about 0.8 mile SW
range of low sandy hills with rocky summits. of the same point. The sea breaks over these rocks whenever
there is a heavy swell.
4.50 Caleta Barranquillas (27°31'S., 70°54'W.) recedes a Small vessels can take anchorage in Caleta Pajonal, about
4.52

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 127

0.3 mile E of the S entrance point, in 9.1m, fine sand. The an- Isla Carrizal is nearly round and about 6m high. It lies about
4.53

chorage is well-protected from S winds. 27m N of Punta Escoria, on the W side of the harbor. The island
Punta Pena Blanca (27°46'S., 71°05'W.) is rocky. A hill,
4.52 and the point are connected by an isthmus of sand, shingle, and
with a small knoll at its W end, lies close E of the point. Rocks mine waste. An islet, fringed by reefs, lies about 0.1 mile W of
fringe the point to a distance of about 0.5 mile. Roca Pena Punta Escoria. Punta Barruel lies nearly 0.8 mile NNE of Isla
Blanca, close NW of the point, is above-water and conspicu- Carrizal. An islet lying close off this point has reefs off its W and
ous. South of Punta Pena Blanca are low coastal hills which are S sides. These reefs lie up to 119m off the point.
covered with yellow sand, except near their summits where The harbor can be divided into two parts. The outer harbor
4.53

there are outcrops of rock. lies N of Isla Carrizal. The inner harbor recedes nearly 0.5 mile
Caleta Totoral Bajo, about 4 miles SSW of Punta Pena Blan-
4.52 SSE between Isla Carrizal and a point on the mainland about
ca, lies at the foot of a valley in which there is a settlement. The 0.3 mile E. A church and warehouse near the wharf are promi-
cove is deep, but heavy seas are common here. Coastal vessels nent. Numerous fishing craft are found in the vicinity of the
call here occasionally for ore. harbor. Local knowledge is required.
Punta Totoral, about 2 miles SW of Caleta Totoral Bajo, is
4.52 Anchorage.—The best anchorage for large vessels is a little
4.53

low and rocky. over 0.3 mile NNE of Isla Carrizal, in 11.9 to 15.5m, sand.
Caleta Matamoros, about 2.5 miles S of Punta Totoral, is
4.52 Ships of deep draft should moor and unmoor at high water.
4.53

well-protected from S winds, but it is open to N winds. The Ships drawing more than 9.1m should not use the berth due to
shores of the cove are generally low, but backed a short dis- the proximity of the above-described 9.6m shoal.
tance inland by a high range of hills, some of which attain a Small vessels may take anchorage about 0.2 mile ENE of Is-
4.53

height of 747m. la Carrizal, in 7.3 to 9.1m, sand.

Anchorage.—Vessels of moderate size can take anchorage
4.52

off the S entrance point of the cove, in 13.7 to 18.3m. Care 4.54 Caleta Herradura de Carrizal (28°06'S., 71°11'W.)
must be taken not to anchor too close to the shore in depths less recedes about 0.5 mile E between a point about 1.3 miles SW
than 13.7m, as the bottom is rocky at these depths. North winds of Punta Escoria and Punta Herradura, about 0.5 mile SW. A
send a heavy swell throughout the cove. deep valley, which extends inland from the head of the cove
Puerto de Carrizal lies about 11 miles S of Caleta Matamoros.
4.52 and separates two high ranges of mountains, is a good land-
The coast between is high and steep. Most of the points along mark for recognizing the cove. The range to the S of the valley
this stretch of coast are fringed by rocks which lie up to 0.1 mile has a hummock on its summit, it is the higher of the two rang-
offshore. A high, rocky, point projects from the coast about 0.8 es, and can be seen distinctly both from the N and S.
mile S of Caleta Matamoros. A small cove, about 1 mile S of this Islita Herradura lies about 0.2 mile S of the NE entrance
4.54

point, is sheltered from S winds and can accommodate a small point of the cove. Low rocks extend 0.2 mile NW from Punta
vessel. A similar cove lies about 1.5 miles farther S. The S en- Herradura, and to a vessel approaching from S they appear to
trance point of the latter cove is high and has a rounded hum- extend across the entrance of the cove. Rocas Baja, two rocks
mock on it. Several steep hills rise E of the point. with less than 1.8m over them, lie about 0.2 and 0.3 mile NW
of Punta Herradura. A rocky shoal lies about 0.5 mile SW of
4.53 Puerto Carrizal Bajo (28°04'S., 71°10'W.) (World Punta Herradura and about 0.3 mile offshore.
Port Index No. 14620) lies between Isla Carrizal and a point The entrance of Caleta Herradura de Carrizal, between the
4.54

nearly 0.5 mile NE. It is well-protected from the prevailing rocks which extend NW from Punta Herradura and Islita
winds by Isla Carrizal. During N winds, a rough sea enters the Herradura, is about 0.3 mile wide. Depths of 13.7 to 35m in the
port. Fogs occur usually only during the winter season. Puerto entrance decrease gradually toward the head of the cove. The
Carrizal Bajo is a small port for the shipment of iron ore. The head of the cove is bordered by shallow water which extends
port is little used because of the lack of trade. An old wharf, of from 91 to 274m offshore.
rails and slag, has a depth of 2.4m alongside and can be used as Anchorage.—Large vessels may take anchorage in Caleta
4.54

a landing. A government-owned fisherman’s wharf was built in Herradura de Carrizal, about 0.2 mile S of the W end of Islita
1998 immediately to the NE of Escoria Point. The wharf has a Herradura, in 18.3m. Small vessels can anchor about 0.3 mile
length of 57m and a width of 7m. The depth alongside is 3m. SE of the E end of Islita Herradura, in 7.3m, fine sand. This lat-
There are depths of 11 to 20.1m in the outer part of the har-
4.53 ter anchorage is too narrow for large vessels. The anchorages
bor N of the entrance. Depths decrease gradually S toward the are protected from N and S winds, but N winds send a swell in-
head of the harbor. There are depths of 7 to 7.9m in the center to the cove.
of the harbor abreast the N end of Isla Carrizal. The E and S
shores of the harbor are fringed with shallow water and rocks 4.55 Punta Molle (28°11'S., 71°11'W.) is low and rocky.
to distances of 0.1 to 0.2 mile offshore. Shallow water extends Above and below-water rocks, the outer rock of which is high
up to 0.3 mile N from the S shore of the harbor. and detached from the others, extend 0.8 mile W from the
A rock, with a depth of about 4.1m, has been reported a little
4.53 point.
over 0.3 mile NNW of the NW extremity of Isla Carrizal. Roca Punta Lobos, a conspicuous point about 7 miles S of Punta
4.55

Arequipa, with 11m over it, lies about 0.3 mile N of Isla Car- Molle, is rugged and has several hummocks on it. A short
rizal. A 9.6m patch is charted nearly 0.3 mile NNE of the is- distance E of the point there are two low hills, and within them
land. Submerged rocks lie up to 0.1 mile N of Isla Carrizal. the land rises steeply to a height of about 305m. Punta Lobos is
Roca Conquest, with less than 1.8m over it, lies about 128m surrounded by submerged rocks.
ENE of the NW extremity of Isla Carrizal. A rocky shoal, which breaks, lies 2.5 miles SE of Punta
4.55

Pub. 125
128 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

for the loading of iron, ores in bulk, and oil products.

Aspect.—Peninsula Guacolda, dark in color, is connected to
4.56

the mainland by a low causeway. Islotes Los Puentes, whitish

in color and up to 26m in height, extend NW from the SW side
of the peninsula. Rocks and breakers lie between these islets.
Islote Blanco is the outermost of Islotes Los Puentes, lying
about 1 mile WNW of the peninsula.
Punta Larga, 1.5 miles E of Peninsula Guacolda, is low,
4.56

wide, and rocky. The shore in the vicinity of the point is cov-
ered with stones out of which project masses of craggy rocks.
Islote Cayo, 3m high, is the outermost islet N of Punta Larga,
lying 0.3 mile N of the point. A patch, with a least depth of
9.5m, lies about 0.4 mile SW of Islote Cayo.
Cordon el Espinazo is a chain of rugged hills which rises a
4.56

little over 0.5 mile SE of Peninsula Guacolda and extends in-

land. These hills are prominent from the W and S. A power
plant is situated on the slopes and is conspicuous. Tetas de
Huasco lie about 1.8 miles ESE of Peninsula Guacolda. An an-
chor painted on their NW side is visible at a considerable dis-
tance. Cerro Colorado rises to an elevation of 268m, about 0.3
mile S of Tetas de Huasco.
Cerro Huasco, 576m high and the highest mountain in this
4.56

area, lies about 3.5 miles SE of the town. Los Picachos Negros
consist of three conspicuous peaks, the highest being 71m
Huasco high, lying close SE of the town. A prominent tank stands 0.3
mile SW of Santa Barbara Terminal. A conspicuous tank, 49m
Lobos and 0.8 mile offshore. high, is situated near the center of the peninsula, and a promi-
Cabo Norte, about 5 miles S of Punta Lobos, is low and
4.55 nent loading tower stands at the Santa Barbara Terminal.
rocky. Punta Negra, low and rocky, lies about 2 miles S of Ca- Lights are shown from Peninsula Guacolda and Islote Cayo.
4.56

bo Norte. A beach extends about 3 miles SSW from Punta Ne- Islote Cayo Light is exhibited from a GRP tower, 3m high.
gra. The Rio Huasco enters the sea through this beach; the river Aeronautical obstruction lights are shown from a prominent ra-
is subject to heavy freshets, but the water is kept low by numer- dio mast standing on Cordon el Espinazo, about 0.8 mile SSE
ous irrigation channels. of the peninsula.
Several ranges are situated throughout the port and serve as
4.56

Huasco (28°28'S., 71°15'W.) leads to the piers or anchorage transits; they may best be seen
on the chart.
World Port Index No. 14610 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding area
4.56

is bounded by lines joining the following positions:

4.56 Huasco, along with the neighboring terminals of San- a. 28°27'17''S, 71°14'14''W.
ta Barbara and Guacolda, lies at the SE end of a bight which re- b. 28°27'17''S, 71°14'27''W.
cedes nearly 1.5 miles SE between Punta Negra and Peninsula c. 28°27'30''S, 71°14'27''W.
Guacolda, about 4 miles SW. The town of Huasco is situated d. 28°27'30''S, 71°14'14''W.
on the SE shore of the bight. Two pilots are compulsory for ships over 220m in length.
4.56

Winds—Weather.—The climate is mild with moderate tem-

4.56 The pilots should be contacted directly at least 2 hours prior
4.56

peratures and very occasional rains. Prevailing winds are SW, to arrival.
strong in summer, and there can be swells at any time. Fog is Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA to their agents
4.56

unusual. Generally, storms from the sea occur during the win- 5 days prior to arrival, then reconfirm the ETA every day at
ter months of May through August, particularly at fall and the 0800 until arrival. The ETA message should include the fol-
change of the moon, but they may also be experienced during lowing information:
the summer. 1. Confirmation that all cargo working gear is in proper
Depths—Limitations.—The Santa Barbara terminal is pres-
4.56 working order.
ently out of service (1992). It was used for loading ore, but has 2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
been out of operation for many years. 3. Identification of any dangerous cargo onboard wheth-
The Guacolda Terminal complex is located on the W side of
4.56 er it is to be discharged or stays onboard.
the bay. Guacolda Terminal I is 183m long and can accommo- 4. Expected arrival draft.
date vessels with a maximum length of 240m, 40m in width, and The use of a tug with a minimum of 2,500 hp is mandatory to
4.56

a maximum draft of 13.5m. This terminal is used for coal, gener- assist in berthing and unberthing,
al cargo and oil products. Guacolda Terminal II is 100m in Berthing is not permitted when winds exceed Force 4 or
4.56

length and can accommodate vessels with maximum length of there is heavy swell or visibility is 2 miles or less.
315m, a beam of 55m, and a maximum draft of 22m. It is used Contact Information.—For further information, see the ta-
4.56

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 129

ble titled Huasco—Contact Information. In the center of the bay there is good holding ground with a
Anchorage.—Large vessels may take anchorage about 0.3
4.56 depth of 60m.
mile NNE of Cayo Island, in 23.8 to 25.6m. Small vessels can Vessels awaiting the pilot or berth may anchor a little over
4.56

anchor, in 11.9 to 12.8m, sand, about 0.2 mile E of Islote Cayo. 0.5 mile E of Peninsula Guacolda, in 51 to 59m, mud.
The bay is generally deep with a good holding ground of
4.56 Caution.—An outfall extends 0.3 mile WNW from the
4.56

sand. Shelter from SW winds is afforded vessels here, but the coastline on the SSW side of Panulcillo island. The seaward
bay is exposed to N winds which may be experienced in winter. end of the outfall is marked by a lighted buoy.

Huasco—Contact Information
Port Radio Guacolda Guacolda
Pilots Harbormaster
Station Terminal I Terminal II
Huasco Radio
Call sign — — — —
(CBA24)
VHF channels 11, VHF channels
VHF channels 8, VHF channels
VHF — 16, 67, 68, and 69 11, 16, 67, 68,
16, 74, 75, 76 9, 14, and 16
and 69
2182 kHz and
RT frequency — — — —
2738 kHz
56-51-2531577
Telephone 56-51-5231011 56-51-2531011 56-51-2531487 56-51-2208908
(ext 4116)
56-51-2531577
Facsimile 56-51-2531487 56-51-2531011 56-51-2531011 56-51-2208902
(ext 4105)
E-mail — — cpchuasco@[Link] — —

Huasco to Coquimbo summits. To a vessel approaching from the W, Caleta Pena

Blanca appears as a small bay with a sandy beach.
4.57 Punta Mariposa (28°29'S., 71°16'W.), with islets ly- Depths of 25.6 to 27.4m, about 0.3 mile N of the head of
4.58

ing up to 0.2 mile off it, lies about 0.8 mile SW of Peninsula Caleta Pena Blanca, decrease gradually toward the shore. The
Guacolda. There are a number of hummocks on the point. The E and S shores of the cove are bordered by shallow water and
land S of Punta Mariposa, as far as Punta Alcalde, consists of rocks to a distance of nearly 0.1 mile. A rock, 0.9m high, lies
bare rocky mountains which rise abruptly from a stony slope to on the E side of the cove a little over 0.3 mile ENE of the W
a height of nearly 610m. An iron ore installation is situated in entrance point. A rock, 1.5m high, lies on the SE side of the
Caleta Garcia, a cove lying about 0.8 mile SE of Punta Maripo- cove about 0.3 mile E of the W entrance point.
sa. The lights on the installation can be seen for over 20 miles. Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage in Caleta Pena
4.58

Punta Huasco Sur, about 1.5 miles SSW of Punta Mariposa, is Blanca, about 0.1 mile ENE of the W entrance to the cove, in
low and is marked by a light. 18.3m. It is advisable to use two anchors, keeping the vessel on
Punta Alcalde (28°34'S., 71°20'W.) projects about 2.8 miles
4.57 a W heading.
W from the general trend of the coast and terminates in a small Punta Mogote Negro (28°45'S., 71°23'W.), about 4 miles
4.58

promontory. The point is the W end of a chain of mountains SW of Caleta Pena Blanca, is low and rocky. Rocks lie up to
and is conspicuous. Foul ground extends up to 1 mile NW 0.3 mile off the point. This point is the W end of a high range
through N to NE from the point. of hills, among which there is a sharp, prominent, black peak.
Caution.—A line of breakers has been reported to exist up
4.57 Punta Honda lies about 2.8 miles SW of Punta Mogote Negro.
to 1.8 miles off the coast between a position 2.3 miles SE of Bahia Quebrada Honda recedes about 0.8 mile SE between
4.58

Punta Alcalde, to a position 2 miles NW of the S headland de- Punta Honda and Punta Islote, about 2 miles SW. The bay af-
fining Caleta Playa Tontado. Vessels are advised to give the ar- fords some shelter from S winds. Quebrada Honda, a deep ra-
ea a wide berth. vine, extends inland from the SE corner of the bay. Anchorage
may be taken about 0.3 mile off the mouth of the ravine, in
Caleta Playa Tontado, about 4 miles SSE of Punta Alcalde,
4.57 14.6 to 21.9m. Caleta Sarco del Sur, at which there is a village
has a sandy beach at its head. The land rises gradually E from and a copper smelter, lies at the inner part of Bahia Quebrada
the head of the cove and consists of sand with several rocky Honda.
outcrops. One of these is a sharp pinnacle, higher than the rest
and conspicuous. 4.59 Punta Islote (28°50'S., 71°27'W.) is low and rocky. A
small conical islet, 7.9m high and with a black summit, lies
4.58 Caleta Pena Blanca (28°42'S., 71°22'W.) lies about close off the point. A small bluff, about 10 to 15.2m high and
7.5 miles S of Punta Alcalde. The shores of the cove are gener- composed of rocks of a yellowish-white color, rises close E of
ally low. Hills close E of the cove have sandy sides and rocky Punta Islote.

Pub. 125
130 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

Bahia Sarco lies between Punta Islote and Punta Baja, about
4.59 of 0.3 mile W, while 0.4 mile WNW of it exist breakers. The
2.5 miles SW. The bay is open to the N, but is comparatively coast of the cove is fringed by rocks and foul patches up to 0.1
well-sheltered from S winds which may blow with some force mile off its E shore, and 0.2 mile off its S shore. Depths of 23
from May to September. Two prominent sandy beaches, each to 25m in the outer part of the cove decrease to 9.1 to 11m,
of which lies at the foot of a ravine, are on the SW shore of Ba- about 0.1 mile offshore.
hia Sarco. The NE shore of the bay is formed by a number of Ensenada Gaviota (29°05'S., 71°31'W.) recedes about 1
4.60

smooth rocks which are interspersed by sandy beaches. mile SE between Punta Sur and Punta Rancagua, nearly 1.5
Cabo Bascunan (28°51'S., 71°30'W.), about 3.5 miles SW
4.59 miles SW. Submerged rocks lie up to 0.1 mile off the E shore
of Punta Islote, is radar prominent. The land rises gradually E of the inlet, and above-water rocks lie up to 0.1 mile off the S
of the point and forms a chain of low hills 0.5 mile E of the shore of the inlet. Both entrance points of the inlet are low and
point. A chain of higher hills rises a little farther E. A rocky is- rocky. Punta Rancagua is surrounded on all sides by foul water
let, surrounded by foul ground, lies about 0.2 mile W of Cabo to a distance of 0.3 mile. Heavy swells set into the inlet.
Bascunan. About 0.5 mile S of the cape is a submerged rock Depths of 13.7 to 28.7m in the outer part of the inlet de-
4.60

which lies about 0.2 mile offshore. crease gradually toward the head of Ensenada Gaviota.
Caution.—The waters S of Cabo Bascunan are reported to
4.59 Small vessels load ore at a small pier situated on the SE
4.60

contain shoal patches which break, lying up to 1 mile off the shore of the inlet. There is a depth of 1.5m at the pier.
coast. Anchorage.—Small vessels may take anchorage in the inlet
4.60

A rock is reported to lie about 2.5 miles SW of Cabo Bascu-

4.59 about 0.5 mile ENE of the N extremity of Punta Rancagua, in
nan. The rock is reported to lie under a cover of seaweed, but about 20m, sand. Care must be taken to avoid dangers which
the existence of the rock is uncertain. extend 0.3 mile NW and N from this point.

Punta Pajaros, about 4 miles SSW of Cabo Bascunan, is low

4.59 4.61 Bahia Carrizal (29°06'S., 71°29'W.) recedes about 2
and rocky. Cabo Leones, about 5 miles S of Punta Pajaros, ex- miles E between Punta Rancagua and Cabo Carrizal, about 3.5
tends about 1 mile SW from the general trend of the coast. The miles S. Cabo Carrizal is low and rocky with a remarkable round
point is low, yet somewhat prominent, and is the most salient summit on it. The point is backed by high land. Bahia Carrizal is
projection on this part of the coast. Rocks extend more than 0.5 not suitable for vessels. Rocks and reefs fringe the shore of the
mile from all sides of Cabo Leones, and the cape should be bay at about 0.5 mile off. Rocks extend about 1 mile from the SE
given a wide berth. shore of the bay and about 1.5 miles S from Punta Rancagua. A
Punta Gorda, about 3.5 miles SSE of Cabo Leones, is low,
4.59 rock, awash, lies in the middle of the entrance to the bay.
steep, and backed to the E by several low hills. Rocks lie up to Caleta Apolillado recedes about 0.5 mile E between a point
4.61

1 mile W and N of the point. about 0.8 mile SE of Cabo Carrizal and Punta Zorros, nearly 1
mile SSW. Punta Zorros is low and rocky. A rock, awash, lies
4.60 Isla Chanaral (29°02'S., 71°36'W.), about 4 miles W about 55m W of Carrizal. Depths of 18.3 to 21.9m in the outer
of Punta Gorda, is almost flat except at its S end where there is a part of the cove decrease gradually toward the shore, but cau-
hill, 158m high, which is surmounted by a hillock. Rocks extend tion is advised as the E shore of the bay is reported to be silt-
about 0.5 mile S from the island and about the same distance ing. The best anchorage is about 0.3 mile NNE of Punta
from the NW side of the island. Islotes Azocar consist of two is- Zorros, in 18.3m, sand. The anchorage cannot be recommend-
lets which lie about 0.2 mile W of the SW end of Isla Chanaral. ed as it is completely open to the W and affords little shelter
A cove on the N side of the island has an anchorage for small from the N or S. A constant swell prevails in the cove, and the
vessels close off its entrance. The cove can be identified by a sea breaks on the beach.
flight of wooden steps, 60m high, from which a track leads to the Roca Beta and Roca Lambda are two low, rocky islets which lie
4.61

light tower. There is a derrick near the steps. A smaller cove, about 0.8 mile WSW and a little over 0.5 mile SW, respectively, of
Caleta Buena Pesca, lies close W of the above cove. Punta Zorros. A small above-water rock lies about midway be-
A light is shown from Isla Chanaral; the island is reported to
4.60 tween these two rocks. The passage between Roca Lambda and
be radar prominent. the shore has not been carefully examined, but it is foul. A wreck
Caution.—Isla Chanaral is reported to lie about 1 mile NE
4.60 lies about midway between Roca Lambda and the shore.
of its charted position. Caleta Chanaral, Ensenada Gaviota, and
the adjacent coast, described below, are reported to lie about 4.62 Bahia Choros (29°13'S., 71°30'W.) lies between
1.8 miles E of their charted positions. Punta Zorros and Cabo Choros, about 5 miles SSE. Isla
Damas, Isla Choros, and Isla Gaviota, which lie W and SW of
Caleta Chanaral recedes nearly 0.5 mile SE between an un-
4.60 Cabo Choros, protect the bay.
named point 1.5 miles SE of Punta Gorda and Punta Sur, nearly Isla Damas, the smallest and N of these islands, lies with its
4.62

1 mile SW of the unnamed point. The land around the cove is NW extremity nearly 3.5 miles SSW of Punta Zorros and is ra-
low with ridges of low hills rising from the points. The tops of dar prominent. Three hills; Morro Norte, 46m high, Pico Sin-
the ridges are rugged and rocky, and the land is sandy and bar- gular, and Morro Sur, 31m high, lie on the N, central, and S
ren. A range of high hills lies several miles E of the cove. parts of the island, respectively. A small peninsula extends
Caleta Chanaral is well protected from N and S winds, but a
4.60 about 0.2 mile W from about the center of the island. A light is
heavy swell sometimes sets into the cove from the SW. shown from the N extremity of the island.
The N headland has rocks extending up to 0.1 mile S, and
4.60 The W shores of Isla Damas are generally rocky and fronted
4.62

0.2 mile W of it. The S headland is rock-fringed for a distance by breakers. Caleta Lynch is a well-sheltered cove near the

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 131

center of the E side of the island. A reef, on which stands con- 4.64 Cabo Choros (29°15'S., 71°28'W.) is rocky and
spicuous Roca Cutter, extends about 0.3 mile S from the S ex- about 31m high. Numerous submerged dangers lie off the cape.
tremity of the island. Rocas Falso Cutter, two high rocks, lie at Arrecife Toro lies about 6.5 miles SSW of Cabo Choros, and
the outer end of a reef which extends about 0.2 mile E from the about 9 miles W of Punta Mar Brava. The reef consists of sev-
E side of the island and forms the S limits of Caleta Lynch. eral above-water rocks and a submerged rock over which the
Paso Damas, about 0.8 mile wide, separates Isla Damas from
4.62 sea breaks. The breakers are nearly always visible.
Isla Choros to the S. Roca Beta, above water, lies nearly in Playa Choros, a sandy beach on which there is always a
4.64

mid-channel, about 0.5 mile W of the peninsula which extends heavy surf, extends about 9 miles SE from Cabo Choros. Punta
W from Isla Damas. A rocky patch of 9.1 to 10.1m lies in Mar Brava, at the SE end of Playa Choros, is low and rocky
about the center of this channel, about 0.5 mile S of the S ex- with submerged rocks close off it. Near the point is a large
tremity of Isla Damas. Because of these two dangers and the white patch of sand which is prominent from the W.
shallow water which extends S from Isla Damas and NE from Punta Chungungo, low and rocky, lies about 2.5 miles S of
4.64

Isla Choros, Paso Damas is not recommended. Punta Mar Brava, the coast between being low and rocky. A re-
markable saddle-topped hill, with a hummock in the middle,
4.63 Isla Choros (29°16'S., 71°33'W.) largest of the three rises close E of Punta Chungungo. When seen from the S, the
islands fronting Bahia Choros, lies farther S and W than either hill appears as the N end of a high range that extends from E of
of the other two. Isla Choros is hilly, irregular in outline, and Caleta Totoralillo and is from 610 to 914m high.
rises to a height of 110m. The shores are cliffy and rugged; Isla Chungungo, about 1 mile SW of Punta Chungungo, is low
4.64

there is no anchorage. The SW end of the island resembles a and rocky. Submerged rocks lie off the N side of the island, and
castle. there is foul ground between the island and the point.
A pyramidal rock lies off the S end of Isla Choros. This rock
4.63

should be given a berth of at least 0.5 mile to avoid the reef Punta Barrancones (29°25'S., 71°21'W.) is steep and rocky.
4.64

which extends S from it. Roca Alfa, 1.8m high, lies about 0.4 An islet and rocks lie within 91m of the point. Caleta Tinajas
mile S of the S end of Isla Choros and is the outermost of the recedes a little over 0.5 mile NE between Punta Barrancones,
dangers extending S from the island. Roca Gamma, 0.9m high, and Punta Tinajas, about 1 mile SE. Punta Tinajas is fronted by
lies a little over 0.5 mile WNW of the S end of the island, and islets and rocks, is steep and rocky, and rises to a hill 33m high.
is the outermost of the dangers off the W side of the island. There are depths of 11 to 23.8m in the outer and central parts
4.64

Dangers surround Isla Choros on all sides to a maximum dis- of Caleta Tinajas. Above and below-water rocks line the entire
tance of about 0.2 mile. shore of the cove and lie up to 0.1 mile offshore. Good anchor-
Paso Choros is about 2.5 miles wide between Isla Choros
4.63 age can be taken in the cove by small vessels, about 0.4 mile
and Isla Gaviota to the E. This channel is deep and clear, but a NNW of Punta Tinajas, in 20.1m, sand.
wide berth must be given Isla Gaviota to avoid the reef extend- Punta Medamtos lies about 1.3 miles S of Punta Tinajas. A
4.64

ing SW from it. 28m hill, close E of the point, is surmounted by a beacon,
Isla Gaviota lies with its NE end about 0.2 mile SW of Punta
4.63 which consists of a concrete monolith. Punta Mostacilla lies
Bernard, a point a little over 0.5 mile NW of Cabo Choros. The nearly 0.8 mile SW of Punta Medamtos. Foul ground extends
SW end of the island lies a little over 1.5 miles SW of Cabo about 183m W and about 46m N from the point. A light is
Choros. The island is low, and rises gradually from its E side to- shown from the point.
ward its SW end, where it attains a height of 37m.
Isla Gaviota is surrounded on all sides by above and below-
4.63 4.65 Cruz Grande (29°27'S., 71°20'W.) lies on the S shore
water rocks which lie as much as 0.3 mile offshore. Roca Chata of Caleta Cruz Grande, which recedes a little over 0.5 mile SE be-
lies on the outer edge of shoal water that extends about 0.3 tween Punta Medamtos and Punta Mostacilla. A breakwater,
mile E from the E point of the island. Roca Saliente lies about about 92m long, extends E from a position about 0.1 mile SE of
0.2 mile S of the S end of the island. Shoal depths have been Punta Mostacilla. The harbor can be divided into two anchorages;
reported to lie about 1 mile SW of the S end of Isla Gaviota. the outer anchorage ENE of Punta Mostacilla, and the inner an-
Passage should not be attempted between Isla Gaviota and the
4.63 chorage for tankers. A basin, about 220m long and 70m wide, is
mainland. There are numerous submerged rocks in this passage. situated about 0.3 mile SE of Punta Mostacilla. Tankers anchor or
The prevailing current in Bahia Choros sets N at velocities of
4.63 moor to buoys. Vessels discharge cargo at anchor.
0.5 to 2 knots. The current sets toward the dangers which ex- Winds—Weather.—Southwest winds prevail in all seasons.
4.65

tend S from Isla Damas. Rollers, common on the coast farther A N breeze sometimes occurs in the early morning.
N, are experienced here. Morning fogs are most frequent from March to November,
4.65

Anchorage.—Surgidero Norte, situated N of Isla Gaviota, is

4.63 lasting almost to midday. Most days, low clouds cover the hills,
suitable for large vessels. It is sheltered from S winds by Isla completely obscuring the valleys.
Gaviota. The sea, which enters through Paso Choros, is not Depths—Limitations.—Depths of 33 to 42m in the en-
4.65

heavy enough to be dangerous. The best berth is about 0.5 mile trance decrease gradually toward the head of the cove. There
NNW of the N extremity of Isla Gaviota, in 12.8m, sand. are depths of 21.9 to 23.8m at the anchorage. There is a least
Caleta Lynch, on the E side of Isla Damas, is the best anchor-
4.63 depth of about 8.8m at the tanker berth. Foul ground extends
age in Bahia Choros, being well-protected from W winds and about 0.1 mile N and W of Punta Mostacilla.
suitable for large vessels. Anchorage can be taken about 0.2 mile Aspect.—The most conspicuous objects in Caleta Cruz
4.65

offshore, in 14.6 to 16.5m, sand. Rocas Falso Cutter, mentioned Grande are the disused chimney of a power station, 0.6 mile E
above, should be given a berth of at least 0.2 mile. of Punta Mostacilla, and three silver tanks situated 0.1 to 0.2 W

Pub. 125
132 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

of the chimney. Isla Tilgo, lies on foul ground about 91m offshore. An un-
A depth of 6.1m was reported (1992) about 7.5 miles W of
4.65 named point E of Roca Negra forms the N entrance point of
Punta Mostacilla. Caleta Los Hornos.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards about
4.65 Caleta Los Hornos recedes nearly 0.8 mile E between the
4.66

0.5 mile W of the entrance. Pilots should be requested from above unnamed point and Punta Blanca, about 1.8 miles S. Ro-
Coquimbo 7 days in advance. ca Blanca, above-water and low, with submerged rocks close
Anchorage.—The best anchorage during SW winds is under
4.65 W of it, lies about 91m W of Punta Blanca. Quebrada Honda, a
Punta Mostacilla, where the shore is steep-to. A vessel can an- deep straight ravine extending inland from the S shore of the
chor, in 32.9 to 40.2m about 0.3 mile W of Punta Medamtos. cove, is a good mark for recognizing Caleta Los Hornos. Foul
During NW winds vessels should anchor about 0.3 mile ENE ground, with rocks awash, extends about 0.1 mile offshore near
of Punta Mostacilla, in 21.9 to 23.8m. the center of the cove. A small pier, used by fishing craft, is sit-
Vessels should not anchor in the inner part of the cove during
4.65 uated at the mouth of Quebrada Honda.
winter, as during this time the sea breaks violently in this area. Anchorage.—Vessels may take anchorage close to the S
4.66

The explosives anchorage lies about 0.8 mile SSW of Punta

4.65 shore of Caleta Los Hornos somewhat sheltered from S winds.
Tinajas. The best anchorage is about 0.3 mile off the S shore of the
Note.—It was reported that the harbor basin was out of ser-
4.65 cove, in 18.3m. Small vessels can anchor about 0.2 mile off the
vice and the port closed. S shore, in 11 to 14.6m.
Caution.—Magnetic disturbances have been observed in
4.65 Caution.—Severe magnetic disturbances have been reported
4.66

Caleta Cruz Grande. These are ascribed to the proximity of near the coast in this vicinity, particularly in the vicinity of
masses of iron ore. Caleta Los Hornos.

4.66 Caleta Temblador (29°28'S., 71°20'W.) and Caleta 4.67 Punta Hornos (29°38'S., 71°20'W.) is high, steep,
Totoralillo are two coves which recede nearly 1 mile SE be- and rocky. Cerro Juan Soldado, about 3.5 miles SE of Punta
tween Punta Mostacilla and Punta Totoralillo, about 1.8 miles Hornos, is conspicuous. The N side of this hill is steep, but its
SSW. Punta Totoralillo is steep and the land rises abruptly, S side descends gradually towards the SSW.
forming a conspicuous hill, 112m high. On the shore of Caleta Caleta El Arrayan, about 3 miles S of Punta Hornos, affords
4.67

Totoralillo is a pile of slag which stands out conspicuously some shelter to small vessels from S winds. A rocky point
from the white sand. forms the S entrance point of the cove.
Los Farallones (29°28'S., 71°21'W.) consist of a group of
4.66
Punta Poroto (29°45'S., 71°22'W.) is low, steep, and rocky.
4.67

islets and rocks which extends nearly 0.8 mile N from Punta A rock, with about 2.3m over it, lies almost 0.5 mile S of the
Totoralillo. The largest islet, about 0.2 mile N of Punta Totora- point. The sea breaks over this rock when a strong wind is
lillo, is 33.5m high. The N islet is 10.9m high, and the S islet is blowing. A depth of 27.4m lies 2.25 miles SW of Punta Poroto.
14.6m high. Punta Falso Poroto is about 1 mile SSE, and similar in appear-
An above-water rock lies about 43m N of Punta Totoralillo,
4.66
ance to Punta Poroto. Three islets lie from 0.25 to 0.5 mile, re-
and a rock with 2.4m over it lies about 50m E of the above-wa- spectively, SSE of Punta Falso Poroto. Cerros del Cobre rises
ter rock. to a height of about 1,951m, about 2.5 miles NE of Punta Poro-
Isla Tilgo lies about 3 miles S of Punta Totoralitto and about
4.66
to.
0.1 mile offshore. Except from a short distance off it, the island Punta Teatinos, about 4.5 miles SSE of Punta Poroto, is steep
4.67

appears to be a projecting point. and rocky. The land behind the point rises in ridges, which
Bajo Zoraida, a shoal with two rocky heads, lies about 0.3
4.66
gradually become higher as they recede from the coast. It is re-
mile NE of the N islet of the Los Farallones. The N rock has ported that the coast between Punta Poroto and Punta Teatinos
about 3.9m of water over it and the S rock has about 3.1m over recedes farther E than is indicated on the charts.
it. Roca Valentine, existence doubtful, is charted as having less
than 1.8m over it in a position about 0.5 mile NE of the N islet Coquimbo (29°57'S., 71°21'W.)
of Los Farallones.
There are depths of 11 to 20m in the outer part of Caleta
4.66
World Port Index No. 14570
Totoralillo.
Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in the entrance of the
4.66
4.68 The port of Coquimbo occupies the S end of Bahia de
cove, about 0.3 mile E of the summit of the largest of the Los Coquimbo, which recedes nearly 3 miles E between Punta
Farallones, in 16.5m. Farther E, the bottom is very rocky, and Teatinos and Punta Tortuga about 7 miles S. The city of Coqui-
vessels are liable to lose their anchors. Inside the 10m curve the mbo is situated on the SW shore of Bahia de Coquimbo.
depths are very irregular, particularly in the S part of the cove.
Islotes Pajaros (29°35'S., 71°33'W.), about 10 miles W of
4.66

Coquimbo Home Page

Isla Tilgo, are two islets which are steep and rocky, 30 to 46m
high, and completely devoid of vegetation. They are separated [Link]
by a channel about 1.3 miles wide. Reefs extend about 0.5 mile
W and SE from the N islet. A reef, on which the sea breaks, ex-
The roadstead affords good shelter in all seasons. La Serena,
tends about 1 mile SW from the S and largest islet. A light is
an important city, is situated about 1 mile inland and about 5
shown from the S islet.
miles NE of Coquimbo.
Roca Negra (29°36'S., 71°19'W.), about 3.3 miles SSE of
4.66

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 133

Winds—Weather.—Southerly and SW winds blow strongly

4.68 seldom blow with such force as to produce much sea. Easterly
outside the bay during the greater part of the year, but they are winds off the land are extremely dangerous and occur on rare
usually moderate inside the bay. Northwesterly winds occur occasions during the winter. Temperatures are moderate and
during the winter months, but are usually of short duration and there is very little rain.

Coquimbo with Cerro La Cruz (Cross of the 3rd Millennium)

Tides—Currents.—There are practically no tidal currents

4.68 Aspect.—Punta Tortuga is the N extremity of Peninsula
4.68

in Bahia de Coquimbo, but in the vicinity of the Farallones de Coquimbo. The W side of the peninsula is high and steep,
Coquimbo the currents may attain velocities of 1.5 to 3 knots. especially at N end.
The tidal current sets NE with a rising tide and SW with a Farallones de Coquimbo consist of two groups of rocky is-
4.68

falling tide, the former being the stronger. lets and submerged rocks lying NW of Peninsula Coquimbo,
Fogs occur in Bahia de Coquimbo and are most frequent
4.68 which forms the SW side of Bahia de Coquimbo. Islotes Paja-
during the winter, when they may be very dense. ros de Afuera, the outer group, lie with the largest islet, about 1
Tides rise about 1.1m at HW and 0.7m at LW, although tidal
4.68 mile NW of Punta Tortuga. A rocky shoal patch, with a least
differences of up to 4.6m have been reported (1991) between depth of 5.9m, lies 0.8 mile NNE of the largest islet.
mean low water and mean high water. Depths of 11.2m and 17.4m lie 2.5 miles and 4.5 miles NW,
4.68

Currents sometimes enter Bahia de Coquimbo from various

4.68 respectively, of Islotes Pajaros de Afuera.
directions, causing ships at anchor to swing in diverse direc- Islotes Pajaros Ninos lie about 0.5 mile WNW of Punta Tor-
4.68

tions. tuga.
Depths—Limitations.—A single quay, 378m long and
4.68 Rocas Pilcachos, consisting of three above-water rocks and a
4.68

situated on the E side of the peninsula has two berths for rock with less than 1.8m over it, lie from 0.1 to 0.3 mile WSW
handling container, general, and bulk cargo. Vessels up to 220m of Islotes Pajaros Ninos. The central and NW rock is 5.5m
in length with maximum drafts of 9.3m can be accommodated at high.
these berths. This port also has good cranes and storage area. Paso de Afuera, the passage separating these two groups, is
4.68

Vessels awaiting berths should anchor at the roadstead. about 0.4 mile wide, but is not recommended for vessels of any
Vessels should expect small craft to be anchored N and S of
4.68 kind. A wreck lies in this passage in a position about 0.7 mile
the pier area. NNW of Punta Tortuga.

Coquimbo—Contact Information
Port Radio (CBA4)
Pilots Harbormaster Port Authority
(Coquimbo Radio)
VHF channels 6, 8, 12, VHF channels 9, 14,
VHF — —
14, and 16 and 16
Radiotelephone 2182 kHz and 2738
— — —
frequency kHz

Pub. 125
134 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

Coquimbo—Contact Information
Port Radio (CBA4)
Pilots Harbormaster Port Authority
(Coquimbo Radio)
56-51-2558105 56-51-2339702
Telephone — 56-51-2558100
56-51-2558100 56-51-2339703
Facsimile — 56-51-2558196 56-51-2558196 56-51-2326146
E-mail — — cpcoquimbo@[Link] ptocqq@[Link]

Paso Interior separates Rocas Pilcachos and Islotes Pajaros

4.68 arrival. The ETA message must contain the following
Ninos from Peninsula de Coquimbo. The channel has a least information:
width of about 0.4 mile and is suitable for small vessels. There 1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order.
are general depths of 28 to 42m in the channel, but a rock with 2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
8.8m over it lies nearly in mid-channel about 0.7 mile WSW of 3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard for discharge.
Punta Tortuga. An 11.9m patch lies 0.2 mile NNW of the same 4. Expected arrival draft.
point. Additionally messages can be sent via Playa Ancha Radio
4.68

Roca Havannah, with 7.2m over it, lies about 0.5 mile ENE
4.68 (CBV) Valparaiso, which maintains a constant watch on 500
of Punta Tortuga. Roca Dorsetshire, a pinnacle rock with less kHz and works on 8522 kHz and 16663 kHz.
than 2.8m over it, lies about 0.4 mile E of Punta Tortuga. Roca Anchorage.—Anchorage is prohibited just off the main
4.68

Pelicanos, 4.9m high and white, lies close offshore and S of berth, as shown on the chart. Another area prohibited for an-
Roca Dorsetshire. choring is off Playa El Faro, as shown on the chart.
Foul ground, consisting of the remains of a wreck with a
4.68 Seven designated areas for anchoring E of the main berth
4.68

depth of 9.1m, lies about 0.1 mile NE of the N corner of the across Bahia de Coquimbo, are centered on the following posi-
quay. A dangerous sunken wreck, with 2.7m over it, lies about tions:
0.5 mile SE of the N corner of the quay. Several above water 1. Area A—position 29°56'35''S, 71°19'23''W.
and sunken wrecks lie up to 0.5 mile S of the quay, and may 2. Area B—position 29°56'35''S, 71°19'00''W.
best be seen on the chart. 3. Area C—position 29°56'27''S, 71°18'42''W.
Peninsula de Coquimbo, with its rugged hills and ravines
4.68 4. Area D—position 29°56'12''S, 71°18'22''W.
and yellowish color, is prominent. Farallones de Coquimbo are 5. Area F—position 29°56'06''S, 71°18'56''W.
also good marks. A light is shown from Punta Tortuga. A 6. Area G—position 29°55'53''S, 71°18'29''W.
radiobeacon is situated at the light structure. An unused 7. Area H—position 29°55'51''S, 71°19'02''W.
lighthouse and the former lightkeeper’s house stand about Small vessels can obtain good anchorage, in depths of 8m,
4.68

137m SSE of the Punta Tortuga light structure and are sand and mud, 400m ESE of Muelle de Pasajeros. An explo-
conspicuous. A prominent church stands 1.5 miles S of the sives anchorage lies 1 mile N of Muelle de Pasajeros.
point. Caution.—A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which
4.68

A conspicuous cross stands on Cerro La Cruz, a 151m hill a

4.68 are shown on the chart, lies off the quay.
little over 0.8 mile S of Punta Tortuga. There are lighted When approaching the bay, vessels should guard against be-
4.68

television towers in the vicinity of the cross. A conspicuous ing set to the N by the prevailing swell, current, and wind,
radio mast stands on the S shore of the bay, about 2 miles SE of which always come from the S.
Punta Tortuga. A conspicuous clump of trees stands at a farm When approaching the bay from S, vessels should stay 3
4.68

about 3 miles SE of Punta Tortuga. A conspicuous water tower miles from land, altering course to the E when well clear of the
with obstruction lights is situated 3 miles SE of Punta Tortuga dangers N of Islotes Pajaros de Afuera.
Light. A cement factory, the lights of which are visible to A dangerous wreck, depth unknown, lies in position
4.68

vessels approaching Bahia de Coquimbo at night, is situated on 29°56'25.9''S, 71°19'53.9''W.

the N shore of the bay about 1.5 miles E of Punta Teatinos. Care must be taken when entering port during at night due to
4.68

Five sets of range lights are exhibited from various positions

4.68 the numerous small fishing vessels that lay out lines and drift
on the bay’s shores to assist vessels in entering, berthing, and without lights.
anchoring. In addition to a light, the ranges show a white
diamond daymark with red diagonal stripes. Bahia Herradura de Guayacan
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available any time
4.68
(29°58'S., 71°22'W.)
during the day or night, including for Guayacan. The pilot
boards in position 29°56'28''S, 71°19'52''W. World Port Index No. 14560
Contact Information.—Pilot and port contact information
4.68

4.69 Bahia Herradura de Guayacan recedes about 1.3 miles

can be found in the table titled Coquimbo—Contact Infor-
SE. It is separated from Coquimbo by an isthmus, about 1 mile
mation. wide, that connects Peninsula de Coquimbo with the mainland.
Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be initially sent 5
4.68 The villages of Aldea de Guayacan and Aldea de Herradura lie
days prior arrival, then once every day thereafter at 0800 until at the NE and SW corners, respectively, of the bay.

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 135

mile inside. Depths of 42 to 66m in the entrance decrease

gradually toward the shore. Islita Mews, a small islet, lies
about 0.2 mile NW of Punta Miedo. Roca Knowsley, with a
depth of 1.1m, lies about 0.1 mile offshore, about 0.4 mile SE
of Punta Miedo. Rocks, with less than 1.8m over them, lie
between Roca Knowsley and the shore.
At night, when making a landfall from W, the lights of
4.69

Guayacan will be sighted before the lighted aids.

The bright lights at a fish factory situated close E of Punta
4.69

Miedo are conspicuous.

Cerro Alegre, a prominent hill, 38m high, stands about 0.5
4.69

mile E of Punta Miedo.

Lights are shown from Punta Herradura and Isleta Mews.
4.69

Several sets of ranges situated within the bay assist vessels in

entering and berthing.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. Vessels
4.69

must anchor in Coquimbo Bay to board the pilot, as the pilot

will not board outside Herradura Bay.
Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be initially sent 5
4.69

days prior arrival, then once every day thereafter at 0800 until
arrival. The ETA message must contain the following
information:
1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order.
2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard for discharge.
4. Expected arrival draft.
Ports of Guayacan and Coquimbo See paragraph 4.68 for additional details and contact
4.69

information.
The approach to Herradura Bay is a fishing zone, so caution
4.69
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the S part of the
4.69

should be maintained during navigation into the port. bay, leaving room for movements to and from the pier. The
The harbor in the bay consists of two anchorages and a large
4.69
holding ground is good with sand. The anchorages are
pier for loading iron ore. There are several small piers on the S protected from all winds, but strong NW winds send a heavy
and W sides of the bay. An oil terminal berth is situated on the swell into the bay which causes vessels to roll considerably.
N side. The port is administered by Coquimbo. This occurs more often during the winter than at other times.
Winds—Weather.—Southwest winds prevail although NE
4.69
Caution.—Numerous fishing craft are found in the bay and
4.69

winds may be encountered in the early morning. Fog may be in the approaches.
encountered at this time during the summer months. Magnetic disturbances have been reported about 1 mile NW
4.69

Tides—Currents.—A NNE current has been observed

4.69
of the bay entrance.
setting across the entrance of the bay.
Depths—Limitations.—Muelle Mecanizado is a T-head
4.69
Bahia Herradura de Guayacan to Punta Lengua
pier extending 280m from the shore, with a berth of 210m in de Vaca
length and a depth alongside of 17.2m. Vessels up to 215,000
dwt, with a maximum length of 315m and a maximum draft of 4.70 Punta Saliente (30°01'S., 71°26'W.), about 4 miles
16.2m, can be accommodated. SW of the entrance to Bahia Herradura de Guayacan, is low
Loading is from an elevator which can travel a length of
4.69
and rocky. The land behind the point rises gradually until it
119m along the pier; the boom extends from 6.7 to 15.54m joins a chain of high hills to the E. Foul ground surrounds the
from the face of the pier. point, particularly on its S side. Two submerged rocks, on
Copec Oil Terminal, located offshore near the N shore, is
4.69
which breakers have been seen, lie about 0.3 mile off the point.
used for the discharge of clean products and LPG. Vessels Caution must be taken in foggy weather not to mistake Punta
moor with both anchors down forward and lines to two stern Saliente for Punta Tortuga, on the NW side of Peninsula de Co-
buoys with the ship’ head at 225°. Moorings are lit for berthing quimbo.
at night. The depth of water is 15.6m. Tankers up to 210m in Punta Lagunillas (30°06'S., 71°23'W.), about 6 miles SSE
4.70

length, with a draft up to 11.4m, can be accommodated at this of Punta Saliente, is about 9.1m high and rugged. It rises
terminal. gradually toward the interior and joins a chain of high hills to
Several small craft piers exist on the NE and S sides of the
4.69
the E. Many guano-covered stones lie on the point. From a
bay, and are best seen on the chart. distance, Punta Lagunillas has the appearance of a ship under
Aspect.—Punta Miedo, steep and rocky, is located about 2.3
4.69
sail. Foul ground surrounds the point to distances varying
miles SW of Punta Tortuga Light. The bay is entered between between 0.1 mile and 0.2 mile. Two drying rocks lie NW of the
Punta Miedo and Punta Herradura, a little over 0.5 mile WSW. point, the outer lying about 0.3 mile offshore.
It is about 0.4 mile wide at the entrance and broadens to over 1 Bahia Guanaquero recedes about 3 miles SE between Punta
4.70

Pub. 125
136 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca

Bahia Herradura de Guayacan

Lagunillas and Punta Guanaquero, about 5 miles SW. The SW ino, with less than 3.2m over it, lies about 137m SW of Punta
shore of the bay is formed of large rocks and cliffs, except for a Errazuriz. Roca Morgan, which covers at high water, lies 137m
small cove with a sandy beach at its head. The S and E shores WSW of the S extremity of the peninsula. A prominent white
of the bay are sandy, except Punta Morrillos, 3.5 miles E of house with a television mast stands on the highest summit of
Punta Guanaquero, which is formed of several small bluffs and the peninsula.
is of a dark color. An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 1.3 miles SE
4.71

Cerro Guanaquero, with three peaks, lies about 3 miles S of

4.70 of the peninsula.
Punta Guanaquero. Cumbre Norte, 404m high, lies about 0.5
mile N of Cerro Guanaquero. Cerro Jotate, about 2 miles SSE 4.72 Bahia Tongoy (30°16'S., 71°34'W.) lies between
of Punta Morrillos, is 417m high. Hills of less elevation lie N Peninsula de Tongoy and Punta Lengua de Vaca, about 6.3
of Cerro Jotate. miles W. Puerto Aldea occupies the S part of the bay, and Puer-
The sea breaks violently on Playa de la Hacienda, the sandy
4.70 to Tongoy occupies the E part of the bay, S of Peninsula de
beach between Punta Lagunillas and Punta Morrillos. The sand Tongoy. Punta Lengua de Vaca, the W entrance point of Bahia
behind the beach shifts constantly and forms dunes of consid- Tongoy, is described in paragraph 5.2.
erable size. Cerro La Parva, a low hill of yellow sand, lies The W shore of Bahia Tongoy, for a distance of about 2.5
4.72

about 1.5 miles NNE of Punta Morrillos. miles SSE of Punta Lengua de Vaca, is rocky with low cliffs.
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the SW corner of
4.70 Then the coast trends about 2.3 miles farther SSE and is low
Bahia Guanaquero, in 20.1m, sand and mud. The anchorage is and stony. Islote Morro Grande, a small promontory, 14.9m
well-sheltered against SW winds. Northwesterly winds are rare high, lies a little over 0.5 mile SE of Punta Lengua de Vaca.
and of little strength. Care must be taken to avoid a number of Rocas Megal, a rocky outcrop 115m high and painted white, lie
marine farms situated in the SW part of the bay. about 1.8 miles S of Punta Lengua de Vaca. A conspicuous
beacon, consisting of a black iron cross, 7m high and sur-
4.71 Punta Guanaquero (30°10'S., 71°27'W.), the SW mounted by a black triangle, stands on the highest part of Ro-
entrance point of Bahia Guanaquero, is high and steep. The cas Megal. A beacon (red framework, radar reflector; 3m in
point may be recognized by a hill, about 61m high, which rises height) is situated on the end of a small pier at Caleta Hornilla
over its extremity and can be seen a long distance. A rocky (30°17.5'S., 71°37.2'W.). Two lighted beacons are shown in the
ledge, terminating in a high rock, extends about 0.2 mile NW SW part of the bay and may be seen on the chart.
from the point. The S and E shores of Bahia Tongoy consist of sandy beach-
4.72

A concrete tower stands about 0.2 mile SSE of the above

4.71 es, the E shore being backed by sand dunes 12.2 to 15.2m high.
point. Monte Notable, 3 miles S of Punta Errazuriz, is conspicuous.
Punta Barnes (30°12'S., 71°29'W.), about 2.5 miles SW of Cerros Barrancos Blancos, two hills, lie a little over 1 mile
Punta Guanaquero, is rocky and fronted by above and below- from the beach on the SE side of the bay; white patches on
water rocks to a distance of about 0.2 mile. Monte Barnes, these hills make good landmarks.
about 1 mile S of Punta Barnes, is steep, rounded, and rises to a
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Puerto Aldea, in
4.72

conical hillock.
the SW part of Bahia Tongoy, about 1 mile off the S and W
Bahia Barnes recedes a little over 0.5 mile SE between a
4.71

shores of the bay, in 9 to 12m. Vessels may also anchor closer

point, about 1.5 miles S of Punta Barnes, and the N extremity inshore, in 8.2 to 11m. The bottom is of soft muddy sand in
of Peninsula de Tongoy, about 1.5 miles SW. The bay has
some places, but in others it is hard.
depths of 7.3 to 14.6m, sand, and is sheltered from S and SW
During S winds, Puerto Aldea is calm, but a heavy sea sets in
4.72

winds.
with strong N winds.
Peninsula de Tongoy extends nearly 1 mile W from the gen-
Anchorage can be taken anywhere on the E and SE sides of
4.71

4.72

eral trend of the coast and is steep and rocky. Nine rounded
Bahia Tongoy, about 0.5 to 1 mile offshore, in 11 to 18.3m,
hills, varying in height from 48 to 74m, stand on the peninsula.
sand.
The peninsula is joined to the coast by a low sandy isthmus and
The best anchorage in Puerto Tongoy is about 0.4 mile S of
4.72

appears as an island when seen from the N or W. Punta Er-

the S extremity of Peninsula de Tongoy in 12.8m. During N
razuriz is the W extremity of Peninsula de Tongoy. Roca Cous-

Pub. 125
 Sector 4. Chile—Arica to Punta Lengua de Vaca 137

winds, there is good anchorage for small vessels about 0.3 mile from S and SW winds.
SSE of the S extremity of the peninsula, in 7.3m, sand and clay. Caution.—Abnormal magnetic variations have been report-
4.72

With strong SW winds, anchorage in Puerto Tongoy be-

4.72

ed in the vicinity of Bahia Tongoy. Cultivated shellfish beds are

comes untenable. During such times, vessels can anchor in Ba- situated in an area close SW of Peninsula de Tongoy.
hia Barnes, N of Peninsula de Tongoy, which is well-protected

Pub. 125
5.
Sector 5—Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

5.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 5 — CHART INFORMATION
 141

SECTOR 5
CHILE—PUNTA LENGUA DE VACA TO CABO QUEDAL

Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Chile from Punta

5.0 many locations.
Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal (40°59'S., 73°57'W.). The se- 5.1A climatic control factor along the central portion of the coast,
quence of the description is from N to S. in the section between 3°S and 33°S, is the cool water of the Hum-
boldt Current, or Peru Current, which sets NE to the coast of Chile
General Remarks where it is deflected to the N by the South American continent.
Upwelling is a conspicuous feature of this current and results from
5.1 A number of bays and bights indent the coast and nu- the prevalent SE winds along the coasts of Chile and Peru which,
merous rivers empty from it. The coast is high and level with a over certain regions, carry the warm surface waters away from the
steep-to shore. It has few natural harbors with the exception of coast and bring to the surface the cool waters from below. Be-
Valparaiso and several minor ports. The ports are mostly road- tween the areas of intense upwelling are warm tongues which car-
stead anchorages off the cliffy shore. A mountain range, with ry water of higher temperatures onto the coast. However, the
heights of up to almost 1,372m follows the general trend of the marked cooling over the regions of upwelling more than compen-
coast from about 2 to almost 20 miles inland. The Chilean An- sates for the warm tongues, and the net result is lower tempera-
des, with heights of up to about 7,620m, roughly parallel the tures over adjoining coastal areas than would be otherwise normal
coast about 65 miles inland. for the latitude. Southward beyond the effect of the Humboldt
5.1In general, the coast is steep-to, but above and below-water Current, temperatures are actually higher than average for the lati-
dangers fringe many parts of the shore. Isolated soundings, tude.
some of which are doubtful, are charted up to 30 miles off the 5.1The S portion of the W coast of South America is under the
coast between the parallels of 35°10'S, and 36°25'S. These influence of the oceanic westerlies and climate in the area is
depths, which vary between 13 and 29m, may best be seen on more maritime in nature than that experienced on the E coast at
the chart. the same latitudes. This region is subject to strong and per-
5.1Archipelago de Juan Fernandez lies about 350 miles off this sistent W winds, the result of a strong pressure gradient exist-
coast and is described in beginning in paragraph 1.20. ing between the semi-permanent Pacific High and the region of
5.1Visibility may be reduced by fog which occurs about 1 or 2 low pressure stretching from the general latitude of the South
days each month from January to August. Clouds hide the Orkney Islands and the South Shetland Islands, S into the Ant-
higher mountain peaks of the Andes and many of the coastal arctic.
hills during much of the year. 5.1Tides—Currents.—The currents off the coast of Chile are
5.1Winds—Weather.—Close to Peru and northern Chile, influenced by the Peru Current, which sets to the NE south-
winds are predominantly S to SW throughout the year. Because ward of Isla Mocha. This NE current S of Isla Mocha sets ves-
of the strong pressure gradient between the coast and oceanic sels toward the coast, and caution should be exercised by
high located some distance at sea, these winds are persistent, vessels a short distance off the coast as the current has caused
becoming the SE Trades when they turn NW around the pe- several shipwrecks. From Isla Mocha northward, the Peru Cur-
riphery of the South Pacific High. The strongest of these winds rent follows the trend of the coast, setting between N and NNE.
occur during the spring and early summer, when the contrast in The direction of the current is influenced by the winds.
temperature between the rapidly warming land and the still 5.1The current stream has a width of about 120 miles off Val-
cool sea is the greatest. These winds often take on the charac- paraiso and widens gradually to the N. The current velocity
teristics of the sea breeze of marked intensity. Known locally varies greatly along the coast of Chile. From Valparaiso N to
as the "virazon," they may be of such strength as to halt loading Cobija, it has an average velocity of 15 miles per day, but may
or unloading of ships. attain a velocity of 26 miles per day. However, it may be alto-
5.1Along the Chilean coast, just S of Concepcion, there is an ar- gether arrested and sometimes reversed.
ea where winter winds are frequently N. This zone separates 5.1Strong onshore currents have been reported to exist between
the winds of N Chile, which are predominantly from the S the parallels of 34°30'S, and 35°35'S, and should be guarded
quadrants, and the westerlies of S Chile. At Isla Mocha West, against.
which is in this transition zone and a short distance off the 5.1Currents of a local nature are described in the various parts
coast near latitude 38.5°S, the wind is S in 60 per cent of the of this sector with the features off which they occur. Tidal cur-
observations and N in only 10; however, these leading marks rents are similarly described.
should not be used during a fog or during a severe [Link] 5.1Caution.—Caution must be exercised because of the lack of
January, while in the month of July, the percentages are 26 per sufficient soundings along many parts of this coast and the pos-
cent from the S and 32 per cent from the N. South of this lati- sibility of uncharted dangers. It has been reported that the
tude, winds are from a W quadrant in more than half of the ob- charts do not conform with the actual coastal configurations in
servations. Although winds from an E direction are not a number of places. In addition, coordinate values of charted
common, when they do occur with rising pressure, they bring positions may change due to the various differences of chart
fine weather over coastal waters. The extremely rugged nature datum used within this sector.
of the S coast of Chile contributes to a variability of winds in 5.1Submarine exercise areas, extending up to 35 miles offshore,

Pub. 125
142 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

lie in waters within this sector and may be seen on the chart. 5.3Caleta Morritos occupies a small bight between Punta Morri-
tos Norte, about 3 miles S of Punta Gruesa, and Punta Morritos
Punta Lengua de Vaca to Bahia Quintero Sur, about 1 mile S. The entrance points of Caleta Morritos are
steep and rocky.
5.2 Punta Lengua de Vaca (30°14'S., 71°38'W.) is low 5.3Caleta Sierra, a small cove, indents the coast between a point
and rocky. It rises to a height of 70m about 0.8 mile S of its N about 3 miles SSW of Punta Morritos Sur and Punta Sierra, al-
extremity. A series of hills extends 1.5 miles farther S from the most 0.3 mile SW. A line of serrated peaks are located on Pun-
point to Monte Centinela Norte, about 211m high. A 10.1m ta Sierra. Caleta Sierra can be recognized from the N by a large
patch lies a little over 0.3 mile NNE of the point. Roca Negra, a ravine at the head of the cove, which is visible up to 2 miles
drying rock, lies almost 0.3 mile NW of Punta Lengua de Vaca. offshore. A group of above-water rocks lies close N of Punta
Another rock, which dries and is marked by kelp, lies about 0.3 Sierra.
mile W of the point. Vessels should stay at least 0.8 mile from
the point. 5.4 Punta Vana (31°10'S., 71°41'W.) is fringed with
5.2A light is shown from a white GRP tower with a red band, rocks at its extremity and marked by a light. Caleta Derrumbe,
4m high, standing on the point. A prominent radio mast stands a small cove with a sandy beach, lies 2.5 miles SSE of Punta
close SE of the light tower. Vana and may be identified by a large whitish patch on the hills
5.2Punta Aldea, about 2.3 miles SSW of Punta Lengua de Vaca, near the S end of the cove.
is low, rocky, and has a mound at its extremity. 5.4Caleta Maitencillo de Coquimbo lies about 6 miles S of Pun-
5.2Punta Farallones, about 4.8 miles SSW of Punta Aldea, is a ta Vana. The coast between consists of blue rocky cliffs, about
small rocky peninsula with a high and pointed rock rising from 46m high. The land backing the cliffs rises to heights of be-
its center. tween 91 and 122m. The mountain range backing the coast lies
5.2Caleta Totoral de Lengua de Vaca indents the coast on the S about 3 miles inland and reaches heights of 914 to 1,524m.
side of Punta Farallones. It has a sandy beach on its NE shore Caleta Maitencillo de Coquimbo is a small cove about 0.2 mile
and can easily be identified by a prominent peaked islet close wide in the entrance, but its shores are bordered by foul
N. The entrance is blocked by above and below-water rocks, ground, leaving a very narrow channel, with a depth of 7.3m,
and may be passed only by small boats in good weather. which leads up the middle of the cove to within 68m of the
5.2Punta Villa Senor, about 13 miles SSW of Punta Lengua de beach at its head. The cove is suitable only for boats.
Vaca, is wide, rocky, and fronted by above-water rocks. The 5.4The cove can be identified by a large triangular patch of
mountains, about 3 miles E of the point, attain a height of white sand on the slope of the hills on the N side of the cove.
823m.
5.2Punta Talinay (30°37'S., 71°44'W.) is low and rocky. The 5.4Punta Burro (31°25'S., 71°37'W.) is the N entrance point of
coast between Punta Talinay and the Rio Limari is backed by Caleta Oscuro. Foul ground extends about 0.1 mile SSW from
Altos de Talinay, of which the highest peak of 573m, lies about Punta Burro. Two below-water rocks, which break, lie on this
5.5 miles NE of Punta Limari Norte. The summits of this range foul ground.
are covered with vegetation. 5.4Caleta Oscuro occupies a bight between Punta Burro and a
5.2The Rio Limari, an inaccessible river, empties about 5 miles small unnamed point about 0.2 mile SE. The shores of the cove
S of Punta Talinay. A dangerous reef extends about 0.8 mile are rocky except at a sandy beach at its head. There is a small
NW from Punta Limari Norte, the low and rocky N entrance settlement in the cove. A dark-colored house is situated at the
point. A below-water rock lies about 1 mile SE of Punta Limari head of the cove. A pier, with a depth of 4.9m at its head, is sit-
Norte in the entrance of the river. Punta Limari Sur, the S en- uated on the N side of the head of the cove. Anchorage may be
trance point, is low. There is a prominent white sandy patch on taken, in 20.1m, sand, by small vessels in the center of Caleta
the latter point, and the land rises steeply farther inland. Oscuro. The anchorage is sheltered from NW winds and the
holding ground is good.
5.3 Punta Piedra Lobos (30°48'S., 71°43'W.) is low and 5.4A prominent hill, having a white apex, stands about 3 miles
steep. Arrecife Piedra Lobos extends about 1 mile NNW from SE of Caleta Oscuro.
Punta Piedra Lobos. Piedra Lobos, some above-water rocks, lie 5.4Punta Amolanos (31°35'S., 71°35'W.) is low and rocky, but
on the outer extremity of Arrecife Piedra Lobos. Roca Pilco- there is a sandy beach N and S of it. From Punta Amolanos to
mayo (30°50'S., 71°43'W.), with a depth of 1.8m, lies about Punta Ventana, the coast is fringed by foul ground which ex-
0.5 mile offshore and 3 miles S of the point. tends up to 0.5 mile offshore.
5.3Punta Talquilla, about 5 miles S of Punta Piedra Lobos, is 5.4Punta Ventana, about 2 miles S of Punta Amolanos, is
low and rocky and has a prominent white sandy patch on the fringed by rocks which extend up to 0.5 mile SW. From Punta
point. Punta Talca, about 3 miles farther S, is also low and Ventana to the mouth of the Rio Choapa, the coast consists of a
rocky. low sandy beach.
5.3Bahia Teniente recedes about 2 miles E between Punta Talca 5.4The Rio Choapa, close S of Punta Ventana, has sandbanks
and Punta Gruesa, about 6 miles S. There is a sandy beach at close off its entrance and is not navigable. Punta Pozo, the S
the head of the bay and a sandy valley, Valle del Arenal, ex- entrance point of the Rio Choapa, is precipitous with a barren
tends E from it. A sandhill is on the N side of the valley near and smooth summit.
the coast. A wreck lies stranded at the head of the bay. 5.4Caleta Huentelauquen (31°38'S., 71°32'W.) occupies a
5.3Punta Gruesa (31°02'S., 71°41'W.), marked by a light, is bight between Punta Poza and Punta Huentelauquen, about 1
steep, rocky, and fronted by submerged rocks. mile S.

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 143

5.5 Punta Loberia (31°45'S., 71°34'W.) lies about 6 several small bights. Bahia Conchali has general depths of
miles S of Caleta Huentelauquen. The coast between is steep- about 36.6m about 1.5 miles offshore, decreasing gradually to
to and backed by a range of mountains about 3 miles inland, 9.1m about 0.2 mile offshore. Several dangers and wrecks lie
which attains a height of 800m. The point is rocky and has a in the bay. Numerous rocks fringe the prominent points in the
conical hillock at its extremity. An above-water rock lies close bay.
off the point and submerged rocks and breakers extend about 5.6Isla Penitente, rocky and about 9.1m high, lies about 1.5
0.4 mile seaward from the point. miles SW of the SW extremity of Cabo Tablas. Two rocks,
5.5The coast for 7 miles S of Punta Loberia recedes about 3 awash, lie close off the W side of the islet. A light is shown
miles E to form a large bight. Within this bight are several from the island.
smaller bights and anchorages. This section of the coast is 5.6Isla Verde, about 18.3m high and steep-to, lies about 1.8
steep-to and fringed by numerous below-water rocks and rocks miles ENE of Isla Penitente. Rocks and foul ground fringe Isla
awash. The coast is backed by a chain of mountains about 3 Verde for about 137m. Rocas Verdes, one of which is above
miles inland. Lower hills are located in the N part of this chain. water, lie about 0.3 mile S of the W extremity of Isla Verde.
Depths off this part of the coast vary from about 27.4 to 34.7m, 5.6Islotes Blancos, a group of steep-to islets and rocks, lie about
sand and stones, about 0.5 mile offshore. 0.5 mile SE of Rocas Verdes. The largest is about 14.3m high.
5.5Rada Chigualoco is entered between Punta Loberia and Pun- Islote El Fantasma, NE and 5.2m high, is prominent due to its
ta Panguecito, about 3.3 miles SSE. From Punta Loberia to the blackish color.
NW end of Caleta Chigualoco, about 1.8 miles ESE, the coast 5.6Caleta Nague occupies a small bight between Punta Con-
is generally low and rocky. Below-water rocks fringe the coast chas, about 1.5 miles E of the SW extremity of Cabo Tablas,
between Punta Loberia and Caleta Chigualoco from 0.3 to and Punta Penitente, about 0.7 mile SE. The cove has depths of
nearly 0.8 mile offshore. Bajos de Chigualoco lie about 1.5 7.3 to 18.3m in the entrance, decreasing gradually toward the N
miles SE of Punta Loberia. Rocas Conchas, two rocks awash, shore. It is the only place in Bahia Conchali where vessels find
lie about 1 mile SE of Punta Loberia. shelter from NW winds. A wreck, the boiler of which is visi-
5.5Caleta Chigualoco (31°46'S., 71°32'W.) occupies a bight ble, lies in Caleta Nague.
between an unnamed point and Punta Rinconada, about 0.8 5.6Punta Penitente is steep-to and attains a height of 35m. It has
mile SE. The shore of the cove is a sandy beach. From Punta a remarkable rock at its extremity. A hill, 130m high, stands
Rinconada to Punta Panguecito, about 1.8 miles SSW, the coast back of the point.
is low and rocky, except for the head of a small cove, Caleta 5.6Ensenada Agua Amarilla recedes about 0.5 mile NW be-
Boca del Barco, which is sandy. An above-water rock, three tween Punta Penitente and Punta Chungo, about 1.5 miles SE.
drying rocks, and some below-water rocks lie in the center of The shore is a yellow sandy beach, on which the sea breaks
the cove. heavily. It provides no shelter and is not recommended for an-
5.5Punta Pechonas (31°50'S., 71°33'W.) is steep-to, rocky, and chorage. Punta Chungo is sandy, whitish in color, and rocky at
attains a height of 76m. Below-water rocks, which break, ex- its extremity.
tend about 0.2 mile W from the point. 5.6Punta Los Vilos (31°55'S., 71°32'W.) is low and rocky. Isli-
5.5Isla Lilenes, about 1 mile NW of Punta Pechonas, has a ta Chungungo, 3.3m high, rocky and closely fringed by rocks,
greenish color. The channel between Isla Lilenes and Punta lies about 0.1 mile offshore SW of the SW extremity of the
Pechonas has a navigable width of 0.2 mile and has depths of point.
14.6 to 20.1m, rock and sand. Roca Cebollin, awash, lies about 5.6Isla Huevos, about 0.5 mile WNW of Punta Los Vilos, is
0.5 mile WNW of Isla Lilenes. There are depths of 29.3m less rocky, barren, and yellowish. It is about 43m high at its SW
than 0.1 mile off the rock. end. A light is shown from the island. A reef on which the sea
5.5Rada Tablas (31°51'S., 71°34'W.) occupies a bight between breaks connects the island to Punta Los Vilos.
Punta Pechonas and the NW extremity of Cabo Tablas, about
1.3 miles SW. 5.7 Puerto Los Vilos (31°55'S., 71°31'W.) (World Port
5.5Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 21.9m, sand, with Index No. 14540) indents the coast about 0.7 mile SE between
the E extremity of Isla Lilenes bearing 013° and the extremity Punta Chungo and Punta Los Vilos, about 1.5 miles SSW. The
of Cabo Tablas bearing 257°. This anchorage is well-sheltered small port lies at the S end of the bay.
during S winds, but it is exposed to winds between N and W. 5.7Winds—Weather.—Westerly winds during the winter cause
a heavy swell in Puerto Los Vilos. The sea breaks between Isla
5.6 Cabo Tablas (31°51'S., 71°34'W.) is a prominent Huevos and Isla Blanca and between Isla Huevos and Punta
headland marked by perpendicular cliffs, 84m high. The cape Los Vilos, where it makes a foam which drifts into the bay and
projects about 0.5 mile W from the coast and is about 0.5 mile gives the appearance of breakers when a large swell is running.
wide. Cabo Tablas is fringed by foul ground to 0.5 mile off- Vessels can find shelter in Caleta Nague during NW gales.
shore. A drying rock lies almost 0.3 mile W of the SW extrem- 5.7Fogs are most frequent in the months of October and No-
ity of the cape. Roca Tablas, above-water, lies about 0.3 mile vember, but may also occur in May.
SW of the SW extremity of Cabo Tablas. A drying rock lies al- 5.7Depths—Limitations.—The port consists of a single mecha-
most 0.5 mile SSE of the SW extremity of Cabo Tablas, while nized wharf used for loading copper concentrate. This wharf is
a second drying rock lies 0.6 mile SE of the same position. A also referred to as Terminal Punta Chungo. The maximum size
light is shown from the SW extremity of the cape. vessel handled at this berth has been up to 60,000 dwt, with a
5.6Bahia Conchali recedes about 2 miles NE between Cabo length of 220m, a beam of 35m, a draft of 12.3m, and an air draft
Tablas and Punta Los Vilos, 4 miles SE. It is a large bay with of 16.5m at LW.

Pub. 125
144 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

Punta Los Vilos—Terminal Punta Chungo and Isla Huevos

5.7Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards within drying rock, and Bajo Lynch, with a depth of 2m, lie 0.6 and
1,000m of position 31°53'34''S, 71°32'02''W. Pilots and port 0.5 mile E of the island.
can be contacted through the details found in the table titled Anchorage.—Anchoring is not permitted in the area due to
5.7

Los Vilos—Contact Information. numerous rocks and shoals within 1 to 1.2 miles of the coast
5.7Aspect.—A conspicuous white tank stands in the port. Two and Isla Huevos lying only 0.65 mile NW of the terminal.
lights at the railroad station in the port are reported to be visible
at a distance of about 10 miles seaward. 5.8 The coast for 20 miles S of Punta Los Vilos is indent-
5.7There are depths of from 18.3 to 27.4m in the entrance, de- ed by numerous small bights. It is generally steep-to, with in-
creasing gradually toward the shore. Bajo Chacabuco, a 10m termittent sandy beaches, and fringed by rocks and foul ground
patch, lies almost 0.7 mile NE of the N extremity of Isla Hue- to almost 1 mile offshore. The coast is backed by a chain of
vos. Bajo Baquedano, an 8.7m patch, lies about 0.2 mile N of mountains which lie up to 10 miles inland.
Isla Huevos. Bajo O’Higgins, a 10.1m patch, lies almost 0.3 5.8Ensenada Quereo is a small unimportant bight about midway
mile NE of Isla Huevos. Bajo Abtao, a 5m patch, lies about 0.3 between Punta Los Vilos and Punta Lobos, about 2.3 miles
mile offshore, about 0.8 mile ENE of Isla Huevos. Bajo Castro, SSW. The coast between Punta Los Vilos and Punta Lobos is
another 5m patch, lies almost 0.3 mile N of the town of Los Vi- fringed with foul ground which breaks to a distance of about
los and about 0.7 mile E of Isla Huevos. Roca Desempeno, a 0.2 mile offshore.

Los Vilos—Contact Information

VHF RT Frequency Telephone Facsimile E-mail
Port Radio (call VHF channels 2182 kHz and
56-53-2541104 56-53-2541104 —
sign: CBA26) 9, 14, and 16 2738 kHz
56-53-2541104
Harbormaster ————— — 56-53-2541104 cplosvilos@[Link]
56-53-2541417
Terminal Punta
— — 56-2-4452058 56-2-4452058 —
Chungo

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 145

5.8Punta Lobos (31°57'S., 71°33'W.), about 23m high, is 0.3 mile off Punta Ventana.
fringed by foul ground to about 0.5 mile offshore. Islote Lobos, Punta Puquen, about 5 miles SSE of Punta Salinas, is about
5.9

about 4.2m high, lies about 0.1 mile offshore W of the point. A 40m high and steep-to. A blow hole, which pierces it, can be
reef, on which the sea breaks in bad weather, lies almost 0.3 heard for a considerable distance. A small prominent islet lies
mile WNW of Punta Lobos. Islote Negra, a little over 0.5 mile about 0.2 mile SW of Punta Puquen.
offshore S of the point, is closely fringed by dangerous rocks,
and between it and Punta Lobos, there are dangerous rocks. 5.10 Punta Molles (32°14'S., 71°32'W.), about 3.8 miles
5.8From Punta Lobos to Punta Purgatorio, about 1.5 miles ESE, SSE of Punta Huesos, is low, dark-colored, and rocky. Foul
the coast is fringed by numerous rocks and foul ground which ground extends about 0.4 mile S from it. The coast for 30 miles
breaks to a distance of 0.5 mile offshore. This part of the coast S of the point is indented by several large bays. It is steep-to,
is exposed to the constant SW swell and is dangerous to ap- rocky in places, and interspersed with long sandy beaches. The
proach. prominent points are fringed with above and below-water
5.8Punta Changos, low and rocky with some above-water rocks rocks. The coast is backed by a chain of mountains which lie
close off it, lies about 3.5 miles S of Punta Lobos. up to about 10 miles inland.
A conspicuous concrete railway bridge is situated in position
5.10

5.9 Ensenada Totoralillo (32°01'S., 71°32'W.) indents the 32°07'S, 71°32'W. A road bridge is situated 125m away from,
coast between Punta Changos and Punta Totoralillo, about 1.5 and parallel to, the railway bridge.
miles S. An islet and numerous below-water rocks lie in the cen- Caleta Molles (32°16'S., 71°29'W.) occupies a cove about 3
5.10

ter of the bay. There is a sandy beach at the head of the bay. A miles SE of Punta Molles. There is a sandy beach at the head of
prominent iron bridge, about 43m high, spans a ravine at the the cove. Small vessels should anchor in this cove only in case
head of the bay. Punta Totoralillo is low and rocky with numer- of necessity.
ous rocks which extend about 0.3 mile SW from the point. Punta Pichicui, about 4 miles S of Caleta Molles, is steep-to
5.10

5.9Punta Quelen, about 5 miles S of Punta Totoralillo, is low and rocky. The point has a white cross, painted on a green back-
and rocky. Roca Negra, an above-water rock, lies almost 0.5 ground, which are visible from the S. Caleta de Pichicui occu-
mile offshore about 2 miles NNW of Punta Quelen. Bajo Tapa- pies a bight between Punta Pichicui and Punta Guallarauco,
do, which dries about 0.9m, lies about 0.8 mile offshore about about 2.5 miles SE. The shore of the bight is a sandy beach. An-
2 miles NNW of Punta Quelen. The passage between Bajo Ta- chorage may be taken by small vessels, in 14m, sand, about 0.2
pado and the mainland is foul. mile SW of a large storage building on the shore.
5.9Puerto Pichidangui (32°09'S., 71°33'W.) recedes about 1 Roca Bogata, with less than 1.8m over it and depths of from
5.10

mile E between Punta Quelen and Punta Salinas, about 1.5 21.9 to 25.6m close around, lies about 1.5 miles SSW of Punta
miles SSW. The bight affords a completely sheltered anchor- Pichicui. Caution is advised, and the coast in the vicinity of
age from the SW, but is exposed to the sea during NW winds. Roca Bogata should not be approached within 2 miles.
The holding is poor and large vessels should use the bay as a Caleta Ligua recedes about 1 mile E between Punta Guallar-
5.10

temporary anchorage only. The Rio Quilimari, which flows in- auco and Punta Ligua, about 2 miles SSE. The NE shore of the
to the head of the bay, is spanned by two prominent bridges cove is fringed by reefs for almost 0.8 mile and the E shore is
about 125m apart which lie about 0.5 mile above the mouth of fringed by reefs and foul ground to about 0.4 mile offshore.
the river. A wreck lies in about 4.6m of water, near the NE The cove is constantly beaten by surf. Anchorage may be taken
shore of the harbor off the mouth of the Rio Quilimari. by small vessels, in about 13.9m, about 0.5 mile NE of Punta
5.9Pichidangui, on the SW shore, is a summer resort which is Ligua. The Rio Ligua flows into the SE corner of the cove. Lo-
used by fishing craft. cal knowledge is required to enter. A dangerous below-water
5.9Roca Casualidad, with a depth of 1.8m or less, lies about 0.2 rock, over which the sea occasionally breaks, lies about 0.2
mile NE of the N extremity of Isla Locos, located close N of mile NW of Punta Ligua.
the S entrance point of the bay. The rock is about 183m long, E Caution.—Bajo Dayot (32°24'S., 72°16'W.), with a least re-
5.10

to W, and breaks with a heavy swell. ported depth of 30m, lies about 43 miles W of Punta Ligua.
5.9Anchorage.—The best anchorage, in about 16.5m, lies
about 0.2 mile E of Isla Locos. The anchorage area is shaped Punta Canas, about 2.5 miles S of Punta Ligua, is rocky. Isla
5.10

like a horseshoe. It is protected from NE winds, but not from Lobos, about 1 mile S of Punta Canas, is low and rocky. It is
SE winds, which cause a swell to enter the anchorage area. prominent due to its whitish color.
5.9Punta Salinas, the S entrance point of Puerto Pichidangui, is Puerto Papudo (32°30'S., 71°28'W.) lies between Isla Lo-
5.10

low, rocky, and dark. Cerro La Silla del Gobernador (Santa In- bos and Punta Pite, about 2 miles SW. The town of Papudo, a
es), saddle-peaked and about 695m high, stands 2.5 miles SE summer resort, is situated at the S end of the bay about 1 mile
of the point. The coast for about 5 miles S of the point is irreg- SE of Punta Pite.
ular, dark-colored, and rocky. It is fringed by foul ground to Monte Papudo, a conical mountain about 457m high, is lo-
5.10

about 0.5 mile offshore. cated about 1.3 miles SSE of Punta Pite and is a good land-
5.9A prominent tank stands 0.3 mile SE of Punta Salinas. A mark. Cerro El Gobernador about 692m high, stands 0.5 mile S
parabolic aerial is situated 500m NW of the tank. of Monte Papudo.
5.9Punta Huesos (32°10'S., 71°33'W.), about 2 miles S of Pun- From Punta Lilen, about 1 mile SSE of Isla Lobos, to an un-
5.10

ta Salinas, is low and rocky. Rocks extend about 0.3 mile W named point about 0.3 mile S, the coast is low and rocky. From
from Punta Huesos. Punta Ventana, about 1 mile S of Punta the unnamed point to a position about 1 mile SW, the coast
Huesos, is also low and rocky. Below-water rocks extend up to consists of a sandy beach; thence to Punta Pite, almost 1 mile

Pub. 125
146 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

WNW, the coast is steep-to and rocky. a stranded wreck lies on the N part of the shoal bank. Roca
A pier, equipped with a small crane, is situated 0.8 mile ESE
5.10 Chandler, which breaks in bad weather and has 3.7m over it,
of Punta Pite. The port is mostly used by fishing vessels and lies about 0.8 mile SW of Farallones de Quintero.
pleasure craft. Punta Ventanilla (32°45'S., 71°30'W.), the N entrance point
5.11

Puerto Papudo is exposed to SE winds, which predominate

5.10 of Bahia Quintero, lies about 2 miles SSE of Punta Horcon.
in winter. Fog is most frequent in March, April, and October. The point is a small headland.
Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in the S part of the bay,
5.10 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated close N of the point.
5.11

in 20.1m, fine sand, about 0.3 mile N of the pier. It is unsafe

during the three winter months. Bahia Quintero (32°46'S., 71°32'W.)
5.11 Punta Pite (32°30'S., 71°29'W.) is low and rocky, but World Port Index No. 14510
is reported to give a good radar return. It is fringed on its NW
side by rocks and islets. Roca Baja, the largest, lies close NW 5.12 Bahia Quintero lies between Punta Ventanilla and
of the point. Above-water rocks and foul ground extend about Punta Liles, about 2.3 miles SW. The bay is sheltered during S
0.1 mile N from Roca Baja. From Punta Pite to Punta Panulcil- winds, but it is open to the NW. The bay is home to the private-
lo, about 1.5 miles SSW, the coast is steep-to and rocky. Punta ly owned port of Puerto Ventanas (32°45'S., 71°29'W.) and an
Panulcillo, low and rocky, is fringed by foul ground to a dis- oil terminal.
tance of about 0.2 mile.
Puerto Zapallar, a resort, lies about 3 miles S of Punta Pite.
5.11
Puerto Ventanas Home Page
The bay indents the coast between Punta Isla Seca and Isla Li-
les, almost 0.5 mile SSW. The bight has general depths of [Link]
about 27.4 to 50m across its entrance, which decrease gradual-
ly toward the shore. Zapallar, a small summer resort, is situated Winds—Weather.—In Summer, the winds in Bahia
5.12

on the S shore of the bight. The shore of Puerto Zapallar is Quintero are mainly SW, blowing the strongest in December;
rocky except at its head, where there is a sandy beach. Anchor- in the winter, N winds prevail.
age can be taken, in 21.9m, sand, about 0.3 mile NE of the Fogs are most frequent in the months of April and May.
5.12

summit of Isla Liles. Tides—Currents.—The tidal range in the bay is 1.4m. The
5.12

Isla Liles is connected to the mainland by a sandy beach.

5.11 maximum strength of the tidal current can reach 2 knots.
Punta Zapallar consists of a drying reef which extends about Aspect.—A light is shown from a prominent tower 16m
5.12

0.1 mile W from Isla Liles. high, standing on Peninsula Los Molles. A prominent tank
Punta Peumo lies about 2 miles SSE of Isla Liles. The coast
5.11 stands about 0.1 mile E of the light tower. A red and white
between is steep-to and rocky. Punta Peumo, which provides a banded chimney stands 0.9 mile SE of the light on Peninsula
good radar return, is also bold and rocky. Islote Cachagua, Los Molles. Two conspicuous white buildings stand about 1.3
about 26m high, lies about 0.1 mile SW of Punta Peumo. From miles E of the chimney, while a conspicuous group of tanks
Punta Peumo to Punta Maitencillo, about 3.5 miles S, the coast stand just E of a small craft pier lying 0.5 mile NNE of the
consists of a sandy beach, except for Punta Frutillar, about buildings. A chimney, marked by white flashing obstruction
halfway between these two points, which is low and rocky. lights, lies 0.7 mile NE of the pier. Two chimneys, marked by
Caleta Maitencillo de Valparaiso is a small cove between
5.11 red flashing obstruction lights, stand at the root of the ore pier,
Punta Quiscos, about 0.2 mile NNE of Punta Maitencillo and while a radio tower, marked by obstruction lights, lies 0.9 mile
Punta Chacarilla, about 0.3 mile NE. The cove is used only by N of the pier’s head. The conspicuous sheds of the copper
boats, which can land at a small sandy beach at its head. An- factory stand about 0.6 mile NE of the ore pier.
chorage can be taken by larger vessels, in 16.5 to 18.3m, sand, Peninsula Los Molles, of which Punta Liles is the N
5.12

off the mouth of the cove. Vessels must be prepared to put to extremity, attains an elevation of 68m and forms the SW side
sea during W winds. of the bay. The peninsula is fringed by foul ground extending
Punta Maitencillo, at the S end of Caleta Maitencillo de Val-
5.11 up to 0.2 mile from its shores.
paraiso, is steep-to and rocky. The point is reported to give a Bajo Las Malenas, a detached rocky patch with a least depth
5.12

good radar return. Above and below-water rocks, which break, of 10.6m, lies about 0.5 mile WNW of Punta Liles. This patch
extend up to about 0.2 mile NW of the point. should be avoided as it breaks heavily and may have a less
Punta Horcon lies about 5 miles SW of Punta Maitencillo. The
5.11 depth over it. Bajo Zenteno, a rocky patch with a least depth of
coast between recedes about 2 miles SW to form a large bight. 14.6m, lies about 0.5 mile WSW of Punta Liles.
Caleta Horcon lies in the S part of the bight about 1 mile E of Depths—Limitations.—Puerto Ventanas is a privately-
5.12

Punta Horcon. Anchorage can be taken, in 20.1m, fine sand, owned port that operates Muelle Mecanizado. Muelle
about 0.3 mile N of the W entrance point of Caleta Horcon. Pun- Mecanizado, in the NE part of the bay, is 1,300m in length and
ta Horcon, dark in color, is cliffy and has a conspicuous hole in has five berths for handling bulk ore, liquid chemicals, general
the extreme point of the cliff. The point serves as a good radar cargo, and grain. Three berths (numbered 1, 3, and 5) are
target. The coast, closely backing the cliffs, is level and from 88 located on the N side of the pier, while two are on the S side.
to 101m high. The peaks farther inland reach greater heights and See picture labeled Puerto Ventanas Pier to see the berth
the Andes can be seen in the distance. positionings.
Farallones de Quintero, a group of low rocks of dark color,
5.11 Specific berthing facilities, as follows:
5.12

lie on a shoal bank located about 1 mile NW of Punta Horcon; 1. Berth No. 1—Handles sulphuric acid and can accom-

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 147

a maximum draft of 8.17m.

2. Berth No. 2—Handles sulphuric acid and mineral
concentrates and can accommodate vessels up to 30,000 dwt,
with a length of 200m and a maximum draft of 9.52m.
3. Berth No. 3—Handles sulphuric acid, asphalt, and
general cargo and can accommodate vessels up to 45,000
dwt, with a length of 200m and a maximum draft of 11.5m.
4. Berth No. 4—Handles LNG and can accommodate
vessels up to 70,000 dwt with a maximum draft of 14.5m.
5. Berth No. 5—Handles cement, bauxite, coal, and
grain and can accommodate vessels up to 70,000 dwt, with a
length of 240m and a maximum draft of 14.3m.
Mooring and unmooring are not permitted when the winds
5.12

are stronger than Force 4 or the swells are higher than 1m.
Muelle Asimar is a small wharf in the S part of the bay used
5.12

for general cargo and passenger vessels. This is the only place
in the bay where embarking or disembarking passengers is
permitted. Vessels up to 95m in length with a maximum draft
of 5.4m can be accommodated at this berth.
Muelle Oxiquim lies almost 0.9 mile S of Muelle Ventanas.
5.12

This pier is very narrow, constructed as a metal catwalk, and

only 4m wide. It extends from the shore in a NW direction for
832m, then bends slightly more WNW for another 180m for a
total length of 1,012m. Muelle Oxiquim handles bulk chemical
and liquid gas cargo. Vessels may berth on either side of the
jetty, but due to the constant heavy swell in the bay, surging
and ranging is commonly experienced when berthed alongside.
Vessels up to 42,000 dwt, with a length of 225m and a maxi-
mum draft of 12.4m can be accommodated at either berth.
Empresa Nacional de Petroleo (ENAP) Pier, on the E side of
5.12

the bay, is 200m long and used by service craft.

Muelle GNL (Quintero LNG Terminal) is located close SW
5.12

of ENAP Pier. It is 1,870m long and is designed to handle tank-

ers between 120,000 and 180,000m3 in capacity.
ENAP Oil and Gas Terminals are located W and S of ENAP
5.12

Pier, and consists of vessels are accommodated at mooring

buoys. The oil terminal is a CBM arrangement with three
buoys available, and can accept vessels up to 100,000 dwt, with
a maximum length of 250m and a maximum draft of 12.9m.
The gas (LPG) terminal is also a CBM arrangement and can
accept vessels up to 40,000 dwt, with a maximum length of
182m and a maximum draft of 10.18m.
An SBM is located about 0.9 mile ENE of Punta Liles
5.12

marked by a lighted buoy. This berth is capable of handling

tankers up to 350,000 dwt with no restrictions on length or
draft.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in the
5.12

waiting area located 1.4 miles NNE of the light on Peninsula

Los Molles, in the center of the pilot waiting area, best seen on
the chart.
Pilots must be ordered via the ship’s agents at least 2 hours
5.12

prior to arrival while advising the vessel’s position, course, and

speed.
Pilots can be contacted, as follows:
5.12

1. VHF: VHF channels 8, 13, 16, 68, 69, 74, 75,

and 76
Bahia Quintero 2. E-mail: praccpqtr@[Link]
Regulations.—For Bahia Quintero, the vessel’s ETA should
5.12

be sent to the agent 72 hours before arrival, with confirmation

modate vessels up to 12,000 dwt, with a length of 160m and sent 24 hours before arrival.

Pub. 125
148 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

VTS Quintero

The ETA message must contain the following information:

5.12 b. 32°25'51''S, 71°40'32''W.
1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order. c. 32°31'43''S, 71°49'30''W.
2. If any cargo shifting is expected. d. 32°45'32''S, 71°49'39''W.
3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard. e. 32°56'55''S, 71°43'20''W.
4. Expected arrival draft. f. 33°01'05''S, 71°38'21''W.
The harbormaster should be contacted 1 hour before arrival
5.12 Participation in the VTS is mandatory for all vessels enter-
5.12

on VHF channel 16. ing, departing, or heading towards Bahia Quintero, including
An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) lies in
5.12 Puerto Ventanas, or vessels anchoring within the port limits.
the approaches to Bahia Quintero and may best be seen on the Voluntary participation is allowed for vessels passing through
chart. The inbound traffic lane is situated S of the separation the area but not stopping. All vessels must keep their Automat-
zone. ic Identification System (AIS) on at all times while in the VTS
For Puerto Ventana, the vessel’s ETA should be sent 24
5.12 area.
hours before arrival, including the following information: Vessels must contact the VTS on Quintero Radio 1 hour pri-
5.12

1. Last port of call. or to entering the VTS area to confirm the following informa-
2. Next port of call. tion if proceeding to port or anchoring:
3. Vessel speed at time of report. 1. Vessel name.
The use of tugs is required for all maneuvers associated with
5.12 2. Vessel call sign.
berthing and unberthing. 3. ETA at the pilot boarding station.
Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS)
5.12 5.12If the vessel is only proceeding through the VTS area with-
operates 24 hours. This VTS is in effect for the waters of Bahia out stopping, the following information shall be provided:
Quintero, including Puerto Ventanas and the area bounded by 1. Vessel name.
the following positions: 2. Departure time from last port.
a. 32°25'57''S, 71°25'38''W. 3. Destination port and ETA at that port.

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 149

Peninsula Los Molles Light

5.12 VTS Quintero can be contacted, as follows: Vessels are advised to consult the local authorities and the pilot
for information concerning the prohibited area before anchor-
VTS Quintero—Contact Information ing in the port.
Seventeen designated anchorages are listed in the table titled
5.12

Qintero Radio Call sign: CBV21 Bahia Quintero—Anchorages. Caution should be exercised
VHF VHF channels 14, 16, 68, and 69 when anchoring, however, as the bay is open to NW winds and
possesses poor holding ground; vessels are liable to drag when
Telephone 56-32-2930057
the cable begins to work.
56-32-2931559
56-32-2934296 Bahia Quintero—Anchorages
Facsimile 56-32-2208548 Area Center Position
E-mail vtsquintero@[Link] A 32°44'04''S, 71°31'05''W
Notes: B 32°44'19''S, 71°30'50''W
1. VHF channel 16 should be monitored at all times. C 32°44'45''S, 71°30'36''W
2. VHF channel 14 is used for coordination with VTS
Valparaiso upon entering the VTS operational area. D 32°44'54''S, 71°30'31''W
3. VHF channels 68 and 69 are used exclusively for E 32°45'23''S, 71°31'49''W
piloting maneuvers.
F 32°45'43''S, 71°31'38''W
Contact Information.—The port radio station can be con-
5.12 G 32°45'59''S, 71°31'22''W
tacted, as follows: H 32°46'12''S, 71°31'10''W
1. Call sign: Quintero Radio (CBV21)
2. VHF: VHF channels 9, 14, and 16 I 32°46'15''S, 71°30'56''W
3. Telephone: 56-32-2934127 J 32°45'26''S, 71°29'43''W
4. Facsimile: 56-32-2930886
The harbormaster for Bahia Quintero can be contacted, as
5.12
K 32°45'08''S, 71°30'16''W
follows: L 32°44'31''S, 71°31'19''W
1. Telephone: 56-32-2931559
2. Facsimile: 56-32-1931559 M 32°44'54''S, 71°31'32''W
3. E-mail: cpquintero@[Link] N 32°44'49''S, 71°31'02''W
Puerto Ventana can be contacted, as follows:
5.12

O 32°45'15''S, 71°31'10''W
1. Telephone: 56-32-2272800
2. Facsimile: 56-32-2272829 Q1 32°45'27''S, 71°30'36''W
3. E-mail: pventanas@[Link]
Q2 32°45'27''S, 71°30'07''W
Anchorage.—A prohibited anchorage area includes the en-
5.12

tire inshore portion of the bay and the waters around the SBM.

Pub. 125
150 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

Caution.—Vessels moored at the offshore pipeline berths

5.12 Winds—Weather.—A “Norther” frequently passes over
5.14

are advised to exercise caution as bad weather, particularly that Valparaiso without doing damage, but occasionally its effects
associated with NW winds, may disrupt cargo operations. are disastrous. Vessels poorly situated or anchored have been
A lighted buoy with a radar reflector marks the shoal area at
5.12 driven ashore by the wind. One anchor with a long scope of
Bajo Cochrane (32°46'36''S., 71°30'47''W.). Overhead pipe- chain, a spare anchor ready, and the ship ready for sea are
lines extend from the coast in the vicinity of position advisable precautions to take in riding out a “Norther.” Vessels
32°44.9'S, 71°29.2'W, about 0.2 mile N of Puerto Ventanas sometimes prefer riding near the shore due to the undertow, but
Pier. there is more risk of being fouled by other vessels and the sea
is felt considerably.
Bahia Quintero to Valparaiso During the summer, S gales blow in squalls off the heights.
5.14

However, the sea breeze has been reported to blow so strongly

5.13 Punta Artesas (32°47'S., 71°33'W.) lies about 1 mile on summer afternoons that people seek shelter, and communi-
SSW of Punta Liles. Foul ground fronts the point. Cerro Cen- cation between vessels in the bay and the shore becomes diffi-
tinela, about 0.4 mile SSE of Punta Artesas, marked on its cult.
summit by a conspicuous white wooden cross with a water Clear weather and a high barometer precede strong S winds.
5.14

tank standing close S of it. See paragraph 5.16 for more infor- Cloudy weather and a low barometer, accompanied by the re-
mation. markable visibility of such distant land as the heights near
Punta Ritoque lies about 6 miles S of Punta Artesas. The
5.13 Puerto Papudo or Puerto Pichidangui, indicates N winds. At
coast between is generally of a moderate elevation, backed by any time, but especially during the months of June, July, and
smooth rolling hills which have a barren and weather-beaten August, strong N winds which reach gale force and last from
aspect. Playa Ritoque, a sandy beach, extends for about 3.5 24 to 36 hours may close the port to shipping. However, an av-
miles SSE of Punta Ritoque and is closely backed by sand erage of only one or two such storms strike Valparaiso each
dunes of a whitish color. year. The climate at Valparaiso is mild.
Rocas Concon, a group of above and below-water rocks, lie
5.13 Fog occurs more frequently during March through May than
5.14

about 2.5 miles SSW of Punta Ritoque. Caution should be ex- the other months of the year. The fog may be so dense that it
ercised in approaching Rocas Concon, as a current sets toward impedes navigation. Under these conditions, vessels making
them from S and there is usually a swell. landfall may be guided by radar. During the spring and summer
Islote La Isla, 8m high, is the largest of several above-water
5.13 months from September to March, the surf at Bahia de Val-
rocks which lie on a reef extending up to 0.8 mile from the paraiso is appreciable, but not great enough to seriously ham-
shore about 3.5 miles SSE of Punta Ritoque. The Rio Acon- per any operation. There is a steady swell resulting in breakers
cagua flows into the sea about 1.5 miles S of the islet. of 0.9 to 1.5m all along the shore, except in the area within the
Punta Concon (32°56'S., 71°34'W.) lies about 6.3 miles S
5.13 breakwater.
of Punta Ritoque and is the NE entrance point of Bahia de Val- During the fall the surf becomes heavier, but small boats may
5.14

paraiso. The point is steep-to and radar prominent. Foul ground be launched on all except the windiest days. During the winter
extends up to 0.2 mile on the N side of the point. from June through August, there are heavy swells, except on
Anchorage.—Anchorage, sheltered from SW winds, but ex-
5.13 rare calm days, which prohibit normal small boat operations.
posed to N winds, is available in Caleta Higuerilla E of Punta Breakers usually average 2.1 to 2.4m during the winter or may
Concon. Vessels can anchor with the head of a marina break- be greater for 3 or 4 days after each occasional heavy storm.
water bearing 220°, 0.4 mile distant, in a depth of 15m, sandy Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal range here is 0.9m,
5.14

bottom. while the spring range is 1.2m. Currents in the area are imper-
ceptible once within approximately 5 miles from the port un-
Valparaiso (33°02'S., 71°37'W.) less in inclement weather.
During N winds there is a set toward the W shore of the bay.
5.14

World Port Index No. 14500 During S winds, no set is perceptible.

Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by a break-
5.14

5.14 Bahia de Valparaiso, entered between Punta Concon water which extends from Duprat Point for 300m on a bearing
and Punta Angeles, 7 miles SW, is the most important harbor in of 080°, then for 600m on a bearing of 140°, and then for 100m
Chile. Valparaiso is home to the largest naval base in Chile and on a bearing of 135°. The breakwater elbow and the SE ex-
is also the largest commercial port in the country. Valparaiso tremity of the breakwater are marked by lights. Three berths lo-
lies along the S shore of the bay. Bahia de Valparaiso is well- cated on the inboard side of the breakwater are used by the
sheltered except from N and NW winds during the winter sea- Chilean Navy and by visiting military vessels. Berth E is locat-
son, which leave shipping exposed, although the breakwater ed furthest N, with Berth D in the middle and Berth C at the S
provides shelter for the wharves and for the small anchorage end closest to the bay.
area. Winds from the SW can cause problems in the afternoons Berth E is located at the end of the Navy Pier, which acts as
5.14

for vessels berthing or sailing. the breakwater. Consequently, it is vulnerable to inclement

weather
Valparaiso Home Page Ten numbered berths in the port area, spread out over one
5.14

main quay area and two separate piers, handle containers, liq-
[Link] uid, and bulk cargo. The main Terminal 1, the main quay on the
W side of the harbor, consists of Berth No. 1 through Berth No.

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 151

5, numbered N to S and is operated by Terminal Pacifico Val- point.

paraiso (TPSV). The city of Valparaiso sits on the hills surrounding the bay in
5.14

the shape of an almost perfect amphitheater.

Valparaiso—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Remarks
Length Draft
Terminal 1
No. 1 188.5m 13.8m See Note 1
No. 2 200.0m 13.8m See Note 1
No. 3 231.5m 13.8m See Note 1
No. 4 230.5m 9.4m See Note 2
No. 5 152.2m 9.4m See Note 2
Terminal 2
No. 6 245m 8.5m —
No. 7 120m 6.2m —
No. 8 240m 8.8m —
Notes:
1. Also can be a continuous berthing length of 620m.
2. Also can be a continuous berthing length of Punta Angeles Light
382.7m. Punta Gruesa, where a light is shown, lies about 2.8 miles
5.14

ESE of Punta Angeles and is prominent. Bajo Ester, a shoal

Espigon de Atraque, located close S of Berth No. 5, extends
5.14
patch with a least depth of 6.6m, lies about 0.6 mile WSW of
about 250m N into the bay. Terminal 2, consisting of Berth No. the point. Isolated depths of 2.6 and 3.5m lie 0.2 mile SSW of
6 through Berth No. 8, is situated around this pier and is oper- Bajo Ester.
ated by Empressa Portuaria Valparaiso (EPV). Numerous dangerous wrecks lie within the waters of the port
5.14

A floating drydock, 167m in length, capable of docking ves-

5.14
and can best be seen on the chart.
sels up to 30,000 dwt with a maximum draft of 7.5m, is located From the N the buildings of the city are reported to be visible
5.14

about 200m E of Espigon de Atraque. for a great distance in clear weather, while the city lights can be
Muelle Baron, 0.8 mile ESE of Espigon de Atraque, extends
5.14
seen up to 40 miles away.
about 215m NNW from the S shore of the bay and is presently A light is shown from a conspicuous tower, 18m high,
5.14

under development. standing at the NW side of Punta Angeles. A radiobeacon is

Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 handle containers and general
5.14
situated at the light tower.
cargo, while breakbulk and general cargo are handled at Muel- The Presidential Palace and several governmental buildings
5.14

le Baron. standing about 3.8 miles E of Punta Angeles on Cerro Castillo

A tanker and bulk liquid cargo terminal, consisting of three
5.14
are conspicuous, as is a university campus, 0.8 mile SW of
offshore multi-point moorings connected to submarine pipe- Punta Gruesa. A group of conspicuous buildings, which form
lines, lies at Las Salinas, about 3.8 miles NE of the breakwater the Naval School, stands on Punta Angeles and the conspicu-
head. The maximum tanker length allowed is 190m at all three ous building of the Naval War Academy stands on the top of a
berths. The ESSO terminal is located farthest to the N, with the cliff about 0.5 mile W of the breakwater head. From the S, the
COPEC terminal in the center, and the COMARSA terminal cemetery at the W side of Punta Angeles is conspicuous.
farthest to the S. The ESSO and COPEC terminals both have A light is shown from a prominent tower, 15m high, standing
5.14

depths of 14.9m at the berths and can accommodate tankers as on the elbow of the breakwater. Lights are shown from the
large as 45,000 dwt with a maximum draft of 12.9m. The CO- breakwater head and Punta Gruesa.
MARSA terminal has a depth of 12.9m at the berth and will ac- Numerous other prominent buildings and masts with ob-
5.14

commodate tankers as large as 50,000 dwt with a maximum struction lights stand on the surrounding hills.
draft of 12m.
Mooring buoys are situated in areas close NNE of Muelle
5.14
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding area
5.14

Baron and Espigon de Atraque. is in an area about 0.8 mile ENE of the breakwater head and
The port has repair facilities and a floating drydock is situat-
5.14
can best be seen on the chart.
ed E of Espigon de Atraque. Two sets of visual ranges, utilizing the light on the breakwa-
5.14

ter elbow as a common front beacon, are available for compass

Aspect.—Punta Angeles, the SW entrance point of the bay,
5.14
adjustment within Bahia de Valparaiso.
is high and rocky. Rocas Buey, two dangerous rocks, lie on foul Pilots are also available at Valparaiso for vessels intending to
5.14

ground which extends about 0.3 mile NW, N, and E of the navigate the coast and channels S of 41°S, including Estrecho

Pub. 125
152 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

VTS Valparaiso

de Magallanes. at the VTS limits 1 hour in advance through both VHF channel
Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be initially sent 72
5.14 16 and Valparaiso Capuerto Radio (CBV20). Vessels departing
hours prior to arrival and confirmed 24 hours and 4 hours prior the VTS operational area must contact VTS Valparaiso with
arrival. The initial ETA message must contain the following in- their name. departure time from the port, port destination, and
formation: the ETA at that destination.
1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order. The vessel’s Automatic Identification System (AIS)
2. If any cargo shifting is expected. equipment must be working and turned on while vessel is
3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard. within the bay and for any other vessels transiting through the
4. Expected arrival draft. VTS operational area.
During heavy SW swells, vessels may be required to put to
5.14 Additional communication with VTS Valparaiso is to be
sea to avoid damage to docks and ships. carried out in accordance with the information in the table
An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme lies in the ap-
5.14 titled VTS Valparaiso—Contact Information.
proaches to the port and can best be seen on the chart. The in- Signals.—Weather signals are shown from a signal mast lo-
5.14

bound traffic lane is situated W of the separation zone. Caution cated on the Port Captain’s building situated close SSW of the
should be taken since tankers approaching or leaving the termi- S extremity of the W side of Espignon de Atraque, as follows:
nals at Las Salinas are not required to use the traffic lanes. It 1. A blue pennant, with a white circle or a green light—
has also been reported (2010) that the Traffic Separation Indicates variable weather.
Scheme is not always followed closely by all ships. 2. One black sphere, or a red light.—Indicates bad
Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Management Sys- weather with N winds of force 4 to 7.
tem (VTM-STM) operates 24 hours in the harbor limits E of a 3. Two black spheres, or two red lights—Indicates
line between Ra La Baja (Punta Angeles) and Punta Gruesa stormy weather.
(2.8 miles ESE) and outward to the boundary depicted in the
diagram titled VTS Valparaiso. The VTS center is located in Contact Information.—The harbormaster can be contacted,
5.14

the city center. as follows:

Participation in VTS Valparaiso is mandatory for all vessels 1. Call sign: Valparaiso Radio (CBV20)
operating within the boundary limits of the VTS and at anchor. 2. VHF: VHF channels 9, 14, and 16.
Participation is voluntary for vessels passing through the VTS 3. Telephone: 56-32-2208505
limits without stopping. Vessels entering the VTS Valparaiso 4. Facsimile: 56-32-2208596
operational limits should advise their name, call sign, and ETA 5. E-mail: cpvalparaiso@[Link]

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 153

Aerial view of Valparaiso Harbor

5.14 The port authority can be contacted, as follows: kHz and works on 8522 and 16663 kHz.
In fog, radar guidance can be provided on request by VHF to
5.14

VTS Valparaiso—Contact Information the harbormaster.

Anchorage.—Anchoring is prohibited in the harbor area and
5.14

Valparaiso around the breakwater except for an area designated for small
Call sign: CBV20
Capuerto Radio vessels, with a bottom of mud and shells, between Espigon de
VHF VHF channels 14 and 16 Atraque and Muelle Baron, as shown on the chart. However,
caution needs to be exercised if using the small vessel anchor-
Telephone 56-32-2208505
age as there are numerous wrecks, also charted, located within
56-32-2208586 this area.
Facsimile 56-32-2208548 Twenty-two designated anchorage areas are located outside
5.14

the harbor in Bahia de Valparaiso, with the center positions of

E-mail vtsvalparaiso@[Link] these anchorages, as follows:
Notes: 1. Area A—33°02'03''S, 71°36'22''W.
1. VHF channel 16 should be monitored at all 2. Area B—33°01'51''S, 71°36'11''W.
times. 3. Area C—33°01'24''S, 71°35'58''W.
2. VHF channel 14 is used for coordination with 4. Area D—33°01'07''S, 71°35'04''W.
VTS Valparaiso upon entering the VTS operational 5. Area E—33°01'08''S, 71°34'44''W.
area. 6. Area F—33°00'56''S, 71°34'30''W.
3. VHF channels 8, 68, and 69 are used exclusively 7. Area G—33°00'44''S, 71°34'13''W.
for piloting maneuvers. 8. Area H—33°00'32''S, 71°34'27''W.
9. Area I—33°00'44''S, 71°34'55''W.
10. Area J—33°00'44''S, 71°35'30''W.
1. Telephone:56-32-2448800 11. Area K—33°00'13''S, 71°35'29''W.
2. Facsimile: 56-32-2444190 12. Area L—33°00'13''S, 71°34'53''W.
3. E-mail: puertovalparaiso@[Link] 13. Area M—33°00'01''S, 71°34'20''W.
Additionally messages can be sent via Playa Ancha Radio
5.14
14. Area N—32°59'42''S, 71°35'31''W.
(CBV) Valparaiso which maintains a constant watch on 500

Pub. 125
154 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

15. Area O—32°59'42''S, 71°34'55''W. is situated at an abandoned whaling station in the S part of the
16. Area P—32°59'30''S, 71°34'20''W. bight and is used by local fishing craft. Lights are occasionally
17. Area Q—32°59'31''S, 71°33'44''W. shown from the shore to assist vessels entering the cove.
18. Area R—32°59'01''S, 71°34'02''W. Punta Loros (33°12'S., 71°42'W.), which is reported to give
5.15

19. Area S—32°59'09''S, 71°34'53''W. a good radar return, is steep-to, rocky, and about 50m high. Ro-
20. Area T—32°59'09''S, 71°35'32''W. ca Fraile, a small rocky islet, lies off Rada de Quintay, about
21. Area U—32°58'40''S, 71°35'11''W. 0.8 mile offshore NNW of Punta Loros. Punta Gallo, located
22. Area V—32°58'40''S, 71°34'29''W. about 3 miles S of Punta Loros, is a dark steep-to headland,
Caution.—Submarine cables extend SW from the floating
5.14 about 69m high.
drydock to the root of Espigon de Atraque. Rada El Algarrobo is entered between Punta Rincon
5.15

Numerous wrecks and obstructions, best seen on the chart,

5.14 (33°19'S., 71°40'W.) and Punta Pena Blanca, about 3.5 miles
lie within the vicinity of the port and at the end of the TSS. farther SW. The village of Algarrobo stands on the S shore of the
Vessels using the Inshore Traffic Zone are recommended to
5.14 roadstead and is a pleasure resort. A light is shown from Islote
stay well clear of the dangers fronting Punta Angeles. Pajaros Ninos, located about 0.5 mile NE of Punta Rena Blanca.
Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered in the ap-
5.14 Numerous rocks, shoals, and islets lie in the approaches to the
proaches to the port. roadstead and can best be seen on the chart. Los Farallones, a
Winds from the N may render the berths alongside Muelle
5.14 group of above and below-water rocks, are the outermost danger
Baron unusable. and lie about 1 mile N of Punta Pena Blanca.
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the S part of Rada
5.15

Bahia de Valparaiso to Puerto San Antonio El Algarrobo, in 20.1 to 22m, sand and rock, about 0.5 mile
offshore. Local knowledge is advised.
5.15 Between Punta Angeles and Puerto San Antonio,
about 33.3 miles S, the irregular coast is indented by numerous 5.16 Punta Pena Blanca (33°21'S., 71°42'W.), the S en-
bays and bights. It is rugged and steep-to in places, and inter- trance point of Rada El Algarrobo, is a flat-topped rock about
spersed with sandy beaches. Most of the coast is backed by low 15.2m high. It is a good landmark. The sides of the rock are
hills. Above and below-water rocks fringe the prominent head- precipitous and of a whitish-gray color, which is prominent
lands to a distance of about 2.5 miles offshore. against the darker background. The rock is joined to the main-
Bahia Laguna Verde (33°06'S., 71°42'W.) lies between the
5.15 land by a spit which covers only during unusually high tides.
W side of Punta Angeles and Punta Curaumilla, about 6.5 Care must be taken not to confuse Punta Pena Blanca with
miles SW. The bay is bordered by cliffs, except at its head, Punta Talca, about 4 miles S.
where there is a sandy beach. There are depths of about 91m Breakers extend 0.5 mile offshore, about 0.4 mile S of Punta
5.16

across the entrance, decreasing gradually toward shore. A Pena Blanca, and there are breakers to the W and NE of the
strong current has been observed to flow into the bay. A pier, point.
belonging to a conspicuous power station, extends about 30m Punta Talca (33°25'S., 71°43'W.), a conspicuous mass of
5.16

into the bay from a position about 3.3 miles E of Punta Curau- rocks about 33m high, appears to be a castle. It has a light ap-
milla. Mooring buoys in 13.7m, about 0.2 mile NNE of the pearance when seen from the N and a dark appearance when
pier. There is also a mooring buoy 0.2 mile NNW of the head seen from S. The point is fringed by below-water rocks. Punta
of the pier. Anchorage can be taken in the bay, in an emergen- Cordorba, about 2.5 miles SE, is also low and rocky. A sandy
cy, in about 50m, about 0.5 mile offshore. The bay is protected beach extends about 2.5 miles SSE of Punta Cordorba.
from S winds, but is completely exposed to N winds. Punta Lacho, a low and rocky point, lies about 5.5 miles SE
5.16

Punta Curaumilla (33°06'S., 71°45'W.) is steep-to and rocky.

5.15 of Punta Talca and is the N entrance point of Bahia Cartagena.
A light is shown from the W extremity of the point. Islote Lobos, Bahia Cartagena indents the coast about 1.5 miles between
5.16

rocky and of yellowish-white color, lies about 0.1 mile offshore, Punta Lacho and Punta Vera, about 3 miles S. Anchorage may
about 0.2 mile W of the above-mentioned promontory. Punta be taken in the SE part of the bay, in 16.5 to 23.8m, sand, about
Curaumilla is reported to provide a good radar return. 0.3 mile offshore with Punta Vera bearing 247°. Roca Canova,
Cerro la Campana de Quillota, about 1,890m high, lies about which dries, lies close to the S shore about 0.5 mile ENE of
26 miles ENE of Punta Curaumilla and can be seen in clear Punta Vera.
weather. With exceptionally good weather, the Andes Moun- Punta Vera is the NW extremity of Fronton de San Antonio,
5.16

tains are visible and Volcan Aconcagua may be identified easi- a promontory which projects about 1 mile W from the general
ly because of its great height. It is 6,949m high and lies about trend of the coast and about 1.8 miles S. Cerro Norte 141m in
90 miles ENE of Punta Curaumilla. elevation, rises about 1 mile SE of Punta Vera and is promi-
Monte Curauma, about 5 miles SE of Punta Curaumilla, lies
5.15
nent.
about 0.5 mile inland and attains an elevation of about 457m. Punta Panul is located 1.3 miles S of Punta Vera. The point is
5.16

This summit is generally the first land which can be made out rocky, steep, and fronted by ridges of stone over which the sea
distinctly when approaching Bahia de Valparaiso from the S. breaks. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 9m high,
Rada de Quintay occupies a bight between Punta Curaumilla
5.15
standing close SE of the point. A shoal, with a depth of 16.9m,
and Punta Loros, about 6 miles SSE. The shore of the bay is lies 2.5 miles WNW of Punta Panul.
cliffy, except at its head where there is a sandy beach. Anchor- Cerro Centinela, the summit of Fronton de San Antonio, ris-
5.16

age, with poor holding ground, may be taken about 0.8 mile es to an elevation of 170m about 0.5 mile E of Punta Panul. A
NNE of Punta Loros. A small pier, with some mooring buoys, conspicuous white statue on a conical pedestal stands at the

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 155

summit, and a radio mast stands close by it. It has been report- Tides—Currents.—The mean spring range is 1.1m while
5.17

ed that the statue is not visible from the N. the mean neap rise is 0.7m.
Punta San Antonio, the SW end of Fronton de San Antonio
5.16 With fresh S or SW winds, a N set has been observed across
5.17

and the N entrance point of Puerto San Antonio, lies about 0.5 the harbor entrance, at a rate of 2 to 3 knots. With strong N,
mile SSE of Punta Panul. The point is high and steep. Several NW, S, or SW winds, strong currents have been observed with-
conspicuous tanks stand close NW of the point. in the harbor itself, hampering cargo operations.
Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is divided into the N
5.17

Puerto San Antonio (33°35'S., 71°38'W.) basin and the S basin by Espigon de Atraque, which extends
NW from the middle of the E shore.
World Port Index No. 14470 The N basin contains the Vopak Terminal for chemical
5.17

tankers, with three mooring bollards and two buoys at Muelle

5.17 Puerto San Antonio occupies a small bight between Policarpo Toro Panul, at the extreme NW part of the basin.
Punta San Antonio and a position about 0.8 mile SSE. The port Close E of the Vopak Terminal is one berth for bulk cargo at
has facilities for handling general, bulk, container, ro-ro, and the head of a T-shaped pier at Muelle Panul. Two mooring
tanker traffic. It is well-sheltered from SW winds, but heavy dolphins are situated 56m E and 40m W of the pier head.
swells cause vessels to range alongside. Changes are being The S basin contains a dedicated container terminal with
5.17

made to the infrastructure of Puerto San Antonio to include three berths located along the E side of the S breakwater. Espi-
breakwater and a jetty. These works are expected to be com- gon de Atraque, also called Espigon Terminal, has four addi-
pleted by the end of 2016. tional berths. See the table titled Puerto San Antonio—Berth
Descriptions for detailed descriptions of these berths.
San Antonio Home Page Aspect.—The port is protected by two breakwaters. The N
5.17

breakwater (Molo Norte) extends S for about 100m from a

[Link] point on the shore close SE of Punta San Antonio. The S break-
water (Molo Sur) extends NNW for about 1,000m, forming the
Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are S from
5.17 harbor entrance which is about 400m wide. A light is shown at
October to March, with strong breezes blowing in the the N end of this breakwater. A line of breakers extends S from
afternoon and dying down at sundown. Severe storms usually a point on the seaward side of the S breakwater about 300m
come from the N, but the port is protected from them by the from the head. There is not much room for maneuvering for
hills in the vicinity. A strong swell, which causes vessels to vessels over 130m long.
range heavily, occurs frequently in the port.

Puerto San Antonio—Berth Descriptions

Berth Length Draft Remarks
San Antonio Terminal Internacional (ST1)—Terminal Molo Sur
No. 1 210m 15.0m Containers, liquids, and ro-ro. (See Note 1)
No. 2 250m 15.0m Containers, liquids, and ro-ro. (See Note 1)
No. 3 250m 15.0m Containers, liquids, and ro-ro. (See Note 1)
Terminal Multioperado (TEM)—Espigon Terminal
No. 4 340m 10.4m Containers, general cargo, liquids, and ro-ro.
No. 5 340m 10.4m Containers, general cargo, liquids, and ro-ro. (See Note 2)
No. 6 185m 7.2m Containers, general cargo, and liquids. (See Note 2)
No. 7 185m 5.2m Containers, general cargo, and liquids.
Muelle Panul
No. 8 230m 11.0m Grain (See Note 3)
Muelle Policarpo Toro (Vopak Terminal)
No. 9 190m 10.0m Chemicals. (See Note 4)
Notes:
1. Total length of wharf along ST1 is 769m.
2. Berthing is restricted in bad weather.
3. Maximum size allowed is 60,000 dwt.
4. Maximum size allowed is 45,000 dwt. Berthing is allowed only during daylight hours with the use of two tugs
and two launches.

Pub. 125
156 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

A three-story hotel, with a lighted sign, and a gray hospital

5.17 1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order.
building are conspicuous. Lights are shown from the 2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
breakwater heads and ranges indicate the entrances into the 3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard.
harbor basins. 4. Expected arrival draft.
The Calbu Hills rise to an elevation of 1,100m about 13
5.17 Contact Information.—Pilots and other places in the port
5.17

miles E of the bay. can be contacted, as indicated in table titled San Antonio—
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels awaiting a pilot
5.17 Contact Information.
boarding should remain in a position approximately 1 mile SW Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in depths of 28m,
5.17

of the light shown at the N end of Molo Sur. Pilots board ves- sand and mud, about 1.3 miles W of the S breakwater head.
sels within 300m of position 33°35'00''S, 71°38'48''W. Anchorage can also be obtained, in a depth of 18m, about 0.3
mile SW of the S breakwater head and, in a depth of 31m,
San Antonio—Contact Information about of 0.8 mile SW from the same breakwater head.
Caution.—Due to being narrow, caution is advised when
5.17

Pilots maneuvering within the harbor, especially for vessels that ex-
VHF VHF channels 9, 14, and 16 ceed 130m in length.
Telephone 56-35-2584852
Puerto San Antonio to Bahia Concepcion
Facsimile 56-35-2584852
5.18 Punta Santo Domingo (33°37'S., 71°38'W.), low and
Port Radio
rocky, lies about 2 miles S of Puerto San Antonio. The mouth
Call sign CBV22 is inaccessible. The Rio Maipo lies about 0.8 mile NE of Punta
VHF VHF channels 9, 14, and 16 Santo Domingo. The sea always breaks along the coast be-
tween Puerto San Antonio and the Rio Maipo. During strong
RT Frequency 2182 kHz and 2738 kHz W winds, the breakers extend about 1 mile offshore.
Telephone 56-35-2211761 An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 1 mile S of
5.18

Punta Santo Domingo.

Facsimile 56-35-2231043 Caution.—A shoal, with a depth of 16.9m, is located in po-
5.18

Harbormaster sition 33°35.0'S, 71°40.5'W. Another shoal, with a depth of

16.9m, lies about 2 miles W of Punta Panul.
Telephone 56-35-2584800
Facsimile 56-35-2231043 Punta Toro (33°46'S., 71°48'W.), about 13 miles SW of
5.18

Punta Santo Domingo, is low and sandy. Above and below-wa-

E-mail cpsanantonio@[Link]
ter rocks lie up to 1 mile off the point. Bajo Intermedio, which
Port Authority breaks, lies almost 0.8 mile N of Punta Toro. Bajo Toro, a
rocky patch on which the sea breaks, lies about 1.5 miles N of
Telephone 56-35-2586000
Punta Toro.
Facsimile 56-35-2586015 Roca Coronilla, a below-water rock, lies about 4.5 miles N
5.18

Muelle Panul Terminal of Punta Toro. It has been reported that it has a depth of 1.2m.
The sea seldom breaks over it in fine weather. Its position and
Telephone 56-35-2355900 existence is doubtful.
Facsimile 56-35-2335930 Bajo Rapel (33°51'S., 71°53'W.), an extensive reef with its
5.18

outer extremity about 3.3 miles offshore, 6 miles SW of Punta

Email info@.[Link] Toro, is the only charted offshore danger along this part of the
Web site [Link] coast. There are three rocks, awash, on this reef which always
break.
San Antonio Terminal Internacional (ST1) Caution.—Vessels should not approach the land in the vi-
5.18

Telephone 56-35-2201600 cinity of this reef as they will be set toward the shore by the
heavy SW swell and prevailing current which may run at a ve-
Facsimile 56-35-2201661
locity of more than 1 knot around Punta Topocalma toward Ba-
Web site [Link] jo Rapel.
A restricted area, in which fishing and anchoring are prohib-
Vopak Terminal
5.18

ited, has been established W of Puerto San Antonio. The area is

Telephone 56-35-2212726 bounded by lines joining the following positions:
Facsimile 56-35-2213443 a. 33°34'44''S,71°37'35''W. (coast)
b. 33°35'10''S,71°37'27''W. (coast)
c. 33°35'10''S,71°39'00''W.
Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be initially sent 5
5.17

d. 33°34'29''S,71°39'00''W.
days prior arrival, then once every day thereafter at 0800 until e. 33°34'29''S,71°37'40''W. (coast)
the final confirmation is sent 3 hours prior to arrival. The ETA
message must contain the following information: 5.19 Punta Perro (33°55'S., 71°52'W.), about 8.5 miles SSW

Pub. 125
Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 157

San Antonio

San Antonio Container Terminal Internacional

Pub. 125
158 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

of Punta Toro, is a low sandy tongue. It is the S entrance point of between recedes about 1.5 miles E to form a bay. The N part of
the Rio Rapel. Unsheltered anchorage may be taken, in 14.6m, the bay consists of a sandy beach, while the S part is rugged
about 0.5 mile offshore and about 0.5 mile NW of Punta Perro. and rocky. The entrance of Laguna de Cahuil lies at the head of
Caleta Matanza occupies a bight about 3 miles SE of Punta
5.19 the bay.
Perro. The bight can be identified by a ravine at its head Rada Llico (34°46'S., 72°07'W.) can be identified from sea-
5.20

through which a stream flows. The hills N of the ravine are ward by the brown sandy heights E of Llico. Punta Llico, at the S
green, while those S of it are sandy. The village of Matanzas end of the bight, is the W entrance point of a channel which
lies near the head of the cove. leads to Laguna de Vichuquen. The point rises to a height of
Numerous reefs, rocks and islets, best seen on the chart, lie
5.19 about 111m. Cueva de Tricahue, about 250m high, lies about 1.5
in the vicinity of Caleta Matanza. miles S of Punta Llico. The village of Llico stands on the S shore
Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage, in 12.8 to 16.5m,
5.19 of the channel. The bar at the mouth of the channel is navigable
mud and sand, about 0.2 mile offshore and almost 0.3 mile NE only by small craft with local knowledge.
of Punta Extremo, the S entrance point of Caleta Matanza. Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage about 0.5 mile
5.20

There is room for only one vessel at this anchorage and it is ex- offshore NNW of Punta Llico, in about 35m, mud and shell.
posed from SW through N to NE. The anchorage is exposed to all winds from the NW to S.
Islotes Pupuya lie about 0.7 mile SW of Punta Extremo. The
5.19 During strong N winds, it is advisable to put to sea although
largest islet is a steep whitish-colored rock with a flat top the holding ground is good.
which slopes WSW. The passage between the islets and the Punta Cardonal lies about 5 miles SW of Punta Llico. The
5.20

mainland can only be used by small craft. coast between is fronted by submerged rocks. A group of hous-
Caleta Tuman lies between Punta Los Barrancos, about 5.5
5.19 es stands about 4 miles S of the point, and a prominent summit
miles SW of Punta Extremo, and Punta Tuman, about 2.3 miles 335m in elevation, stands about 2 miles E of the point.
farther SW. Farallon del Infiernillo, a dark islet in the form of a
pyramid, lies about 0.1 mile offshore and about 0.5 mile NNE 5.21 Punta Roncura (34°58'S., 72°11'W.), the S entrance
of Punta Los Barrancos. point of the Rio Mataquito, lies about 10 miles SSW of Punta
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the S part of Cale-
5.19 Cardonal. Roca el Penon, a prominent large rock, lies close N
ta Tuman, in 21.9 to 25.6m, sand, about 0.3 mile offshore N of of the point and marks the N entrance point of the river.
Punta Tuman. The anchorage is sheltered from S winds and Punta Arenas lies about 21 miles SW of Punta Roncura. The
5.21

swell. coast between is low and sandy. Hills rising to 390m back the
Punta Domingo, 0.5 mile SSW of Punta Tuman, is a steep-to
5.19 coast about 3 miles inland.
point and about 116m high. The point can be identified by yel- Puerto Constitucion (35°19'S., 72°23'W.) about 3.5 miles S
5.21

low sand hills which begin here and extend S to Punta Topo- of Punta Arenas, is situated at the mouth of the Rio Maule. The
calma. The sandhills are backed by higher tree-covered land. river empties between Punta Quivolgo and Punta Ventanas, al-
Punta Topocalma (34°08'S., 72°01'W.), about 2.5 miles SW
5.19 most 0.3 mile W. The entrance to the river is easily identified.
of Punta Domingo, is a bluff promontory about 122m high with Northward is a long, low, sandy beach which extends beyond
a steep narrow valley which separates it from the mainland. A the range of vision while S of the entrance the land is high and
light is shown from the summit of the promontory. the shore is rocky. There are two incomplete moles on the W
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 32 to 36m, sand
5.19 side of Punta Ventanas. The area within the moles was intend-
and mud, about 0.5 mile N of the point, in Rada Topocalma. ed to be a harbor, but is now filled with sand.
The anchorage is exposed from the N through W to S, and can- Piedra de La Iglesia, a prominent rock which resembles a
5.21

not be recommended for long periods or in unfavorable winds. church from the offing, is situated close offshore about 1 mile
SW of Punta Ventanas. La Gaviota and Piedra de la Lobos are
5.20 Punta Pichilemu (34°23'S., 72°01'W.), about 15 two whitish rocks that lie close W and N, respectively, of Punta
miles S of Punta Topocalma, is low, rocky, and fronted by Ventanas. Cerro Mutrun rises to an elevation of 87m, close SSE
rocks. Puerto Pichilemu, a small cove, lies about 1 mile NE of of Punta Ventanas. A monument and a prominent television
the point. La Puntilla, the SW entrance point of the cove, can mast stand on the summit.
be identified by a large square building on its summit. Above The town of Constitucion, which is a summer tourist resort,
5.21

and below-water rocks extend up to almost 0.3 mile NNE of La is situated close within the mouth of the river on the S bank. A
Puntilla. small quay fronts the town.
The E and S shores of Puerto Pichilemu are sandy, while the
5.20 The bar is subject to frequent changes and is only crossed by
5.21

SW shore is rocky. Anchorage can be taken, in 14 to 15m, sand small craft with local knowledge.
and mud, about 0.5 mile offshore NE of La Puntilla. The an- An aeronautical radiobeacon is situated about 2 miles NE of
5.21

chorage is sheltered from the S, but is exposed to the W. Pichi- the river mouth.
lemu, a resort, is situated on the SE shore of the cove. A dangerous wreck lies about 0.8 mile W of Punta Ventanas.
5.21

Several conspicuous lights, visible from seaward, are shown

5.20 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken off the mouth of the
5.21

from a point on the coast about 6 miles N of Punta Pichilemu. Rio Maule, as convenient. The anchorage is exposed and
Punta Lobos, about 2.5 miles SSW of Punta Pichilemu, is an
5.20 should only be used in emergency.
excellent landmark. There are two high and conspicuous rocks
close off the N extremity of the point. A large white building 5.22 Cabo Humos, a bold and prominent headland is locat-
with a red roof stands on the point. ed 6 miles SW of Puerto Constitucion. It is fronted by sub-
Punta Sirena lies about 7 miles S of Punta Lobos. The coast
5.20 merged rocks and is radar prominent.

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 159

Depths of 14m and 13m have been reported to lie, respec-

5.22 ground is not good.
tively, about 18 miles NW and 16 miles WNW of the cape. The The village of Curanipe lies close within the combined
5.23

existence of these depths should be considered doubtful. mouths of the Rio Parron and the Rio Curanipe, which flow in-
Ensenada Maguellin, a cove used by fishing craft for shelter,
5.22 to Rada Curanipe about 0.2 mile E of Punta Trarao.
lies midway between the mouth of the Rio Maule and Cabo
Humos. There is a small pier in the cove with three prominent 5.24 Punta Puchepo (35°49'S., 72°36'W.) is low and san-
warehouses near the root. Ensenada Maguellin is only shel- dy with a central strip of rock. Montes Pelados are located
tered from winds between the E and S and there is always a about 3 miles E of Punta Puchepo. The summits of these hills
running swell. With winds above 15 knots from any other di- are bare and dark and attain a height of 396m.
rection, sea conditions can make anchoring unsafe. Punta Nugurne (35°59'S., 72°48'W.), about 11 miles SW of
5.24

Caution.—Strong E currents have been reported to exist be-

5.22

Punta Puchepo, is a prominent point with a mound on its ex-

tween Punta Topocalna and Cabo Carranza, with many ground- tremity. Punta Nugurne is reported to give a good radar return
ings between Cabo Humus and Cabo Carranza. Vessels are up to 17 miles. A rock, on which the sea breaks, lies about 0.3
urged to exercise the appropriate caution in navigation here. mile W of the point. A shoal, with a depth of 18m, lies about
9.5 miles WNW of the point.
5.23 Cabo Carranza (35°35'S., 72°38'W.), about 12 miles Rada Buchupureo is a small cove which lies on the N side of
5.24

SW of Cabo Humos, is formed by a wide and low spit of land. Punta Maquis, about 6 miles S of Punta Nugurne. The cove can
The cape lies between Punta Santa Ana, the NW extremity, and be identified by the sandy beach which forms the E side of the
Punta La Vieja, a low tongue of land which forms the SW ex- bay, and by the road which passes over Punta Maquis. The Rio
tremity about 3 miles SSW of Punta Santa Ana. The cape Buchupureo empties into the cove about 0.4 mile E of Punta
should be given a wide berth as the coast has not been exam- Maquis, and the town of Buchupureo lies about 0.5 mile within
ined and is frequently obscured by haze. Foul ground is report- the mouth of the river on the N bank. Three bridges cross the
ed to lie up to 1 mile off the cape, while a rock, position river close within the mouth.
approximate, which breaks, lies 1.5 miles NW of it. Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage, in 21.9m, sand,
5.24

A light is shown from a tower, 19m high, standing on the

5.23

almost 0.5 mile offshore NNE of Punta Maquis. The holding

cape. The keeper’s house, painted white with a prominent red ground is poor and the bottom is foul with lost anchors and ca-
roof, is connected to the tower. bles. There is anchorage for smaller vessels in, 14.6m, sand, al-
most 0.3 mile offshore NE of Punta Maquis.
Landing is impossible, even in fine weather, and there is no
5.24

maritime activity at Aldea de Buchupureo, at the S end of the

bay.

5.25 Punta Maquis (36°05'S., 72°48'W.) is steep-to,

rocky, and about 213m high. Punta Maquis is reported to give a
good radar return up 25 miles. Farallon Iglesia de Piedra, a
prominent rock, lies close off Punta Iglesia de Piedra, about 1
mile S of Punta Maquis. It was reported that Punta Maquis ex-
tends about 0.8 mile farther W than charted.
Bahia Cobquecura (36°08'S., 72°48'W.) lies between Punta
5.25

Iglesia and Punta Achira, a high, steep-to, and rocky point

about 5.5 miles S. Punta Achira is reported to give a good radar
return up to 25 miles. Bajo Miramar, a reef with some above-
water rocks, lies in the S part of Bahia Cobquecura and extends
about 1 mile offshore from 1.5 to 2.5 miles N of Punta Achira.
Cabo Carranza Light The shores of the bay are unapproachable except in the finest
weather. The village of Cobquecura stands about 2.8 miles S of
Bahia Chanco recedes about 3.5 miles E between Punta La
5.23
Punta Iglesia. Lights at the village may be seen up to 10 miles
Vieja and Punta Puchepo, about 14 miles S. The shore of the seaward.
bay is sandy. Rada Pelluhue, a cove at the S end of Bahia Depths of 18m (existence doubtful) lie about 8.5 and 29
5.25

Chanco, provides anchorage, in 17m, sand and rock, about 0.3 miles W of Punta Achira.
to 0.5 mile offshore NW of the head of the cove. Rada Cura- Punta Coicoi, the N entrance point of the unnavigable Rio
5.25

nipe, another small cove, lies just NE of Punta Trarao, a rock Itata, lies 12.5 miles SSW of Punta Achira. Punta Coicoi is
on the extremity of a sandy point about 0.3 mile NE of Punta steep-to and rocky. A reef extends a little over 0.5 mile W from
Puchepo. The cove affords little protection from S winds and the point.
the swell is always heavy. Bahia Coliumo (36°32'S., 72°56'W.), about 10 miles SSW of
5.25

Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage, in 14 to 20m,

5.23 Punta Coicoi, is entered between Punta Lingueral and Punta Blan-
sand, about 0.5 mile N of Punta Trarao. Smaller vessels may ca, almost 1 mile W. The bay recedes S for about 1.5 miles. Punta
anchor, in 10m, sand, about 0.3 mile N of Punta Trarao. Ves- Blanca is low and rocky, but rises steeply to Morro Necoche,
sels should always be prepared to put to sea, as the holding which appears to be an islet from the N. Islote Hormiguita, a rocky

Pub. 125
160 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

islet, lies about 91m N of Punta Blanca. The bay is a tourist resort swell.
and the Marine Biology Headquarters of the University of Con- Good weather prevails from September to April. During the
5.26

cepcion. Small vessels may anchor within the bay. A pier at the SE winter months, about 10 to 15 days are unworkable due to
side of the bay is reported to be destroyed. heavy rains. Fogs are more frequent from January to April than
Morro Loberia (36°35'S., 73°00'W.), a high and dark bluff,
5.25 in the other months.
stands about 4 miles SW of the W entrance point of Bay Coliu-
Tides—Currents.—The tides are affected by seismographic
mo. The coast between is fronted in most places by submerged
5.26

rocks. A light is shown from the point. Above and below-water disturbances along the coast. In the winter, after N winds and
hard rains, there is an ebb current.
rocks lie up to 0.1 mile offshore W of the point, and the sea
breaks heavily on them during N winds. The point can be iden- Strong currents are reported to run through Boca Chica at a
5.26

tified easily, even on dark nights. spring tide.

Aspect.—Boca Chica, the W channel, is narrow. Vessels
Roca Concepcion, a pinnacle rock with 5.9m over it, lies
5.26

5.25

over 60m in length or 600 gt are prohibited from using this

about 0.3 mile W of Morro Loberia. The sea breaks over Roca
channel, with the exception of warships of the Chile Navy.
Concepcion in bad weather.
Rocas Buey, the outer end of a reef which extends about 0.5
Cerro Neuque, a prominent hill, rises to an elevation of
5.26

5.25

mile E from the shore, lies about 2 miles ESE of Punta Tumbes
490m about 4.5 miles E of Morro Loberia.
and is marked by a lighted buoy. The channel E of Rocas Buey
Punta Tumbes (36°37'S., 73°07'W.) 6 miles WSW of Morro
5.25

is reduced to a navigable width of about 0.4 mile and there are

Loberia, is steep and rocky. A light is shown from the point
strong and irregular currents in the vicinity. There is a least
which is the NW extremity of a peninsula. Foul ground and
depth of 12m in the fairway of the channel.
rocks extend up to 0.3 mile N of the N end of the peninsula.
Boca Grande, the main entrance channel, lies E of Isla
Roca Quiebra Olas, a rock 7m high and blackish in color, lies a
5.26

little over 0.8 mile NW of Punta Tumbes. Vessels should not Quiriquina.
pass between the rock and the coast of the peninsula. Islote Pan Vessels are limited to a speed of 20 knots when passing
5.26

through either entrance channel.

de Azucar, an islet 35m high, lies on foul ground which ex-
tends 0.8 mile W from a point about 1.8 miles SSW of Punta Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered in the en-
5.26

Tumbes. trance channels.

Isla Quiriquina, home to a naval school, is 131m high and
5.26

about 3 miles in length. Foul ground extends between 0.1 and

0.5 mile off the island’s shores. Punta del Faro, the N extremity
of the island, lies about 3.3 miles ENE of Punta Tumbes.
A light is shown from a tower, 6m high, standing about 0.4
5.26

mile S of Punta del Faro.

Punta Arenas, a low sandy spit, is the SE extremity of the
5.26

island and lies 2.5 miles SSW of Punta del Faro. A light is
shown from the point. Punta Fronton, the SW extremity of the
island, lies about 0.8 mile WSW of Punta Arenas. Kelp is
frequently found off the point.
Regulations.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme
5.26

(TSS) is situated within Boca Grande and may best be seen on

the chart. The inbound traffic lane lies to the W of the separa-
tion zone. Caution is advised since it has been reported (2011)
that many vessels entering and exiting Bahia Concepcion do
not follow this TSS.
The maximum speed in Boca Grande is 20 knots.
5.26

Anchorage.—During NW winds, vessels can anchor

5.26

Punta Tumbes Light anywhere under the lee of Isla Quiriquina outside of the
prohibited area.
5.26 Bahia Concepcion (36°41'S., 73°02'W.) is one of the Caution.—A submarine cable area extends WNW from the
5.26

best and most protected harbors on the coast. It is entered be- vicinity of Punta Fronton to the E coast of the Tumbes Penin-
tween Morro Loberia and Punta Tumbes and recedes S for sula.
about 9 miles. There are excellent anchorages and several A measured distance range on a course of 036.5°-216.5° is
5.26

small ports within the bay. established SE of Punta Arenas. The NE limit is marked by a
Isla Quiriquina lies on the W side of the entrance. Two chan-
5.26
pair of beacons on Cerro Amarillo and the SW limit is marked
nels, passing on either side of Isla Quiriquina, lead into the bay. by a pair of beacons, which stand about 0.5 mile SW of Punta
Boca Grande, the E channel, is free of dangers, except for Roca Arenas. Each of the beacons consists of a quadrangular frame-
Concepcion, which has already been described above in para- work, orange tower, 11m high, surmounted by a triangle.
graph 5.25. Boca Chica, the W channel, is narrow and difficult A dangerous wreck, in depths of 6.9m, is located N of Isla de
5.26

to navigate. Los Reyes in position 36°43'03''S, 73°02'51''W. A submerged

Winds—Weather.—About 40 days of heavy seas are caused
5.26
obstruction at a depth of 8.9m has been identified close S of the
by N winds during the months from May to August; there is no wreck.

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 161

Ports in Bahia San Vicente

5.27 Tome (36°37'S., 72°57'W.) is situated in Tome Bay, in Caution.—An outfall extends W from the shore in the SW
5.27

the NE part of Concepcion Bay. The bay measures about 2 miles part of Puerto Tomes. An anchoring and fishing prohibited ar-
across and recedes 0.7 mile, providing an excellent anchorage. ea, best seen on the chart, surrounds the outfall.
The port consists of a single cargo pier. Cargo consists mainly of
coastal trade and exports, imported cargo is few and far between. 5.28 Lirquen (36°43'S., 72°59'W.) (World Port Index No.
14425) is a small privately-owned port situated on the SE side
of Bahia Concepción, 8 miles NNE of Concepción and 230
miles SSW of Santiago. The port facilitates the import of bulk
cargo and fertilizer and the export of logs, sawn timber, wood
pulp, and general cargo.

Lirquen Home Page

[Link]

Depths—Limitations.—Lirquen Pier No. 1 is a 615m long

concrete pier, with an access bridge, built into the bay, running
from S to N. Four berths (Berth No. 1 through Berth No. 4) are
situated on the pier. Berth No. 1 and Berth No. 3 are on the W
side and have a conveyor for bulk cargo handling; Berth No. 2
and Berth No. 4 are on the E side. A light is shown from the
pier head. There are no cranes; vessels must use their own
Tome equipment. Berth No. 4 is limited to daylight berthing and has
the most restrictive draft restrictions (7.4m).
Depths—Limitations.—The pier is about 152m long, with a
5.27

Lirquen Pier No. 2, a combination pier and access bridge

depth of 2.4m at its head. No lighters are kept at this port, as
5.28

712m long, is located W of Lirquen Pier No. 1. Berth No. 5

vessel entries are sporadic. When they are needed, the lighters
and Berth No. 6 lie on either side of at this pier.
are brought across from Talchuano and discharged at Tome,
Aspect.—Range marks situated on the roofs of the sheds at
with the 3-ton cranes at the pier.
5.28

the root of the pier assist the pilot in berthing; however, these
Pilotage.—Pilotage is provided out of Lirquen, VHF chan-
5.27

leading marks should not be used during a fog or during a se-

nel 16 (calling only) is used.

Pub. 125
162 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

vere wind. Berthing takes place only in daylight. tion:

1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order.
2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard.
4. Expected arrival draft.
Tugs are arranged through an agent. All vessel movements
5.28

require a minimum of two tugs. The number of tugs will be de-

termined by the pilot who must account for vessel particulars
and weather conditions.

Lirquen—Berthing Limitations
Maximum Vessel
Berth Remarks
LOA Beam Draft
Pier No. 1
No. 1 220m 31.0m 12.8m
No. 2 220m 31.0m 11.4m Grain and
Penco (top) and Lirquen (bottom) break bulk
No. 3 200m 31.0m 9.6m carriers.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot
5.28
No. 4 160m 31.0m 7.4m
boards in the following positions:
a. 36°34.0'S, 73°03.0'W Pier No. 2
b. 36°39.0'S, 73°02.0'W No. 5 294m 41.0m 15.7m Container
c. 36°41.5'S, 72°03.0'W and bulk.
d. 36°42.2'S, 73°00.1'W No. 6 294m 41.0m 12.8m
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 9.
5.28 NOTE: Pier. No. 1, access bridge width of 7.5m. B No. 3
Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be initially sent 5
5.28 can be used as one berth to accommodate a maximum loa
days prior arrival, then once every day thereafter at 0800 until of [Link] No. 1 and Berth
arrival. The ETA message must contain the following informa-

Lirquen—Contact Information
Contact VHF Channel Telephone Facsimile E-mail
Port Radio “Lirquen
VHF channels 9, 14,
Radio” (call sign: 56-41-2384550 56-41-2384550 —
and 16
CBT22)
56-41-2385136 56-41-2650351 cplirquen@directem
Harbormaster —
56-41-2385137 56-41-2385136 [Link]
Port Authority — 56-41-2406000 56-41-2384656 lirquen@[Link]

Tugs are compulsory for use in berthing and unberthing

5.28 Outer anchorages:
ships at both piers. A1- 36°40.3'S, 72°01.0'W
Signals.—When signal for variable weather is displayed,
5.28 A2- 36°40.3'S, 73°02.2'W
vessels must vacate Berth No. 3, Berth No. 4, Berth No. 5, and A3- 36°41.1'S, 73°01.5'W
Berth No. 6. The signals are, as follows:. A4- 36°38.5'S, 73°00.0’W
1. By day—A blue triangular flag.
2. By night—One green light. 5.29 Penco (36°42'S., 73°00'W.) (World Port Index No.
Contact Information.—Port contact information can be
5.28 14440) is situated slightly more than 1 mile S of Lirquen at the
found in the table titled Lirquen—Contact Information. mouth of the Rio Andalien.
Anchorage.—A vessel waiting to berth should anchor 0.5
5.28 Depths—Limitations.—A conveyor pier extends about 1
5.29

mile N of the pier head of Pier No. 2 (36°42.4S., 72°59.4'W.), mile N from the shore. A phosphate factory stands at the root
in a depth of 18m, good holding ground, mud and sand. Other of the pier. Lights along the pier are prominent.
designated anchorages areas for vessels awaiting a berth avail- Muelle de Penco is a private facility that handles bulk fertil-
5.29

able in the following positions: izer and other products. This pier is capable of handling vessels
A- 36°41.9'S, 72°59.3'W up to 220m in length with drafts up to 10.4m.
B- 36°41.9'S, 73°00.3'W Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory, and may be had at the
5.29

C- 36°41.9'S, 73°01.1'W boarding ground situated about 1 mile N of the pier head. The

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 163

pilot and tugs are supplied from Talcahuano. Pilots are also is prominent and rises on the E side of the entrance to Canal
compulsory for vessels proceeding to the anchorage. del Morro, about 0.5 mile SSE of the root of the commercial
Anchorage.—Large vessels should anchor about 0.4 mile
5.29 pier.
ESE of the pier head, in a depth of 11m. Small vessels should
anchor about 0.5 mile SE of the pier head, in a depth of 9m.

5.30 Talcahuano (36°42'S., 73°06'W.) (World Port Index

No. 14420) is situated along the S part of the W shore of Bahia
Concepcion, and serves as a naval base and a commercial port.
Talcahuano is one of the safest and best ports in Chile, being
5.30

protected from all directions; however, considerable damage

has been done to the port infrastructure by an earthquake in
February, 2010.

Talcahuano Home Page

[Link]

Tides—Currents.—The tidal range here is between 0.6 and

5.30

1.0m.
During the winter months, especially during wet weather,
5.30

strong N winds will generate a current setting W along the

head of Bahia Concepcion, then N across the entrance to Talca-
huano. Berths in Port of San Vicente
Depths—Limitations.—Empressa Portuaria Talcahuano
5.30
A light, with a racon, is shown from a tower standing at the
5.30

Commercial Port is a pier with two berths fronting the city of SE side of Banco Belen. Buoys are moored at the N and W
Talcahuano, located in the S part of Bahia Concepcion. Berth ends of the shoal. Ranges indicate the approaches to the naval
No. 1 has a length of 155m and can accommodate vessels up to port facilities.
185m in length, with a maximum draft of 9.3m. Berth 2, with a Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels for
5.30

length of 205m, and can accommodate vessels up to 180m in all occasions and for Chilean vessels in the case of berthing at
length with a draft of 6.7m. the wharves or entering the drydocks. Pilots can be contacted
An important naval base and the ASMAR shipyard are locat-
5.30
directly on VHF channels 8, 9, and 16. Pilots will board in the
ed in the N part of Bahia Concepcion. The naval base operates area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
two berths commercially along Molo Quinientos, which is a. 36°34.0'S, 73°03.0'W.
500m in length. Berth No. 1, at the S part of Molo Quinientos, b. 36°39.0'S, 73°02.0'W.
is 250m long and can accommodate vessels with a maximum c. 36°41.5'S, 73°03.0'W.
draft of 8.2m. Berth No. 2, located close S of the Repair Basin d. 36°42.1'S, 73°05.0'W.
and associated with the ASMAR shipyard, is 175m long and The vessel’s ETA should be sent 48 hours prior arrival and
5.30

can accommodate vessels with a maximum draft of 7.3m. contain the following information:
The ASMAR shipyard, located close N of Molo Quiniento
5.30
Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order.
5.30

and extending E of the Repair Basin across a peninsula, has 3. If any cargo shifting is expected.
two drydocks and a boat ramp. At the NE end of this peninsula 4. If there is dangerous cargo onboard.
Molo Marinao extends about 450m SE; a light is located on the 5. Expected arrival draft.
mole. Vessels up to 90,000 dwt can be handled at the drydocks. Signals.—Weather signals are indicated on the Signal Sta-
5.30

A CBM operated by the naval base is located E of Isla

5.30
tion of the Port Authority Building. An information service is
Quiriquina (36°38'S., 73°03'W.). Vessels up to 200m in length available on VHF channel 16 for the following items:
with a maximum draft of 14m at HW use two anchors to moor 1. Shipping in the area.
to three mooring buoys. 2. Anchorage and safety area.
Aspect.—Banco Belen lies 3 miles SSW of the S extremity
5.30
3. Recommended navigation route.
of Isla Quiriquina. The naval facilities, which include a repair 4. Meteorological conditions.
basin and two drydocks, extend E from the W shore of the bay 5. Local Notice to Mariners.
and are protected by a breakwater situated about 0.3 mile W of Contact Information.—The harbor can be contacted using
5.30

Banco Belen. The naval base extends along the W coast of the the information listed in the table titled Talcahuano—Contact
bay about 1 mile S and 2.5 miles N of the repair basin. The Information.
commercial harbor is situated close S of the naval base.
A very conspicuous radio mast, the tallest of several masts,
5.30

stands on the summit of Cerro Centinela, about 1 mile W of the Talcahuano—Contact Information
commercial pier. Three prominent radio masts and then two Harbormaster
other prominent radio masts stand about 0.3 mile W and 0.5
mile SSW, respectively, of the repair basin. Morro Talcahuano

Pub. 125
164 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

Talcahuano—Contact Information winds. Vessels anchor in the port area about 0.5 mile offshore,
in depths of 7.5 to 9m. Vessels unable to anchor in the port area
Talcahuano Capuerto Radio should do so S of a line extending in a 069° / 249° direction
Call sign
(CBT28) through a position 1,000m S of Banco Belen Light. Explosives,
VHF VHF channels 8, 9, and 16 quarantine, and fumigation anchorage areas are located
between 0.6 and 0.9 mile SSE of Banco Belen Light, in depths
Frequency 2182 and 2738 kHz of 11.5m to 14m, and are best seen on the chart. A N cardinal
MMSI 007250170 buoy is moored S of the explosives and quarantine anchorage
areas. Anchor berths, designated A to O, lie in the approaches
Telephone 56-41-2266163 to Puerto Talcahuano. An anchorage area is centered 0.8 miles
Facsimile 56-41-2542318 Caution.—A restricted area in which anchoring and fishing
5.30

E-mail cptalcahhuano@[Link] are prohibited fronts the naval base and facilities. Vessels,
except those of the Chilean Navy and vessels entering the
Port Authority dockyard, are prohibited from entering an area which extends
Telephone 56-41-2720300 N and S from the naval dockyard. Entry is restricted into an
area 1 mile SW of Banco Belen light, to avoid obstructing then
Facsimile 56-41-2797626 harbor approach. Pier No. 3, SW of the restricted area, is
E-mail contacto@[Link] reported to be destroyed. This area adjoins the prohibited area;
the limits of which is shown on the chart
A wreck, with two masts showing and marked by a lighted
5.30

beacon with a topmark, lies S of Banco Belen in position

Anchorage.—The port is the best anchorage for large
5.30

36°42'00''S, 73°05'02''W.
vessels within the bay as it is sheltered from the prevailing

San Vicente (SVT1 New Extended Berth)

Bahia San Vicente (36°44'S., 73°10'W.) considered part of Talcahuano.

World Port Index No. 14415 San Vicente Home Page

5.31 Bahia San Vicente is situated close SW of Peninsula [Link]

Tumbes. It is entered between Punta Lobos, about 6.3 miles
SSW of Punta Tumbes, and Punta Gualpen, 2.5 miles SW. The Winds—Weather.—Bahia San Vicente is open to winds
5.31

town of San Vicente, situated along the NE shore of the bay, is from the NW, which raise a swell in its southern half. The port
facilities, which are situated in the NE corner of the bay are
well protected from the surf generated by these winds. During

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 165

the summer, winds from the S and SW prevail here creating a Terminal Abastile, which is located in the SW part of the bay.
non dangerous swell in the bay’s N portion. The port handles all kinds of bulk, general, and liquid cargo.
Four sets of lighted range beacons provide navigation
Tides—Currents.—The local authorities and the pilot
5.31 assistance to the berths.
should be consulted for data on tides and currents within the Muelle Emporchi is a quay, 600m in length, located close SE
5.31

bay. The tidal rise here is reported to range from 0.6m to 1m. of Punta Liles, on which the San Vicente Terminal Internation-
Depths—Limitations.—The port of San Vicente is located
5.31 al (SVTI) is located. The SVTI terminal has three berths that
in the E part of the bay and is protected by a breakwater, handle general cargo and containers, with berthing limitations,
extending 525m SW from the shore at Punta Liles. Almost all as follows:
of the port facilities are located within this area except for

Port of San Vicente—Berth Information

Maximum
Berth Length Draft Vessel Remarks
Length Draft
CAP—Compania de Acero del Pacifico
North 240m 11.0m 205m 11.0m General Cargo, Minerals, Bulk. DWT 46,500
South 200m 8.8m 190m 8.5m General Cargo, Steel products, Bulk. DWT 27,000
SVTI—San Vicente Terminal Internacional
North 435m (870m cont.) 13.5m 334m 12.8m Containers. DWT 59,500
South 435m (870m cont.) 12.7m 240m 12.2m General Cargo, Containers, Bulk. DWT 65,000
ENAP Refinery Bio Bio—San Vicente Maritime Terminal (Tankers)
North 106m—362m incl. dolphins — 274m 12.2m Crude oil, refined products. DWT 139,000
South 435m (870m cont.) — 243m 12.0m Crude oil, refined products. DWT 80,000
Hualpen Gas Plant
LPG 30m—255m incl. dolphins 22.5m 190m 13.4m LPG, Clean products. DWT 80,000
MBM Mooring Buoy 22.5m 190m 13.4m LPG, Clean products. DWT 80,000

The new SVTI pier extension is anti-seismic and can handle

5.31 draft of 11.15m. The S side of the pier handles steel products,
two container vessels on both sides simultaneously up to 350m logs, and general cargo and can accommodate vessels up to
in length with drafts up to 12m. The new expansion is 264m 200m in length, with a maximum draft of 8.5m.
long and 38m wide, and has a depth of 14m. Nearly 500m of Muelle Alimar is a small pier, 50m in length, with a depth of
5.31

pier were added to the 600m old structure, now consisting of a 11m at the head; it is used for fishing vessels.
berthing length of 1,100m. Terminal Abastile is a LPG terminal located in the SW part
5.31

The petroleum terminal is located close SE of the Muelle

5.31 of the bay away from the other port facilities This terminal is
Emporchi and is comprised of three multi-point mooring comprised of the Lenga Pier, extending 2,400m from the shore
berths, connected by submarine pipelines, accommodating into the bay, with a dolphin berth capable of handling tankers
tankers with the following limitations: up to 70,000 dwt, 230m in length, 32.2m in width, and a maxi-
1. Terminal A handles tankers up to 150m in length, mum draft of 12.1m. A prohibited area extends 200m from ei-
with drafts up to 7.9m. It has been reported (2011) that ther side of Lenga Pier.
Terminal A is out of service. Aspect.—The bay recedes about 2.3 miles SE. The N shore
5.31

2. Terminal B handles tankers up to 70,000 dwt and is high and rocky, curving around to Punta Gualpen, which is a
250m in length, with drafts up to 12.8m. It is used for crude rocky steep-sided promontory. The E portion of the bay is
and fuel oil. formed by a sandy beach. Islote Los Chanalles, 19m high,
3. Terminal C handles tankers up to 30,000 dwt and stands on foul ground extending up to 0.2 mile SW of Punta
200m in length, with a maximum draft of 10.97m. It is used Lobos. Ras Lobos stand on foul ground extending up to 0.2
for clean products. mile N of Punta Gualpen. Punta Liles lies about 1.5 miles SE
Muelle de la Compania de Acero del Pacifico (CAP) is
5.31
of Punta Lobos. A breakwater extends 0.3 mile SW from Punta
located close W of the petroleum terminal. Muelle CAP is a Liles.
mechanized pier extending 371m from the SE shore of the bay. The high hills of Tetas de Bio are the most conspicuous land-
5.31

Vessels can moor on the N and S sides of the pier. The N side marks for making the bay; Teta Norte, 244m high, and Teta
of the pier, which handles bulk iron ore, limestone, and coal, Sur, 247m high, stand about 1.3 miles SSE and 1.5 miles SSW,
accommodates vessels up to 240m in length, with a maximum respectively, of Punta Gualpen. A radio mast stands on the

Pub. 125
166 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

summit of Teta Sur. hours prior to arrival and then confirmed directly to the pilots 1
A light is shown from Punta Gualpen. Caution is advised as
5.31 hour prior to arrival on VHF channel 16.
the light on the point may become obscured. The lights and Pilots will board in the following positions:
5.31

flares of the steel mill at the E side of the bay may be seen from a. 36°44'12''S, 73°10'18''W.
a considerable distance seaward. b. 36°43'35''S, 73°11'04''W.
Regulations.—The vessel’s initial ETA should be sent 24
5.31

Mooring Buoys—Location and Characteristics hours prior arrival and contain the following information:
1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order.
Characteristics Approximate Position 2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
Orange 36°43'46.4''S, 73°07'55.1''W 3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard.
4. Expected arrival draft.
Orange with light 36°43'46.4''S, 73°07'49.7''W
Vessel should confirm their ETA to the pilot 1 hour before
5.31

Orange with light 36°43'50.8''S, 73°07'48.9''W arrival on VHF channel 16.

Bahia San Vicente is considered an integral portion of Talca-
Triangle 36°43'52.1''S, 73°07'54.1''W
5.31

huano, so no additional clearance is necessary if sailing be-

Small red 36°43'54.0''S, 73°07'56.4''W tween these ports.
— 36°43'54.7''S, 73°07'54.8''W Tankers are berthed and unberthed at the petroleum terminal
5.31

(ENAP) during daylight hours only. Two tugs are required for
Small red 36°43'56.0''S, 73°08'02.1''W berthing at this terminal.
Orange 36°43'56.7''S, 73°08'24.5''W For tankers proceeding to Terminal Abastile in the SW part
5.31

of the bay, two tugs are required for vessels up to 180m in

Small red 36°44'04.4''S, 73°08'03.3''W length while three tugs are required for vessels longer than
Yellow X 36°44'37.0''S, 73°08'17.7''W 180m in length.
An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme lies in the ap-
5.31

Yellow 36°44'57.8''S, 73°08'27.1''W proaches to the bay and may best be seen on the chart. The in-
Orange with light 36°44'43.3''S, 73°09'47.5''W bound traffic lane is situated SW of the Traffic Separation
Zone.
Contact Information.—The harbor can be contacted using
5.31

the information listed in the table titled San Vicente—Contact

Information.
Anchorage.—Anchorage, sheltered from all but NW winds,
5.31

is available anywhere in the bay, in depths of less than 20m,

sand and mud. Anchorage Area A is located in position
36°44.5'S, 73°10.9'W.
Anchoring is prohibited N of a line from Muelle Cap to Ra
5.31

Villa de Burdeos Lighted Buoy then back to the end of the

breakwater extending SW from Punta Liles. Another area pro-
hibited for anchoring is N of the breakwater is bounded by
lines joining the following positions:
a. 36°43'46''S, 73°08'39''W. (near shore)
b. 36°43'59''S, 73°10'02''W.
c. 36°43'48''S, 73°10'03''W.
d. 36°43'33''S, 73°08'37''W. (near shore)
Vessels anchored within the bay during bad weather should
5.31

leave and heave-to at sea or proceed to Bahia Concepcion to

anchor in the lee of Isla Quiriquina.
Caution.—A submerged pipeline located outside the break-
5.31

water extends about 2,500m WNW from the shore near posi-
tion 36°43'26''S., 73°08'27''W. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited within 200m of the pipeline. Disused submarine
pipelines lie in vicinity of position 36°43'49''S, 73°07'49''W
Yellow X Mooring Buoy and position 36°44'00''S, 73°07'50''W, 0.3 miles N of Pier No
7.
Several mooring buoys have been placed in the port area of
A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which can be seen
5.31

5.31

San Vicente and in the S part of Bahia San Vicente that are not
on the chart, lies in the NE part of the bay.
yet charted. Further information on these mooring buoys can
Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered in the ap-
5.31

be found in the table titled Mooring Buoys—Location and

proaches to the bay.
Characteristics.
Roca Villa de Burdeos, a shoal patch with a least depth of
5.31

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. There are five pilots

4.1m, lies about 0.4 mile WSW of the breakwater head and is
5.31

available. The vessel’s ETA should be advised to the agents 24 marked by a lighted buoy moored close S. Roca Navia Chica,

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 167

4m high, and Roca Navia Grande, 14m high, lie off the SW Concepcion to anchor in the lee of Isla Quiriquina.
shore of the bay about 0.8 mile ESE of Punta Gualpen. Information on additional hazards located in Bahia San Vi-
5.31

In bad weather conditions, it is recommended that vessels

5.31 cente can be found in the table titled Bahia San Vicente Haz-
making a landfall at Bahia San Vicente or anchored within the ards—Location and Type.
bay should leave and either heave-to at sea or head for Bahia

San Vicente—Contact Information

International
Port Radio Harbormaster Port Authority
Terminal (SVTI)
VHF channels 9, 14, and 16 VHF channel 14 — —
Frequency 2182 and 2738 kHz — — —
MMSI 007250170 — — —
56-41-2541954
Telephone 56-41-2541954 56-41-2797600 56-41-2503600
56-41-2547226
Facsimile 56-41-2541954 56-41-2541954 56-41-2797626 56-41-2503651
E-mail — cpsanvicente@[Link] conbtacto@[Link] customer@[Link]

Bahia San Vicente Hazards—Location and Type The Rio Bio Bio empties into the gulf between Morro Pom-
5.32

pon and an unnamed point about 1 mile S. The river is inacces-

Type Approximate Position Depth sible due to sand banks. The water is discolored up to about 4
Unknown 36°43'52.4''S, 73°08'10.9''W 15.1m miles NW and 14 miles S of the mouth by the discharge from
the river.
Wreck 36°44'52.0''S, 73°10'47.1''W 11.0m
An aeronautical light is situated about 5 miles ENE of the
5.32

Unknown 36°43'48.8''S, 73°08'08.0''W 14.4m river mouth. A prominent radio mast stands about 3.5 miles
Wreck 36°43'41.7''S, 73°08'00.2''W 12.4m ESE of Morro Pompon on the S bank of the river.
Punta Lavapie (37°09'S.,73°35'W.) is low and rocky. Islets
5.32

Wreck 36°43'41.4''S, 73°07'59.3''W 12.4m

and rocks, awash, front the point up to 0.5 mile N. A light is
Unknown 36°43'41.8''S, 73°07'57.2''W 11.9m shown from the point. Emergency anchorage may be taken by
Unknown 36°43'45.5''S, 73°07'47.8''W 10.0m small vessels in depths of 8m ESE of the point protected from
S and W winds. Foul ground extends up to 1 mile from the
Unknown 36°43'47.6''S, 73°07'45.4''W 8.3m shore SE of the point.
Unknown 36°43'47.8''S, 73°07'45.9''W 9.3m Isla Santa Maria, in the SW part of the gulf, is low and has
5.32

numerous off-lying rocks and shoals surrounding it. Isla Santa

Unknown 36°43'48.1''S, 73°07'46.5''W 8.9m Maria is undulating, treeless, and covered with grass and small
Unknown 36°43'47.4''S, 73°07'45.4''W 9.9m shrubs.
The W coast of the island is mostly cliffy, except for a flat
5.32

Rock 36°44'09.5''S, 73°09'11.0''W 3.8m sandy area in the middle which extends ESE across the island
Rock 36°43'53.5''S, 73°10'15.0''W 28.8m and gives it the appearance of two islands from a distance.
Morro Dolores, the W extremity, is a detached hill about 58m
Rock 36°43'09.5''S, 73°09'58.2''W 34.8m high, which stands on a small peninsula. The E side of the is-
land is hilly at its N and S parts. The flat sandy area mentioned
Golfo de Arauco (37°05'S., 73°20'W.) above forms a spit on the middle of the E side which terminates
in Punta Delicada. Morro Cansado, the N extremity of the is-
5.32 Golfo de Arauco is a large gulf entered between Punta land, lies 6 miles NW of Punta Delicada. Punta Cochinos, the S
Cullinto, 2.5 miles SW of Punta Gualpen, and Punta Lavapie extremity of the island, lies 3.3 miles SW of Punta Delicada.
about 28 miles SW. It recedes about 16 miles SE. The mouth of Above and below-water rocks lie up to 1.3 miles off the W
the Rio Bio Bio is situated in the NE part. Isla Santa Maria lies coast of the island, and are not always marked by breakers.
about 8 miles NNE of Punta Lavapie in the entrance of the Dangerous ground, islets, and rocks lie up to 3 miles NNW of
gulf. The shores of the gulf consist mostly of sandy bays and Morro Cansado.
beaches, interspersed with rocky points and cliffs. A light is shown from a tower standing at an elevation of
5.32

Punta Cullinto is low and rocky. Islotes Los Lobos, a group

5.32
210m, about 1 mile SSW of Morro Cansado. A light is shown
of islets and rocks, front the point up to 0.3 mile SW. from a tower standing about 1 mile NW of Punta Delicada.
Morro Pompon, formed by an islet connected to the main-
5.32
Boca Chica, the passage between Punta Lavapie and Isla
5.32

land by a sandy isthmus, lies 2.8 miles SE of Punta Cullinto. Santa Maria, is nearly 5 miles wide with a navigable width of

Pub. 125
168 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

2.3 miles. A sandy ridge, with a least depth of 7.8m, extends S bay, consists of fine yellowish sand, on which a heavy surf al-
across Boca Chica between Punta Delicada and Punta Pichicui, ways breaks. Bajo Puchoco, at the N end of the bay, extends up
7 miles SE of Punta Lavapie. to 0.3 mile SE of Punta Puchoco.
A depth of 0.5m, existence doubtful, lies 2.5 miles N of Pun-
5.32 Winds—Weather.—Strong S winds prevail in Bahia Coro-
5.32

ta Pichicui. Roca Huemul, with a depth of 6m, and Roca Mete- nel in the summer months from September to March, and
oro, with a depth of 6.8m, lie 1.8 miles SSE and 1 mile S, sometimes cause a short choppy sea. These winds are not dan-
respectively, of Punta Cochinos; the sea breaks occasionally gerous to shipping. Northerly gales prevail during the winter
over both rocks. months. Fine drizzle and somewhat dense fog are frequent in
Roca Hector, existence doubtful, is reported to lie about 1.8
5.32 Bahia Coronel. It has been reported that an E current set be-
miles N of Punta Lavapie. Roca Cockatrice, existence doubt- tween 2 and 3 knots occurs between Punta Coronel and Punta
ful, is reported to lie about 3.3 miles W of Punta Cochinos. Lota, about 6 miles S.
Several other dangers lie between Roca Cockatrice and Isla
Santa Maria and may be seen on the chart. 5.33 Coronel (37°02'S., 73°10'W.) (World Port Index No.
Approaching Boca Chica from the W, an E set at about 0.5
5.32 14400) lies about 1.3 miles E of Punta Puchoco, in the NE part
knot may be felt. Within the channel entrance, the flood sets of Bahia de Coronel. The port handles general cargo, contain-
ENE, while the ebb sets WSW, both at a rate of 1 to 2 knots. ers, coal, and wood products. Bahia de Coronel provides no re-
In heavy weather, the sand ridge across the channel becomes
5.32 striction to maximum vessel size permitted.
a mass of breakers. Tides—Currents.—It has been reported that a current sets E
5.33

There is a considerable amount of fog in the vicinity of the

5.32 at a rate of 2 to 3 knots off the approach to the bay. The tidal
channel from January through July, but less frequent during the range is 1.2m.
rest of the year. Depths—Limitations.—Muelle Mecanizado Puchoco Pier,
5.33

Punta Coronel, 11.5 miles S of Morro Pompon, can be iden-

5.32 located about 400m NE of Punta Puchoco, is a mechanized ter-
tified by a small village about 0.5 mile N, by a small house on minal for loading wood chips via conveyor belt and a fixed arm
the end of the point, and by an old mine shaft close S of it. A loader with maximum outreach of 36m. Vessels will have to
sandy beach extends for about 11 miles N of the point to the warp along the pier to position hatches under loading arm.
mouth of the Rio Bio Bio. There are four mooring bollards at the head of the pier; three
Punta Puchoco, about 1.5 miles S of Punta Coronel, is mod-
5.32 dolphins and a buoy also available for mooring. Vessels up to
erately high and has some trees and houses standing on it. 71,000 dwt and 250m in length, with a maximum draft of
A prominent building, with a metal tower, 55m high, stands
5.32 12.5m, can be accommodated.
midway between the above points. Obstruction lights mark the Muelle Mecanizado Jureles Pier, located close E of the
5.33

tower. A light is shown from a tower, 6m high, standing on Muelle Mecanizado Puchoco Pier, is a mechanized terminal for
Punta Puchoco. A chimney, 40m high, stands at a power station loading wood chips or discharging bulk cargo, and has a total
about 0.5 mile NE of the light tower. A wreck is reported to lie length of 750m, with a T-headed platform, 22m in length. Four
approximately 1.5 miles NW of Punta Puchoco. dolphins and three buoys are available for mooring and shifting
Roca Boca Maule, with a least depth of 7.1m, lies about 1
5.32 along the berth during loading. Vessels up to 230m in length
mile NW of Punta Puchoco. and 36m in width, with a maximum draft of 11.2m, can be ac-
Bahia de Coronel recedes about 1.5 miles E between Punta
5.32 commodated.
Puchoco and Punta Cuervos, about 2.8 miles SSE. The bay has Puerto Coronel General Cargo Pier, located in the NE part of
5.33

depths of about 20.1m across its entrance, which decrease bay fronting the city of Coronel, is 400m in length and has two
gradually toward the shore. Bajo Playa Negra, a reef on which berths available on either side of the pier. Berth No. 1 and
the sea breaks heavily in ordinary weather, lies on the shore Berth No. 2, on the N side, are numbered from the shore
bank about 0.3 mile offshore near the middle of the E shore, seaward; Berths No. 3 and Berth No. 4, on the S side, are also
about 2 miles NE of Punta Cuervos. Roca Playa Blanca, with numbered from shore seaward. Berthing limitations for this
4.6m over it, lies about 0.8 mile offshore almost 1 mile NNE of pier are listed in the table titled Puerto Coronel General
Punta Cuervos. Playa Blanca, at the head of the SE part of the Cargo Pier—Berthing Limitations.

Port of Coronel—Berth Information

Maximum
Berth Length Draft Vessel Remarks
Length Draft
Terminal Coronel
Puchoco Dock 170m — 250m 12.6m Wood chips, Dry bulk. DWT 100,000
Cholin Dock 330m — 260m 12.5m Coal, Bulk. DWT 100,000
Jureles Dock 190m — 230m 11.8m Dry Bulk. DWT 100,000
North Pier Terminal

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 169

Port of Coronel—Berth Information

No. 1 190m — — 11.4m Timber, Wood products, General Cargo.
No. 2 206m — — 13.0m Timber, Wood products, General Cargo.
No. 3 206m — — 13.0m Timber, Wood products, General Cargo.
No. 4 167m — — 11.4m Timber, Wood products, General Cargo.
South Pier Terminal
North Berth 400m — — 14.0m Container, Dry bulk.
South Berth 400m — — 14.0m Container, Dry bulk.
Bulk Pier Terminal
North Berth 150m — — 14.5m Dry bulk.
South Berth 150m — — 14.5m Dry bulk.
Oxiquim Tanker Terminal
MBM Buoy 12.8m 211m 12.2m Chemicals, LPG, Oil products. DWT 40,000

Vessels up to 70,000 dwt can be accommodated but there are

5.33 Agents who are responsible for transporting the pilots from
5.33

no cargo handling facilities at this pier. Vessels must be self- San Vicente should be kept closely informed of any changes in
sustaining in order to use this pier. ETA. Agents can be contacted on VHF channel 16.
Coronel Container Terminal Pier, located close S of the Cor-
5.33 Pilots will board in position 37°03'00''S, 73°10'36''W.
5.33

onel General Cargo Pier, extends 1,500m from the shoreline

with a total combined berth length of 400m. There are two Aspect.—From Puchoco Point, the coast runs E, then S, and
5.33

berths designated on the N side of the pier with none on the S finally W, forming the Bay of Coronel. The port of Coronel is
located in the NE corner of the bay.
side. Each berth can accommodate variable length vessels de-
pending on whether the other berth is occupied and will be up A set of lighted ranges provides navigation assistance to all
5.33

to the harbormaster to coordinate. Either berth can accommo- the berths except for the container terminal.
date vessels up to 70,000 dwt, in a depths alongside of 13m. Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be initially sent 5
5.33

Oxiquim Escuadron Terminal CBM (36°56'31''S.,

5.33
days prior arrival, then once every day thereafter at 0800 until
73°10'20''W.), located N of Punta Coronel, can accommodate arrival. The ETA message must contain the following informa-
tankers between 5,000 and 40,000 dwt and up to 211m in tion:
length, with a maximum draft of 12.2m. Fuel oil, LPG, and 1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order.
methane are handled at this berth. Berthing at this terminal is 2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
available only during daylight hours but departure can be done 3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard for discharge.
at any time. 4. Expected arrival draft.
Contact Information.—The harbor can be contacted using
5.33

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are supplied from

5.33
the information listed in the table titled Coronel—Contact In-
San Vicente and area available 24 hours. Pilots can be contact- formation.
ed on VHF channel 9.

Port of Coronel—Contact Information

Coronel Radio (CBT24) Harbormaster Port Authority Bio Bio Region
VHF Channels 9, 14, and 16 — — —
RT frequency 2182 and 2738 kHz — — —
Telephone 56-41-2711124 56-41-2711124 56-41-2727200 56-41-2182201
Facsimile 56-41-2711124 56-41-2711124 56-41-2727201 56-41-2711638
E-mail — cpcoronel@[Link] info@[Link] info@[Link]

Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken in 19 to 23m on a

5.33 d. 37°03'30''S, 73°10'36''W.
mud bottom among the following positions: e. 37°04'00''S, 73°10'36''W.
a. 37°02'54''S, 73°10'08''W. An explosives anchorage is situated 1 mile SE of Punta Pu-
5.33

b. 37°03'19''S, 73°10'08''W. choco light.

c. 37°03'44''S, 73°10'08''W. The area S of Roca Playa Blanca in the S part of the bay is
5.33

Pub. 125
170 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

unsuitable for anchoring. is the site of a mechanical coal loading pier, now operated by
Caution.—It is reported that Bajo Puchoco is extending S.
5.33 the National Coal Board.
Several dangerous wrecks and obstructions lie in the bay and
5.33 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise here about 1.4m. During
5.34

may best be seen on the chart. There has also been a shoal strong W or NW winds, a current has been observed to run E
depth of 6.3m reported SSE of Punta Puchoco in position and S around the shores of the bay to Isla Lobos and then turn
37°02'13''S, 73°1'11''W. S.
Vessels are prohibited from navigating in the vicinity of a
5.33 Depths—Limitations.—The mechanical coal-loading pier,
5.34

submarine pipeline situated on the N side of the pier. located in the extreme N part of Bahia de Lota, is 280m in
Punta Pique is located about 1 mile SE of Punta Cuervos and
5.33 length. There are four sets of range lights for laying out the two
fringed by a reef. A conspicuous tower, 56m high, stands on anchors, based on a vessel with a maximum length of 160m.
the point. One tug is required with one line launch for mooring to the
Punta Lota (Lutrin) lies about 0.3 mile S of Punta Pique and
5.33 four buoys. The pier has a berthing length of 149m on the E
is fringed by a reef. A light is shown from a prominent tower, side. The depth at the head of the pier is 8.8m at the head of the
13m high, standing on the point. pier, shoaling to 7m at the 149m mark. The W side is no longer
The tall chimneys at a disused smelting works stand E of the
5.33 used and there are no lighters.
point near the foot of the hills which dominate the shore. Cale- A small fishing pier extends SW from the shore S of the coal
5.34

ta Chambique, a small cove entered between Punta Pique and loading pier E of Punta Escoria. This pier is not visible from
Punta Lota, is used by small craft, but is exposed and SW the coal-loading pier but there will be numerous local fishing
winds cause a heavy sea. vessels found between the coal-loading pier and within the
Bahia de Lota recedes about 0.5 mile NE between Punta Lo- small bay between Punta Escoria and Punta Astorga.
ta and Punta Fuerte Viejo, about 0.8 mile SE. The bay has gen- Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and pilots respond from
5.34

eral depths of about 11m across its entrance between Punta Talcahuano. Pilots will board in position 37°06'14''S,
Lota and Islote Lobos, about 0.1 mile W of Punta Fuerte Viejo. 73°10'20''W. Pilots can be contacted through VHF channels 09,
Depths within the bay decrease gradually toward the shore. 14, or 16.
Punta Escoria, formed by slag from an abandoned smelting Regulations.—The vessel’s ETA should be sent 5 days prior
5.34

works, is located a little over 0.5 mile ESE of Punta Lota. Bajo to arrival, then once every day at 0800 until arrival. The ETA
Punta Escoria extends about 0.1 mile S of the point and is message should contain the following information:
marked by a lighted buoy. It is reported that the S part of the 1. Confirm that all cargo gear is in proper working order.
shoal breaks. 2. If any cargo shifting is expected.
3. If there is dangerous cargo onboard.
5.34 Lota (37°06'S., 73°09'W.) (World Port Index No. 4. Expected arrival draft.
14380) is situated along the NW shore of Bahia de Lota. Lota Vessels can berth or sail only during daylight hours.
5.34

Lota—Contact Information
Port Radio Harbormaster Port Authority
Call sign Lota Radio (CBT33) — —
VHF VHF channels 9, 14, and 16 — —
Telephone 56-41-2876399 56-41-2876399 56-41-2876362
Facsimile 56-41-2876399 56-41-2711124 —
E-mail — coronel@[Link] —

Contact Information.—The harbor can be contacted using

5.34 in the vicinity of the cove and may be seen on the chart.
the information listed in the table titled Lota—Contact Anchorage.—The bight affords good anchorage to small
5.35

Information. vessels, in 7.3 to 9.1m, sand, about 0.3 mile offshore S of Punta
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken between Punta Lota
5.34 Fuerte Viejo.
and Islote Lobos, in depths of 12m, mud. Smaller vessels may Punta Laraquete is located about 4.3 miles SSW of Punta
5.35

anchor between 200m and 400m farther towards the shore. Lota. The Rio Laraquete empties into the gulf close S of the
Vessels with explosives must anchor in the designated point. Caleta Laraquete lies off the river mouth, and Caleta
explosives anchorage located 0.5 mile W of Islote Lobos. Chivilingo lies about 1 mile NNE of the point. Both these
Caution.—Winds from the W to NW cause swells which
5.34 bights offer anchorage, but they are exposed and not recom-
may suspend loading operations. mended.

5.35 Caleta Colcura (37°07'S., 73°09'W.) occupies a Golfo de Arauco to Bahia de Corral
bight between Punta Fuerte Viejo and a position about 0.8 mile
S. The cove can be identified by a sandy beach at its head and 5.36 Punta Lavapie (37°09'S., 73°35'W.), previously de-
Islote Lobos lying off the N entrance point. Several wrecks lie scribed in paragraph 5.32, is the N extremity of Cabo Rumena,

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 171

a hilly and wooded promontory about 335m high. The W side coupled with a S wind, may severely strain the vessel’s ground
of Cabo Rumena, from Punta Lavapie to Punta Los Piures, tackle. The tidal range at the port is 1.4m.
about 4 miles SW, is fringed by above and below-water rocks Depths—Limitations.—Muelle Fiscal, 0.3 mile SE of Pun-
5.38

to a distance of about 0.5 mile offshore. A rock, with a depth of ta Tucapel Light, is 120m long, with a depth of 3m at its head;
5m, lies 1.3 miles NNW of Punta Los Piures, while a rocky it was reported out of use.
shoal, with a depth of 11m, lies close S of the rock. Contact Information.—The harbor can be contacted using
5.38

Between Punta Los Piures and Morro Carnero, the N en-

5.36 the information listed in the table titled Lebu—Contact
trance point of Bahia Carnero about 11 miles SSW, the coast is Information.
steep-to and fringed by numerous dangers to a distance of al-
most 0.5 mile offshore. Lebu—Contact Information
Bahia Carnero is a large bay which recedes about 4 miles E
5.36

between Morro Carnero and Punta Millomhue, about 14 miles Telephone 56-41-2511158
S. Punta Arenas (37°22'S., 73°40'W.) is a low point about 0.8 Facsimile 56-41-2511158
mile E of Morro Carnero. Isla Uchaguapi and Isla Pichiguapi
E-mail cplebu@[Link]
extend almost 1 mile S from the point and are almost contigu-
ous with the point and with each other.
Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor anywhere according to
5.38

5.37 Puerto Yana (37°22'S., 73°39'W.) (World Port Index their draft, as the bay is free of dangers. The port captain will
No. 14370), used by coastal vessels for shelter, indents the designate the anchorage. Ships at anchor may roll heavily,
coast about 0.8 mile between the S extremity of Isla Pichiguapi unless they are moored on a NW heading, as the swell caused
and Punta Liles, about 1.3 miles ENE. by a SW wind penetrates the anchorage.
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 11 to 15m, sand,
5.37
The following are anchor berths, with bearings and distances
5.38

good holding ground, about 0.3 mile E of Isla Uchaguapi. from Punta Tucapel Light:
Large vessels anchor, in a depth of 18m, sand, 0.8 mile WSW 1. Best berth—ENE, 0.5 mile, in depths of 14 to 16m,
of the hill on Punta Liles. sand.
Caution.—When approaching these anchorages, take care to
5.37
2. Recommended berth—083°, 0.5 mile, in a depth of
avoid the wrecks off the E coast of Isla Uchaguapi. about 11m, sand.
3. Recommended berth—078°, 0.4 mile.
Puerto Yana is well-sheltered from N and W winds, but open
5.37
4. Recommended berth—076°, 0.3 mile
to the S and SW. During southerly winds, rough seas penetrate 5. Quarantine anchorage—032°, 0.6 mile.
the anchorage, making the vessels stay difficult. 6. Explosives anchorage—058°, 0.73 mile.
Bajo Maule, a detached reef on which the sea breaks heavily
5.37
7. Unloading ballast—051°, 0.8 mile.
during gales, lies about 3 miles offshore about 4 miles S of
Morro Carnero and appears to extend E. Depths are sufficient Caution.—It was reported that the river was silted up and
5.38

for vessels to pass between it and the coast, but vessels are ad- could only be used by small craft with drafts up to 2m.
vised to pass well W of Bajo Maule. A dangerous wreck lies 100°, 0.5 mile from Punta Tucapel
5.38

Punta Millomhue (37°36'S., 73°39'W.) is rocky and about

5.37
Light
41m high. Some above-water rocks extend about 0.1 mile N.
From Punta Millomhue, the coast trends about 1.3 miles SSW 5.39 Punta Tucapel (37°37'S., 73°41'W.) attains a height
to La Puntilla, the E entrance point of the Rio Lebu. This part of about 145m. It is precipitous to the W, but slopes more gen-
of the coast consists of a sandy beach backed by dunes. tly to the S. Roca Guapi, with a height of about 3.9m, lies
about 0.2 mile N of Punta Tucapel.
5.38 Lebu (37°38'S., 73°40'W.) (World Port Index No. A light is shown from the point and a radio mast, marked by
5.39

14360) lies in a bight between Punta Millomhue and Punta Tu- obstruction lights, stands about 0.3 mile SSE of Punta Tucapel
capel, about 2.3 miles SW. The port facilities are situated at the Light. A conspicuous tower stands about 2 miles SE of the
W bank of the entrance to the Rio Lebu, and at the port of Lebu point and can be seen from a considerable distance seaward.
on the S bank of the Rio Lebu, about 0.7 mile within the en- The mast of a stranded vessel lies 0.8 mile ESE of the light
trance. tower.
Winds—Weather.—In general, vessels may enter, anchor,
5.38
Caution.—An ODAS buoy has been moored about 5 miles
5.39

and work cargo during the whole year. From January to April WNW of Punta Tucapel and is marked by a flashing light.
and from September to December, the predominant winds are
N and allow an almost continuous working period, as do the 5.40 From Punta Tucapel to Punta Morguilla, about 8
predominant S winds from May to August. East and W winds miles S, the coast consists mostly of sandy beaches separated
are of short duration and occur during weather changes. Calms, by projecting rocky points about 2 miles apart.
although unusual, are distributed evenly throughout the year. Punta Morguilla (37°44'S., 73°40'W.) is a small peninsula
5.40

During N storms, vessels change their anchorage to the harbor about 9.1m high. It is partly wooded and is joined to the coast
at Yana. by a sandy isthmus. Above-water rocks fringe the point on its
Tides—Currents.—An E current passes by Punta Tucapel,
5.38
N and S sides, and rocks, awash, extend up to 0.8 mile S of the
while a N current that may reach 5 knots flows N from the Rio point outside the above-water rocks. A light is shown from
Lebu. The two currents join, and flow NE. This NE current, Punta Morguilla.

Pub. 125
172 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

From Punta Morguilla to Punta Nena, about 31 miles S, the

5.40 al currents, it is reported that the waters off Punta Anegadiza
coast forms a bight that recedes about 5 miles E. The coast, are dangerous for small craft.
from 8.5 to 10.5 miles SSE of Punta Morguilla, is fringed with
submerged rocks which extend about 0.5 mile offshore. Bajo 5.42 Punta Chales, about 2.3 miles SSW of Punta Anegadi-
Hassler, on which a depth of 23m was reported, lies about 25 za, is the SE extremity of the island. The point is rocky and
miles WSW of Punta Morguilla. low. A light is shown from a tower, 8m high, standing about 0.2
Caleta Quidico is a small bight which lies on the E side of
5.40 mile NNE of the point.
Punta Nena. The bight is sheltered from the SW by Punta Nena Punta de las Islas, about 2.3 miles W of Punta Chales, is the
5.42

and the rocks which break and extend about 0.8 mile N. The SW extremity of the island. The point consists of a strip of
bight recedes about 1 mile S between Punta Nena and a posi- sand covered with vegetation, which terminates in Isla de las
tion about 2 miles E. It is open to the N. Depths across the en- Docas. Numerous islets, rocks, and below-water dangers fringe
trance are from 5 to 6m and decrease gradually toward the head the S shore of the island up to about 3.5 miles S of it.
of the bay. Small vessels may take anchorage, in 6m, off the E From Punta de las Islas the W coast of Isla Mocha trends ir-
5.42

side of Punta Nena. regularly N about 6 miles to Punta Arvejas. Islets, above and
Between Punta Nena and Punta Nihue, about 63 miles SSE,
5.40 below-water rocks, reefs, and breakers fringe this coast. Morro
the coast consists mainly of low sandy beaches, with intermit- de las Torrecillas lies about 2.8 miles NNW of Punta de las Is-
tent cliffs. Higher land backs the coast about 5 or 6 miles in- las. It is a dark and rocky promontory, about 15.2m high. Mor-
land. The summits of the Andes are visible when the weather is ro de las Torrecillas is prominent when seen from the N or S,
clear, and the active volcano of Villa Rica, about 30 miles E of but does not show up well from the W due to the sand dunes
Tolten, mentioned below, is visible about 60 miles. behind it. A white, round, disused light tower stands on Morro
Cabo Tirua (38°22'S., 73°31'W.), about 8 miles S of Punta
5.40 de las Torrecillas.
Nena, is rocky. The Rio Tirua flows into an inlet about 2.5
miles NNE of the cape. A light is exhibited at the river en- 5.43 Punta Manuel (38°30'S., 73°31'W.) backed by the
trance. hills, lies 7.5 miles S of Cabo Tirua. The coast extending S of
the point consists of precipitous cliffs.
5.41 Isla Mocha (38°23'S., 73°55'W.) lies about 18 miles Morro Cauten lies 11 miles SSE of Punta Manuel. The head-
5.43

W of Cabo Tirua. The island is steep-to on its W side, but land, about 90m high, is bare and cliffy.
slopes more gradually to the E. It attains an elevation of about The Rio Imperial empties into the sea about 6 miles SE of
5.43

335m near the SW side of a wooded plateau, which lies in the Morro Cauten. The original mouth of the river was displaced to
center of the island. There are three aircraft landing strips on its present position by a seaquake. The present mouth of the
the island. river is fronted by a shallow bar; the original mouth is silted up.
Winds—Weather.—North winds are most frequent in the
5.41 The Rio Tolten (39°14'S., 73°14'W.), about 34 miles SSE of
5.43

vicinity of the island from October to April. South winds pre- Morro Cauten, is barely visible from 2 miles offshore. At the
vail from May to July. Thick weather occasionally lasts for mouth of the river is a bar, on which the sea breaks.
days. Aspect.—Volcan Villarrica (39°28'S., 71°55'W.) rises about
5.43

Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents attain a velocity of 1.5

5.41 60 miles E of the Rio Tolten mouth. It is an active volcano and
knots with the rising tide and set N. The tidal current accompa- reported to be visible up to 60 miles offshore.
nying the falling tide sets S. Sometimes there is no current ac- Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine oil wells, a
5.43

companying the falling tide for days and the current fishing prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the
accompanying the rising tide then has the effect and appear- chart, lies about 23 miles NW of the mouth of the Rio Tolten.
ance of a continuous N current.
Punta Arvejas (38°19'S., 73°58'W.), the NW extremity of
5.41 5.44 Bahia Queule (39°20'S., 73°13'W.) is located about 8
the island, is low and composed of yellowish sand. From Punta miles S of the mouth of the Rio Tolten. It occupies a bight be-
Arvejas to Punta Anegadiza, about 6 miles SE, the coast is tween Punta Nihue, high and thickly wooded, and Punta Ron-
nearly straight. There are two small piers in Caleta La Hacien- ca, almost 5 miles S.
da, about 2.5 miles SE of Punta Arvejas. It is reported that one Anchorage.—Small vessels can take anchorage in the S part
5.44

of the piers is out of service. A 4.1m spot lies outside the 9.1m of the bay in Caleta Queule, in 8 to 9m, sand, almost 0.5 mile
curve, about 0.8 mile ENE of Caleta La Hacienda. A light is NE of Punta Choros, the NE extremity of Punta Ronca. The
shown from a framework tower standing about 1 mile SSE of bay affords good anchorage, except during W and N winds
Punta Arvejas on the W side of the island. when the sea breaks over the whole extent of the bay and
Punta Anegadiza, the E extremity of the island, is low and
5.41 makes it impossible to remain at anchor.
sandy and has an abandoned lighthouse situated 0.5 mile SW Punta Ronca is the steep-to and cliffy W extremity of Prom-
5.44

of it. The entire E coast of the island is fringed by above and ontorio Queule, a peninsula which has the appearance of an is-
below-water rocks and foul ground to a distance of about 0.5 land when seen from the N. Roca Martinez, with a depth of
mile offshore. 4.6m, lies about 0.2 mile NNW of Punta Choros. A light is
Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage off Caleta La Ha-
5.41 shown from a framework tower standing about 0.2 mile S of
cienda, in 12.8m, with the pier bearing 202°, Punta Anegadiza Punta Choros.
bearing 155°, and Cerro Los Chinos, a detached hill about 1 Caution.—An isolated shoal, with a depth of 16m, was re-
5.44

mile SE of Punta Arvejas, bearing 266°. ported to lie about 22 miles W of Punta Ronca.
Caution.—Due to tide rips caused by the meeting of the tid-
5.41

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 173

Bahia Maiquillhue is entered between Punta Ronca and Pun-

5.44 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for both entering and
5.45

ta Maiquillahue, about 4 miles SSW. The depths in the bay mooring in Bahia de Corral, or when proceeding upriver to
vary from 11.9 to 18.3m, fine black sand. Caleta Maiquillahue, Valdivia. The pilot boards off Punta Armagos on the W side of
in the S part of the bay, is well-sheltered from SW wind. Coast- the entrance and near Pena del Conde Beacon. The pilots can
al vessels use this cove for protection during the S gales which be contacted on VHF channels 9, 14, and 16.
prevail in the summer. The best anchorage is in 14.6m, with The vessel’s ETA should be sent to agents 72 hours prior ar-
5.45

Punta Ronca bearing 359° and the outer rocky islet off Punta rival and then reconfirmed 24 hours prior arrival.
Maiquillahue bearing 280°. Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting berths or a pilot may anchor
5.45

Punta Maiquillahue is low, but may be recognized by several

5.44 to the N of Pena de la Conde, where there is 13.7m of water
rocky islets which extend about 1 mile NW from the point. available. Vessels must enter or sail on a rising tide as there are
Rocks and breakers fringe these islets. strong currents on the ebb which may make any maneuvering
Morro Bonifacio (39°42'S., 73°25'W.) about 15.5 miles SW
5.44 highly dangerous. Vessels bound for Valdivia should not ex-
of Punta Maiquillahue, is steep-to and fringed with below-wa- ceed 4.8m in draft.
ter rocks. The higher part of the headland is well-wooded, and
on its NW side there is a white peaked rock, which is promi- 5.46 Isla Mancera (39°52'S., 73°24'W.) rises in its center
nent when seen from the N. Eastward of the point there is a to a height of 87m. The plain surrounding the hill is cultivated
range of mountains, the highest of which, Cerro Oncol, is and has some houses on it.
about 671m high. Caleta San Carlos (39°50'S., 73°26'W.) indents the coast
5.46

A light is shown from Punta Rocura, the NW extremity of

5.44 between Punta Palo Muerto, a low and rocky point, and Punta
Morro Bonifacio. San Carlos. The head of Caleta San Carlos is divided into two
From Morro Bonifacio to Punta Juan Latorre, about 6.5
5.44 small coves by an area of foul ground that extends almost 0.1
miles S, the coast forms a bay composed of sandy beaches sep- mile offshore. The settlement of San Carlos, which can be
arated by projecting rocky points, which are fringed with be- identified by its chimneys, is situated in the SE cove. Punta San
low-water rocks. Punta Loncoyen, the southernmost of these, is Carlos is the extremity of a rocky peninsula, on the summit of
steep-to and lies about 1.3 miles N of Punta Juan Latorre. which are the ruins of a fort.
From Punta San Carlos, the W shore trends almost 1 mile SE
5.46

5.45 Punta Juan Latorre (39°49'S., 73°25'W.), the E en- to Punta Amargos, a low rocky point with the ruins of a fort on
trance point of Bahia de Corral, is somewhat steep-to with a its summit. The ruined fort is difficult to distinguish. A group
low and level summit. of above-water rocks, the NE of which is Punta del Conde, lies
Bahia de Corral occupies a large bay between Punta Juan La- close NE of Punta Amargos.
torre and Morro Gonzalo, about 3 miles WSW. The port of From Punta Amargos to Punta Chorocamayo, about 0.2 mile
5.46

Corral is situated on the W shore of the bay, about 3.3 miles S S, the coast recedes about 0.1 mile W to form Bahia Amargos,
of Punta Juan Latorre. Maximum size vessel entering the port a small bight with a sandy shore.
is 180m length with a draft of 9.7m and 15,000 gt. Vessel Punta Fronton (39°53'S., 73°23'W.), about 0.5 mile E of
5.46

moors to the buoy from astern using two anchors, usually pay- the SE end of Isla Mancera, is steep-to and covered with vege-
ing out 8 shots on each. The Rio Valdivia empties on the E tation.
shore about 3 miles SSE of Punta Juan Latorre. The port of Punta Carbonero (39°52'S., 73°23'W.) is the S entrance
5.46

Valdivia lies about 8 miles within the mouth of the Rio Valdiv- point of the Rio Valdivia. The point is low, of blackish color,
ia. and backed by a high cliff with vegetation on it. The river pro-
Winds—Weather.—Winds between the N and NW fre-
5.45 vides access to Las Mulatas, the river port for Valdivia, about 7
quently bring bad weather and fogs. Fogs sometimes last 2 miles upstream. A series of submerged training walls border
days and persist at the entrance to Bahia de Corral. the river channel to Valdivia.
Tides—Currents.—The current accompanying the rising
5.45 Fogs are frequent in the river from May to August. In foggy
5.46

tide generally has a velocity of about 1 knot, increasing to weather, vessels are advised to anchor clear of the fairway and
about 2 knots between Morro Niebla and Punta del Conde. as close as possible to the bank, as even during fogs the pas-
During the rainy season the current accompanying the rising sage of tugs and other small craft continues.
tide is barely perceptible, but the velocity of the current accom- The river banks are lined with beacons which indicate the
5.46

panying the falling tide is increased by the falling rains to 3 or fairway. Lights are shown from some of the beacons. Special
4 knots, and in the vicinity of Morro Gonzalo it has a velocity attention should be given to the steering in certain parts of the
of 5 to 6 knots. The currents at the entrance of Bahia de Corral river, especially just below Valdivia. An anchor should always
and along the adjacent coast are somewhat irregular, depending be ready to let go.
on the season, tides, and prevailing winds. It was reported that vessels with a draft of 3.8m could navi-
5.46

Aspect.—From Punta Juan Latorre, the E shore of the bay

5.45 gate the river, preferably at half-tide.
trends irregularly S about 2.3 miles to Morro Niebla, and is Mooring buoys are situated 0.2 mile WNW and 0.1 mile NW
5.46

composed mostly of sandy beaches. The cliffs at Morro Niebla of the lighted beacon, situated about 1 mile ENE of Punta Car-
are perpendicular, reddish-colored, and about 35m high with a bonero.
level summit. The point is fringed by black above-water rocks. Tides—Currents.—The outgoing tidal current attains a ve-
5.46

It is easily recognized by the light structure, the barracks, and locity of 2 knots in summer, and a velocity of 4 knots in winter.
the battery on it. A wreck, with least depth of 1.2m, lies 1.5 The incoming tidal stream is not felt in winter. In summer, it is
miles W of the mouth of Rio Valdivia (39°52.6'S., 73°25.0'W.). advisable to navigate the river on the rising tide.

Pub. 125
174 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

5.47 Valdivia (39°48'S., 73°15'W.) (World Port Index No.

14340) is situated on the S shore of the Rio Valdivia, about 7
miles from its entrance. The terrain in the vicinity of the town
is wooded and hilly, and attains an elevation of about 305m.
At Las Mulatas, close SW of the city, there is a pier 126m in
5.47

length with a depth of water alongside of 5.8m; the turning ba-

sin here is 600m wide with a depth of water in this area of
7.9m. There are two mooring buoys and a dolphin at either end
of the pier. Muelle Shuster is located on the S side of the Pedro
de Valdivia Bridge with length of 400m and depth alongside of
8m. At the city itself there is a customs wharf 71m in length.
Vessels with cargo for Valdivia discharge to lighters at Puer-
5.47

to de Corral, which lies at the mouth of the river between the

old Spanish forts of San Carlos to the W and Niebla to the E.
Cargoes such as wheat, fertilizers, and lumber are handled
here.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for both entering Bahia
5.47

de Corral and proceeding upriver to Valdivia. See paragraph

5.45 for details.
Contact Information.—The port radio station can be con-
5.47

tacted, as follows:
1. Call sign: Valdivia Radio (CBT4)
2. VHF: VHF channels 9, 14, and 16
3. RT Frequency: 2182 kHz and 2763 kHz
4. Telephone: 56-63-2291300 Port of Corral—woodchips loading facility
5. Facsimile: 56-63-2291396
The harbormaster can be contacted, as follows:
5.47

1. Telephone: 56-63-2361300 3. RT Frequency: 2182 kHz and 2738 kHz

2. Facsimile: 56-63-2361321 4. Telephone: 56-63-2471267
3. E-mail: cpvaldivia@[Link] 5. Facsimile: 56-63-2471604
Regulations.—Entry to Valdivia is restricted to daylight
5.47
The harbormaster can be contacted, as follows:
5.48

hours only. 1. Telephone: 56-63-2471267

Entry and departure from Valdivia is prohibited during the
5.47
2. Facsimile: 56-63-2471604
ebb tide due to strong tidal currents. 3. E-mail: cpcorral@[Link]
All maneuvers during entry and departure will be assisted by
5.47
Regulations.—Entry to Corral is restricted to daylight hours
5.48

mooring launches. only.

Entry and departure from Corral is prohibited during ebb
5.48

5.48 Puerto de Corral (39°52'S., 73°26'W.) (World Port tide due to strong tidal currents.
Index No. 14330) is situated on the W shore of Bahia de Cor- All maneuvers during entry and departure will be assisted by
5.48

ral. All cargo operations are to lighters, which are then taken to mooring launches.
Valdivia. There are no warehouses at Corral, but there is one Anchorage.—All vessels with draft exceeding 8m must an-
5.48

storage shed. The port has piers for small river passenger ves- chor outside the port limits about 0.6 mile NW of Morro Nieb-
sels. la, in depths of 12 to 13m, sand, good holding ground.
Most of the activity for this port is transshipment of cargo for
5.48
For the smaller vessels, there are three anchorage areas with-
5.48

delivery upriver to Valdivia. in the port limits, with all distances measured from Roca El
Depths—Limitations.—Muelle Portuaria Corral, located at
5.48
Conde Light, as follows:
Punta Chorocamayo, is an L-shaped dock with length of 146m 1. Anchorage Area A—about 0.5 mile ENE, for vessels
and width of 13.5m used for loading woodchips using a load- with a maximum draft of 8.0m.
ing tower, 38m in height, with a fixed loading arm. Vessels up 2. Anchorage Area B—about 0.25 mile E, for vessels
to 70,000 dwt, with a maximum length of 229m and a draft as with a maximum draft of 6.5m.
deep as 12.2m can be accommodated. In general, all maneu- 3. Anchorage Area C—about 0.45 mile SE, for vessels
vers at this jetty are carried out on a rising tide, in daylight, and with a maximum draft of 5.0m.
with good visibility. The use of tugs is mandatory for all ves-
sels greater than 120m in length. Bahia Corral to Cabo Quedal
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for both entering and
5.48

mooring in Bahia de Corral. See paragraph 5.45 for details. 5.49 The coast, from Morro Gonzalo through Cabo Quen-
Contact Information.—The port radio station can be con-
5.48
dal to Punta Chocol, is generally cliffy and fringed by many
tacted, as follows: rocks and reefs. Few anchorages are available here and offer
1. Call sign: Corral Radio (CBT26) poor shelter.
2. VHF: VHF channels 9, 14, and 16 Morro Gonzalo (39°50'S., 73°28'W.) is a steep-to cliff
5.49

Pub. 125
 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal 175

about 160m high. It is slightly reddish in color and its summit From Punta Dehui to Punta Trahuilco, about 3 miles SSW,
5.50

is covered with trees. A light is shown from Morro Gonzalo. the coast is steep-to and rocky. It is backed by mountains which
Between Morro Gonzalo and Punta Chaihuin, about 9 miles
5.49 rise to an elevation of about 1,006m, about 4.5 miles E of Cale-
SW, the coast recedes about 1.5 miles SW to form a bay, on the ta Milagro. Punta Trahuilco is rocky, and below-water rocks
shores of which there are several rocky points. extend about 0.8 mile SW from the point.
Between Punta Chaihuin (39°55'S., 73°36'W.), high, rocky,
5.49

and wooded, and Punta Galera, about 6.5 miles SW, the coast 5.51 Farallones de Trahuilco (40°20'S., 73°45'W.), a
is indented by two large bights, Caleta Chaihuin and Caleta group of low above-water rocks, lie about 0.3 mile WSW of the
Guadei. N entrance point of Caleta Milagro.
Caleta Chaihuin recedes about 1.3 miles SE between Punta
5.49 Caleta Milagro recedes about 0.3 mile SW between its N en-
5.51

Chaihuin and Punta Falsa Galera, about 5 miles WSW. The E trance point, mentioned above, and Punta Milagro, about 0.7
shore of the cove is composed of a sandy beach 1 mile long. Is- mile SW. Anchorage can be taken, in 15m, sand, about 0.3 mile
lotes Loberia, a group of islets, lie about 0.1 mile offshore at N of Punta Milagro. The cove is sheltered from the S, but the
the SE end of the bight. Cerro Chaihuin, 154m high, is a prom- anchorage is not good. Some above and below-water rocks ex-
inent conical hill with numerous white rocks on its slopes lo- tend about 0.2 mile W from the point. El Farallon, a detached
cated about 2 miles SE of Punta Chailhuin. Vessels may take rock with a height of 14.9m, lies almost 0.7 mile W of Punta
anchorage, in 20.1m, sand, about 0.5 mile offshore SSW of Milagro.
Punta Chaihuin, but are advised to proceed to Puerto de Corral Punta Pucatrihue (40°25'S., 73°48'W.) is high, steep-to,
5.51

and not use the anchorage at Caleta Chaihuin except in case of and fringed by foul ground up to 0.5 mile off. Rada de las Ban-
extreme necessity. deras lies between Punta Pucatrihue and a point about 1.5
From Punta Falsa Galera to Punta Galera, about 2 miles S,
5.49 miles NNE. The cove is open from the N to WSW, and the an-
the coast recedes almost 0.5 mile E and forms a bay. There are chorage is exposed to the ocean swell. Depths range from 12.8
depths of 18.3 to 21.9m in the entrance, which decrease gradu- to 33m, with a bottom of fine white sand and large stones. The
ally toward the shore. S part of the bay affords the best shelter.
Caleta Guadei, at the S end of the bay, has depths of 4.6 to
5.49 Roca Covadonga, a below-water rock over which the sea
5.51

12.8m. Vessels can take anchorage, in 23.8 to 32.9m off the usually breaks, lies almost 1.5 miles offshore about 2.5 miles
head of the cove outside a line joining Punta Falsa Galera and SSW of Punta Pucatrihue.
Punta Galera, but should be prepared to put to sea on the first Rada Manzano, about 6.5 miles S of Punta Pucatrihue, af-
5.51

sign of bad weather from the N or W. fords anchorage, in 12.8 to 27.4m, sand. It is protected from
winds between the E and S. Below-water rocks extend about
5.50 Punta Galera (39°59'S., 73°43'W.) is prominent. The 0.8 mile W from the N entrance point of the cove.
point is low, wooded, and undulating. Altos de Valdivia, three Farallones de Los Lobos, consisting of some black above
5.51

prominent peaks about 472m high, back the point about 3 and below-water rocks, extend about 1 mile offshore between
miles NE. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 12m high, the S entrance point of Rada Manzano and the N entrance point
standing on the point. of Caleta Mansa, about 1.5 miles SSW.
From Punta Galera to Punta Colun, a steep-to and rocky
5.50

point about 5.5 miles SSE, the coast consists of a beach of 5.52 Caleta Mansa (40°33'S., 73°46'W.), a small bay, has
black sand. depths of 12.8 to 21.9m in its entrance. Two beacons situated
Punta Hueicolla (40°09'S., 73°42'W.), the W entrance point
5.50 on the SE shore, in line bearing 104°, lead into the bay. The ap-
of Caleta Hueicolla, is steep-to and rocky. A rock, on which the proach to Caleta Mansa should only be made in daylight with
sea breaks constantly, lies about 0.3 mile N of Punta Hueicolla. clear weather, as the entrance is difficult to distinguish because
Caleta Hueicolla has depths of 11 to 12.8m, sand, but is of little of breakers. A light is shown from Punta Moquegua, the S en-
importance as it is exposed to W winds. trance point of the bay.
Caleta Lameguapi (40°11'S., 73°43'W.) recedes about 0.3
5.50 A wharf, about 48m long, lies in a NE and SW direction in
5.52

mile SE between an unnamed point and Punta Lameguapi, the N part of the cove. The wharf, which has depths of 7.9m at
about 1 mile SW. The cove is sheltered from the S, but fully ex- its seaward end, and 6.7m and 4.9m on its E and W sides, re-
posed to W winds. spectively, is connected to the shore N by a bridge, 183m long.
Ships berthed at the wharf are sheltered from all but W winds.
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 11 to 18.3m,
5.50 The E berth, with a depth of 6.7m alongside, is used by small
black sand, about 0.3 mile offshore NE of Punta Lameguapi. vessels up to 80m in length with a maximum draft of 5m.
Piedra Lobos, an above-water rock surrounded by below-wa-
5.50 Caleta Muicolpue (40°34'S., 73°46'W.) lies between Punta
5.52

ter rocks, lies close offshore about 0.8 mile WSW of Punta Moquegua, the S entrance point of Caleta Mansa, and Punta
Lameguapi. Punta Escalera, about 2 miles SSE of Piedra Lo- Muicolpue, a wooded point a little over 0.8 mile SSW. Above
bos, is steep-to, rocky, and backed by high hills. and below-water rocks extend about 0.1 mile W from Punta
Ensenada Dehui lies between Punta Escalera and Punta De-
5.50 Moquegua, and below-water rocks extend about 91m off Punta
hui (40°14'S., 73°45'W.). It has depths of 7.3 to 14.6m, but is Muicolpue. Caleta Muicolpue affords good shelter during S
exposed to the prevailing winds and subject to heavy swells. winds, but is completely exposed to W and NW winds. An-
The Rio Bueno, which empties into Ensenada Dehui, is
5.50 chorage may be taken, in 20.1 to 21.9m, sand, about 0.5 mile
fronted by a shoal, shifting, dangerous bar which breaks, and is NW of the mouth of the Rio Muicolpue, at the head of the
impassable by ocean-going vessels. cove.

Pub. 125
176 Sector 5. Chile—Punta Lengua de Vaca to Cabo Quedal

5.53 The coast from Punta Muicolpue to Punta Llesque- Cabo San Antonio, about 6 miles S of Punta Condor, is high
5.53

hue, about 6 miles SW, is rocky and steep-to. Between Punta and covered with vegetation. Below-water rocks fringe the
Llesquehue and Cabo Quedal, about 20 miles SSW, the irregu- coast between Cabo San Antonio and the N entrance point of
lar coast is generally steep-to with intermittent sandy beaches. Bahia San Pedro, and lie up to 0.2 mile offshore.
It is indented by numerous bays and bights. Punta San Pedro (40°56'S., 73°53'W.) is the S entrance
5.53

point of Bahia San Pedro. The point is somewhat high. Above

Morro del Compas (40°42'S., 73°52'W.), about 3.5 miles S
5.53 and below-water rocks lie up to 0.3 mile off the point and from
of Punta Llesquehue, is rocky, steep-to, and wooded to its sum- the coast SW to Cabo Quedal. Farallones de San Pedro, a
mit. group of above and below-water rocks, lie with their NW ex-
Rada de Ranu recedes about 1 mile SE between Morro del
5.53 tremity almost 1.5 miles WNW of Punta San Pedro. There is a
Compas and the N entrance point of the Rio Hueyelhue, about clear channel about 0.3 mile wide, with depths in the fairway
1.5 miles NNE. The N entrance point of the cove is high and of from 12.8 to 37m between these rocks and the coast SE.
steep-to; below-water rocks and breakers extend almost 0.3 Bahia San Pedro recedes almost 2 miles between Punta San
5.53

mile off it. Three rocks, awash and surrounded by below-water Pedro and a position about 3.8 miles N. The bay has depths of
rocks, lie about 0.8 mile WNW of the N entrance point of Rada from 11.9 to 16.5m from 0.3 to 0.7 mile off its head, but is ex-
de Ranu. The cove affords anchorage in its SE part during S posed to swells from NW.
winds, in depths of from 20.1 to 28m, sand, about 0.3 mile off-
shore NW of the head of the cove. 5.54 Cabo Quedal (40°59'S., 73°57'W.) lies about 8 miles
Punta Condor (40°45'S., 73°54'W.) is high and steep-to.
5.53 SSW of Cabo San Antonio. The cape is high and precipitous,
Caleta Condor lies between Punta Condor and the S entrance and the most prominent point in the vicinity. Several moderate-
point of the Rio Chalguaco, about 1 mile NE. Depths decrease ly-high hills back Cabo Quedal to the E. The shore of the cape
gradually from 37 to 40m in the center of the entrance to about is fronted by submerged rocks. A light is shown from a tower,
7.3m near the shore. The N and S shores of the cove are rocky, 8m high, standing on the cape.
steep-to, and densely wooded. The cove provides shelter from A small cove, about 1.5 miles NE of the cape, has a sandy
S winds, but cannot be recommended. beach with two streams emptying into it.

Pub. 125
 177
6. Chonos
Sector 6—Chile—Cabo Quedal to Cabo Tres Montes, includ-
ing the West Coast of Isla de Chiloe and the Archipelago de los

6.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 6 — CHART INFORMATION

Pub. 125
 179

SECTOR 6

CHILE—CABO QUEDAL TO CABO TRES MONTES, INCLUDING THE WEST COAST OF ISLA
DE CHILOE AND THE ARCHIPELAGO DE LOS CHONOS

6.0Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Chile from Cabo Caution.—Between Isla de Chiloe and about latitude 50°S,
6.1

Quedal S to Punta Cogomo, the SE extremity of Isla de Chiloe. E sets are encountered, especially near Golfo de Penas. North
Canal Chacao, the channel between Isla de Chiloe and the of 50°S, after storms or strong winds from the N or NW, E and
mainland N, and the N, W, and S coasts of that island are also SE sets should be guarded against; with these conditions, rates
described. Isla Guafo and the dangers in Boca del Guafo, the of more than 1 knot have been observed. Between Isla Guanbin
passage between Isla de Chiloe, and the Archipelago de los and Isla Guafo, an E current of 2.5 knots has been observed
Chonos are described. The W side of the Archipelago de los when augmented by wind and tidal currents.
Chonos is described and the inner channels within the archipel- Northward of Islas Guaitecas the tidal currents follow the
6.1

ago from Isla Guaiteca to Cabo Taitao from the N to S. The in- general trend of the coast, running E on the rising tide and W
ner channels are described from E to W when they connect on the falling tide. Northeast of Islas Guaitecas the tidal current
with Canal de Moraleda. The coast from Cabo Taitao to Cabo sets SE toward Canal de Moralenda on the flood, and NW on
Tres Montes is then described from N to S. the ebb, with rates of 1 to 3 knots.
In Canal Tuanapu the tidal currents run in a general ESE di-
6.1

General Remarks rection on the flood, and in a WNW direction on the ebb. Max-
imum rates for the current are usually 1 to 3 knots, but rates of
6.1 A number of bays and bights indent the coast and nu- 4 knots have been experienced.
merous rivers empty into it. It is mostly steep-to and rocky, Currents of a local nature are described with the features of
6.1

with intermittent sandy beaches. It is generally backed by low which they occur.
ground and occasional hills, except at the central part of Isla de
Chiloe, where the hills reach an elevation of almost 823m. In Cabo Quedal to Canal Chacao
general the coast is steep-to, but above and below-water dan-
gers fringe many parts of the coast. 6.2 Cabo Quedal (40°58'S., 73°58'W.) has been previ-
6.1The Archipelago de los Chonos extends about 120 miles N ously described in paragraph 5.54.
from Peninsula Taitao and is separated from the mainland east- 6.2Punta Capitanes, about 10 miles S of Cabo Quedal, has a
ward by Canal de Moraleda. The islands on the seaward side small peninsula at its extremity with reddish-yellow cliffs which
are generally barren, rugged, and steep. Those to eastward are appear to be an island when seen from the S. Above and below-
forested. Some of the peaks attain elevations of more than water rocks extend about 1 mile offshore between Cabo Quedal
1,524m. and Punta Capitanes. Roca Parga, an above-water rock surround-
6.1The three principal channels, which trend from W to E and ed by below-water rocks, lies about 0.8 mile offshore about 5
connect with Canal de Moraleda, are Canal Pulluche and its miles SSE of Punta Capitanes. From Roca Parga the coast trends
continuation E, Canal Darwin, and Canal Ninualac. Canal Dar- about 4.5 miles S to the N entrance point of Ensenada de Llico.
win provides a safe passage for vessels wishing to pass inside This part of the coast is rugged, hilly, and backed by high moun-
the archipelago via Canal de Moraleda. tains covered with trees. Ensenada de Llico and Ensenada Es-
6.1Most of the channels within the archipelago have not been thor- taquillas, close S, are of little importance.
oughly examined and uncharted dangers may exist. Navigation is 6.2Punta Estaquillas (41°21'S., 73°51'W.) is prominent. Nu-
often difficult in autumn and winter because of fog. merous above-water rocks and rocks awash extend nearly 1
6.1Most of the vessels which frequent the Archipelago de los mile W from Punta Estaquillas. From Punta Estaquillas to Pun-
Chonos are small in size and possess local knowledge. Informa- ta Quillagua the coast is rugged, with intermittent sandy beach-
tion on anchorages described in this sector has been derived es in its S part.
from these small vessels, therefore, larger vessels should keep 6.2Punta Quillagua (41°35'S., 73°48'W.), the NE entrance
this in mind when evaluating the information herein. point of Golfo de los Coronados, is low and rocky at its ex-
6.1The coast between Cabo Taitao and Cabo Tres Montes is tremity, but rises to a wooded summit. There are several sandy
hilly and rugged. Most of the inlets have not been thoroughly beaches and small rocky points in the vicinity. Two below-wa-
examined, although some provide shelter to small vessels. ter rocks, on which the sea breaks in bad weather, lie about 1.8
6.1Tides—Currents.—The west wind drift, flowing across the miles offshore WNW of Punta Quillagua. The point should not
South Pacific Ocean, strikes the coast of Chile within the area be approached within a distance of 2 miles.
covered by this sector. Part of the current turns S and flows Bahia Maullin recedes about 5 miles E between Punta Q